Skip to main content

Full text of "Journal of the Society for Psychical Research"

See other formats


So  V 


Presented  to  the 
LIBRARY  of  the 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 

h 


ONTARIO  LEGISLATIVE 
LIBRARY 


JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


ONTARIO 

Society   for   Psychical    Research 


VOLUME   XVII 
1915 — 1916 


54128 


For  Private  Circulation  among  Members 
and  Associates  only 


ONTARIO 


THE  SOCIETY'S   ROOMS 
20  HANOVER   SQUARE,   LONDON,    W. 

All  rights  reserved 


JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society   for   Psychical    Research 

INDEX   TO   VOL.    XVII. 
1915 — 1916 

A. 

Accounts  of  Receipts  and  Expenditure.     See  Society  for  Psychical 

Research. 

American  Society  for  Psychical  Research   -  16 

Journal  of    -        16,  82,  147-148,  162 

"  Angels,  The,  at  Mons  " 95,  106,  156 

Animals,  "  Thinking."     See  "Thinking"  Animals,  Experiments  with. 
Annalen  der  Natur-  und  Cultur- Philosophic  8 

Anne,  E.  Edward,  Case  confirmed  by  122 

Anne,  Mrs.  E.  Edward,  Case  confirmed  by  121 

Anne,  Ernest  L.  S.,  Case  confirmed  by  120-121 

Anne,  Miss  Ernestine,  Case  contributed  by  118 

Apparitions  at  or  near  the  time  of  Death  -  204.  230 

Archives  de  Psychologic       -  -    162-164,183-184 

Automatic  Writings 207-208 

Automatism,  Sensory.     See  An  Icelandic  Seer. 

Automatist,  A  New 178 

Auto-suggested  Visions       -  43 


B. 

B.,  Fraulein  von.     See  Wasielewski,  W.  von. 

B.,  Miss,  Case  confirmed  by        •  •        237 


iv  Index  to  Vol.  XVII. 

Balfour,  The  Right  Hon.  Gerald  W.— 

The  Ear  of  Dionysius  -        -  219 
Some  Recent  Scripts  affording  Evidence  of  Personal  Survival      -          25 

Barrett,  Sir  W.  F.,  F.R.S.,  Investigation  of  a  Haunted  House  in 

Worcestershire  ...  34 
Baxter,  Mrs.,  Case  contributed  by  -  -  204 
Bayer,  Dr.,  Case  confirmed  by  -  11-12 
Bayfield,  Miss  Cyrille,  Cases  confirmed  by  -  138,  139 
Bayfield,  Rev.  M.  A.,  Some  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Tele- 
pathy 106,  126 
Beilby,  Sir  George,  Case  reported  by  -  -  230 
Beraud,  Marthe  -  82,  184 
Theories,  Physical  Secretion  -  84 
Bjarnarson,  Rev.  Halldor,  Evidence  contributed  by  -  64,  05,  67 
Bjarnarson,  Karl  H.,  Case  confirmed  by  -  60 
Bjarnason,  Professor  Agust,  Report  on  an  Icelandic  Seer  -  -  53,  78 
Bjornsddttir,  Mrs.  Gudrun,  Evidence  contributed  and  collected 

by  56,  63,  64,  66-68 

British  College  of  Psychic  Science       -  219-220 

Buscarlet,  Mme.,  Premonitory  dream  145 

C. 

C.,  Ethel,  Evidence  contributed  by  38-39 
"  C.  Eva."     See  Beraud,  Martin-. 

Case,  A  Poltergeist  sr> 
<  bm 

"  L."  -                                                              2.  1 18,  204,  210,  212,  230.  235 

See  also  Bayfield,  Rev.  M.  A. 

Chenoweth,  Mrs.,  Sittings  with  -  147-148 

Clairvoyance,  Supposed      -  8,  53,  78 

„             Experiments  in  8,  75-76 

Clairvoyance  and  Telepathy,  Distinction  between  9-10,  78 

Claparede,  Professor,  On  Marthe  Beraud  184 

Clinic,  Medico-Psychological,  London  25 

Combined  Index  to  Proceedings  and  Journal  23 

Conner,  Dean  Bridgman,  The  Quetit  for,  Review  of  238 

Constable,  F.  C.,  Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance  Phenomena  -  195 

Correspondence  123,  170 
Council,  Elections,  Meetings,  etc.     See  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 

Cross-Correspondences  of  a  Gallic  Type  19 

D. 

Dahlmann,  J.  ,L,  Case  confirmed  by  -  69-70 

Davies,  B.,  Case  reported  by      -  210 


Index  to  Vol.  XVII.  v 

Delacroix,  Professor  H.,  on  Mysticism  -         -         -  183-184 

Dionysius,  The  Ear  of 219 

Dog,  A  "  Thinking  "  -  .    99,  123-124 

"  Dreaming  Joe."     See  Icelandic  Seer. 

Dream-personalities,  On  the  identification  of      -       179-183,  201-202,  202-203 
Dreams  49-51,  128;  133-134,  145,  179-180,  181-182,  210,  212 

Dreams,  Dramatic 178 

Dreams  and  Psychology  201 

E. 

E.,  Mrs.,  Evidence  contributed  by      -------     37-38 

Ecstasy,  Religious.     See  Mysticism. 

Elberfeld  horses.     See  Thinking  Animals. 

Endowment  Fund.     See  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 

"  Esmond,  Captain  L.  T.,"  Cases  confirmed  by  128,  129,  131-132,  135 

Ewen,  Mrs.,  Case  confirmed  by 211,  212 

Experiments — 

Appeal  for  Subjects  32 

Clairvoyance       -  8,  75-76 

Telepathy  -  22-23,  32,  152,  156-157,  160 

F. 

Feilding,  Hon.  Everard,  Sittings  with  Miss  S.  Tomczyk      -  -      -  -      -    24,  28 
War  work  -  22,  153 

Finnbogason,  Gudm.,  Ph.D.,  Evidence  contributed  by        -  -     72-73 

Flournoy,  Professor  Th. — 

Case  recorded  by  -         -         145 

Beraud,  Marthe  -  184 

Mystic,  A  Modern  -         -  162-164,  183 

Francis,  Mrs.  George,  Case  confirmed  by 232 

Friend,  E.  W.,  Appointment  to  the  American  Society  for  Psychical 

Research        -  16 

Obituary    -  -    157,  166,  207-208 

Friend,  Mrs.  E.  W.,  Automatic  Writings    -  207-208 

Frostick,  J.  A.,  Report  on  a  "  thinking "  dog  -         -         -   99-104 

Fry,  Miss  Agnes,  Case  reported  by     -  2 

Fuller-Maitland,  Edward,  Case  confirmed  by      -  213 

Fuller-Maitland,  Mrs.  Edward,  Case  contributed  by    -  212 

G. 

Gill,  Mrs.,  Case  confirmed  by     -  4-5 

Gill,  Raymond,  Case  confirmed  by     -  5-6 

Gill,  Miss  Winifred,  Case  contributed  by    -  2 

Girdlestone,  F.  Kenneth,  An  Experiment  in  Suggestion  -         -         -         220 


vl  Index  to  Vol.  XV I L 

"  Griinbaum,  Mr.,"  Experiences  of     -  43 

"  Grunbaum,  Mrs.,"  Telepathic  Impressions  43,  44,  49-52 

"  Guessing"  A  Series  of  Experiments  in     -  152 

Guimlaugsson,  J6hann,  Evidence  contributed  by  5!) 

H. 

Hallucinations,  Sensory — 

Auditory  4,  7,  44-45,  50,  51,  118 

Collective   -  118 

Self-induced  43 

Subjective  -  43 

Telepathic  -   2,43-46,204,230 

Haunted  House,  Investigation  of  a     -  34 

Haunts — 

Apparitions  -       34,  37, 42 

Sounds        -  -     34-42 

Touches      -  35,  37,  39 

"  Hazell,  Ernest,"  Case  confirmed  by  93 

"  Hazell,"  Mrs.,  Case  reported  by       -  85 

Account  of    -  86-92 

Hill,  J.  Arthur,  "  Influences  "  and  Survival        -  170 

Hyperaesthesia,  Experiments  suggested     -         -  32 

Hypnotism,  Experiments  suggested   -  32 

„           An  Experiment  in  Suggestion  •        220 

Hyslop,  Professor  J.  H. — 

On  Miss  Verrall's  Histoiy  of  Martlie  IMraud  82 

„  Some  Recent  Experiments  in  Telepathy  -  160 

Report  on  sittings  with  Mrs.  Chenoweth      -  147-148 

I. 

Icelandic  Seer,  An      -  -    53,  78 

Index,  Combined,  to  the  Proceedings  and  Journal       -         -  23 

"  Influences "  and  Survival 170 

J. 

Jacks,  Dr.  L.  P.,  Dramatic  Dreams    -  178 

Dr.  F.  C.  S.  Schiller  on  201 
Reply  to             202 
"  Jackson,  Beatrice."     See  Poltergeist  Case. 

"  Jackson,  Mrs.,"  Evidence  contributed  by 94-95 

"  Jackson,  W.  K.,"  Case  confirmed  by       -         -  93 
James,    Professor    William,    Communications    purporting    to    come 

from  -  148,207-208 

Johannesson,  Bj.  J6h.,  Case  confirmed  by  -  60 


Index  to   VoL  XVI 1.  vii 

Johnson,  Miss  Alice — 

Election  as  Hon.  Member    -  -        219 

Further  Report  on  Mr.  "  Griinbaum's  "  experiences  43 

Pension  218-219 

Resignation  as  Editor  and  Research  Officer  218,  219 

Services  rendered  to  the  Society,  on  the       -  218 

Johnson,  Re Vi  Joseph,  Case  confirmed  by  -         -  -         -        232 

Jouasson,  Audalsteinn,  Evidence  contributed  by  -      73-74 

J6nathansd6ttir,  Mrs.  Anna,  Case  confirmed  by  71 

Jones,  Sir  Lawrence,  Case  reported  by        -  ...        212 

„                   Case  confirmed  by     -  -        213 

Jonsson,  Johannes.     See  Dreaming  Joe. 

Jonsson,  Kristjan,  Case  confirmed  by  72 

J6nsson,  Sveinn,  Case  confirmed  by    -  62 

Josefsson,  Vigfus,  Case  confirmed  by  75 
Jumieges,  Ruined  Abbey  of,  Auditory  hallucination  in       -         -         -         118 


K. 

King's  College,  University  of  London,  Lectures  on  Psychical  Research 

at  -  25,157 

"  Knox,  R.  E.,"  Cases  confirmed  by  -  ...  128, 129,  136 

Konig,  Professor  Edmund,  Evidence  contributed  by          -         -        -     11-12 

L. 

L.,  Dorothy,  Evidence  contributed  by  -     36-37 

"  Lambert,  J.  J.,"  Case  confirmed  by  93 

Larken,  E.  P.,  Case  reported  by  -         118 

Latham,  Dr.  H.,  Evidence  contributed  by  206-207 

Legacy  to  the  Society  -         218 

Librarian,  Appointment  of  219 

Library,  Contribution  to    -  95-96 

Library,  Supplementary  Catalogue     -         -  96 

Lodge,  Sir  Oliver,  Recent  Evidence  about  Prevision  and  Survival  194 


M. 

Maeterlinck,  M.,  The  Unknown  Quest,  by,  Review  of  -  -         -         -          14 

Malpress,  Mrs.,  Case  confirmed  by      -  -        205 

Mata,  Prophecies  of  -  199-200 

M'Dougall,  W.,  F.R.S.,  Medical  war-work  -  .    22,  153-154 

McGibbon,  W.  S.,  Experiments  with  a  "  thinking  "  dog  -                    100-104 

Medico-Psychological  Clinic,  London  -  25 
Meetings.     See  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 

Members  and  Associates,  etc.     See  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 


viii  Index  to   Vol.  XVII. 

Mexico,  Case  of  boy  lost  in.     See  Conner,  Dean  Bridgman. 

Mijatovich,  Chedomille,  Prophecy  recorded  by   -  199 

Murray,  Professor  Gilbert — 

Election  as  President  -  -  19,  151 

Experiments  in  Thought-transference  -  157 

Presidential  Address   -  -         -  99,  157 

Mysticism  -  162-164,  183-184 

N. 

Newton,  Miss  I.,  Appointment  as  Librarian  219 

Note  on  English  Sittings  with  Miss  Tomczyk  28 

„       Some  recent  Experiments  in  Telepathy  160 

Notes  on  Current  Periodicals  147,  162,  183,  207 

O. 

Obituary — 

Friend,  E.  W.  -    157, 166,  207-208 

Verrall,  Mrs.  A.  W.  193,  218 

Ochorowicz,  Dr.  J.,  Experiments  with  Miss  S.  Tomczyk  24,  28,  30,  31 

P. 

Parker,  Norman,  In  Memoriam — E.  W.  Friend  -        -  166 

Pateraon,  Mrs.  J.  Edgar,  Evidence  contributed  by      -  -        -        233 

Paterson,  Miss  Mary  M.,  Case  contributed  by     -        -  -        230 

Patience  Worth,  Note  on  208 

Phillips,  B.  E.,  Case  confirmed  by  210 

Phillips,  Mrs.  B.  E.,  Case  contributed  by    -  210 

Philpott,  Anthony  J.,  The  Quest  for  Dean  Bridgman  Conner,  Review  of        238 
Piddington,  J.  G.,  Cross-Correspondences  of  a  Gallic  Type   ...  19 

Piper,  Mrs.,  On  the  Trance  Phenomena  of     23,  25,  160,  170-171, 195,  238-240 
Poltergeist  Case,  A  85-95 

Phenomena  -  28,  31,  85-95 

Powles,  L.  C.,  Case  confirmed  by        -  ...        214 

„  Case  contributed  by     -  ...        235 

Powles,  Mrs.,  Case  confirmed  by  236 

Pownall,  Mrs.  G.  H.,  Telepathic  and  premonitory  experiences    -          126-147 
Premonition,  Some  Recent  Cases  of  -        -        -  106,  126 

Premonitions — 

Dreams       -         -  128,  145 

Impressions  129-139 

Presidential  Addresses — 

Murray,  Professor  Gilbert 99,  157 

Schiller,  Dr.  F.  C.  S.   -  28 

Presidents  of  the  Society,  Election  of  -        -  19,  151 


Index  to  Vol.  XVII.  ix 

Prevision  and  Survival,  Recent  Evidence  about 194 

Prince,  Dr.  Morton,  Paper  read  by     -  -         -         -    24, 28 

„                  The  Unconscious,  Reference  to    -  -        -        -        202 

Prophecies,  War  185,  199 
Psychical  Research,  Lectures  on,  at  King's  College,  University  of 

London       -  -         -         -  25, 157 

Psychologic,  Archives  de      •  162-164,  183-184 

Psychology,  Dreams  and 201 

Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance  Phenomena     23,  25,  160,  170-171,  195,  238 
Psycho-Therapy — 

Lord  Knutsford's  Hospital  for  Soldiers  22 

London  Medico-Psychological  Clinic    -  25 

Suggestion,  An  Experiment  in     -  -         -        220 

Q. 

Quest,  The,  for  Dean  Bridgman  Conner,  Review  of      -  238 

R. 

Reade,  H.  V.,  Contribution  to  the  Library  -     95-96 

Reinold,  Commander  B.  E.,  R.N.,  Case  confirmed  by  139 

Reviews     -  14,  174,  238 

"  Roberts,  Mrs.,"  Case  contributed  by  34 

"  Russian  Troops  in  England  "  -  155 

S. 

S.,  F.  C.  S.     See  Schiller,  F.  C.  S. 

Salter,  Mrs.  W.  H.— 

"  Angels  at  Mons,"  Enquiry  concerning  the  106 

Appointment  as  Editor  and  Hon.  Research  Officer  -        219 

Automatist,  A  New,  Report  on   -  178 

Be'raud,  Marthe,  History  of,  Reply  to  Dr.  Hyslop  on  -                            82 

Clairvoyance,  On  a  Supposed  Case  of  -  8-14 

Evidence  collected  by  6 
Icelandic  Seer,  An,  Comments  on       53-54,  56,  57,  58,  70-71,  75-76,  78-82 

Lectures  at  King's  College,  University  of  London  -         -  25, 157 

Notes  on  Current  Periodicals       -  147-148 

Report  on  A  New  Automatist     -  178 

,,         Experiments  in  Thought-transference    •  23,28.160 

Schiller,  F.  C.  S.— 

Dreams  and  Psychology      -  -        -        201 

Notes  on  Current  Periodicals  162,  183,  207 

Prophecies,  War  185,  199 

Prophecy,  Serbian       -  199 

"  Thinking  "  Dog,  A,  On  123-124 

Unknown  Guest,  The,  by  M.  Maeterlinck,  Review  of  14 


x  Index  to  Vol.  XV II. 

Schrenck-Notzing,  Dr.  von,  Experiments  with  Miss  Tomczyk     -  30 
„                  „               Theories  regarding  Marthe  B6raud  -         -    83,  84 

Secretion,  Physical     ....  84 

Serbian  Prophecy       -        -  199 

Sharpe,  J.  W.,  Telepathic  Impression  235,  237 

"  Shaw,  T.  A.,"  Evidence  contributed  by  -  93 

"  Shaw,  Mrs.  T.  A.,"  Case  confirmed  by  94 
Sidgwick,  Mrs.  Henry — 

Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance  Phenomena      -  23,  25,  160 

F.  C.  Constable  on  195 

J.  Arthur  Hill  on  170-171 

Quest  for  Dean  Bridgman  Conner,  The,  by  A.  J.  Philpott,  Review  of        238 

Si vrrtsen,     Dr.    S.    P.,     Evidence     recorded    by     -  57, 

58-59,  60-61,  62,  68-69,  71-72 
Society  for  Psychical  Research — 
Accounts — 

Endowment  Fund  -  27,  151) 

Receipts  and  Expenditure    -  26-27,  158-159 

Activities  of,  Effect  of  the  War  upon  -  22,  98,  153-154 

Additional  Office  Room  22-23 

Appointments — 

Editor  and  Hon.  Research  Officer  219 

Librarian  219 

Council  and  Officers,  Elections    -  18,  19,  150, 151,  219 

„      Meetings                            2,  18-19,  98,  106,  150,  151,  177,  194,  218 

„       Reports  for  the  years  1914,  1915  18,  19,  150, 152 

Endowment  Fund  22,  27,  153,  159 

Income,  Effect  of  the  War  upon  -  21-22,  153 

Legacy  218 

Meetings — 

Annual  General    -  17-18,  150 

General  19,  99,  152 

Private— for  Members  and  Associates  only   -  106,  178,  194,  219 
Members  and  Associates,  Honorary,  Corresponding  and  Ordinary, 

Elections  of  2,  17,  19,  98,  105,  149-150,  177,  194,  217-218,  219 

Membership,  Effect  of  the  War  upon  -  19-21,  152-153 

President,  Election  of  -  19, 151 

Reports  for  the  years  1914  and  1915   -  -  19,  152 

Staff,  Changes  in  219 

Spiritistic  Phenomena  and  Subconscious  Activities        -  -                             28 

Sturgeon,  M.,  Case  confirmed  by  -        211 

Subconscious  Activities,  Spiritistic  Phenomena  and       ....  28 

Suggestion.  An  Experiment  in   -  220 

Survival,  "  Influences "  and       -        -  170 

Survival,  Recent  Evidence  about  Prevision  and     -         -  -                           194 

Survival,  Some  Recent  Scripts  affording  Evidence  of     -  25 


Index  to  Vol.  XVII.  xi 

T. 

Tausch,  Professor,  Communications  purporting  to  come  from  (through 

Mrs.  Chenoweth)  147-148 

Telekinesis- 
Cases  of  .        .        24,  28-31 

Telepathy,  Experimental   -  -  23,  28,  32,  152,  156-157,  160 

See  also  Clairvoyance,  Supposed. 

Telepathy,  Spontaneous — 

Dreams  49-51,  133-134,  210,  212 
Hallucinations  2,  43-46,  204,  230 
Impressions  235 

"  Thinking  "  Animals,  Experiments  with — 

Dog  (New  Zealand,  "  Darkie  ") 99-104.123-124 

„    (Mannheim)  99,  100,  124 

Horses  (Elberfeld)  24,  99,  100 

Thought-transference.     See  Telepathy. 

Tillyard,  Aelfrida,  Eeview  of  The  Yoga-System  of  Patanjali      -        -        174 

Tipping,  Misses  K.  and  L.,  Experiments  in  Thought-transference        23,  160 

Tomczyk,  Miss  Stanislawa — 

English  Sittings  with  -  ....  24-25,  28-31 

Committee  of  Investigation 24 

Procedure     -  28-29 

Phenomena,  Description  of  ....        28, 29-30 

Warsaw,  Experiments  in     -  -  24,  28,  30 

Trance  Phenomena  of  Mrs.  Piper,  Psychology  of          -        23,  25,  170-171,  195 
"  Communicators,"  Their  relation  to  Mrs.  Piper  -         -        -  195-199 


U. 

Unknown  Quest,  The,  by  M.  Maeterlinck,  Review  of  -        -         -         -  14 

Unpopular  Review,  Notes  on  207-208 


V. 

V.,  H.  de  G.     See  Verrall,  Miss  H.  de  G. 

"  Ve,  Cecile,"  A  Modern  Mystic  -        -        -        -162-164,183 

Verrall,  Mrs.  A.  W.— 

"  Guessing,"  A  Series  of  Experiments  in 152 

Legacy  to  the  Society  218 

Obituary  of  193,  218 

Verrall,  Miss  H.  de  G.— 
See  Salter,  Mrs.  W.  H. 

Vilhjdlmssou,  Gudm.,  Evidence  contributed  by  -  81 

Visions       -  43, 154,  199, 230 

See  also  "  Angels  at  Mons  "  and  "  An  Icelandic  Seer." 


xii  Index  to  Vol.  XVII. 


W. 

War,  The  European — 

"  Angels  at  Mons "      -        -  -    95, 106,  156 

Cases  connected  with  -  - 154,  204,  210 

Effect  of,  on  the  activities,  income,  and  membership  of  the 

Society  19-22,  98,  152-154 

Prophecies  185,  199 

Psycho-Therapeutic  Hospital  for  Soldiers  22 

"  Russian  Troops  in  England  "   -  155 

Wasielewski,  W.  von,  Experiments  in  Clairvoyance  and  Telepathy  8-14 

White,  Mrs.  Grenfell,  Case  contributed  by  -  134 

White,  W.  Grenfell,  Case  confirmed  by  134 

Wilson,    Mrs.    Stuart,    Experiments   in   telepathy   and   automatic 

writing                                                                                                     157,  178 
Woods,  Professor  J.  H.,  Translation  from  the  Sanskrit  of  The  Yoga- 
System  of  Patanjali,  Review  of 174 

Woolley,  V.  J.,  M.D.— 

Auto-Suggested  Visions  as  illustrating  Dream  Formation       •        -          43 

Reviews      -  24 

War-hospitals,  work  in  145 

Worcestershire,  Haunted  House  in 34 

Y. 

Yoga-System,  The,  of  Patanjali,  Translated  from  the  Sanskrit  by 

Professor  J.  H.  Woods,  Review  of 174 

Yost,  C.  S.,  Patience  Worth 208 


No.  CCCXV.— VOL.  XVII.  JANUARY,  1915. 

JOURNAL 


OF  THE 


Society   for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

New  Members  and  Associates, 2 

Meeting  of  the  Council, 2 

Case, 2 

A  Supposed  Case  of  Clairvoyance, 8 

Review:  M.  Maeterlinck's  "  The  Unknown  Guest,"       .......  14 

The  American  Society  for  Psychical  Research, 16 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A  General   Meeting  of  the   Society 

WILL  BE  HELD  AT  THE  HOUSE  OF 

THE    ROYAL   SOCIETY  OF   MEDICINE 

(in  the  Robert  Barnes  Hall), 

I    WIMPOLE  STREET,  LONDON,  W. 

(Entrance  in  Henrietta  Street), 

On  FRIDA  Y,  JANUARY  2^tk,  1915,  at  5  p.m. 

WHEN 

MR.  J.  G.  PIDDINGTON 

WILL   READ   A   PAPER  ON 

"  Cross-Correspondences  of  a  Gallic  Type." 


N.B. — Members  and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  names 
at  the  door.  Visitors  will  be  admitted  on  the  production  of  an 
invitation  card  signed  by  a  Member  or  Associate.  Each  Member 
or  Associate  is  allowed  to  invite  ONE  friend. 


Journal  of  Society  /or  Psychical  Research.     JAN.,  1915. 


NEW  MEMBERS  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Bolton,   Lyndon,   The   Patent   Office,    25   Southampton   Buildings, 

London,  W.C. 

Lawry,  J.  Littleton,  M.D.,  Calstock,  Cornwall. 
ARMSTRONG,  Miss  M.  M.,  57  Redington  Road,  Hampstead,  London, 

N.W. 

HALL,  Miss  E.  M.,  Swedish  Gymnasium,  Prince's  Drive,  Cohvyn  Bay. 
HARRIS,  MRS.,  The  Willows,  Westbourne  Avenue,  Hull. 
HOLT,  Miss  WINIFRED,  New  York  Association  for  the  Blind,  111  East 

59th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
MATSUMURA,  REV.  KAISIKI,  Omori,  Tokio,  Japan. 
PERRY,  HORACE  H.,  Court  Royal,  144  Kings  Cliff,  Brighton. 
SCOTT,   F.   GILBERT,   M.R.C.S.,    L.R.C.P.,   Rocquaine,   New  Maiden, 

Surrey. 

MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  131st  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Monday,  December  14th,  1914,  at 
5  p.m.  ;  THE  PRESIDENT,  DR.  F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER,  in  the  chair. 
There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir  Lawrence 
Jones,  Mr.  Sydney  C.  Scott,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick,  and  Mr. 
H.  Arthur  Smith ;  also  Miss  Alice  Johnson,  Research  Officer, 
and  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

Two  new  Members  and  seven  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  monthly  accounts  for  November,  1914,  were  presented 
and  taken  as  read. 

CASE. 

L.  1202.     HALLUCINATION. 

THE  following  case  of  a  sensory  hallucination,  perhaps  tele- 
pathically  induced,  has  been  sent  to  us  through  Miss  Agnes 
Fry,  who  is  a  Life  Member  of  the  Society.  The  percipient 


JAN,,  1915.  Case.  3 

was  Miss  Winifred    Gill,   Millbrook  House,  Guildford,  and  she 
records  her  experience  as  follows : 

Sunday,  January  18,  1914. 

To-night  at  about  8.30  (certainly  between  8  and  9)  I  came 
downstairs  into  the  hall,  and  as  I  reached  the  last  stair  I  looked 
up  and  saw  what  I  could  only  suppose  to  be  our  maid  Lizzie  come 
from  the  direction  of  the  front  door  and  pass  me,  going  downstairs 
to  the  kitchen.  I  knew  that  she  had  been  suffering  a  good  deal 
from  toothache,  and  although  she  was  not  due  to  come  in  until 
9.30,  I  supposed  that  it  being  a  cold  night  she  had  come  in  early. 
I  was  going  to  address  some  remark  to  her  on  the  subject,  but  she 
looked  straight  in  front  of  her  in  a  way  that  gave  the  suggestion 
of  sullenness,  and  I  hesitated  and  changed  my  mind. 

I  noticed  that  she  was  dressed  in  a  dark  coat  and  skirt,  navy 
blue  or  black,  and  that  her  hat  was  lined  with  green  velvet,  a 
fact  which  surprised  me,  as  Lizzie  has  been  in  mourning  for  some 
time. 

I  wondered  how  she  had  got  in  without  my  hearing  the  bell  or 
the  front  door  close,  and,  when  I  came  to  think  of  it,  who  had 
opened  the  door  to  her,  as  I  could  hear  my  aunt  in  the  kitchen, 
and  I  found  my  sister  reading  in  the  drawing-room.  However,  I 
had  some  business  on  hand  which  took  my  attention,  and  the 
matter  passed  out  of  my  mind. 

I  was  down  in  the  kitchen  later  on  for  about  half  an  hour,  and 
not  finding  Lizzie  there,  supposed  her  to  be  in  her  bedroom. 

At  9.30  she  did  not  appear,  and  my  aunt  remarked  that  the  girl 
was  late.  I  then  told  her  that  Lizzie  had  been  in  more  than  an 
hour,  for  I  had  seen  her;  that  I  particularly  noticed  she  had  green 
velvet  in  her  hat,  whereas  I  had  thought  she  was  in  mourning ;  and 
that  my  sister  had  said,  "Oh  no,  she  is  just  out  of  it.  She  has  a  coat 
with  a  purple  collar  to  it."  "In  that  case,"  said  my  aunt,  "let  us 
ring  for  her."  She  did  not  come,  however,  and  I  was  crossing  the 
hall  ten  minutes  later  to  see  if  there  were  a  light  in  her  room  when 
the  door-bell  rang.  It  was  Lizzie  herself,  this  time  wearing  a  long 
grey  coat  with  a  purple  collar  and  a  plain  black  hat.  She  struck 
me  as  looking  unexpectedly  short. 

I  asked  if  she  had  been  in  before.  She  looked  very  surprised, 
and  said,  "  Why,  no,  Miss  Winnie,  but  I  was  rather  late  out ;  it 
was  nearly  eight  before  I  went." 

I  tried  to  recall  the  appearance  of  the  girl  I  had  seen.  She 
struck  me  now,  on  looking  back,  and  with  the  real  Lizzie  before 


4  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN.,  1915. 

me,  as  having  been  slightly  taller  and  certainly  broader.  She  had 
worn  a  coat  and  skirt  such  as  Lizzie  usually  wears,  and  I  did  not 
remember  that  she  had  worn  glasses,  in  fact  as  well  as  I  could 
remember  I  was  almost  certain  that  she  had  not. 

My  mother,  whose  memory  for  detail  is  very  retentive,  said  she 
felt  sure  that  Lizzie  had  had  a  hat  trimmed  with  green  velvet  when 
she  first  came,  so  that  I  decided  I  would  ask  her  in  the  morning. 

Monday,  January  19,  1914. 

As  I  was  going  to  sleep  last  night  I  tried  to  think  which  of  our 
former  maids  it  could  have  been  that  I  saw,  if  not  Lizzie,  and  I 
decided  that  it  probably  was  Nellie  Lee,  a  girl  who  left  us  more 
than  ten  years  before.  I  dreamed  about  her  then,  seeing  her  face 
very  clearly.  She  was  wearing  in  my  dream  a  green  velvet  hat. 

In  the  morning  I  asked  Lizzie  if  she  had,  or  had  ever  had,  a  hat 
with  green  velvet  in  it,  and  she  said  yes — when  she  first  came,  but 
she  had  only  worn  it  about  once.  The  velvet  was  round  the  hat, 
but  not  under  the  brim,  and  it  was  a  very  dark  green.  She  no 
longer  possessed  the  hat. 

My  mother  on  hearing  this  said,  "There  is  only  one  other  girl  I 
can  think  of  who  it  might  have  been,  and  that  is  Nellie  Lee.  She 
was  a  little  taller  than  Lizzie  and  stouter,  and  she  had  a  hat  made 
of  green  velvet.  She  has  been  in  my  thoughts  a  good  deal  lately, 
for  no  reason  that  I  know  of."1 

I  had  no  sensation  of  fear  or  surprise  when  I  met  the  girl.  I 
particularly  remember  that  I  heard  her  walking  on  the  oil-cloth  ;  in 
fact,  there  was  nothing  to  show  that  it  was  not  a  being  of  flesh 
and  blood.  She  passed  between  me  and  the  light,  and  her  face 
was  in  shadow,  which  partly  accounted  for  my  mistaking  her  for 
Lizzie. 

I  was  about  twelve  years  old  when  Nellie  Lee  left,  and  do  not 
remember  to  have  seen  her  since.  I  believe  she  left  the  town 
almost  immediately. 

WINIFRED  M.  GILL. 

Mrs.  Gill  corroborates  Miss  Gill's  statement,  thus : 

January  29,  1914. 

On  Sunday,  January  18,  1914,  I  was  in  my  room  by  about 
7.30  in  the  evening;  my  son  was  helping  me  with  some  business 

1  When  Miss  Gill  wrote  this  report,  she  was  not  aware  of  her  brother 
having  recently  met  Nellie  Lee  and  spoken  of  her  to  Mrs.  Gill.  She  heard 
of  this  next  day,  January  20,  1914.  (See  below.) — ED. 


JAN.,  i9io.  Case.  5 

relating  to  my  late  husband's  affairs,  and  we  were  very  much 
occupied.  Winifred  was  out  to  tea. 

I  think  it  was  about  8  o'clock  when  she  came  back,  and  I  asked 
her  to  fetch  the  papers  from  downstairs,  which  she  did,  and  went 
down  again. 

She  came  up  at  about  9  with  my  supper  —  which  she  had  cooked 
herself  —  and  we  only  said  a  few  words  about  her  visit  in  the 
afternoon. 

At  about  9.45  Winifred  came  up  and  told  me  that  when  she 
went  down  after  fetching  me  the  papers  she  saw  the  servant 
Lizzie  —  who  was  out  for  the  evening  —  cross  the  hall,  from  the 
direction  of  the  door,  and  go  down  the  kitchen  stairs.  Winifred 
went  straight  into  the  drawing-room  where  her  sister  Rosalind  was 
sitting  and  told  her  that  Lizzie  had  come  in,  and  no  doubt  would 
get  the  supper.  She  waited  a  while,  but  as  her  Aunt  Mary  did 
not  come  upstairs,  she  concluded  Lizzie  was  not  well  and  had 
gone  to  her  bedroom,  so  she  went  to  the  kitchen  and  helped 
prepare  supper. 

At  a  few  minutes  past  9.30  Aunt  Mary  had  remarked,  "  Lizzie 
is  late."  Winifred  had  said,  "  Oh,  no,  she  came  in  at  8.30,  and 
went  straight  to  the  kitchen."  Aunt  Mary  remarked  that  she  had 
heard  no  one  come  down,  and  also  asked  how  Lizzie  could  have 
got  into  the  house,  as  the  door  was  locked. 

After  Winifred  had  told  me,  I  said,  "I  wonder  if  one  of  our 
old  maids  was  thinking  of  us  and  of  coming  into  the  house."  The 
only  one  I  could  think  of  at  all  like  Lizzie  was  Nellie  Lee,  and  I 
had  been  thinking  about  her  lately.  My  son  met  her  not  long 
before  Christmas  and  came  back  and  told  me  about  it,  and  we 
remarked  on  how  she  had  changed  from  the  pretty,  bright  girl  she 
used  to  be.  (Winifred  had  not  beard  of  this.)  Nellie  Lee  was  a 
fair  girl,  rather  taller  and  larger-built  than  Lizzie,  but  might  well 
resemble  her  in  a  bad  light.  She  did  not  wear  glasses,  and,  I  feel 
sure,  had  a  hat  turned  up  with  green  velvet,  as  I  used  to  notice 
how  pretty  her  hair  looked  against  it.  SARAH 


Miss  Gill's  brother  also  corroborates  her  statement,  thus  : 

December  1,  1914.1 

I  was  in  my  Mother's  room  on  the  evening  of  January  18th  when 
my  sister  Winifred  came  up  and  told  us  of  her  experience,  as  related 

1In  view  of  the  fact  that  Mr.  Gill's  corroboration  was  not  obtained  for  nearly 
a  year,  Miss  Gill  writes  that  his  memory  for  details  is  very  retentive.  —  ED. 


6  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN.,  1915. 

in  my  mother's  account — which  I  fully  corroborate.  I  particularly 
remember  her  saying  that  the  figure  wore  a  green  velvet  hat,  but 
no  mention  was  made  in  my  presence  of  Nellie  Lee. 

RAYMOND  GILL. 

Miss  Verrall,  who  had  an  interview  with  Miss  Gill,  makes 
the  following  statement,  based  on  contemporary  notes: 

Miss  Gill  came  to  see  me,  by  appointment,  on  January  28, 
1914.  I  questioned  her  as  to  whether  there  was  any  possibility 
that  the  figure  she  saw  in  the  hall  was  the  maid,  Lizzie,  going 
out,  but  she  said  that  this  explanation  was  excluded  for  several 
reasons : 

(a)  Lizzie    had    gone    out    a    little    before    8    p.m     (see    above), 
whereas  it  was  certainly  after  8  p.m.  when  she  saw  the  figure. 

(b)  The   clothes   which  the   figure  was  wearing  differed  noticeably 
in   several   ways    from    the   clothes  which   Lizzie   was   wearing   that 
evening,  e.g.  as  regards  the  coat  and  skirt, — not  a  long  coat, — and  the 
hat  lined  with  green  velvet. 

(c)  If  the  girl  had  been  Lizzie   on   her   way   out,  she   would   pre- 
sumably  have    been   seen    walking   from   the    kitchen   stairs   to  the 
front  door   instead   of  in   the   reverse  direction.     It  was  impossible 
for   any  one    without  a  key    to   get   in   at   the  front   door    without 
being  let  in,  unless   the   door   was   "  on   the   latch."    As  Miss  Gill 
had   let   herself  in    with  a   latch-key   about   twenty  minutes   earlier, 
and,  so  far  as  she  or  any  one  else  in  the  house  knew,  no  one   had 
come   in   since,  she   had   every   reason   to   think   that  the  door  was 
latched  as  usual  that  evening. 

In  explanation  of  the  statement  in  her  original  record  that  she 
"  did  not  remember  that  [the  girl  she  saw]  wore  glasses,"  she 
said  that  Lizzie  wore  rather  conspicuous  spectacles. 

She  also  said  that  according  to  the  recollection  of  Mrs.  Gill  and 
herself  no  mention  was  made  between  them  of  Nellie  Lee  until 
January  19,  1914,  i.e.  until  after  Miss  Gill's  dream  about  her. 

It  was  on  January  20,  1914,  that  Mrs.  Gill  told  her  of  her 
brother  having  met  Nellie  Lee  a  few  weeks  before  Christmas. 

H.  DE  G.  VERRALL. 

This  case  presents  two  points  of  interest : 

(i)  There  seems  little  doubt  that  Miss  Gill  experienced  on 
this  occasion  a  vivid  sensory  hallucination.  For  there  is 
good  reason  to  believe  that  at  the  time  when  Miss  Gill  saw 
the  figure  which  she  describes  no  person  answering  to  this 


JAN.,  1915.  Case.  7 

description  was  present.  The  inmates  of  the  house,  as  is 
clear  from  the  narratives  of  Mrs.  and  Miss  Gill,  were  otherwise 
accounted  for,  and  it  seems  certain  that  no  one  could  have 
entered  the  house  without  being  admitted  from  within.  From 
Miss  Gill's  statement  that  she  particularly  remembers  hear- 
ing the  figure  walking  on  the  oil-cloth,  it  appears  that  the 
hallucination  was  of  two  senses. 

(ii)  As  to  what  may  have  caused  this  hallucination,  whether, 
for  instance,  it  was  telepathically  induced,  the  case  is  not  so  clear. 
If  Mrs.  and  Miss  Gill  and  Mr.  Eaymond  Gill  are  right  in  their 
recollection  that  no  mention  was  made  of  Nellie  Lee  in  Miss 
Gill's  presence  until  after  her  dream  on  the  night  of  January 
18-19,  it  is  certainly  curious  that  Miss  Gill  should  independently 
have  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  figure  she*  saw  was  that 
of  Nellie  Lee,  and  that  she  should  have  had  this  impression 
at  a  time  when,  unknown  to  her,  Nellie  Lee,  whom  she  had 
not  seen  for  more  than  ten  years,  had  been  in  Mrs.  Gill's 
thoughts.  It  is,  however,  difficult  to  be  sure  that  nothing 
was  said  to  Miss  Gill  on  the  evening  of  January  18,  which 
might  have  suggested  Nellie  Lee  to  her,  especially  in  view  of 
the  fact  that,  according  to  Mrs.  Gill's  statement,  when  she 
heard  of  her  daughter's  experience,  she  said :  "  I  wonder  if  one 
of  our  old  maids  was  thinking  of  us  and  of  coming  into  the 
house." 

But,  even  if  we  suppose  that  Miss  Gill's  dream  and  her 
conscious  identification  of  the  apparition  with  Nellie  Lee  were 
the  result  of  some  suggestion  made  to  her  by  Mrs.  Gill, 
there  is  one  piece  of  evidence  connecting  the  apparition  with 
Nellie  Lee  which  cannot  be  so  explained,  namely,  the  hat 
lined  with  green  velvet.  This  part  of  Miss  Gill's  impression 
was  evidently  prior  to  any  conversation  she  had  on  the 
subject  with  Mrs.  Gill,  because  she  spoke  of  it  almost  imme- 
diately to  her  sister,  when  she  was  still  under  the  impression 
that  the  figure  she  had  seen  was  that  of  the  maid  Lizzie. 
Miss  Rosalind  Gill's  corroboration  cannot  now  be  obtained,  but 
Mr.  Raymond  Gill,  in  the  statement  which  has  been  quoted 
above,  says  that  he  particularly  remembers  that  in  her  original 
account  of  her  experience  to  Mrs.  Gill  and  himself,  Miss  Gill 
mentioned  the  green  velvet  hat. 

If    any    telepathic    influence    was    involved,    it    came,    pre- 


8  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research,.      JAN.,  1915. 

sumably,  from  Mrs.  Gill's  mind,  since  she  had  recently  been 
reminded  of  Nellie  Lee  and  is  sure  that  she  "  had  a  hat  turned 
up  with  green  velvet,  as  I  used  to  notice  how  pretty  her  hair 
looked  against  it." 

Miss  Gill  said,  in  reply  to  a  question,  that  she  had  never 
had  any  similar  hallucination  before,  although  she  had  had 
several  curious  experiences  of  a  premonitory  character. 


A  SUPPOSED  CASE  OF  CLAIRVOYANCE. 

IN  the  Annalen  der  Natur-  und  Cultur-Philosophie  (Ed.  Wilhelm 
Ostwald)  for  October,  1913,  there  appeared  an  article  by  W. 
von  Wasielewski  entitled  "  Concerning  a  Case  of  Experimental 
Clairvoyance."  Our  attention  was  called  to  this  article  shortly 
after  its  appearance  by  one  of  our  Associates,  Professor  Hans 
Driesch,  but  we  have  not  hitherto  published  any  report  upon 
it,  partly  from  lack  of  space,  and  partly  because  the  author 
held  out  hopes  of  a  further  and  more  conclusive  series  of 
experiments,  which,  so  far  as  we  know,  have  not  yet  been 
carried  out. 

The  experiments  were  conducted  by  Herr  von  Wasielewski 
himself,  the  subject  being  a  young  lady  of  his  acquaintance, 
Fraulein  von  B.,  whom  he  describes  as  enjoying  excellent 
physical  and  mental  health.  She  had  not  apparently  tried  any 
similar  experiments  before,  but  "  for  various  reasons "  Herr 
von  Wasielewski  concluded  that  she  was  likely  to  be  "  gifted 
as  regards  the  phenomena  in  question,"  namely  telepathy  and 
clairvoyance. 

The  first  experiments,  in  the  early  summer  of  1912,  were 
concerned  with  automatic  writing  and  telepathy.  Herr  von 
Wasielewski  describes  them  as  "  successful,"  but  gives  no 
details.  Towards  the  end  of  the  year  the  question  occurred 
to  him  "  whether  Fraulein  von  B.  would  be  able  to  recognise 
an  object  in  a  closed  box  without  any  mental  assistance 
from  me." 

By  way  of  a  preliminary  experiment  I  packed  a  key  about  six  centi- 
metres long  between  folded  paper  in  a  cardboard  box,  which  I  corded 
and  sealed  with  my  own  seal. 

I  told  Fraulein  von  B.  to  go  with  this  box  into  an  adjoining  room, 
lie  down  on  the  sofa,  and  try  whether  she  could  under  these  conditions 


JAN.,  1915.  A  Supposed  Case  of  Clairvoyance.  9 

discover  its  contents.  .  .  .  During  her  absence  I  read  a  book  which 
interested  me,  in  order  not  to  think  of  the  key,  and  succeeded  in  my 
purpose.  After  about  eight  minutes  Fraulein  von  B.  came  back  and 
told  me  that  she  felt  sure  she  had  been  successful.  In  the  first  place 
she  was  certain  that  the  object  was  of  metal.  Secondly,  its  form 
was  that  of  a  key  :  a  ring,  then  a  shank,  and  at  the  top  a  projecting 
piece,  like  the  wards  of  a  key.  She  therefore  believed  the  object  to 
be  a  key,  of  such  and  such  a  length  (measuring  out  the  right  distance 
with  her  hands).  I  ascertained  by  careful  examination  that  the  cord- 
ing and  sealing  of  the  box  were  untouched. 

It  might  seem  from  this  description  that  Herr  von  Wasie- 
lewski  does  not  clearly  distinguish  between  telepathy  and 
clairvoyance  in  the  true  sense  of  the  word,  i.e.  a  perception 
derived  neither  through  the  ordinary  channels  of  sense,  nor 
from  any  other  mind,  since  the  fact  that  he  was  not  con- 
sciously trying  to  influence  Fraulein  von  B.  at  the  time  of  the 
experiment  affects  hardly  at  all  the  question  as  to  whether  she 
derived  her  impression  from  his  mind.  Later  on  in  his  report, 
however,  Herr  von  Wasielewski  does  distinguish  between  the 
two  types  of  phenomena,  and  puts  forward  reasons  for  thinking 
that  in  the  case  of  Fraulein  von  B.  we  have  to  deal  with 
clairvoyance  rather  than  thought-transference. 

[Experience]  clearly  points  to  the  fact  that  telepathy  and  clair- 
voyance are  distinct  although  interrelated  phenomena  ;  there  is  tele- 
pathy proper  (communication  from  one  mind  to  another),  and  there 
is  clairvoyance  proper,  without  any  such  communication.  Moreover, 
in  my  opinion  it  is  as  good  as  certain — and  later  I  hope  to  establish 
beyond  doubt  what  I  can  now  only  put  forward  as  a  probability— 
that  in  the  experiments  with  which  we  are  here  concerned,  we  have 
to  do  with  clairvoyance  and  not  with  telepathy. 

The  reasons  which  Herr  von  Wasielewski  adduces  in  support 
of  this  conclusion  are  that,  whereas  in  the  case  of  his  earlier 
telepathic  experiments  with  Fraulein  von  B. 

(a)  an  effort  was  required  on  the  part  of  the  agent, 
(6)  not  every  one  could  play  the  part  of  agent, 
(c)  separation  of  the  agent  and  percipient  made  the  experi- 
ment harder ; 
in  the  case  of  the  box-experiments 

(a)  no  effort  was  required  on  the  part  of  the  agent, 


10  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN.,  1915. 

(6)  any  person  could  play  the  part  of  agent, 
(c)  separation   of  the  agent  and  percipient  had  no  effect  on 
the  result. 

For  all  these  reasons  the  hypothesis  of  telepathy  could  only  be 
maintained  by  supposing  that  any  human  being's  bare  knowledge 
of  the  contents  of  the  box  is  sufficient  to  produce  after  an  interval 
of  many  days  an  unconscious  and  unintentional  transference  of  thought, 
so  soon  as  the  percipient,  in  this  case,  Fraulein  von  B.,  tries  to  "see  " 
the  contents  of  the  box. 

Herr  von  Wasielewski  also  attaches  great  weight  to  the  fact 
that  Fraulein  von  B.  herself  declares  that  there  is  a  marked 
difference  in  her  sensations  in  the  two  types  of  experiment. 
In  the  case  of  telepathic  experiments  she  has  a  series  of  changing 
mental  images,  from  which  one  clear  impression  gradually 
emerges ;  in  the  case  of  the  box-experiments,  on  the  other 
hand,  she  has  a  sudden  detailed  impression  as  to  the  pecu- 
liarities of  the  enclosed  object,  "  not  so  much  a  mental  image 
of  it,  but  rather  a  knowledge  of  its  nature."  When,  for 
instance,  she  was  asked  how  she  could  distinguish  so  clearly 
between  gold  and  brass,  she  said  that  gold  gave  her  the 
impression  of  a  much  softer  metal.  Fraulein  von  B.'s  intro- 
spective analysis  of  her  own  sensations  is  interesting  psycho- 
logically, but  Herr  von  Wasielewski  does  not  seem  to  have 
made  any  allowance  for  the  possible  effect  of  suggestion. 

The  weakest  point  of  his  argument  for  clairvoyance  is  that, 
as  he  himself  admits,  he  has  not  hitherto  carried  out  any 
experiments  under  conditions  "  expressly  devised  to  exclude  the 
telepathic  hypothesis,"  and  considering  how  far  stronger  at  the 
present  time  is  the  evidence  for  telepathy  than  for  clairvoyance, 
we  are  bound,  I  think,  to  give  precedence  to  the  telepathic 
hypothesis,  unless  it  is  absolutely  excluded.  Moreover,  some  of 
Herr  von  Wasielewski's  arguments  seem  to  show  that  he  does 
not  make  sufficient  allowance  for  the  fact  that  telepathic 
impressions  may  be  subconsciously  transmitted,  and  may  also 
be  deferred. 

Herr  von  Wasielewski  says  that  he  tried  fifty  experiments 
in  all,  of  which  forty-five  were  at  least  partly  successful. 
The  time  required  for  each  experiment  was  from  three  to  ten 
minutes.  He  could  not  form  any  definite  opinion  as  to  the 


JAN.,  1915.  A  Supposed  Case  of  Clairvoyance.  11 

cause  of  failure.  He  satisfied  himself  that  it  was  not  due  to 
the  nature  of  the  object  which  was  to  be  "  perceived,"  or  of 
the  material  used  for  the  outer  wrapping.  In  describing  the 
conditions  under  which  the  experiments  were  conducted,  Herr 
von  Wasielewski  says  that,  although  he  is  personally  convinced 
of  Fraulein  von  B.'s  absolute  trustworthiness,  he  is  aware  that 
this  argument  will  not  carry  weight  with  the  general  public, 
and,  moreover,  the  possibility  of  unconscious  fraud  has  to  be 
taken  into  account. 

To  form  any  conjecture  as  to  their  content  from  the  outside  of  the 
boxes  was  impossible.  They  consisted,  in  most  cases,  of  thin,  but 
strong  and  stiff  cardboard,  .  .  .  and  later  on  they  were  often  of  tin. 
.  .  .  The  size  and  shape  of  the  boxes  did  not  bear  any  tell-tale  rela- 
tion to  their  contents.  For  example,  in  the  case  of  a  fairly  early 
experiment,  an  object  four  centimetres  long  packed  in  a  box  about 
twenty -five  centimetres  long  was  correctly  recognised.  .  .  . 

The  fastenings  were  always  from  the  first  knotted  and  sealed  in 
several  places.  As  a  rule,  I  used  my  own  seal  for  this  purpose.  In 
several  instances  parcels  from  people  who  were  interested  came  to. 
the  house  ready -prepared,  and  provided  respectively  with  the  seals 
of  those  who  had  sent  them.  .  .  .  Moreover,  Fraulein  von  B.  was 
alone  with  the  box  only  for  a  few  minutes  in  a  neighbouring  room, 
liable  to  observation  at  any  moment,  and  on  many  occasions  actually 
under  observation  ;  often  in  strange  houses,  where  no  preparations 
could  be  made  beforehand  either  to  copy  the  seals,  or  to  take  them 
off  and  replace  them  again.  .  .  . 

If  these  phenomena  are  to  gain  general  recognition,  it  is  essential 
that  we  should  have  a  guarantee  against  fraud,  deliberate  or  other- 
wise, and  therefore,  at  the  risk  of  being  tedious,  I  must  concern  myself 
with  this  question  a  little  longer.  The  boxes  gave,  as  we  have  seen, 
no  clue  to  their  contents  .  .  .  but,  in  case  the  objection  is  made  that 
so  long  as  the  percipient  remained  alone  with  the  closed  box  for  several 
minutes,  we  have  no  right  to  say  that  fraud  was  absolutely  excluded, 
...  I  will  add  that  on  several  occasions  it  was  found  possible  to 
carry  out  the  experiments  with  equal  success  in  the  presence  of  myself 
and  other  witnesses.  .  .  . 

Dr.  Bayer  and  Professor  Edmund  Konig,  both  of  this  town  [Leip- 
sig],  the  former  .  .  .  State  medical-adviser,  the  latter  a  master  at 
the  "Gymnasium"  here,  and  author  of  several  philosophical  works 
.  .  .  have  given  me  permission  to  declare  in  my  article  in  their 


12          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        JAN.,  1915. 

names  that  they  were  present  throughout  the  whole  of  one  experi- 
ment and  thereby  convinced  themselves  that  Fraulein  von  B.  did 
not  leave  her  place,  nor  manipulate  the  box  in  any  way  to 
discover  its  contents. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  Herr  von  Wasielewski  was  not  able 
to  report  the  whole  series  of  experiments  (doubtless  for  reasons 
of  space),  but  gives  only  a  few  selected  instances,  and  even 
those  not  in  as  much  detail  as  might  have  been  desired.  The 
following  is  one  of  the  experiments  which  he  describes.  On  this 
occasion  Fraulein  von  B.  was  alone  with  the  box  for  some  minutes. 

Object.  A  paper-weight  in  the  shape  of  an  egg  of  reddish-brown, 
slightly  speckled  marble,  wrapped  between  folded  paper  in  a  card- 
board box.  Fraulein  von  B.  came  back  after  an  absence  of  eight 
minutes  ;  since  she  stated  that  she  had  not  begun  at  once,  the  actual 
duration  of  the  experiment  would  be  about  five  minutes.  "  It  is 
an  object  of  such  and  such  a  length  (measuring  off  the  right  length 
between  her  hands),  of  a  dark,  very  hard  substance.  But  not  metal ; 
I  think  it  is  stone.  Judging  by  the  shape,  I  should  say  it  was  a  wooden 
darning-egg  of  my  mother's,  but,  as  I  have  said,  it  is  not  of  wood,  also 
it  is  darker.  And  there  is  another  peculiarity  about  it,  that  on  one 
side  it  has  a  small  flat  surface  to  lie  on."  Every  statement,  includ- 
ing the  last,  was  correct.  On  the  other  hand,  the  colour  was  only 
noted  as  dark,  and,  on  enquiry,  was  not  recognised  more  exactly. 
This,  I  may  add,  has  been  hitherto  a  characteristic  of  these  experi- 
ments. With  few  exceptions,  the  colours  of  the  objects  are  only 
distinguished  as  light  or  dark,  much  as  a  person  totally  colour-blind 
might  see  them.  .  .  .  Hitherto  the  actual  colour  has  been  recog- 
nised, as  a  rule,  only  in  the  case  of  metals,  which  are  described  as 
grey  (tin  or  aluminium),  white  (silver  or  nickel),  brown  (copper),  yellow 
(gold  or  brass,  which,  however,  are  distinguished  from  one  another, 
as  I  have  said  before).  This  rather  curious  circumstance  is  one  of 
the  peculiarities  to  which  I  referred  above  as  being  an  argument  against 
telepathy,  since  in  the  case  of  telepathic  communication  the  colour 
must  be  as  communicable  as  any  other  factor,  and  actually  is  so,  accord- 
ing to  the  experience  of  myself  and  other  investigators.  Neverthe- 
less, I  note  in  passing  that  in  the  telepathic  experiments  also  I  had 
some  failures  as  well  as  successes  in  regard  to  colour,  and  this  fact 
has  given  me  the  idea  of  making  a  special  enquiry  on  this  point.  At 
any  rate,  in  the  case  of  the  box-experiments,  contrary  to  the  results 
obtained  by  telepathy,  there  was  as  a  rule  no  impression  of  colour. 


JAN.,  1915.  A  Supposed  Case  of  Clairvoyance.  13 

The  following  is  an  account  of  another  experiment,  during 
which  Herr  von  Wasielewski  was  present  throughout : 

Object.  An  empty  scent-bottle,  with  a  glass  stopper,  packed  up 
with  paper  in  a  tin  box  so  that  it  could  not  move.  Fraulein  von  B. 
put  the  box  on  this  occasion  on  her  breast.  (This  she  usually  did, 
but  the  action  had  no  influence  on  her  success.)  After  about  a  quarter 
to  half  a  minute  she  said  :  "I  feel  the  metal  very  strongly  again, 
from  my  knees  to  my  head,  but  another  feeling  also  comes  in  between." 
After  a  minute  :  "  Glass."  Then  she  went  on  with  pauses  of  only 
a  second  :  "  Rather  long,  at  the  top  it  gets  suddenly  small,  as  though 
broken  off,  then  wide  again,  like  a  stopper.  It  is  certainly  a  little 
bottle  of  glass,  and  the  stopper  is  of  glass  too,  and  cut  off  square,  not 
round — the  little  bottle  is  also  four-cornered."  The  size  of  the  bottle 
and  the  fact  that  it  was  empty  were  also  correctly  given.  The  dura- 
tion of  the  whole  experiment  was  about  two  minutes. 

Herr  von  Wasielewski  gives  one  curious  instance  in  which 
Fraulein  von  B.  received  a  correct  impression  of  an  object 
which  had  been  accidentally  included  amongst  the  contents  of 
the  box  without  the  sender's  conscious  knowledge.  This  is  the 
strongest  piece  of  evidence  for  clairvoyance  against  telepathy 
which  he  is  able  to  put  forward. 

He  also  gives  a  detailed  account  of  an  experiment  designed 
to  show  that  Fraulein  von  B.'s  abnormal  powers  include  per- 
ceptions of  taste  and  smell.  He  had  six  small  glass  bottles 
made  up  by  a  chemist,  containing  respectively  saccharine  and 
water,  distilled  water,  citric  acid  and  water,  quinine  and  water, 
peppermint  essence  and  water,  and  brandy. 

These  bottles  were  placed  one  after  another  in  a  corded 
cardboard  box  which  was  laid  either  on  Fraulein  von  B.'s 
forehead  or  on  her  neck.  Herr  von  Wasielewski  was  present 
throughout  the  whole  experiment  and  testifies  to  the  fact  that 
she  never  touched  or  saw  the  bottles.  The  result  of  the 
experiment  (in  brief)  was  as  follows  : 

SUBJECT.  IMPRESSION. 

1.  Quinine.  Failure. 

2.  Brandy.  "Something  like  port-wine,   but 

light  in  colour." 

3.  Saccharine.  "Sweet." 

4.  Peppermint-essence.  "Peppermint." 


14  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JAN.,  1915. 

5.  Distilled  water.  "  Something    like    the    last,    but 

fainter." 

6.  Quinine.  Failure. 

7.  Citric  acid.  "  Taste  of  lemons." 

8.  Distilled  water.  "  Still  a  taste  of  lemons." 

9.  Brandy.  "Brandy." 

10.  Saccharine.  "  The  sweet  taste  again." 

As  regards  the  impressions  of  peppermint,  citric  acid,  and 
brandy,  the  most  natural  explanation  perhaps  is  hyperaesthesia 
of  smell,  and  this  interpretation  is  borne  out  by  the  double 
failure  with  quinine  which  has  little  or  no  scent.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  double  success  with  saccharine,  which  also  is  practi- 
cally scentless,  is  not  so  easily  explained  on  this  hypothesis. 
Moreover,  the  first  impression  of  the  brandy  as  "  Something 
like  port- wine,  but  light  in  colour,"  is  interesting,  as  is  also 
the  persistence  each  time  of  the  preceding  sensation  in  the 
case  of  the  distilled  water. 

The  general  impression  made  by  Herr  von  Wasielewski's 
report  is  that  even  if  he  has  not  succeeded  as  yet  in  clearly 
establishing  his  own  conclusions,  he  has  found  in  Fraulein 
von  B.  a  percipient  of  unusual  powers  with  whom  it  would  be 
interesting  to  try  further  experiments. 

H.  DE  G.  V. 

REVIEW. 

The  Unknown  Guest.  By  MAURICE  MAETERLINCK.  Translated  by 
ALEXANDER  TEIXEIRA  DE  MATTOS.  Methuen  &  Co.,  London, 
1914.  340  pp.  Price  5s.  net. 

M.  MAETERLINCK'S  new  volume  is  a  continuation  of  his  studies 
of  the  mysteries  of  life  which  were  begun  in  the  essay  on  Death,  and 
is  itself  to  be  followed  by  a  discussion  of  "  the  miracles  of  Lourdes 
and  other  places,  the  phenomena  of  so-called  materialization,  of 
the  divining  rod,  and  of  fluidic  asepsis."  The  present  instalment 
contains,  in  addition  to  a  short  introduction,  essays  on  Phantasms 
of  the  Living  and  the  Dead,  Psychometry,  the  Knowledge  of  the 
Future,  The  Elberfeld  Horses,  and  the  Unknown  Guest,  of  which 
the  first  two  have  not  been  published  before,  while  the  others  have 
recently  appeared  in  magazines,  and  one  <>f  them,  that  on  the 
Elberfeld  horses,  has  been  noticed  in  this  Journal  for  July,  1914, 
p.  271.  The  whole  work  is  very  readable  and  suggestive,  and  will 
appeal  the  more  strongly  to  members  of  the  S.P.R  that  its  tone  is 
uniformly  appreciative  of  the  Society's  work,  which  is  constantly 


JAN.,  1915.  Review.  15 

quoted  as  authoritative,  and  even  as  more  conclusive  than  perhaps 
it  claimed  to  be.  It  is  a  very  real  impediment  to  progress  in 
Psychical  Research  that  when  men  first  read  the  extensive 
literature  on  the  subject  and  realize  how  much  better  than  they  had 
expected  the  evidence  is,  they  should  at  once  treat  as  established 
fact  the  less  anomalous  phenomena,  such  as  "telepathy,"  and  use 
them  to  speculate  about  the  more  anomalous,  in-  ways  that  are 
often  ingenious,  but  necessarily  insecure.  Whereas  in  fact  we  do 
not  understand  save  where  we  can  control,  and  cannot  discover 
what  is  the  nature  of  the  phenomena  labelled  "  telepathic "  until 
we  can  produce  them  with  sufficient  certainty  to  subject  them  to 
continuous  experimentation. 

M.  Maeterlinck  also  seems  too  ready  to  go  ahead  in  this 
incautious  manner,  and  one  cannot  but  deprecate  such  statements 
as  that  "  it  is  by  this  time  incontestable  that  a  violent  or  deep 
emotion  can  be  transmitted  instantaneously  from  one  mind  to 
another  .  .  .  and  as  the  most  violent  emotion  which  man  can 
undergo  is  that  which  grips  and  overwhelms  him  at  the  approach 
or  at  the  very  moment  of  death,  it  is  nearly  always  this  supreme 
emotion  which  he  sends  forth  and  directs  with  incredible  pre- 
cision [!]  through  space,  if  necessary  across  seas  and  continents, 
towards  an  invisible  and  moving  goal"  (pp.  17-18).  If  so,  our 
present  calamities  should  generate  so  abundant  a  crop  of  telepathic 
phantoms  as  to  render  Psychical  Research  a  most  powerful  agency 
for  peace,  by  convincing  even  the  most  sceptical  and  materialistic 
nations  that  they  cannot  get  rid  of  their  enemies  by  killing  them. 
But  unfortunately  there  seem  to  be  no  signs  that  Psychical  Research 
will  not  suffer  as  severely  as  the  other  spiritual  interests  of  humanity 
from  the  JRagnarok  of  European  civilization. 

Similarly  M.  Maeterlinck  seems  quite  willing  to  accept  the 
existence  of  "mediums"  as  an  ultimate  fact  and  point  of  departure 
for  his  theories  (p.  43),  and  to  assume  that  there  is  no  difficulty 
about  finding  capable  and  trustworthy  representatives  of  their 
class  (e.g.  pp.  58,  78).  Such  has  not  by  any  means  been  the  experi- 
ence of  our  Society,  and  until  "  mediums "  are  as  plentiful  and 
procurable  as  blackberries,  they  and  their  mentality  should  surely 
be  regarded  as  a  difficult  psychological  problem  deserving  of  the 
most  careful  examination. 

M.  Maeterlinck  proceeds  to  use  the  existence  of  telepathy  and  of 
mediums  as  premisses  in  his  theorizings  about  the  supra-personal 
and  supernatural  "  subconsciousness "  which  he  calls  the  "unknown 
guest "  who  occasionally  crosses  the  threshold  of  our  normal  life, 
and  whom  he  greatly  prefers  to  the  spiritistic  interpretation  of 
the  data.  That  his  speculations  are  eloquent  and  interesting  no 
reader  will  deny,  though  M.  Maeterlinck  himself  would  no  doubt 
confess  the  enormous  difficulty  of  penetrating  the  enveloping  mystery 
and  obtaining  any  definite  conclusions  from  facts  so  shadowy  and 
conceptions  so  inchoate  as  those  he  is  forced  to  rely  on.  From 
the  standpoint  of  purely  scientific  Psychical  Research,  however,  one 
feels  that  it  is  still  premature  to  theorize  except  in  the  most 


16  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     JAN.,  i!U6. 

tentative  manner,  and  that  it  is  a  pity  that  in  his  eagerness  to 
advance  M.  Maeterlinck  should  pass  so  lightly  over  what  appear 
to  be  some  highly  important  experiences  of  his  own.  In  his  essay 
on  "  Psychometry "  (p.  52  f.)  he  mentions  a  visit  of  his  wife  to 
a  "  M"'e  M — "  to  ask  her,  on  the  basis  of  a  scrap  of  paper  which 
was  in  his  handwriting  but  gave  no  other  clue,  what  he  was  doing. 
The  psychometrist  at  once  declared  that  he  was  far  away  in  a 
foreign  country,  examining  horses  with  an  absorbed  and  tired  air. 
He  was  in  fact  on  his  visit  to  the  Elberfeld  horses,  though  not 
actually  investigating  them  at  the  time  of  the  sitting.  Even  more 
striking  is  the  story  on  pp.  56-7  of  the  fame  medium's  description 
of  the  unknown  writer  of  a  letter  asking  M.  Maeterlinck  for  his 
autograph.  In  this  case  we  are  merely  assured  that  "on  enquiry, 
all  the  details  were  found  to  be  astonishingly  accurate " ;  but  surely 
this  astonishing  accuracy  excites  the  render's  curiosity  and  would  be 
enormously  convincing.  If,  then,  the  correspondence  which  established 
it  has  been  preserved,  as  one  must  presume,  it  should  be  published 
in  erteneo.  The  Editor  of  this  Journal  would  no  doubt  be  delighted 
to  do  so. 

F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 


THE  AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH. 

THE  Journal  of  the  American  Society  for  Psychical  Research, 
November,  1914,  contains  the  announcement  of  the  appoint- 
ment of  an  Assistant  to  Professor  Hyslop,  who  has  hitherto 
carried  on  the  work  of  the  Society  singlehanded.  The  new 
Assistant  is  Mr.  Edwin  W.  Friend,  who  graduated  from  Har- 
vard University  in  1908,  and  was,  at  the  time  of  his  appoint- 
ment, acting  as  Assistant  in  the  Department  of  Philosophy. 
His  services,  it  is  hoped,  will  relieve  Professor  Hyslop  of  the 
office  work  of  the  Society  and  leave  him  free  for  scientific 
investigations. 

The  same  issue  of  the  Journal  contains  the  gratifying  state- 
ment that  the  Endowment  Fund  has  recently  been  increased 
by  the  contribution  of  $3,000,  and — though  not  yet  reaching 
the  amount  desired — is  at  least  sufficient  to  ensure  the  exist- 
ence of  the  Society.  It  is  satisfactory  that,  in  spite  of  the 
difficulties  and  discouragements  which  beset  a  young  organiza- 
tion, it  has  secured  a  permanent  endowment  and  the  means  to 
provide  for  the  continuance  of  its  scientific  work  in  the  future. 
That  this  successful  accomplishment  is  due  to  Professor  Hyslop's 
energy,  perseverance,  and  untiring  zeal  in  the  cause  of  psychical 
research,  no  one  will  be  disposed  to  deny. 


No.  CCCXVI.-VoL.  XVII.  FEBRUARY,  1915. 

JOURNAL 


OF  THE 


Society    for   Psychical   Research 


CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

New  Members  and  Associates, 17 

Annual  General  Meeting  of  Members, 17 

Meetings  of  the  Council, 18 

General  Meeting, 19 

Report  of  the  Council  for  the  year  1914, 19 

Account  of  Receipts  and  Expenditure  for  1914, 26 

Endowment  Fund  for  Psychical  Research,  Account  for  1914, 27 

Note  on  the  English  Sittings  with  Miss  Tomczyk.     By  the  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,-  28 

To  Members  and  Associates  of  the  Society  for  Psychical  Research,  32 


NEW  MEMBEES  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Wilkinson,   Miss   Milisent,   c/o   The   Royal  Bank  of  Queensland, 

31  Budge  Row,  London,  E.G. 

CAIRNS,  The  REV.  DAVID  S.,  D.D.,  62  Hamilton  Place,  Aberdeen. 
DAVIES,  Miss  M.  H.  LLOYD,  Lynton,  Curzon  Road,  Hoylake. 
DE  WYCKOFF,  JOSEPH,  The  Croft,  Greville  Place,  London,  N.W. 
FOOTE,  MRS.  H.  R.,  Harewood  House,  Hanover  Square,  London,  W. 
SCHAAF,  A.  E.,  55  North  Clinton  Street,  Poughkeepsie,  N.Y.,  U.S.A. 
SETON-KARR,  CAPTAIN  H.  W.,  8  St.  Paul's  Mansions,  Hammersmith, 

London,  W. 

SHAW,  ARNOLD  E.,  Grove  House,  Aspley  Guise,  Beds. 
THOMPSON,  W.  R.,  Zoological  Laboratory,  Cambridge. 
WARD,  DAVID  S.,  Sedan  House,  Harrogate. 
WRANGHAM,  W.  H.,  78  Barmouth  Road,  Wandsworth,  London,  S.W. 


ANNUAL  GENERAL  MEETING  OF  MEMBERS. 

THE  Annual  General  Meeting  of  Members  of  the  Society  was 
held  at  20  Hanover  Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  January 
29th,  1915,  at  3.30  p.m.  ;  THE  PRESIDENT,  DR.  F.  C.  S. 
SCHILLER,  in  the  chair.  There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W. 
Baggally,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  the  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Sir 


18          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        FEB.,  1915. 

William  Crookes,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Miss  S.  M.  Kingsford, 
Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Miss  F.  R.  Scatcherd,  Mrs.  Henry 
Sidgwick,  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith,  Eev.  C.  Drayton  Thomas, 
Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall,  and  Dr.  V.  J.  Woolley ;  also  Miss  Alice 
Johnson,  Research  Officer,  and  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Report  of  the  Council  for  the  year  1914  was  read,  and 
is  printed  below.  The  audited  account  of  income  and  expendi- 
ture for  the  year  1914  was  presented  and  taken  as  read,  and 
is  also  printed  below. 

The  Chairman  announced  that  the  six  retiring  Members  of 
the  Council  offered  themselves  for  re-election.  No  other  nomi- 
nations having  been  received,  the  following  were  declared  to  be 
duly  elected  Members  of  the  Council  :  the  Right  Hon.  Gerald 
W.  Balfour,  Mr.  E.  N.  Bennett,  Dr.  W.  M'Dougall,  Sir  Oliver 
Lodge,  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith,  Sir  Joseph  J.  Thomson. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  132nd  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  January  29th,  1915,  at  3  p.m.  ; 
THE  PRESIDENT,  DR.  F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER,  in  the  chair.  There 
were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett, 
Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Sir  William  Crookes,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones, 
Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick,  Mr.  H. 
Arthur  Smith,  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall,  and  Dr.  V.  J.  Woolley; 
also  Miss  Alice  Johnson,  Research  Officer,  and  Miss  Isabel 
Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Report  of  the  Council  was  considered  for  the  year  1914. 


The  133rd  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  January  29th,  1915,  im- 
mediately after  the  Annual  General  Meeting ;  DR.  F.  C.  S. 
SCHILLER  in  the  chair.  There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W. 
Baggally,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Sir  William 
Crookes,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Mrs. 
Henry  Sidgwick,  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith,  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall, 
and  Dr.  V.  J.  Woolley ;  also  Miss  Alice  Johnson,  Research 
Officer,  and  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  131st  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

The  proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting  were  reported. 


FEB.,  1915.  Meetings  of  the  Council.  19 

Professor  Gilbert  Murray,  LL.D.,  was  elected  President  of 
the  Society  for  the  year  1915. 

Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith  was  re-elected  Hon.  Treasurer ;  Mrs. 
Henry  Sidgwick  and  the  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Hon.  Secre- 
taries ;  and  Mr.  Arthur  Miall,  Auditor,  for  the  current  year. 

The  following  were  co-opted  as  Members  of  the  Council  for 
the  year  1915  :  the  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Mr.  G.  Lowes 
Dickinson,  Professor  L.  P.  Jacks,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Dr. 
T.  W.  Mitchell,  Mr.  A.  F.  Shand,  Dr.  V.  J.  Woolley,  and  Dr. 
M.  B.  Wright. 

Committees  were  elected  as  follows  : 

Committee  of  Reference  and  Publication :  The  Right  Hon. 
Gerald  W.  Balfour,  Miss  Jane  Barlow,  Sir  William  F.  Barrett, 
Sir  William  Crookes,  the  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Dr.  W.  Leaf, 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  Dr.  T.  W.  Mitchell,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington, 
Lord  Rayleigh,  Mrs.  H.  Sidgwick,  and  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall. 

Library  Committee :  The  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Dr.  T.  W. 
Mitchell,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  and  Dr.  C.  Lloyd  Tuckey. 

House  and  Finance  Committee :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  the 
Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  Sydney  C. 
Scott,  and  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith. 

Corresponding  Members  and  Honorary  Associates  were  elected 
for  the  year  1915. 

One  new  Member  and  ten  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  monthly  accounts  for  December,  1914,  were  presented 
and  taken  as  read. 

GENERAL  MEETING. 

THE  144th  General  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Robert  Barnes  Hall  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Medicine,  1  Wim- 
pole  Street,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  January  29th,  1915,  at 
5  p.m.  ;  DR.  F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER  in  the  chair. 

MR.  J.  G.  PIDDINGTON  read  a  paper  entitled  "  Cross-Corre- 
spondences of  a  Gallic  Type,"  which  will,  it  is  hoped,  be 
published  later  in  the  Proceedings. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL  FOR  THE  YEAR  1914. 
CONSIDERING  the  present  state  of  public  affairs,  it  will  not  be  a 
matter  for  surprise  that   we  have  to  report  some  decrease  in 


20  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     FEB.,  r.n:». 

membership  at  the  end  of  this  year.  During  the  year  23 
new  Members  (including  one  Corresponding  Member;  were 
elected,  and  2  Associates  became  Members ;  62  new  Associates 
were  elected,  and  1  Member  became  an  Associate.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  total  loss  in  numbers,  from  resignations,  deaths  and 
other  causes,  was  29  Members  (including  one  Corresponding 
Member)  and  90  Associates,  making  a  net  decrease  of  31. 

The  total  membership  is  now  1212,  the  numbers  being  dis- 
tributed as  follows  :  Members,  286  (including  27  Honorary  and 
Corresponding  Members) ;  Associates,  926  (including  11  Honorary 
Associates). 

These  figures,  with  the  corresponding  ones  of  previous  years, 
have  been  analysed  in  order  to  discover  how  far  the  decrease 
may  reasonably  be  attributed  to  the  war.  During  the  five 
years,  1909  to  1913  inclusive,  the  average  number  of  autumn 
elections  of  Members  and  Associates  was  53,  whereas  this  year 
it  was  only  31.  Further,  the  average  number  of  resignations 
during  the  previous  five  years  for  the  period  August  to  Decem- 
ber was  30,  whereas  this  year  it  was  41.  The  figures  are  even 
more  striking  if  we  omit  the  year  1912,  which  happened  to  be 
a  comparatively  unprosperous  one  for  the  Society.  In  that 
case,  the  average  number  of  autumn  elections  is  found  to  be 
56,  as  against  31  this  year ;  while  the  average  number  of 
resignations  is  26,  as  against  41  this  year. 

The  number  of  elections  this  year  before  the  war  was  53, 
which  is  up  to  the  average  of  the  corresponding  period  for  the 
last  three  years,  though  below  the  average  (69)  for  the  last 
five  years,  1909  and  1910  having  been  unusually  prosperous 
years. 

Further  evidence  of  the  effect  of  the  war  on  our  numbers 
is  to  be  found  in  the  letters  of  resignation  received.  As 
usual,  a  large  proportion  (38  out  of  75)  give  no  reason  for 
resigning ;  of  the  other  34,  8  state  specifically  that  it  is  due 
to  the  war,  while  10  others,  who  allude  to  reduced  circum- 
stances or  the  urgency  of  other  claims  on  them,  probably  mean 
the  same  thing.  If  so,  the  war  accounts  for  half  the  number  of 
resignations  out  of  those  who  mention  any  reason  for  their 
resigning.  Other  reasons  given  are  such  as  ill-health  (7  cases), 
inability  to  attend  meetings,  going  abroad,  etc.  The  majority 
express  regret  for  having  to  resign,  and  8  say  that  they  hope 
to  rejoin  later ;  in  only  3  cases  out  of  the  total  of  75  is 


FEB.,  1915.      Report  of  the  Council  for  the  Year  1914. 


21 


mention   made  of  any  dissatisfaction   with  the  methods  of  the 
Society  or  the  results  of  its  work.1 

In  connection  with  the  war,  it  may  be  of  interest  to  add 
the  figures  of  membership  in  the  European  countries  outside 
our  own.  They  are  as  follows  : 

France   - 
Eussia 
Belgium 
Germany 

Austria-Hungary     - 
2  Holland  - 
Italy  and  Sicily 
Norway  - 
Denmark 
Spain 
Sweden  - 
Switzerland 
Portugal 
Roumania       ----- 


19 

9 

-  29 

1 

11     Il7 
6    J 

12 

3 

2 

2 

-31 

1 

1 

1 

1 

Total 


77 


Publications  continue  to  be  sent  to  most  of  our  members 
in  France  and  Russia,  as  well  as  in  the  neutral  countries, 
and  it  is  hoped  that  communication  will  be  resumed  with  those 
in  Germany  and  Austria  as  soon  as  the  war  is  over.  We 
have  had  several  requests  from  members  at  the  front  to  send 
the  publications  there,  and  a  letter  from  a  medical  man  with 
the  Fleet,  who  seems  to  have  some  leisure  for  reading  and 
opportunities  for  observation,  asking  us  to  send  him  information 
about  the  best  books  on  psychical  subjects  and  hypnotism. 

The  drop  in  membership  of  course  involves  some  decrease 
in  the  income  of  the  Society,  and  it  is  natural  that  the  receipts 

1  One    member    expresses    disapproval    of    the    Society's    present    methods ; 
another    says    "  I   cannot   follow    the   present    recondite    investigations   of   the 
Society  with  much  interest,  as  they  are  so  very  complicated,  and  the  Council 
show  such  a  very  strange  timidity  in  publishing  any  authoritative  conclusions 
on  any  subject."     The  third  writes  that  he  has  been  disappointed  in  his  hope 
of  learning   from    the   Society  the   art   of   investigating   psychical   phenomena, 
but  that  he  has  not  lost  his  interest  in  the  subject  and  hopes  to  be  able  some 
time  to  send  contributions  both  of  money  and  information. 

2  Including  Mr.    Cort  van   der   Linden,  who   is   at   present   Prime    Minister 
of  Holland. 


22  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     FEB.,  1915. 

from  the  sale  of  publications — one  of  our  minor  sources  of 
income — have  also  fallen  off.  During  the  second  half  of  the 
year  the  sale  of  publications  through  our  London  agent  to 
persons  not  belonging  to  the  Society  brought  in  a  net  profit 
of  £13  11s.  6d.,  whereas  the  average  for  the  second  half  of 
the  previous  four  years  was  £37.  On  the  other  hand,  the  sale 
of  publications  for  the  first  half  of  the  year  realised  a  profit  of 
£27  6s.  3d.,  as  compared  with  an  average  for  the  first  half 
of  the  preceding  four  years  of  £25  10s.  Again,  the  sales  of 
publications  to  members  since  the  war  began  up  to  the  end 
of  the  year  amounted  to  £4  12s.  9d.,  whereas  the  average 
receipts  for  the  corresponding  period  during  the  five  previous 
years  amounted  to  £16  10s.  2d. 

The  Society,  however,  has  considerable  reserves  in  its  Endow- 
ment Fund  and  other  investments,  so  that  no  anxiety  is  felt  as 
to  its  financial  position.  Nevertheless,  in  view  of  the  present 
decrease  in  income,  members  may  be  reminded  that  subscrip- 
tions are  due  on  January  1st  in  every  year. 

In  regard  to  the  more  important  question  of  work  done 
by  the  Society,  a  certain  amount  of  the  time  and  energy 
ordinarily  spent  on  psychical  research  is  naturally  being  diverted 
into  other  channels.  Thus,  Mr.  Feilding  has  accepted  an 
appointment  on  the  Naval  Press  Bureau ;  Dr.  M'Dougall  has 
gone  to  the  front  in  charge  of  a  motor-ambulance,  and 
Mr.  E.  N.  Bennett  is  taking  command  of  a  Red  Cross  con- 
tingent which  is  being  sent  out  from  England  to  Serbia. 

In  regard  to  the  Special  Hospital  for  officers  suffering  from 
nervous  shock,  the  scheme  for  which  was  mentioned  in  the 
December  Journal,  and  which  has  now  been  started  at  a  large 
house  in  Kensington,  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  five  out 
of  the  twenty-two  medical  men  who  have  offered  their  services 
free  to  it  are  members  of  the  Council,  and  three  others  belong 
to  the  Society,  which  has  thus  at  the  outset  associated  with  it 
more  than  one-third  of  the  whole  medical  staff  of  the  Hospital. 

Turning  to  the  more  normal  activities  of  the  Society,  we  may 
observe  that  the  extra  room  which  was  added  to  the  office  at 
the  beginning  of  the  year  has  proved  of  use  in  many  ways. 
The  Assistant  Research  Officer  has  been  able  to  carry  on  her 
work  there  without  the  constant  interruptions  that  were  inevi- 
table in  the  Library,  and  the  room  has  also  been  in  frequent 
use  for  interviews  and  for  purposes  of  experiment.  In  most  of 


FEB.,  1915.     Report  of  the  Council  for  the   Year  1914-.  23 

the  experiments  in  telepathy  that  are  carried  on  at  the  Rooms, 
it  is  arranged  for  the  agent  to  be  in  one  room  and  the  per- 
cipient in  another,  and  both  rooms  have,  of  course,  to  be  kept 
quiet  and  free  from  disturbance  for  the  time  being.  Though 
telepathic  phenomena  seem  to  occur  fairly  often,  it  is  well 
known  that  they  can  only  be  experimentally  demonstrated  in 
rare  cases,  so  that  much  of  the  time  spent  in  such  experiments 
is  inevitably  fruitless,  producing  merely  negative  results.  Among 
a  number  of  sets  of  experiments,  however,  tried  during  the  last 
two  years,  a  considerable  proportion  of  successful  results  were 
obtained  with  two  experimenters,  the  Misses  Tipping,  and  a 
report  on  these  by  Miss  Verrall  was  read  at  a  meeting  of  the 
Society  in  November  and  will  appear  later  in  the  Proceedings. 

Another  advantage  of  the  extra  room  has  been  the  greater 
accommodation  thereby  afforded  in  the  Library  for  people  who 
wish  to  read  or  consult  books  and  periodicals  there,  and  the 
Library  has  in  consequence  been  used  a  good  deal  more  this 
year,  though  readers  have  fallen  off  again  since  the  outbreak 
of  war. 

A  useful  piece  of  work,  which  has  been  on  hand  for  some 
time,  Vol.  II.  of  the  Combined  Index  to  the  Proceedings  and 
Journal,  has  been  completed  and  published  this  year.  The 
first  volume  of  this  Index,  covering  the  first  15  volumes  of 
Proceedings  and  the  first  9  volumes  of  the  Journal,  was  pub- 
lished ten  years  ago.  The  second  volume  continues  the  series 
down  to  Vol.  XXVI.  of  Proceedings  and  to  Vol.  XV.  of  the 
Journal  inclusive,  and  in  view  of  the  increasing  complexity  of 
the  reports  on  the  work  of  the  Society,  is  likely  to  prove  even 
more  useful  than  the  first.  The  Index  was  prepared  by  Miss  C. 
Burke  and  carefully  revised  by  the  Sub-Editor. 

Study  of  the  automatic  scripts,  which  continue  to  be  pro- 
duced, has  gone  on  steadily  throughout  the  year,  and  three 
reports  on  them  have  appeared  in  the  Proceedings  published 
during  1914.  Mrs.  Sidgwick  has  also  been  for  some  time 
engaged  in  an  examination  of  all  the  available  records,  both 
published  and  unpublished,  of  Mrs.  Piper's  trance  phenomena, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  finding  what  light  is  thrown  by 
them  on  the  psychology  of  her  trance.  A  paper  giving  a 
general  account  of  this  investigation  was  read  at  a  meeting  of 
the  Society  in  January,  and  Mrs.  Sidgwick's  full  report  is  now 
being  printed  for  the  Proceedings. 


24          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        FEB.,  1915. 

During  the  year  we  had  the  pleasure  of  a  visit  from  Dr. 
Morton  Prince,  who  read  a  paper  to  a  meeting  of  the  Society. 

A  number  of  reviews  of  psychological  and  other  work  done 
abroad  have  been  contributed  to  the  Proceedings  and  Journal 
by  Dr.  Schiller  and  Dr.  Woolley.  Several  of  these  related  to 
reports  on  the  "  thinking  animals "  whose  performances  have 
excited  so  much  interest  in  recent  years,  and  with  whom 
Dr.  Woolley  and  Mr.  Bullough  experimented  last  year  at 
Elberfeld.  But  this  is  another  of  the  possible  lines  of  investi- 
gation which  are  blocked  for  the  present ;  it  has  indeed  been 
rumoured  that  the  "  thinking  horses  "  have  gone  to  the  front. 

During  the  summer  a  series  of  experiments  was  conducted 
with  the  Polish  medium,  Miss  Stanislawa  Tomczyk,  in  whose 
presence  telekinetic  phenomena  are  said  to  occur.  Her 
performances  had  not  only  been  favourably  reported  on  by 
Dr.  Ochorowicz,  of  Warsaw,  and  some  other  scientific  men  on 
the  Continent,  but  had  also  much  impressed  Mr.  Feilding, 
who  had  had  opportunities  of  observing  them  at  Warsaw  and 
at  Munich.  The  Council  invited  Miss  Tomczyk  to  come  to 
London,  and  appointed  a  Committee  of  investigation,  con- 
sisting of  Mr.  Feilding,  Mr.  Baggally,  Mrs.  Sidgwick,  Miss 
Verrall,  Dr.  Woolley,  and  two  friends  of  Mr.  Feilding's,  Mr.  S. 
Cowper-Coles  (an  electrical  metallurgist  with  expert  knowledge 
of  photography)  and  Mr.  Mark  Barr  (an  electrical  expert),  to 
take  charge  of  the  sittings. 

Eleven  sittings  in  all  were  held  between  June  2  and  July  13, 
1914,  but  unfortunately  only  inconclusive  results  were  obtained. 
During  part  of  the  period  the  medium's  health  was  not  good, 
which  probably  accounted  for  the  fact  that  several  sittings 
were  almost  entirely  blank.  At  the  others  slight  phenomena 
were  observed  of  the  type  usually  associated  with  Miss  Tomczyk, 
that  is,  movements  of  small  objects  without  any  apparent 
contact.  The  most  striking  incident  was  one  witnessed  at  the 
fourth  sitting,  on  June  llth,  1914,  when  a  small  celluloid  ball 
was  levitated  to  a  height  of  about  9  inches  above  the  table 
(the  medium's  hands  being  about  a  quarter  of  an  inch  from  the 
ball  on  either  side),  coming  down  again  almost  at  once. 

The  conditions  of  "  control "  were  those  habitually  used  at 
Miss  Tomczyk's  sittings,  as  described  below  in  Mr.  Feilding's 
Note  (see  p.  28)  ;  but,  owing  to  the  slight  nature  of  the 
phenomena  and  their  desire  not  to  discourage  the  medium  at 


FEB.,  1915.      Report  of  the  Council  for  the  Year  1914.  25 

the  outset,  the  Committee  were  not  able  to  impose  such 
conditions  as  they  would  have  thought  completely  satisfactory. 
It  may,  however,  be  said  that  no  evidence  of  fraud  was 
obtained  and  the  Committee  consider  that  there  is  undoubtedly 
still  a  case  for  investigation. 

At  the  end  of  the  year,  Miss  Verrall  was  invited  to  give 
a  course  of  lectures  once  a  week  on  psychical  research  during 
the  Lent  Term,  1915,  to  the  third-year  students  in  psychology 
at  King's  College,  University  of  London,  where  she  has  for 
some  time  been  assisting  in  the  Demonstrations  in  Psychology. 

Dr.  William  Brown,  the  head  of  the  psychological  department  at 
King's  College,  London,  has  obtained  a  commission  in  the  R.A.M.C., 
and  Miss  Yen-all's  course  has  been  arranged  to  take  the  place  of 
some  of  the  lectures  that  he  would  have  given.  In  it  she  will 
attempt  to  give  a  general  view  of  the  various  lines  of  enquiry  pur- 
sued in  psychical  research  and  of  the  results  so  far  obtained, 
considering  them  especially  from  a  psychological  standpoint. 

This  is  believed  to  be  the  first  time  that  any  such  course 
has  been  delivered  in  an  English  University. 

Mention  may  incidentally  be  made  of  the  new  London  Medico- 
Psychological  Clinic,  which  was  opened  in  October,  and  an 
account  of  which  appeared  in  the  December  Journal  This 
has,  of  course,  no  connexion  with  the  Society,  but  so  much 
has  been  done  through  the  work  of  the  S.P.R.  both  to  advance 
knowledge  and  to  arouse  interest  in  hypnotic  and  allied  states 
from  a  psychological  as  well  as  a  therapeutic  point  of  view, 
that  new  developments  of  this  kind  under  the  direction  of 
properly  qualified  persons  are  always  especially  welcomed  by 
the  Council.  Six  members  of  the  medical  staff  of  the  Clinic 
belong  to  the  S.P.R. ,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  of 
Management  is  a  member  of  our  Council.  We  have  already 
found  occasion  to  send  to  the  Clinic  several  persons  who  have 
come  to  the  S.P.R.  Rooms  for  advice  and  help  in  regard  to 
mental  or  nervous  symptoms. 

Five    Meetings    of   the    Society    were    held    during   the    year. 

The   dates   and   subjects   of  the   papers  read   were   as   follows: 

*January    30th.       "On    the    Psychology    of    the    Piper 

Trance,"  by  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick. 

March  27th.     "  Some  Recent  Scripts  affording  Evidence  of 
Personal  Survival,"  by  the  Right  Hon.  Gerald  W.  Balfour. 

*  Those  marked  with  an  asterisk  were  General  Meetings. 


oooo--<i>rHoo!Ooooootowo^«eioo 


s 

I 

S3 1 

S  S" 

M 

9  s 

^.  to 

J  ; 

CQ  0 

E"H  — 


OM 

QOoo 


.-   —  -.I  i-l 


00 -H 

t-co 

<3><3> 


OOOO 
'  OOOO 

•   c  r.  —  _. 


Ot- 

00  (M 

r-rH 

8^ 
3 


COOOOO 

lOOOOO 


§^§ 


•  »o 

Is 


I 

o  5. 


^1  ' 

CO  "O  ^ 


N  2  "2 


« 


Ilrflf 

°^1§y 
§   (g^;^ 

|<      £ 

» 

5 


'  'I' 

,     tn  a-2  >.  jj  fl    sjj  *> 

1|||||«I  || 


f  a 

£§ 


S 

n      o  M     K 

3 

o     oo  »o     v 

>             H 

Jd 

*o 

1—  1   1—  I              r- 

<         a. 

JU 

§ 

«     S5s     fj 

,         « 

5  #2 

a        s 

:>       S  i—  i      '. 

\          i 

02    41 

CM                      - 

*          £ 

o  u 

2      ^ 

a  a 

is  1  * 

J     | 

5     -2 

H  3 
3S 

&  ^Q     •  CQ         § 

"S  ,  "S  .  , 

" 

'gljQ  o  8>    3? 

"S     "2 

Si 

5      js 

•4 

S  .2  ,  , 

"^ 

0  D^'S     *  O             -2 

*?     e 

CJi 

•< 

Q      4>    ^*  ^  ~t-    ^ 

-*-*       o 

^<  ^j< 

n 

&    M-*    ^    QI  -D  "          Q 

r-y.     <D  "   E  Q)     o 

s    1 
•S-S'i 

<«  5     3 

1 

.!'i. 

*H  PH  pi  ^      to      ".. 

£       o  „  2—  -2  s^ 

f*    < 

a  "§    "S    2 

*%     J 

h 

^    P5      P&      C» 

o  fls-^l   .1 

•8-2  d 

3C     » 
o  -S    w 

>a  s 

g 

1   |   3 

>o 

Ol 

*"     n! 

W  '**     "3  '3  fl  *  0 

11     | 

g 

«     H     S 

•s" 

Sfijji^l 

JS'a  ^ 

^ 

"S  •  is  '  a 

O)          o          <U 
55       M       v 

?=> 

c  ca 

5 

$ 

Q      yj      K      C  <T      &$  HH 
r^      C3  I"™*   ^    -*i     gg    -*J 

0>     3^    "^    ~*-*     S  ?3     ^? 
—  .      C      09      X      CD  r^      <O 

o 
l-l 

OrR 

o  » 

g 

^    S    _r 

a  ,g  .| 

1 

•o" 

M 

OOOOOr-jO 

Is 

2 

0    -"*    -  d 

1 

^2 

o  o  o  o  o  o  o 

"o'l 

CO 

Co    UJ    o  "" 

w 

5  o  2  o  ® 

fc 

O  CO  O  O  iO  OO  t>- 

«o 

3 

3  4§  9  ^  S 

1 

o 

r'Cjj  ^^^*i      "*^*l      ? 

!&+* 

3         S        "« 

n 

3    u    S    .£3 

m 
O  -^ 

^> 

PH      PW      PQ 

ta 

M 

W  c« 

^ 

•o 

P 

">*  S 

..^j 

o 

Q 

^       13 

"S  ^ 

11 

02  g 

1 

r-JIMO                        1 

I—  1                                     .  I 

3     3 

<l 

1      ^                         ^ 

0=0 

ooo            < 

0 

-S  £      or                       S  'g 

I    <U         °                                     ^    S 

"^3 

§ 

WIMrH                    j 

!  ] 

_*r 

S  o 

i      i    -** 

o. 

W 

82  IS     i?                  ^7^ 

£  c 

a? 

§ 

• 

S 

2  M      ?  6                    fi  r> 

S-g     |o               |g 

S-^ 

•      '     1 

"G 

ji       a  5§       §  S                   t§  .fi 

"S  p,  S 

<! 

s 

0    >>.S  ^8         ^H  O                               W  hJ 

*  a  rt 

Qs 

i      i     55 

CQ 

«  |l||   ||  a   li^ 

|K* 

8-°  ^ 

•d-2    j» 
s  S    s 

1 

E«H 

K 

'  '"g 

0) 

•« 

g 

4^~ 

fe'g^S^    ^5  "3     Sgo?    .j 

ce  §    S 
-|    | 

||1 

e-n 

fe! 

&q 

c              S 

U.                       qj 

«  03     0 

«     O5          <U 

g   -1   ,-S 

0 

o 

73 

Iffll 

•-<  ,5  ,3  o3      5  ^  .>     °HeM;O  jg  w 

1^*J  5-aS>»fSia1 

§Mt5  S    J"S  g'-O.fhaia  §"S 

CJ  ••H    O 
^^   H 

0  *J 

l-g     § 

•85  -g 
11-3 
T»  a  f 

o---     o 

j2     C3         IM 

gg  S 

ENDOWM 

RE 

id,  December  31st, 
vestments, 
remporary  Loan  to  1 

S 

•S 
•d 

I 

1 

< 

2ooST:ll||llSi)Si 

rt  eft     fi 
H  ^3     rt 

1-1     S 

c8   ^  t*_ 

,£5  "^   O 

t-  "**   S    fl  "          "^  'O  ^  O  C-J 

m         o 

£*    n    G 

WOOJ   .J-S^sgS^aj^ 

t>    .    "3 

Js  ^ 

O  •*>    g 

§i—  1  rH  i—  1 

'&      0 

li& 

~cS"v0      r-^<="  -»   -JoS* 

"  £ 

• 

Hi 

c«  -2    0> 

'     5j°>     crt«3crt««S5«<:rt':rt 

J3 

4l 

MHHM 

28  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       FEB.,  1915. 

*April  24th.  "  Certain  Spiritistic  Phenomena  and  Sub- 
conscious Activities,"  by  Dr.  Morton  Prince. 

*June  29th.  "  Presidential  Address,"  by  Dr.  F.  C.  S.  Schiller. 
November  20th.  "  Some  Experiments  in  Thought- 
Transference, "  by  Miss  Helen  de  G.  Verrall. 


NOTE  ON  THE  ENGLISH  SITTINGS  WITH  MISS 
TOMCZYK. 

BY  THE  HON.   EVERAED  FEILDING. 

ELEVEN  sittings  in  all  were  held  between  June  2  and  July  13, 
1914.  Although  I  do  not  propose  to  submit  here  a  detailed 
report  of  the  proceedings,  which  may  perhaps  be  dealt  with 
later  in  complete  form,  it  may  be  of  interest  to  give  some 
description  of  them.  An  interesting  feature  concerning  this 
medium  is  that  neither  by  herself  nor  by  Dr.  Ochorowicz,  who 
has  closely  studied  her  for  several  years,  are  the  phenomena 
which  are  stated  to  occur  in  her  presence  attributed  to  spirit 
action.  They  consist  of  two  classes,  viz.  :  first,  phenomena  of 
the  so  called  "  poltergeist "  type,  many  of  which  I  have  seen. 
These  occur  spontaneously  and  generally  unexpectedly  in  her 
normal  state,  and  include  raps,  movements  of  tables  and  chairs 
without  apparent  contact,  throwings  or  transportations  of 
objects  about  the  house  in  which  she  is  living,  frequently  in 
her  own  proximity,  but  also  often  in  places  apparently  beyond 
her  normal  reach,  such  as  outside  the  room  in  which  she  is,  or 
even  in  another  room  the  door  of  which  is  shut.  Secondly, 
phenomena  produced  experimentally  and  deliberately  when  the 
medium  is  in  a  quasi-somnambulistic  condition,  or,  more  exactly 
speaking,  in  a  secondary  state  bearing  all  the  characteristics  of 
a  complete  dual  personality,  somewhat  similar  to  that  of 
"  Sally "  in  the  case  of  Miss  Beauchamp  reported  by  Dr. 
Morton  Prince  and  well  known  to  most  members  of  the  Society. 
It  is  only  by  long-continued  observation  that  any  conclusions 
can  be  reached  regarding  the  first  class  of  phenomena,  but  the 
second  class  (which,  so  far  as  I  know,  are  peculiar  to  this 
medium)  appeared,  from  reports  received,  capable  of  satisfactory 
investigation,  and  it  was  to  these  that  the  Committee  confined 
its  attention.  The  procedure  is  as  follows.  The  secondary 
personality  having  been  first  induced  by  hypnosis,  the  medium, 

*  Those  marked  with  an  asterisk  were  General  Meetings. 


FEB.,  1915.     Note  on  the  English  Sittings  with  Miss  Tomczyk.      29 

who  usually  wears  a  blouse  with  short  sleeves,  submits  herself 
to  examination  in  full  light ;  that  is,  her  arms  and  hands  and 
dress,  as  well  as  the  table,  which  is  bare,  are  carefully  scruti- 
nised for  the  purpose  of  ascertaining  that  no  hair  or  thin  wire, 
by  which  means  alone  it  would  seem  that  the  effects  which 
follow  could  be  produced  fraudulently,  are  present  or  accessible. 
After  the  examination  she  remains  with  her  hands  well  extended 
on  the  table  in  front  of  her  without,  so  far  as  the  closest 
observation  of  the  Committee  could  determine,  ever  finding  an 
opportunity  of  picking  up  any  such  aid.  It  is,  indeed,  mainly 
to  prevent  such  an  opportunity  that  the  observation  is  sub- 
sequently directed.  Since,  however,  it  is  necessary  to  reduce 
the  light  to  a  degree  of  brilliancy  sufficient,  indeed,  to  see  the 
position  of  the  hands  with  complete  clearness,  but  insufficient  to 
make  certain  of  seeing  a  hair  between  the  medium's  hands  if 
there  were  one,  it  is  a  matter  of  individual  opinion,  on  which 
the  members  of  the  Committee  were  not  united,  as  to  whether 
such  observation,  extended  over  a  sitting  lasting  perhaps  two 
hours  or  more,  can  ever  be  adequate  to  justify  a  positive 
statement  that  no  such  opportunity  presented  itself. 

She  remains  with  her  hands  on  the  table,  and  generally 
joined,  for  a  time  varying  from  about  five  minutes  to  a  half 
or  three-quarters  of  an  hour,  until  she  reports  feeling  the 
"  current,"  which  she  says  shows  itself  by  a  prickling  sensation 
in  the  tips  of  her  fingers.  She  then  asks  for  some  small  object 
to  be  placed  on  the  table  between  her  hands.  It  is  im- 
material what  object  is  chosen  provided  it  is  not  too  heavy, 
but  the  objects  usually  chosen  are  celluloid  balls  of  different 
sizes,  from  that  of  a  marble  to  that  of  a  billiard  ball,  «jJ 
cigarette,  matchbox,  small  aluminium  box,  spoon,  etc.  S^ie  f 
places  her  hands  on  each  side  of  the  object,  with  her  fingers,^' 
sometimes  open  and  sometimes  joined,  pointing  inwards  towards 
it  at  a  distance  of  from  £  inch  to  3  or  4  inches  on  each  side. 
Presently  the  object  is  seen  to  move  about  on  the  table  ;  if  a 
ball,  running  to  and  fro  ;  if  a  long  object  such  as  a  cigarette, 
changing  its  angle  of  inclination  or  lifting  at  one  end :  if  a 
box,  sliding  short  distances  and  occasionally  turning  over. 
Should  the  "force,"  whatever  it  may  be,  be  manifesting  satis- 
factorily, the  experiment  terminates  by  the  medium  lifting  her 
hands  from  the  table,  when  the  object  also  is  lifted  to  a 
height  varying  from  6  inches  to  about  1|  feet. 


30  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       FEB.,  1915. 

This  is  the  only  type  of  experiment  which  I  have  myself 
witnessed,  but  it  by  no  means  covers  the  range  of  phenomena 
reported  by  Dr.  Ochorowicz  and  others,  who  have  had  longer 
opportunities  of  studying  the  case.  These  include  the  produc- 
tion of  lights,  effects  produced  without  contact  on  photographic 
plates  in  the  dark  or  in  red  light,  or  on  a  galvanometer, 
sudden  precipitation  of  chemical  substances  held  in  solution, 
and  vision  through  an  opaque  screen.  It  would  appear  that 
the  power  alternates  from  one  class  of  phenomena  to  another, 
each  class  occurring  during  a  period  when  the  others  are  not 
exhibited. 

I  had  already  visited  the  medium  twice  in  Warsaw,  and  had 
also  attended  a  few  experiments  conducted  with  her  in  January 
and  February,  1914,  by  Dr.  von  Schrenck-Notzing.  The  suc- 
cessful production  of  her  phenomena  seems  to  depend  upon 
the  general  condition  of  the  medium,  who  is  subject  to  positive 
and  negative  periods.  My  first  visit  to  Warsaw  in  1912  was 
during  an  almost  entirely  negative  period,  and  though  slight 
indications  of  some  apparently  supernormal  force  were  per- 
ceptible, its  action  was  irregular  and  very  small.  Having  been 
informed  later  that  a  positive  period  had  again  set  in,  I  returned 
to  Warsaw  at  Christmas,  1913,  and  at  the  series  of  experiments 
which  then  took  place,  as  well  as  at  a  subsequent  series  a 
few  weeks  afterwards  in  Munich,  the  effects  were  produced 
with  great  regularity,  the  conditions  being  precisely  the  same 
as  those  which  prevailed  in  London. 

At  the  series  held  in  London  the  phenomena  proved,  unfor- 
tunately, far  less  striking,  though  far  better  than  those  which 
I  saw  at  my  first  visit  to  Warsaw.  Not  only  were  the  move- 
ments as  a  rule  small,  but  they  were  also  of  rare  occurrence, 
seldom  more  than  three  or  four  in  a  sitting  which  might  last 
two  hours.  There  was  only  one  complete  lifting  of  any  object, 
viz.  of  a  celluloid  ball,  at  the  fourth  sitting,  and  the  last  two 
or  three  sittings  were  entirely  blank.  Any  definite  experimental 
observation  of  the  "  force,"  such  as  by  varying  the  conditions, 
interposing  fresh  obstacles  to  possible  fraud,  and  so  forth,  was 
in  the  circumstances  impossible,  and  the  most  that  can  be  said 
is  that  the  Committee  as  a  whole  were  unable  either  to  con- 
vince themselves  that  their  precautions  against  fraud  were 
adequate,  or,  on  the  other  hand,  to  point  to  any  indications  that 
fraud  had  been  employed. 


FEB.,  1915.     Note  on  the  English  Sittings  with  Miss  Tomczyk.      31 

On  the  assumption  that  the  medium  is  possessed  of  some 
supernormal  force,  the  comparative  lack  of  success  in  London 
can  be  accounted  for  by  the  supposition  that  she  was  entering 
upon  another  (the  third  or  fourth  in  her  history)  negative 
period,  and  that  the  "  force "  was  already  waning  when  the 
experiments  started  and  ultimately  entirely  disappeared.  Since 
the  termination  of  the  official  sittings,  I  have  made  a  large 
number  of  experiments  privately,  but  at  two  only,  at  intervals 
of  many  months,  has  any  success  been  obtained. 

On  the  other  hand,  there  have  been  a  great  quantity  of 
phenomena  of  the  "  poltergeist "  type,  occurring  in  cycles  of 
activity  and  quiescence,  succeeding  one  another.  As  phenomena 
of  this  kind  are  most  difficult  to  control,  it  is  impossible  to 
adduce  evidence  which  would  satisfy  any  one  who  was  not  a 
constant  witness  of  them,  and  at  present,  at  all  events,  I  shall 
not  refer  to  these  further  than  to  suggest  that  should  further 
experimentation  in  the  other  kind  of  manifestations  show  a 
better  measure  of  success  in  conditions  which  absolutely  pre- 
clude any  explanation  except  that  of  a  supernormal  faculty, 
the  a  'priori  improbability  of  a  supernormal  agency  in  the 
"  poltergeist "  class  also  would  be  greatly  reduced. 

As  already  stated,  a  spiritistic  origin  of  both  classes  is 
disbelieved  in  by  the  medium,  who,  no  doubt  influenced  by 
the  views  of  Dr.  Ochorowicz,  is  disposed  to  attribute  them  to 
an  emanation  of  some  unknown  kind  of  energy  from  her 
nervous  system.  It  may  be  of  interest  to  add,  in  support 
of  her  contention,  that  the  production  of  a  "  phenomenon," 
either  in  her  normal  or  secondary  condition,  is  almost  invariably 
followed  within  a  few  minutes  by  a  kind  of  collapse  suggesting 
a  sudden  depletion  of  nervous  energy  and  in  which  she  falls 
instantaneously  insensible,  sometimes  with  rather  disastrous 
consequences,  such  as  tumbling  backwards  down  half  a  flight 
of  stairs,  or  striking  her  head  violently  against  the  furniture. 

It  is  rash  to  speculate  on  insufficient  data,  but  should  Miss 
Tomczyk's  claims  ever  come  to  be  regarded  as  satisfactorily 
proved,  viz.  that,  as  I  believe,  she  has  a  supernormal  force  and 
that  this  force  is  in  the  nature  of  a  discharge  of  energy  from 
her  own  organism,  it  may  be  that  we  have  here  a  basis  for  the 
explanation  of  a  great  part,  if  not  the  whole,  of  the  so-called 
physical  phenomena  of  spiritualism. 


32  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     FEB.,  1915. 


TO  MEMBERS  AND  ASSOCIATES  OF  THE  SOCIETY 
FOR  PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH. 

THE  Society  for  Psychical  Research  is  anxious  to  try  experi- 
ments of  various  kinds,  hypnotic  and  other,  with  a  view  to 
obtaining  further  evidence  either  of  telepathy  or  of  hyperaesthesia. 
In  the  case  of  hypnotic  experiments,  the  hypnotist  would  be  one 
of  our  own  medical  members,  experienced  in  work  of  this  kind. 

In  order  to  carry  out  this  purpose  effectively,  it  is  necessary 
that  a  considerable  number  of  persons  should  be  available  who 
are  willing  to  act  as  "  subjects."  It  would  be  an  advantage 
to  have  subjects  who  have  already  shown  signs  of  some  automatic 
or  telepathic  faculty,  or  who  are  responsive  to  hypnotic  suggestion, 
but  these  are  not  essential  qualifications,  since  it  is  always  possible 
that  in  the  course  of  experiments,  some  hitherto  undiscovered 
faculty  will  be  brought  to  light. 

Some  experiments  would  almost  necessarily,  and  many  might 
preferably,  be  conducted  at  the  Rooms  of  the  Society,  but 
some  might  equally  well  be  carried  out  by  people  in  their  own 
homes,  provided  that  they  kept  careful  records  and  observed 
test-conditions.  In  all  experimental  work  quantity,  as  well  as 
quality,  is  important,  and  we  hope,  therefore,  that  not  only 
will  a  considerable  number  of  subjects  present  themselves,  but 
that  they  will  be  willing  to  continue  the  experiments  regularly, 
say,  once  a  week,  for  at  least  two  or  three  months,  should  it 
appear  that  interesting  results  are  likely  to  be  obtained. 

If  any  of  our  members  and  associates  are  willing  to  take 
part  in  these  experiments,  we  should  be  much  obliged  if  they 
would  write  to  the  Secretary,  stating  what  kind  of  experiments 
they  would  prefer,  and  especially  whether  they  are  willing  to 
be  hypnotised.  We  appeal  first  to  members  of  the  S.P.R., 
because  we  know  that  they  take  an  interest  in  its  work,  but 
we  should,  of  course,  welcome  good  subjects,  whether  members 
or  not. 

It  is  impossible  in  this  preliminary  notice  to  describe  in 
detail  the  kind  of  experiments  which  it  is  proposed  to  try, 
but  as  instances  of  earlier  experiments  which  it  would  be 
interesting  to  repeat,  we  refer  our  readers  to  Proceedings, 
S.P.R.,  Vols.  VI.,  p.  128;  VIII.,  p.  536;  XXL,  p.  60;  XXVIL, 
p.  279  (telepathy) ;  and  Vol.  XL,  p.  182  (hyperaesthesia). 


No.  CCCXVIL-VoL.  XVII.  MARCH>  1915 

JOURNAL 


OF  THE 


Society    for   Psychical   Research 


CONTKNTH. 

PACK 

Investigation  of  a  Haunted  House  in  Worcestershire.      By  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  K.R.S.      34 
A  Further  Report  of  Mr.  GrUnbaum's  Experiences.    By  Alice  Johnson  -      43 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A   Private  Meeting  of  the  Society 


FOR 


MEMBERS    AND   ASSOCIATES    ONLY 

WILL  BE  HELD  IN 

THE   COUNCIL   CHAMBER, 
ON  THE  FIRST  FLOOR  OF  20  HANOVER  SQUARE,  LONDON,  W. 

On   TUESDA  Y,  MARCH  2$rd,  1915,  at  4  p.m. 

WHEN   A    PAPER   ON 

An  Icelandic  "  Seer  " 

WILL   BE   READ   BY 

Miss  H.  DE  G.  VERRALL. 


N.B.— No  Tickets  of  Admission  are  issued  for  this  Meeting.     Members 
and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  names  at  the  door. 


34  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  1915. 


INVESTIGATION  OF  A  HAUNTED  HOUSE  IN 
WORCESTERSHIRE. 

BY  SIR  W.  F.  BARRETT,  F.R.S. 

LAST  July  I  received  a  letter  from  Mrs.  Roberts  (pseudonym) 
giving  me  details  of  mysterious  disturbances  that  had  occurred 
for  some  time  past  in  their  house  in  Worcestershire.  The 
house  occupied  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roberts  is  quite  in  the  country, 
about  two  miles  from  a  railway  station  :  it  stands  back  from 
the  road  and  has  a  large  and  beautiful  garden  around  and 
behind  it.  The  house  is  a  very  old  one  of  two  stories,  with 
thick  walls,  and  considerable  alterations  and  additions  had 
been  made  by  Mr.  Roberts. 
Mrs.  Roberta's  first  letter  is  as  follows : 

July  1,  1914. 

The  facts  are  these  : 

We  came  to  this  house  nearly  three  years  ago,  and  although 
it  had  the  reputation  of  being  haunted,  we  thought  it  was  due 
to  the  fact  that  there  is  a  novel  about  a  haunted  house  called 
[name  of  house],  and  having  no  reference  whatever  to  this  house  ; 
and  we  thought  nothing  of  it. 

A  few  months  ago,  however,  odd  things  began  to  happen. 

One  evening  one  of  the  maids  went  to  do  my  room  after  I 
had  gone  down  to  dinner,  and  was  startled  by  hearing  groans 
coming  from  under  my  bed.  She  thought  it  was  the  dog,  and 
was  walking  towards  the  bed  when  she  saw  a  figure  emerge,  and 
distinctly  heard  its  footsteps  go  round  the  room,  out  of  the  door, 
and  along  the  passage.  She  was  too  much  frightened  to  pursue 
it.  The  only  people  in  the  house  at  the  time  were  my  husband 
and  myself  in  the  dining-room,  my  small  children  asleep  in 
bed,  and  the  old  cook  in  the  kitchen,  who  I  think  would  have 
been  incapable  of  the  agility  that  would  have  been  necessary 
if  it  had  been  any  human  being  playing  a  trick.  A  few  weeks 
later  a  temporary  maid  (who  heard  nothing  of  this  incident  while 
she  was  here)  swore  to  hearing  footsteps  come  into  her  room, 
walk  to  the  dressing-table,  then  come  to  the  bed,  and  she  thought 
her  bed  was  pushed  against  the  one  of  the  maid  sleeping  next 
her.  A  light  revealed  nothing.  The  next  night  she  again  heard 
footsteps  walking  up  and  down  outside  her  room. 


MAR.,  1915.        A  Haunted  House  in  Worcestershire.  35 

About  six  weeks  later  my  mirse  was  awoke  one  night  by  a 
tremendous  noise  in  the  room  below  her,  which  is  the  day  nursery. 
There  were  sounds  as  if  the  window  was  being  pushed  up  and 
down  and  the  furniture  of  the  room  being  thrown  about.  She 
thought  some  one  must  have  got  into  the  house  and  she  was 
coming  to  call  my  husband,  when  the  noises  stopped.  The  next 
night  she  heard  loud  groaning  in  the  room  overhead,  the  cook's 
room,  and  thought  she  must  be  feeling  ill,  but  next  day  the  cook 
said  she  had  slept  all  through  the  night,  and  heard  nothing 
herself— though  she  constantly  complains  of  noises,  footsteps,  and 
occasionally  says  she  feels  her  bedclothes  being  pulled. 

Just  lately  things  have  got  worse.  My  nurse  (who  is  perfectly 
cool-headed,  and  was  most  sceptical  about  the  other  incidents) 
woke  suddenly  one  night,  then  heard  footsteps  come  into  the  room 
and  walk  in  a  great  hurry  between  her  bed  and  my  elder  little 
boy's,  felt  something  brush  past  her  head,  then  heard  the  foot- 
steps hurry  to  the  dressing-table,  then  back,  and  cease  at  the  'door. 
During  this  time,  and  while  the  noise  was  still  in  the  room,  she 
managed  to  strike  a  light,  but  there  was  nothing  to  be  seen. 
She  was  very  much  afraid,  and  described  a  feeling  of  there  being 
something  there  which  one  could  not  get  by.  A  few  nights 
later  the  same  thing  occurred,  but  that  time  she  had  the  feeling 
of  a  hand  being  put  on  her  throat,  and  of  receiving  a  push. 
That  night  she  had  a  night-light  burning,  but  saw  nothing.  She 
also  describes  a  noise  like  an  iron  bedstead  being  kicked,  and 
she  heard  this  noise  outside  her  door  a  few  nights  ago,  when 
nothing  else  happened.  Since  then  she  has  heard  groaning  in 
her  room ;  and  on  the  same  night,  the  cook  heard  noises  and  the 
maid  who  saw  the  first  apparition — and  since  then  has  experienced 
nothing — was  woke  by  the  feeling  of  some  one  pushing  her  on  the 
shoulder.  She  thought  it  was  the  maid  who  shares  her  room 
trying  to  wake  her,  but  found  that  the  maid  was  asleep  and 
there  was  no  one  else  there. 

My  husband  has  since  had  much  the  same  experience,  accompanied 
by  a  feeling  of  great  stupor.  He  attributes  it  to  indigestion  ! 

If  things  go  on  at  this  rate  all  our  servants  will  be  leaving, 
and  it  is  altogether  very  unpleasant. 

Can  you,  with  your  large  experience,  suggest  any  explanation 
or  cure  ? 

I  much  hope  you  will  forgive  me  for  troubling  you  with  this 
long  letter.  Even  now  there  are  details  which  I  have  left  out. 

A2 


36  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  1915. 

Writing  to  me  again  a  week  later,  Mrs.  Roberts  says : 

July  6,  1914. 

I  very  much  wish  you  could  come  over  and  investigate  these 
mysterious  phenomena,  but  I  hardly  like  to  press  you  to  come 
so  far  on  the  small  chance  of  anything  occurring  when  you  are 
here.  The  phenomena  appear  to  centre  round  our  cook !  She 
is  certainly  not  young,  but  although  one  or  two  mysterious 
noises  had  been  heard  before  she  came,  nothing  really  developed 
till  she  had  been  here  some  weeks.  She  admits  to  having  lived 
in  places  before  where  similar  things  have  happened,  and  my 
hope  is  that  when  she  leaves  in  a  month's  time  the  poltergeists 
will  leave  with  her  ! 

I  have  just  been  told  by  my  nurse  that  she  heard  noises  again 
last  night— a  loud  yell  being  followed  by  bumping  noises  which 
went  on  over  a  period  of  1£  hours.  Unfortunately  she  was  too 
much  alarmed  to  come  and  call  my  husband  and  me. 

If  you  think  of  coming,  I  think  a  week-end  would  be  the  best, 
as  Sunday  is  rather  a  favourite  night. 

There  are  one  or  two  elements  in  our  case  which  do  not  seem 
quite  to  fit  in  with  orthodox  poltergeist  behaviour,  but  as  they 
are  things  more  difficult  to  vouch  for  than  the  noises,  I  have 
not  felt  able  to  lay  stress  on  them ;  but  if  you  come,  we  can 
discuss  all  this.  I  must,  however,  warn  you  once  more  of  the 
extremely  erratic  behaviour  of  the  phenomena — sometimes  dis- 
appearing for  weeks.  Lately,  however,  not  more  than  a  week 
has  passed  without  something  happening. 

I  arranged  accordingly  to  go  over  and  spend  a  week-end  with 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roberts,  to  whom  I  am  greatly  indebted  for 
their  kind  hospitality  and  also  giving  me  every  assistance  in 
the  investigations  I  made.  During  the  time  I  was  there  I 
took  down  the  testimony  of  the  different  inmates  of  the  house 
who  had  personally  experienced  these  abnormal  disturbances. 
The  evidence  in  each  case  was  given  to  me  independently  and 
alone,  and  my  cross-examination  of  the  witnesses  was  cheerfully 
submitted  to,  and  did  not  shake  the  evidence. 

DOROTHY  L.,  under-nurse  and  housemaid,  said : 

I  was  in  Mrs.  Roberts's  bedroom  one  Sunday  evening  last  March 
about  8  p.m.,  when  I  heard  a  groaning  under  the  bed ;  it  sounded 
very  like  a  dog  moaning,  and  occurred  twice  over.  There  was  a 
bedroom  lamp  alight  in  the  room  but  I  saw  nothing  to  account 


MAR.,  1915.         A  Haunted  House  in   Worcestershire.  37 

for  the  sound.  Suddenly,  as  I  was  standing  by  the  dressing-table, 
I  felt  a  hand  placed  on  my  chest  and  I  was  pushed  over  by  the 
pressure,  back  to  the  dressing-table.  A  moment  later  I  saw  a 
figure,  as  if  coming  from  under  the  bed,  moving  across  the  room 
towards  the  door  :  I  only  saw  the  back  of  the  figure,  which  was 
tall,  and  white  clothed.  The  figure  went  through  the  door  out 
of  the  room  and  I  distinctly  heard  its  footsteps  on  the  landing 
outside.  I  was  so  petrified  that  I  was  unable  to  stir  for  a  minute 
or  two,  and  I  was  afraid  of  screaming,  as  it  would  have  frightened 
the  children  who  were  in  bed  in  the  adjoining  room.  As  soon 
as  I  recovered  I  rushed  downstairs  and  told  the  cook  what  had 
happened,  and  later  on  I  told  the  head  nurse,  who  informed 
Mrs.  Roberts. 

At  the  time  Dorothy  saw  the  figure,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roberts 
were  at  dinner  in  the  dining-room,  which  was  downstairs,  but 
not  under  this  bedroom.  The  cook  was  at  the  moment  engaged 
in  dishing-up  the  dinner.  The  head-nurse  and  parlour-maid 
had  gone  to  church,  and  that  Sunday  evening  there  was  no 
one  else  staying  in  the  house.  I  enquired  if  there  was  a 
dog  on  the  premises,  and  found  a  dog  was  kept  in  the  yard 
outside,  but  not  allowed  in  the  house.  On  this  occasion  the 
dog  was  not  in  the  premises  at  all,  for  the  head-nurse,  as 
was  her  custom,  had  taken  the  dog  to  accompany  her  to 
church,  where  it  waited  outside  till  the  service  was  over  and 
accompanied  the  nurse  home.  No  other  dog  was  kept,  and 
no  stray  dog  was  in  the  place. 

On  another  occasion,  about  three  weeks  previous  to  my  visit, 
Dorothy  said  : 

I  was  in  bed  and  it  was  just  getting  daylight,  when  I  woke 
up  with  the  sound  of  some  one  coming  into  the  bedroom;  some- 
thing crossed  the  room  and  came  to  my  bedside  and  pushed  me. 
I  did  not  see  any  figure,  there  was  hardly  light  enough,  but  I 
distinctly  felt  a  push  on  my  shoulder,  and  then  it  went  away.  I 
lay  awake  till  it  was  time  to  get  up  but  nothing  more  occurred. 
I  am  sure  it  was  not  a  dream;  the  parlour-maid  was  asleep  in 
her  bed,  adjoining  mine,  all  the  time.  This  is  the  last  time  the 
"  ghost  "  visited  me. 

I  next  examined  the  cook,  an  elderly  person  named  Mrs.  E., 
who  said  : 

Dorothy   on   the    Sunday   came   downstairs   and   told   me   of  the 


38  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  191 

fright  she  had  and  the  apparition  she  saw  in  Mrs.  Eoberts's  bed- 
room, but  I  could  not  believe  her.  However,  a  little  while  after- 
wards I  heard  a  groaning  in  my  bedroom  and  the  noise  of  some 
one  going  out  of  the  room,  but  I  saw  nothing.  I  was  in  bed 
when  the  groaning  woke  me  up ;  the  room  was  quite  dark  and 
I  was  too  frightened  to  stir  or  light  the  candle.  Another  night 
I  heard  a  stamping  sound  as  if  some  one  was  walking  heavily 
across  the  room.  This  time  I  did  get  up  and  light  the  candle 
and  went  outside  on  the  landing :  the  time  was  2  a.m.  On  at 
least  half  a  dozen  other  occasions  I  heard  similar  sounds  after 
midnight,  but  saw  nothing.  For  the  last  week  or  two  I  have 
heard  nothing.  When  I  lived  with  a  family  in  the  I.  of  Wight, 
I  also  heard  on  several  occasions  curious  noises  which  could 
not  be  explained.  The  sounds  were  like  some  one  smashing 
crockery  or  moving  furniture,  and  sometimes  footsteps.  These 
sounds  were  also  heard  by  my  mistress  and  others  and  they  were 
much  frightened  and  said  it  was  dreadful.  The  family  with  whom 
I  lived  in  the  I.  of  Wight  have,  I  believe,  now  gone  to  New 
Zealand. 

The  cook  left  the  Isle  of  Wight  to  come  to  Mrs.  Koberts ; 
her  bedroom  is  upstairs  over  the  night-nursery,  and  she  sleeps 
alone.  She  told  me  she  was  perfectly  sure  no  one  was  playing 
a  trick  on  her :  and  said  she  was  certain  some  object  was 
standing  by  her  bedside  and  uttering  these  groans,  which  woke 
her  up  on  the  first  occasion. 

I  next  examined  Ethel  C.,  the  nurse,  a  most  intelligent  and 
respectable  person  about  thirty  years  old.  Ethel  C.  said  : 

Dorothy  told  me  of  the  fright  she  had  and  the  figure  she  had 
seen  on  the  Sunday  evening  on  my  return  from  church  that 
night.  The  date  was  March  22nd,  as  I  put  it  down  in  my  diary 
immediately  afterwards.  At  first  I  could  not  believe  it,  though 
Dorothy  declared  it  was  perfectly  true.  The  dog  had  gone  with 
me  to  church  that  evening,  as  it  aways  does,  for  the  church  is 
3|  miles  walk  through  country  roads,  and  the  dog  goes  as  my 
companion  and  waits  outside  the  church  till  I  come  out,  and 
it  did  so  on  this  occasion.  Some  time  after  this  when  I  was  in 
bed  in  my  room — the  night  nursery,  which  is  over  the  day 
nursery — I  heard  the  window  of  the  room  below  suddenly  thrown 
open  and  then  shut  down  again  and  the  furniture  knocked  about 
in  the  room  below.  I  got  up  and  lit  my  candle  and  found  it 


MAR.,  1915.         A   Haunted  House  in  Worcestershire.  .'{!> 

was  1.30  a.m.  I  was  too  frightened  to  go  downstairs  by  myself 
and  was  going  to  call  Mr.  Roberts  when  the  sound  ceased,  after 
going  on  for  nearly  fifteen  minutes.  I  then  laid  down  again  and 
waited  but  nothing  more  occurred  that  night.  The  only  other 
persons  in  my  bedroom  were  the  two  children,  who  were  fast 
asleep.  When  I  got  up  in  the  morning  early  I  went  to  the  room 
below  and  examined  the  room.  Nothing  was  disturbed,  the  windows 
were  fastened  and  the  door  locked  as  usual. 

On  a  subsequent  occasion,  June  15th  last,  the  children  being 
asleep  in  their  cots,  and  I  myself  had  been  asleep  when  I  was 
awoke  by  hearing  heavy  footsteps,  as  if  made  by  a  person  with 
hobnailed  boots,  coming  into  the  room.  The  footsteps  tramped 
across  the  room  towards  the  dressing-table.  I  was  terrified  but 
managed  to  light  the  candle  by  my  bedside  and  found  it  was 
1.20  a.m.  The  perspiration  was  running  off  my  forehead  with 
fear  and  I  kept  the  candle  alight,  but  no  more  sleep  was  possible 
that  night.  I  was  really  too  frightened  to  get  out  of  bed  to  call 
Mr.  Roberts  and  nothing  further  occurred  that  night.  I  am  sure 
the  sound  of  the  tramping  did  not  come  from  some  one  walking  in 
the  garden  outside,  for  I  felt  the  bed  shaking  with  the  heavy  tread. 

A  week  later  when  in  bed  in  the  same  room,  I  heard  groans 
coming  from  some  one  standing  near  my  bed,  and  then  felt  an 
object  brush  past  my  head.  I  lit  the  candle,  found  it  was  1.30 
a.m. ;  the  children  were  fast  asleep  in  their  beds  and  there  was 
nothing  to  explain  the  sounds.  The  same  night  I  heard  a  noise 
outside  my  door  as  if  some  one  was  striking  a  metallic  rod.  I 
laid  awake  but  nothing  else  occurred. 

A  few  days  later,  a  horrible  experience  happened  to  me.  I 
had  been  in  bed  some  time  but  was  not  asleep,  when  a  hand 
suddenly  gripped  my  throat  and  another  hand  gripped  the  side 
of  my  body.  The  grip  on  the  throat  was  so  violent  that  it  hurt 
but  did  not  choke  me.  I  managed  to  light  the  candle  after  a 
few  minutes  and  found  it  was  1.30  a.m.  The  children  were  fast 
asleep  and  no  one  else  was  in  the  room.  I  am  sure  it  was  not 
a  nightmare.  After  that  I  always  kept  a  light  burning  in  my 
room  all  night,  and  nothing  like  this  experience  happened  again, 
though  I  have  heard  unaccountable  noises  several  times. 

Mr.  Roberts  had  fitted  up  an  electric  bell  communicating 
with  his  room  from  the  nurse's  bedside,  and  the  Sunday  night 
before  I  arrived,  July  12th,  the  nurse  rang  the  bell.  MX.. 


40  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  1915. 

Roberts  threw  on  a  dressing-gown  and  ran  to  the  room  at 
once.  The  nurse  had  heard  heavy  footsteps  moving  about 
the  landing  outside  the  door.  Mr.  Roberts  searched  the  whole 
house  but  found  nothing  to  account  for  them :  he  then  sat 
outside  the  room  for  some  time  but  nothing  else  occurred  that 
night.  On  one  occasion  the  nurse  told  me  she  was  going 
downstairs  in  the  evening  when  some  object  was  felt  near  her, 
as  if  trying  to  stop  her  passing.  She  went  back  to  her  bed- 
room, lit  a  candle,  but  could  find  nothing  to  account  for  it. 
She  assured  me  the  noises  could  not  be  explained  by  any 
hoax  or  natural  cause,  nor  was  her  experience  the  result  of 
anything  Dorothy  had  told  her,  for  she  had  dismissed  that 
narration  as  absurd.  She  is  not  of  a  nervous  disposition,  as 
is  shown  by  her  having  had  sole  charge  of  the  house  and  slept 
alone  in  it  for  three  weeks  before  the  disturbances  began. 

Mrs.  Roberts  has  neither  heard  nor  seen  anything  super- 
normal. Mr.  Roberts  on  one  occasion  (I  was  informed)  dis- 
tinctly felt  a  presence  as  of  some  person  brushing  past  him, 
but  could  find  nothing  to  account  for  it. 

I  examined  every  room  in  the  house.  The  night  nursery 
was  carpeted  with  thick  felt  and  hardly  any  sound  was  made 
when  I  walked  across  it.  The  nurse  imitated  the  sound  she 
heard  by  stamping  across  the  room  from  the  door  past  her 
bed  to  the  dressing-table,  and  I  noticed  that  the  room  shook 
as  she  trod  heavily.  The  house  is  old  and  the  floors  upstairs 
shake  when  they  are  tramped  across. 

The  room  I  slept  in  was  opposite  the  night  nursery  on  the 
first  floor,  the  doors  facing  each  other  across  the  wide  landing. 
An  electric  bell  was  temporarily  fitted  up  by  my  bedside,  and 
the  bell  push  by  the  nurse's  bed  in  the  room  opposite ;  the 
doors  were  also  left  open  during  the  night,  and  I  remained 
awake  till  2.30  a.m.  Nothing,  however,  occurred  during  the 
whole  time  of  my  stay. 

After  I  had  left  I  received  the  following  letter  from  Mrs. 
Roberts  : 

August  6,  1914. 

The  night  you  left,  July  20th,  Ethel,  in  the  nursery,  and  the 
two  maids  who  slept  together  upstairs,  heard  awful  groaning 
lasting  15-20  minutes,  which  seemed  to  go  round  the  house — they  all 
confirm  that. 


MAK.,  1915.         A   Haunted  House  in   Worcentewhire. 


41 


Last  Sunday  night,  Aug.  2,  I  was  sitting  at  dinner,  late,  about 
9.15,  as  I  had  not  been  able  to  leave  my  husband  [who  was 
ill]  sooner.  Ethel  rushed  into  the  dining-room  to  say  that  she 
had  heard  extraordinary  noises  appearing  to  come  from  the  cellar, 
when  she  was  in  the  larder.  I  went  to  the  larder,  where  Ethel 
and  Lester  (my  ci-devant  children's  nurse,  who  is  staying  here 
now)  were  engaged  in  breaking  up  ice  for  my  husband.  All  was 
then  quiet,  and  I  went  back  to  my  dinner. 

Shortly  after  Ethel  came  in  again  to  say  that  they  had  heard 
four  loud  noises  like  furniture  being  pushed  about,  and  I  went 
out  again. 

This  is  the  lie  of  the  land  there  : 


55  P 


landing 


Door 


Hall 


a 

w 


I  asked  Lester  if  she  would  go  down  with  me  to  inspect  the  cellar. 
She  said  yes,  and  seized  a  lamp,  and  we  were  just  starting 
(leaving  door  into  hall  and  larder  open)  when  I  heard  my  husband 
coughing,  and  I  rushed  upstairs. 

When  I  re-emerged  about  half-an-hour  later,  I  found  that 
Lester  had  stayed  where  I  left  her,  on  the  little  landing  at  the 
top  of  the  cellar  stairs,  and  shortly  afterwards  heard  footsteps 
coming  up  them.  She  shouted  "  What  do  you  want  ?  "  and  the 
footsteps  stopped,  but  the  cook  who  was  close  by,  and  also  heard 
them,  fainted  from  fright  at  this  moment. 

I  then  went  and  asked  Lester  and  Ethel  to  come  and  inspect 
the  cellar  -with  me.  We  did  this  thoroughly,  and  nothing  human 
was  to  be  seen. 

Last   night    (Aug.    5)    Florence,  the   parlourmaid,   woke   suddenly 


42  Journal  of  Society  fov  Psychical  Research.    MAR.,  1915. 

about  3  a.m.  to  become  aware  of  a  dark  form  standing  over  her 
bed,  between  herself  and  the  window  [which  is  near  her  bed  on 
the  left  hand  side].  She  described  it  as  showing  against  the 
window  "  darker  than  the  night,"  and  she  could  see  the  outline 
of  protruding  ears.  She  said  her  matches  were  by  the  bed,  but 
she  dared  not  put  out  her  hand  for  them,  as  she  felt  she  would 
have  had  to  put  it  through  the  figure.  She  shut  her  eyes  and 
did  not  open  them  for  a  long  time,  when  she  did  all  was  as 
usual.  She  heard  nothing. 

I  have  taken  time  to  write  all  this  in  order  that  you  may  be 
au  courant  and  that  the  dates  may  be  put  down. 

One  other  letter  I  had  from  Mrs.   Roberts  as  follows  : 

Aug.  29,  1914. 

Since  Mrs.  E.,  the  cook,  left  on  the  12th  inst.  we  have  had 
"  peace,  perfect  peace,"  as  far  as  ghosts  are  concerned.  Things 
were  very  acute  the  last  few  days — and  the  two  maids,  Florence 
and  Dorothy,  heard  noises  in  Mrs.  E.'s  room  one  morning  about 
8.30,  and  thought  at  first  it  was  Mrs.  E.  herself  walking  about, 
and  opening  and  shutting  her  tin  box.  It  turned  out,  however, 
when  Dorothy  went  across  to  investigate,  that  the  old  lady  had 
gone  downstairs. 

Later  in  the  day  noises  were  heard  in  the  larder  when  no  one 
was  there,  and  footsteps  on  the  stairs  leading  to  the  attics. 

Mrs.  E.  said  she  saw  a  bright  light  flash  through  the  larder, 
and  again  she  nearly  fainted. 

The  very  day  of  her  departure  the  servants  felt  an  entire  change 
of  atmosphere  in  the  house,  and  one  by  one  commented  on  it. 
Not  a  sound  has  been  heard  since. 

It  seems  to  me  the  queerest  thing. 

Ethel  has  just  told  me  that  for  months  she  has  been  dreaming 
that  we  were  leaving  this  house,  the  dreams  beginning  before  my 
nurse  left  in  February  or  the  ghost  trouble  began. 

In  conclusion  I  may  add  that  the  landlord  of  the  house 
has  been  written  to  several  times  to  enquire  if  previous  tenants 
had  complained  of  any  disturbances,  but  he  had  never  given 
any  reply  to  this  question  until  just  before  I  left,  when,  in 
answer  to  the  question  whether  the  previous  tenant  had  seen 
or  heard  any  "  ghost,"  he  replied,  nothing,  so  far  as  he  knew, 
had  been  heard  or  seen  by  previous  tenants. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Roberts  gave  up  the  house  in  the  autumn,  and 
are  now  living  elsewhere. 


MAR.,  1915.      Report  of  Mr.  Grunbaum's  Experiences.  43 

A  FURTHER  REPORT  OF  MR.  GRUNBAUM'S 
EXPERIENCES. 

BY  ALICE  JOHNSON. 

IN  the  last  Part  of  the  Proceedings  two  papers,  by  Dr.  Woolley 
and  myself,  were  published  on  a  series  of  hallucinatory  im- 
pressions experienced  by  one  of  our  foreign  members,  there 
called  "  Mr.  Griinbaum."  Many  of  these  were  the  result 
of  suggestions  deliberately  made  by  Mr.  Griinbaum  to  himself 
in  a  state  of  self-induced  hypnosis,  or  some  condition  of 
a  similar  kind ;  and  though  the  hallucinations  often  diverged 
considerably  from  his  conscious  intentions,  he  was  generally 
able  to  trace  their  variations  to  something  that  had  recentlv 
attracted  his  attention  or  had  been  in  his  mind.  The  account 
showed  clearly  two  points :  (1)  That  Mr.  Griinbaum  is  un- 
usually liable  to  hallucinations ;  that  is,  that  ideas  which 
with  most  of  us  remain  merely  ideas  are  in  his  case  liable 
to  become  externalised  almost  as  vividly  as  if  they  had  been 
produced  by  sensations  derived  immediately  from  external 
objects ;  (2)  that  these  hallucinations  are  undoubtedly  sub- 
jective ;  that  is,  that  their  source  can  be  traced  to  his  own 
mind,  as  Mr.  Griinbaum  himself  has  always  recognised,  and 
as  Dr.  Woolley  makes  clear  in  his  analysis  of  them. 

Quite  recently,  however,  one  of  these  hallucinations  has 
coincided  with  the  death  by  accident  of  a  relative  of  Mr. 
Griinbaum's  in  such  a  way  as  to  suggest  that  this  particular 
case  was,  at  least  partially,  telepathic  in  character,  and  the 
suggestion  is  borne  out  by  the  fact  that  on  the  same  night 
Mr.  Griinbaum's  mother  had  a  dream  relating  to  the  same 
person.  The  hallucination  was  of  the  same  type  as  many  of 
the  previous  ones,  and  showed  many  of  their  idiosyncrasies,  so 
that  the  coincidence  between  it  and  the  death  may,  no  doubt, 
have  been  purely  accidental.  The  case  is  further  weakened 
by  the  fact  that  Mr.  Griinbaum  did  not  mention  it  to  any 
one  till  after  he  had  heard  of  the  death.  This  is,  however, 
so  far  as  I  can  remember,  the  first  time  that  he  has  reported 
to  us  any  such  coincidence  with  any  of  his  experiences ; 
it  seems  therefore  very  improbable  that  it  is  a  case  of  illusion 
of  memory.  Having  known  Mr.  Griinbaum  personally  for 
some  years,  I  have  every  confidence  that  his  statements 


44  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  1915. 

can  be  depended  on,  and  his  reports  are  always  characterised 
by  great  care  and  precision. 

It  appears  to  me  not  improbable  that  a  genuine  telepathic 
impression  should  take  a  form  which  the  percipient's  own 
mental  habits  had  made  customary  for  him, — in  other  words, 
as  I  suggested  above,  that  this  case  may  be  telepathic,  but 
only  partially  telepathic.  But  even  if  nothing  more  than 
a  chance  coincidence,  it  seems  to  me  of  interest. 

I  was  first  informed  of  it  in  a  letter  from  Mr.  Griinbaum 
as  follows : 

January  17,  1915. 

Two  curious  cases   happened  recently  to  me. 

I. 

At  about  the  beginning  of  this  month  I  came  home  one  day 
very  tired  and  sat  down  in  a  chair  in  the  back  room.  As  I 
feel  that  I  can  hardly  keep  my  eyes  open,  I  say  to  myself  : 
"  Get  out  of  your  body."  Shortly  afterwards  my  mother  came 
in  from  the  hall  and  woke  me  up  by  saying :  "  Come  now, 
what's  the  use  of  this  ?  Have  you  been  walking  up  and  down 
in  the  corridor  all  the  while  ?  I  heard  somebody  walking  up 
and  down,  and  coming  out  of  the  front  room  in  the  hall.  I 
found  nobody  there."  The  hall  has  a  stone  floor.  I  told  her 
that  I  had  not  done  so. 

II. 

In  the  night  of  Tuesday,  January  12th,  shortly  after  I  had 
gone  to  bed,  between  II  and  12  o'clock,  I  feel  all  at  once  a  "  brain- 
squeeze  "  l  accompanied  by  : 

(1)  a  pain  of  horrid  anxiety  in  my  heart ; 

(2)  a   vision   of  a   black -rooted   skull2   with  two   big  eye-holes. 

This   skull   is   enveloped   in   a   very   fine   gauze   of  black 

yarn.8 

The  thing  startles  me,  and  I  call  myself  directly  to  order.  Directly 
afterwards  I  feel  a  slight  trembling  all  through  my  body,  accom- 
panied by  the  low  rumbling  sound.  [Mr.  Griinbaum  had  mentioned 

1  Cf .    the    account    of    Mr     Grunbaum's    previous    experiences,    Proceedings, 
Part   LXIX.,   p.     403.       The  sensation   is  there  described  as  a   "club-blow." 
—A.  J. 

2  I  am  utterly  indifferent  in  regard  to  skulls. 

3  Cf.   op.   cit.  pp.    396-398,    for    other   instances    of  visions   seen    through   a 
hallucinatory  thin  black  veil  or  gauze. — A.  J. 


MAK.,  1915.      Report  of  Mr.  Grunbaum'a  Experiences.  45 

to  me  in  a  previous  letter  that  a  low  rumbling  sound  sometimes 
accompanied  his  hallucinations. — A.  J.]  Then  the  indescribable 
divine  sensation  comes  on  (as  in  my  first  phonograph  experiment1) 
and  I  find  myself  in  a  globe  of  opalescent  light. 

Therein  I  see  the  following  vision  : 

In  front  of  me,  and  slightly  to  the  left,  there  stands  a  long 
curved  blackish  stick  or  rattan.  On  this  long  stick  there  stands 
a  skull ;  it  swings  from  right  to  left.  The  skull  is  phosphorescent. 

At  the  same  time  the  head  of  my  cousin  M.,  who  lives  in 
the  city  W.,  is  leaning  towards  me. 

Then  the  head  of  my  cousin  begins  to  fade  away  and  the 
swinging  skull  takes  the  features  of  my  cousin.  There  is  no 
flesh  on  the  skull,  but  the  phosphorescent  skull  takes  the  features 
of  my  cousin  in  such  a  way  that  it  shows  a  marvellous  likeness 
to  him.  It  swings  then  to  left  and  right,  looks  in  a  very  friendly 
way  at  me  and  moves  away,  still  swinging,  from  the  curved 
stick,  going  very  very  slowly  upwards.  That  is  the  end. 

In  the  morning  at  breakfast  we  received  a  note  from  my 
cousin,  who  lives  here  around  the  corner  of  the  street,  that 
she  had  just  received  a  telegram  that  her  brother  (my  cousin 
M.)  had  died. 

Going  to  the  funeral,  I  found  that  my  cousin  M.  had  been 
run  over  by  an  express  train  at  the  railway  station  at  W.,  where 
he  lives.  He  was  killed  on  the  spot,  being  so  terribly  injured 
that  it  was  only  on  account  of  the  papers  he  had  in  his  pocket 
that  he  could  be  recognised.  He  had  been  taking  leave  of  an 
acquaintance  and  had  brought  him  to  the  train.  In  order  to 
come  home  quickly  to  his  wife,  he  walked  round  the  train  in 
which  his  friend  was,  and  was  caught  by  the  express  that  was 
coming  on  behind  his  friend's  train  without  his  knowledge,  and 
this  caused  his  sudden  death. 

When  I  consider  this  case  from  a  psychological  point  of  view, 
I  find  myself  facing  a  puzzle.  First  of  all :  the  time  is  wrong. 
The  accident  happened  between  7  and  8  o'clock  on  Tuesday 
night,  and  I  saw  the  vision  on  the  same  night  between  11  and 
12  before  going  to  sleep.  How  can  this  be  explained  ?  And 
then,  I  cannot  suppose  that  my  cousin  was  consciously  thinking 
of  me  at  that  terrible  moment,  as  the  time  must  have  been 
too  short  and  he  was  on  the  way  home  to  his  wife,  who  was 
waiting  for  him.  I  had  not  met  with  him  for  some  thirty  years. 
1  Op.  cit.  p.  401. — A.  J. 


40  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MAR.,  1915. 

Then  it  is  a  curious  thing  that  I  saw  nothing  at  all  connected 
with  the  idea  of  a  train  in  my  vision,  'because,  if  the  poor 
fellow  had  had  any  particular  idea  in  his  head  at  that  terrible 
moment,  it  must  have  been  the  idea  of  a  locomotive  and  of  his 
wife. 

Then  there  is  still  something  else.  There  are  at  present  a 
couple  of  thousand  people  dying  daily  on  the  battlefields.  I 
have  never  seen  anything  at  all  about  the  war. 

Why  did  this  particular  thing  just  reach  me  ?  Might  it  perhaps 
have  been  on  account  of  his  being  a  family  relation  ?  But 
why  did  only  7  see  it  ?  And  why  only  4  hours  later  ? 

There  remains  the  curious  point  of  the  two  different  skulls: 
the  black-smoky-black-rooted  one  and  the  bright  phosphorescent 
one.  In  the  course  of  my  own  experiments  I  found  many  times 
that  a  self-induced  happy  vision  was  preceded  by  a  black- 
smoky  horrid  one.  But  here  it  is  exactly  the  reverse,  in  so  far 
that  I  regard  the  black-rooted  horrid  skull  as  the  telepathic 
impression  (if  it  can  be  considered  such).  This  was  then  followed 
by  the  bright  phosphorescent  one. 

But  why  the  "  brain-squeeze "  ?  Nobody  (and  certainly  not 
I)  had  been  thinking  about  the  possibility  of  such  an  accident; 
and,  in  fact,  I  had  altogether  forgotten  about  my  cousin,  as  he 
lives  in  another  city.  His  marriage  was  a  most  happy  one. 

If  this  "  brain-squeeze  "  had  come  at  the  moment  that  he 
was  run  over,  then  one  might  be  compelled  to  suppose  that  he 
had  been  thinking  of  me  at  that  special  moment,  but  I  think 
that  is  very  unlikely. 

I  am  really  sorry  that  I  did  not  speak  about  it  to  anybody 
before  the  telegram  was  shown  to  us.  Then  I  remarked  to 
my  cousin  that  it  would  not  surprise  me  "if  he  had  died  in  the 
beginning  of  the  night."  This  is  in  fact  all  I  said  to  her. 
But  you  see,  when  once  long  ago  I  saw  the  vision  of  my  nephew 
S.,  he  turned  out  afterwards  to  be  remarkably  well.  So  I  did 
not  like  to  make  people  anxious  all  for  nothing. 

During  these  last  two  weeks  I  had  not  been  experimenting 
at  all. 

P.S. — Suppose  a  man  gives  himself  a  self-induced  vision  of 
something  horrid,  would  you  think  that  it  would  then  be  pre- 
ceded or  followed  by  a  white  benevolent  one  ?  Just  as  a  happy 
benevolent  vision  may  be  preceded  by  a  black,  smoky,  horrid 
one  ?  You  see,  I  have  many  a  time  seen  these  two  types 


MAB.,  1915.       Report  of  Mr.  Grunbaum'a  Experiences.  47 

together    at    the    same    time,    the    black    smoky    one    alternating 
with  the  white  benevolent  one. 

In  reply  to  my  enquiries  and  request  for  any  corroborative 
evidence  that  might  be  obtainable,  Mr.  Grunbaum  wrote 
again  : 

February  3,  1915. 

.  .  .  With  this  letter  I  send  you  the  following  particulars  : 
(I.)  The  note  announcing  the  death  of  my  cousin,  Mr.  M.,  to 
my  cousin  Mr.  I.,  who  is  living  here  round  the  corner  of  the 
street.  My  own  note  being  lost,  I  include  his  note,  as  both 
notes  have  been  delivered  by  the  same  postman  at  the  same 
time,  the  post-office  being  opposite  to  us. 

The  postmark    shows    that    this    note    reached    him    and    me    on 

January    14th    at    about    10    o'clock    at    night     It    runs:    W , 

14.1.15,     1-2.     N.,     which    means  :     14-Jan.-1915,    between    1    and 
2  o'clock  p.m. 

(II.)  A  note  by  my  cousin,  Miss  M.  M.,  who  lives  here  also 
around  the  other  corner  of  the  street. 

(III.)  A  translation  of  the  account  of  the  accident  that  appeared 
in   The  Fatherland,  a  newspaper  published  here  at  H.      W.   being 
only  a  small  town,  there  is  no  special  newspaper  there. 
(IV.)  I  send  also  the  copy  of  The  Fatherland  to  you. 
Further    information    has    shown    that    the    accident    must    have 
happened  as  follows  : 

[Here  Mr.  Grunbaum  gives  a  diagram  of  the  platforms  and 
lines  at  W.  railway  station.] 

My  cousin  had  been  taking  a  friend  to  the  train  going  to 
A.  He  had  taken  leave  of  this  friend,  and,  in  order  to  come 
home  quickly,  he  seems  to  have  walked  across  the  lines  behind 
that  train,  in  order  to  get  out  of  the  railway  station  before 
the  express  from  A.  should  pass.  It  happened,  however,  that 
this  express  train,  passing  W.  at  full  speed,  without  stopping, 
caught  him  exactly  at  the  moment  when  he  was  crossing. 

This  express  train  passes  W.,  according  to  the  time-table,  at 
7.30  p.m.  The  annexed  time-table :  shows  this. 

My  cousin  brought  his  friend  to  the  train  that  leaves  W.  at 
7.24.  This  train  is  generally  late.  The  express  from  A.  leaves 
A.  at  7.15,  and,  as  it  takes  about  eighteen  minutes  to  run  from 
A.  to  W.,  it  passes  W.  at  full  speed  at  about  7.30. 

1  The  time-table  showed  all  the  times  of  these  various  trains  as  stated 
by  Mr.  Grunbaum. — A.  J. 


48          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       MAR.,  1915. 

Now  this  is  just  the  time  that  I  generally  take  a  little  nap, 
either  trying  experimentally  for  visions  or  leaving  it  to  chance. 
I  am  sure  that  I  saw  nothing  at  all  at  that  time. 

You  will  remember  that  in  my  previous  letter  I  considered 
the  first  horrid  instantaneous  violent  skull  (which  was  only  visible 
for  about  a  tenth  of  a  second)  as  the  "  telepathic  impulse." 
I  hasten  now  to  take  back  this  supposition.  As  far  as  explana- 
tion goes,  I  don't  know  what  to  make  of  it. 

The  most  incomprehensible  part  of  the  phenomenon  lies  for 
myself  in  the  fact  that  in  the  first  black-rooted,  violent  halluci- 
nation there  was  nothing  that  could  remind  me  in  the  slightest 
way  of  my  cousin.  These  details  came  only  later  on  in  the 
brilliant  benevolent  one. 

So  that  my  standpoint  is  now  that  I  have  no  standpoint 
at  all. 

(V.)  I  also  enclose  here  a  note  of  what  my  mother  dreamt 
during  the  night  of  the  12th.  If  there  is  anything  more  you 
might  like  to  know,  please  write  to  me. 

The  documents  enclosed  in  this  letter  were  as  stated  by 
Mr.  Griinbaum : 

(I.)  The  original  obituary  notice  of  his  cousin's  death  with 
a  translation  as  follows :  "  Herewith  I  give  you  notice  of 
the  sudden  death  of  my  husband,  Mr.  W.  M.,  at  the  age 

of    52    years.    W ,    January    12,    1915.      The    funeral    will 

take  place   on   Saturday   at    1.30   p.m."      The   post-mark   is   as 
described  in  Mr.  Griinbaum's  letter. 

(II.)  A  statement  (in  English)  by  his  cousin,  Miss  M.  M., 
as  follows : 

January  31,  1915. 

This  is  to  certify  that  in  the  morning  of  the  13th  of  January 
I  received  a  telegram  giving  me  notice  of  the  sudden  death 
of  my  eldest  brother  W.  My  cousin  [Mr.  Griinbaum]  coming 
to  me  at  about  10  o'clock  that  same  morning  remarked  to  me, 
after  he  had  taken  notice  of  the  telegram,  that  it  would  not 
surprise  him  at  all  if  my  brother  had  died  during  the  beginning 
of  the  preceding  night,  giving,  however,  at  that  moment  no 
further  details  as  to  what  he  meant  by  such  a  statement,  as 
I  was  in  a  hurry  to  catch  the  train  to  W. 

(III.  and  IV.)  A  copy  of  the  newspaper  The  Fatherland 
for  Thursday,  January  14,  1915,  containing  a  paragraph 


MAR.,  1915.       Report  of  Mr.  Grunbaum's  Experiences.  49 

about    Mr.    M.'s    death,    of   which    Mr.    Griinbaum    furnishes    a 
translation  as  follows  : 

The  Fatherland,  14th  January,  1915,  morning  edition. 

On  Tuesday  evening  there  happened  a  terrible  disaster  at 
W.,  of  which  a  highly  esteemed  citizen  was  the  victim. 

Mr.  M.,  who  was  leaving  the  second  platform  (from  which 
the  trains  start  for  A.),  in  order  to  go  out  of  the  railway  station, 
was  just  at  the  moment  that  he  was  crossing  the  railway  track 
caught  by  an  express  train  coming  from  A.  He  was  go  terribly 
injured  that  death  followed  instantaneously. 

(V.)  An  account  of  the  dream  of  Mr.  Grunbaum's  mother, 
written  by  herself,  of  which  his  accompanying  translation  is 
as  follows  : 

In  the  night  of  12  to  13  January  between  5  and  6  o'clock 
in  the  morning,  I  dreamt  that  I  was  sitting  in  an  auto.  This 
auto  was  standing  in  front  of  the  house  where  my  nephew, 
Mr.  M.,  was  born.  When  the  auto  began  to  run  I  felt  very 
anxious  lest  it  should  run  into  the  water,  as  the  road  was  very 
sloping.  At  the  moment  when  I  expected  that  it  would  run 
into  the  water,  and  my  anxiety  was  the  strongest,  I  awoke. 

On  receiving  this  account,  I  wrote  to  ask  Mr.  Griinbaum 
when  his  mother  had  first  told  him  of  her  dream ;  whether 
she  had  at  any  other  time  had  dreams  or  impressions  which 
she  believed  to  coincide  with  a  death  or  any  other  definite 
misfortune ;  whether  she  was  inclined  to  believe  that  dreams 
had  significance ;  and  whether  the  house  before  which  the 
dream-auto  was  standing  was  the  same  as  the  one  at  W. 
in  which  Mr.  M.  had  recently  been  living.  Mr.  Griinbaum 
replied  : 

February  13,  1915 

As  my  mother  is  ill  just  now  and  is  not  allowed  to  come 
out  of  her  bed  (she  is  75  years  old),  I  will  write  down  what 
she  told  me  just  now. 

My  mother's  dream.  I  remember  very  clearly  and  I  am  abso- 
lutely sure  that  my  mother  told  me  about  her  dream  directly 
at  breakfast  on  the  13th  January,  even  before  we  received  tidings 
from  my  niece,  M.  M.,  who  lives  quite  near  to  us  here  in  the 
city.  At  breakfast  as  well  as  afterwards  I  did  not  pay  any 


50  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MAR.,  r.nr. 

attention  to  her  dream,  because  I  did  not  see  any  connection 
between  her  dream  and  the  accident,  as  I  did  not  know  about 
any  accident.  The  detail  of  the  express  train  only  reached 
us  on  the  14th,  after  M.  M.  had  gone  to  Al.  and  W.,  and  after 
she  had  written  about  it,  and  after  Mr.  I.  showed  The  Fatherlnnl 
to  us  on  the  14th. 

In   the    newspaper   we   are   reading   ( The )    there    has    never 

appeared  any  note  at  all  about  the  sudden  death  of  my  cousin. 
So  that  it  is  only  on  the  14th  January  afternoon  that  Mr.  I. 
showed  his  newspaper,  The  Fatherland,  to  us,  giving  details  about 
the  express  train. 

When  I  wrote  my  first  report  to  you  I  did  not  tell  about 
my  mother's  dream,  because  I  did  not  judge  it  clear  enough, 
and  because  an  auto  is  not  an  express  train,  and  because  there 
was  nobody  run  over  by  the  auto  in  her  dream.  But  afterwards 
it  came  to  me  that  it  was  anyhow  a  curious  coincidence,  and 
that  it  might  perhaps  be  of  interest  to  you  to  know  about  it. 

If  my  mother  were  not  ill  just  now  she  would  be  willing 
to  write  about  it  herself  to  you,  as  she  says  that  she  is  sure 
that  there  must  have  been  some  sort  of  connection. 

Other  experiences  of  my  mother.  If  you  do  not  count  my  own 
experimenting  with  my  mother  (without  her  knowledge)  when 
on  three  different  occasions  she  heard  : 

(a)  the  footsteps  in  the  room  above  ; 
(6)  the  bird  jumping  in  the  room  ; 
(c)  somebody  pacing  up  and  down  in  the  corridor, 
then    I    know   of  only   one   incident   that    was   very   striking.      It 
was  the  following  : 

One  of  my  mother's  friends  from  her  youth  is  the  old  minister 
of  justice,  Mr.  K.  He  is  an  old  man,  now  84.  He  is  living 
on  the  other  side  of  the  city.  I  think  it  must  have  been  in 
September,  1914,  that  my  mother  one  day  coming  down  at 
breakfast  told  me  that  she  had  a  very  curious  experience  that 
night.  She  said :  "I  was  lying  in  a  state  of  half-sleep  this 
morning,  and  all  the  while  thinking  about  the  European  War, 
at  about  6  o'clock  in  the  morning,  when  all  at  once  there  appeared 
before  my  eyes  a  very  big,  bright  visiting-card  of  about  a  foot 
long  as  follows :  [drawing  of  visiting  card  with  Mr.  K.'s  name 
on  it].  The  name  was  written  in  black  type  on  a  white  card. 
Mr.  K.  has  not  come  to  see  me  for  the  last  three  years,  so  I 
wonder  what  this  means." 


MAR.,  1915.      Report  of  Mr.  Grunbaum's  Experiences.  51 

On  that  day  nothing  happened,  but  on  the  next  day  the  old 
man  really  came  to  pay  us  a  visit. 

My  mother  has  not  at  all  the  habit  of  ascribing  any  signi- 
ficance to  dreams.  She  knows  of  no  other  dreams  or  impressions 
[of  her  own]  that  coincided  with  any  misfortune.  When  her 
only  daughter  died  in  D.  (she  living  quite  near  to  her  in  the 
same  city)  she  had  no  intimation  of  it. 

The  city  of  Al.  is  the  native  town  of  my  cousin,  Mr.  M. 
It  was  in  front  of  his  native  house  in  this  city  that  the  dream- 
auto  started,  not  in  W.,  where  my  cousin  had  been  living  as 
long  as  twenty-seven  years  and  where  he  was  run  over  by  the 
passing  express  train. 

So  that  it  comes  to  this  :  Both  my  mother  and  I  had  im- 
pressions of  a  deadly  danger,  or  even  death,  in  some  way  connected 
with  my  cousin  W.  M.  My  impression  occurred  four  hours  after 
the  accident  happened,  and  before  going  to  sleep.  My  mother's 
impression  occurred  ten  hours  after  it,  and  before  she  awoke. 
The  fact  of  the  death  was  not  made  known  to  me  till  after 
breakfast,  when  my  cousin  M.  showed  the  telegram  to  me.  The 
facts  about  the  express  train  only  reached  us  on  the  14th  January 
when  my  cousin  I.  showed  the  copy  of  The  Fatherland  to  me. 

In  the  letter  just  quoted,  Mr.  Griinbaum  refers  to  three 
instances  of  apparently  telepathic  communication  between 
his  mother  and  himself,  when  she  had  an  impression  corre- 
sponding to  some  impression  or  idea  of  his  at  about  the 
same  time.  The  first  instance  was  mentioned  to  me  in  one 
of  his  earlier  letters.  The  third  is  given  at  the  beginning 
of  his  letter  of  January  17,  1915,  quoted  above.  The  second 
was  described  in  a  letter  to  me  dated  December  21,  1914, 
in  which,  after  speaking  of  the  "  low  rumbling  sound "  which 
sometimes  accompanies  his  self-induced  hallucinations,  he 
goes  on  : 

I  heard  this  many  a  time  when  experimenting.  Once,  sitting 
opposite  to  my  mother  after  dinner,  I  noticed  it.  On  that 
occasion  it  was  followed  by  the  sound  as  if  a  big  bird  were 
jumping  on  the  floor  behind  me.  I  heard  very  distinctly  the 
"  pit-a-pat  "  of  the  bird  along  the  wooden  floor.  As  there  was 
a  thick  carpet  on  the  floor,  a  real  bird  could  not,  of  course,  have 
occasioned  such  a  sound. 

But    the    curious    point    is    that    when    my   mother    awoke,   she 


52  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      MAR.,  1915. 

said :  "  Dear  me,  how  curious  !  I  thought  there  was  a  big 
bird  in  the  room  !  "  She  had  not  heard  anything  of  the  sound 
of  rumblings. 

These  cases  are  not  of  course  evidential,  since  they  were 
not  fully  recorded  at  the  time,  but  only  noted  incidentally 
by  Mr.  Griinbaum  when  he  was  writing  out  reports  of  his 
own  experiences.  Nevertheless,  if  his  recollection  of  them  is 
accurate,  there  seems  reason  to  believe  that  his  mother's 
mind  and  his  own  may  occasionally  be  in  telepathic  com- 
munication. In  that  case,  it  is  conceivable  that  both  of  them 
received  telepathic  intimations  of  Mr.  M.'s  death,  which  were 
mutually  reinforced  by  the  telepathic  connection  between  their 
two  percipient  minds. 

The  impressions  of  the  two  percipients  were,  it  will  be 
noted,  quite  different  from  one  another,  though  both  showed 
a  connection  with  the  state  of  the  agent,  so  that  the  whole 
case  bears  a  certain  resemblance  to  cross-correspondences 
between  the  scripts  of  different  automatists. 


No.  (XX5XVHI-XIX.-VOL.  XVII.  AnlL  A(lo  MAVi  ,„., 

JOURNAL 


OF  THE 


Society   for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

An  Icelandic  Seer.     By  Professor  Agflst  Bjarnason, 
Notice, 


Particulars  of  the  next  Meeting  of  the  Society,  at  which  Pro- 
fessor Gilbert  Murray  will  deliver  his  Presidential  Address,  will  be 
announced  in  the  Journal  for  June. 


AN    ICELANDIC    SEER. 

REPORT  ON   A   SUPPOSED  CASE   OF  TRAVELLING 
CLAIRVOYANCE. 

BY  PROFESSOR  A  GUST  BJARNASON. 
WITH  EDITORIAL  COMMENTS  BY  HELEN  DE  G.  VERRALL. 

(Professor  Bjarnason's  report  is  printed  in  large  type,  and 
the  corroborative  statements  contributed  by  various  witnesses  are 
in  small  type.  Miss  VerraWs  comments  are  enclosed  in  square 
brackets,  and  have  her  initials  at  the  end.  Only  part  of  the 
report  is  included  in  this  number  of  the  Journal  ;  the  conclusion 
will  appear  in  the  next  number.) 

INTRODUCTION. 

[THE  case  with  which  this  report  deals  has  been  investigated 
on  behalf  of  the  Society  by  Professor  Agust  Bjarnason,  pro- 
fessor of  psychology  in  the  University  of  Iceland.  As  Professor 
Bjarnason's  report  is  very  long  and  detailed,  only  selections 
from  it  can  be  published  here.  But  first  some  account  must 
be  given  of  how  we  got  into  communication  with  him,  and 
under  what  circumstances  he  made  the  enquiries  upon  which 
his  report  is  based. 

On  April  8,  1914,  Professor  Bjarnason  wrote  us  a  letter 
giving  an  account  of  "  a  poor  peasant  in  the  north  of  Iceland, 


54  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       APR.-MAY, 

known  by  the  name  of  Dreaming-Joi  [Joe]  .  .  .  who  for  a 
long  time  has  been  used  as  a  dreaming  oracle  by  his  acquain- 
tances." Professor  Bjarnason  said  that  he  had  heard  a  good 
many  stories  about  Dreaming  Joe,  partly  from  two  pupils 
of  his  own  who  knew  him,  and  he  wrote  to  ask  whether 
the  Society  for  Psychical  Research  would  care  to  have  a 
detailed  report  on  the  case,  which  would  involve  his 
going  to  the  north  of  Iceland  to  obtain  first-hand  testimony 
from  the  people  amongst  whom  Dreaming  Joe  had  lived. 

In  the  following  May  Professor  Bjarnason  sent  us,  by  request, 
a  short  preliminary  report,  giving  such  instances  of  Dreaming 
Joe's  faculty  as  he  had  been  able  to  collect  at  second  hand 
during  the  last  few  years.  On  the  strength  of  this  report 
it  was  decided  that  he  should  be  asked  to  go  to  the  north 
of  Iceland  on  behalf  of  the  Society  to  make  a  detailed  investi- 
gation of  the  case. 

In  accordance  with  this  plan  Professor  Bjarnason  left 
Reykjavik  on  July  9,  1914,  for  Raufarhofn,  and  spent  about 
a  month  travelling  over  the  country  in  which  Dreaming  Joe 
had  spent  his  life,  and  collecting  the  evidence  of  various 
people  who  had  first-hand  knowledge  concerning  his  supposed 
faculty.  During  part  of  this  time  Dreaming  Joe  himself 
accompanied  Professor  Bjarnason  in  the  capacity  of  a  guide. 

The  detailed  report  which  Professor  Bjarnason  sent  us  on 
his  return  to  Reykjavik  included  all  the  evidence,  negative 
as  well  as  positive,  which  he  had  been  able  to  collect  in  regard 
to  Dreaming  Joe.  We  have  selected  for  publication  at  full 
length  instances  in  which  Dreaming  Joe  appears  to  have  been 
particularly  successful,  but  something  will  be  said  later  of  his 
failures  in  regard  to  their  bearing  on  an  estimate  of  the  whole 
case.  H.  DE  G.  V.] 

PROFESSOR  BJARNASON'S  REPORT. 

On  Langanes,  one  of  the  most  northern  peninsulas  of  Iceland, 
there  lives  a  man  named  Johannes  Jonsson.  He  has  been 
a  shepherd  and  a  farmer  all  his  life,  and  has  scarcely  ever 
been  outside  his  own  parish.  Yet  he  may  be  said  to  be 
known  throughout  the  whole  country  by  the  name  of  "  Dream- 
ing Joe."  He  is  so  called  because  in  his  sleep  he  replies 
to  questions  which  are  put  to  him,  tells  people  the  where- 


An  Icelandic  Seer. 


abouts    of    lost    things    which    nobody    knows    where    to    find 
besides    informing    them    of    various    other    things    that    they 


are   desirous   of  knowing.      At   one  time   he   was   even   a   kind 
of  oracle  for  the  people  of  the  north  and   east  country. 
It    is   now    eight   years   since   my   interest   in    him   was   first 


56  Journal  of  Society  fen"  Psychical  Research.       A  PR. -MAY, 

awakened  by  the  reports  I  heard  of  him,  and  especially  by 
those  stories  which  were  told  to  me  by  Mrs.  Gudrun  Bjorns- 
dottir, who  was  personally  acquainted  with  Joe,  and  in  whose 
service  he  had  been  for  some  time.  In  April,  1906,  I  wrote 
a  letter  to  Mrs.  Gudrun  Bjornsdottir,  asking  her  to  obtain 
for  me  reliable  information  about  several  facts  concerning 
Dreaming  Joe.  Mrs.  Gudrun l  then  wrote  to  a  sister  of 
Joe's,  A.  Jonsdottir,  who  was  an  acquaintance  of  hers,  for- 
warding my  letter  to  her,  and  asking  her  to  obtain  reliable 
answers  to  my  questions. 

[Professor  Bjarnason  then  gives  a  list  of  his  questions  and 
the  answers  obtained.  I  will  only  give  a  risumi  here  of 
such  facts  as  are  not  mentioned  in  the  subsequent  narrative. 

Joe  was  born  of  quite  healthy  parents,  and  his  gift  is  not 
shared  by  any  other  members  of  his  family.  When  he  has 
been  questioned  in  his  sleep,  he  is  conscious  of  fatigue  after 
waking.  He  does  not  always  remember  having  been  questioned, 
but  he  is  a  light  sleeper  and  often  awakes  during  the  question- 
ing, and  has  only  a  dim  recollection  of  what  he  has  been 
asked  about.  His  eyes  are  usually  closed  during  the  question- 
ing, and,  so  far  as  is  known,  he  has  never  walked  in  his 
sleep.  If  he  is  asked  to  dream  of  something,  he  concentrates 
his  thoughts  on  it  before  going  to  sleep ;  then  he  can  generally 
give  the  desired  information. 

Professor  Bjarnason  adds  that  his  own  experience  of  Joe  indi- 
cates that  these  answers  are  correct  as  far  as  they  go. 

H.  DE  G.  V.] 

BIOGRAPHICAL  SKETCH. 

Dreaming  Joe,  who  is  now  living  in  the  village  of  Thors- 
hofn  on  the  Langanes,  is  fifty-three  years  of  age.  He  was 
born  at  Saudaneskot  on  the  Langanes,  on  April  24,  1861. 
He  was  brought  up  with  his  parents  until  his  father  died, 
which  happened  when  he  was  eleven  years  of  age.  He  then 
removed  with  his  mother  to  the  parsonage  of  Saudanes,  where 
he  stayed  until  he  was  nineteen  years  old  (1880).  During 
this  time  he  was  twice  taken  seriously  ill,  it  was  thought 

1  In  Iceland  the  custom  of  calling  people  by  their  forenames  still  prevails. 
The  ladies  seldom  bear  their  husband's  surnames,  but  are  generally  called 
the  daughters  of  their  father.  Thus  Gudrun  Bjornsdottir  means :  Gudrun 
daughter  of  Bjorn. — Ag.  Bj. 


An  Icelandic  Seer.  57 


with  typhoid  fever.  He  says  it  was  not  certain  that  his 
first  illness,  which  occurred  when  he  was  about  thirteen  years 
old,  really  was  typhoid  fever,  but  it  was  after  that  illness 
that  he  first  discovered  the  fact  that  he  could  sometimes 
at  will  dream  the  whereabouts  of  things  he  had  lost;  but  he 
was  never  questioned  in  his  sleep  until  he  was  over  twenty 
years  old.  Then  he  had  become  farm-servant  at  Ytra-Lon,  which 
is  the  next  farm  to  the  north-east  of  the  parsonage  of  Saudanes. 
At  Ytra-Lon  he  stayed  for  four  years  (until  1884),  and  was 
often  questioned  in  his  sleep.  From  there  he  returned  to 
Saudanes  where  he  now  stayed  for  two  years  (till  1886),  and 
it  was  during  these  two  years  that  he  was  most  frequently 
questioned. 

[Professor  Bjarnason  then  relates  how  Dreaming  Joe  spent 
some  years  moving  from  one  farm  to  another,  always  in  the 
same  district.  H.  DE  G.  V.] 

In  the  year  1893  he  married,  and  since  then  it  has 
always  been  more  difficult  to  get  permission  to  question 
him  in  his  sleep,  as  his  wife  has  always  been  greatly  opposed 
to  its  being  done.  For  he  was  sometimes  asked  about  thefts 
and  all  kinds  of  misdoings,  and  betrayed  people,  which  he 
would  never  have  done  of  his  free  will. 

While  collecting  the  stories  about  Dreaming  Joe  and  trying 
to  obtain  the  best  possible  proofs  of  their  veracity,  I  have 
met  with  great  difficulties  on  account  of  the  long  time  which 
has  elapsed  since  some  of  the  events  occurred.  I  have  as 
far  as  possible  proceeded  in  the  following  manner  : 

(a)  I  have  taken  pains  to  find  those  people  who  have 
themselves  seen  or  heard  what  the  stories  state,  having  only 
in  a  few  instances  (as  in  the  case  of  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivert- 
sen)  taken  stories  recorded  by  noted  men  who  had  received 
their  information  of  the  facts  from  eye-witnesses  or  from  Joe 
himself. 

(6)  I  have  also  referred  the  stories  to  Joe,  and  recorded 
his  comments  on  them,  as,  after  having  become  personally 
acquainted  with  him,  I  consider  him  scrupulously  honest  and 
very  trustworthy,  and  as  he  himself  makes  less  of  his  gift 
than  most  of  those  who  have  known  him.  Joe  told  me  that 
in  his  younger  days  he  often  used  to  remember  his  dreams 
very  plainly  when  he  awoke,  but  since  he  grew  older  he 

A2 


58  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 

remembers    them    very    indistinctly    or    not    at    all.     For    this 
reason  he  remembers  some  of  the  oldest  stories  best. 

(c)  I  have  got  each  person  to  record  his  account  according 
to  his  own  memory  without  previously  telling  him  what  I 
already  had  heard  from  others  of  the  same  occurrence.  This 
is  why  there  are  in  some  cases  several  variations  of  the  same  story. 

I.  THE  STORY  OF  THE  SHEEP. 

[I  have  included  this  story  because  it  is  the  earliest  re- 
corded case  in  which  Joe  exercised  his  faculty,  and  it  is  a 
typical  example  of  the  kind  of  powers  which  he  is  currently 
reputed  to  possess.  Owing  to  the  long  lapse  of  time  since 
these  events  occurred,  very  little  corroborative  evidence  can 
now  be  obtained.  H.  DE  G.  V.] 

(Recorded  from  Joe's  own  statement  by  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivertsen 
on  October  19,  1903.) 

One  day  at  Ytra-L6n  [in  the  summer  1881]  Joe  lay  down 
after  breakfast  in  the  meadow  for  a  nap.  He  then  began  to 
talk  in  his  sleep  and  said  :  "  The  poor  creatures  are  so  awfully 
distressed."  This  he  repeated  two  or  three  times.  Tryggvi 
J6nsson,  then  farmer  at  Ytra-L6n  [now  in  Pembina,  N.D.,  U.S.A.], 
asked  him  what  he  saw  in  his  sleep.  Joe  replied  :  "  I  see  two 
sheep  away  up  in  the  highlands,  and  they  have  hooked  their 
horns  together  and  cannot  disentangle  themselves."  Tryggvi 
then  asked  him  in  what  highlands  they  were.  Joe  could  not 
say.  He  thought  it  was  either  the  Highlands  of  Hvammur 
or  of  Dal.  Tryggvi  then  asked  Joe  if  he  could  not  see  the 
marks  on  their  ears.  To  which  Joe  replied  that  he  could  only 
see  the  marks  on  one  ear,  the  one  that  turned  up,  for  he  thought 
the  sheep  had  been  struggling  about  and  were  now  so  exhausted 
that  they  were  lying  down.  Joe  described  the  marks  that  he 
saw,  so  that  Tryggvi  concluded  that  one  of  the  sheep  belonged 
to  the  farmer  J6n  at  Dal  and  the  other  to  Sigfiis,  the  farmer 
at  Hvammur.  [They  are  now  both  dead.]  Joe  said  that  the 
sheep  would  not  be  able  to  disentangle  themselves,  for  they  had 
already  exerted  themselves  to  the  utmost.  All  this  Tryggvi 
told  Joe  when  he  awoke.  He  asked  Joe  what  he  had  dreamt, 
and  whether  he  knew  that  he  had  been  questioning  him.  Joe  did 
not  know  anything  about  that,  but  said  he  had  been  dreaming 
some  nonsense  about  sheep. 


.471  Icelandic  Seer.  59 


Some  considerable  time  now  elapsed  until  all  the  sheep  had 
been  gathered  and  driven  down  from  the  highlands  in  the  autumn. 
The  sheep  Joe  had  described  had  not  been  found  anywhere. 
Now  Sigurd,  the  son  of  J6n  at  Dal,  happened  to  come  and 
stay  overnight  at  Ytra-L6n.  People  began  to  speak  about  the 
sheep  and  Joe's  dream.  Sigurd  thought  it  remarkable  how  Joe 
had  answered  in  his  sleep,  and  asked  if  they  might  not  try 
to  question  him  again,  and  ask  him  to  describe  more  minutely 
the  place  where  the  sheep  were.  Joe's  permission  was  then 
obtained,  and  that  night,  after  he  had  gone  to  sleep,  they  asked 
Joe  about  the  place  in  the  highlands  ;  and  he  described  it  so 
that  Sigurd  at  Dal  felt  certain  that  he  recognized  it  as  being 
in  the  Dal  highlands. 

Some  time  later  Sigurd  went  to  the  highlands  and  found  the 
two  sheep  with  their  horns  hooked  together,  lying  dead  in  a 
place  which  was  just  like  the  one  that  Joe  had  described.  One 
of  the  sheep  belonged  to  Jon  at  Dal,  and  the  other  to  Sigfiis 
at  Hvammur. 

I  have  been  trying  to  obtain  proofs  of  the  facts  (1)  that 
Joe  was  questioned  in  his  sleep,  and  (2)  that  the  sheep  were 
found  according  to  his  directions. 

As  to  the  first  point,  I  have  written  to  Tryggvi  Jonsson, 
the  discoverer  of  Joe's  gift,  but  have  as  yet  received  no  reply. 
On  the  other  hand,  I  have  quite  unexpectedly  received  the  following 
evidence  : 

THORSHOFN,  June  25,  1914. 

I,  the  undersigned,  Johann  Gunnlaugsson,  bailiff,  hereby  testify 
that  I  was  out  in  the  meadow  and  heard  distinctly  when  my 
brother-in-law  Tryggvi  J6nsson  asked  Dreaming  Joe  about  the 
sheep  in  this  story,  and  that  the  story  is  quite  true  and  correct 

according  to  my  memory. 

JOHANN  GUNNLAUGSSON,  Bailiff. 

As  to  the  second  point,  it  is  difficult  to  prove  that  the 
sheep  were  found  according  to  Joe's  directions.  Sigurd  at 
Dal  is  dead,  and  neither  his  wife  nor  daughter,  whom  I 
have  seen,  remember  anything  about  this.  But  this  may 
be  accounted  for  by  the  fact,  that  this  happened  just  before 
he  was  married.  But  Bjorn  Jonsson,  bailiff,  a  brother  of 
the  deceased  Sigurd  at  Dal,  remembers  it.  When  asked 
about  this  on  July  19,  1914,  he  replied  that  he  remembers 


60  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       APR. -MAY, 

that  the  sheep  were  found  according  to  Joe's  directions. 
Lastly  I  have  received  the  following  evidence  from  men  who 
have  of  their  own  accord  told  me  this  story  : 

KEYKJAVIK,  July  7,  1914. 

We,  the  undersigned,  recognize  this  story  and  remember  to 
have  heard  in  our  youth  that  the  sheep  were  found  in  the  place 
described  by  Joe. 

BJ.  J6H.  JOHANNESSON,  KARL  H.  BJARNARSON, 

Printers. 

The  following  stories  occurred  while  Joe  was  at  Saudanes 
for  the  second  time  (1884-1886)  in  the  service  of  the  clergy- 
man, the  Rev.  Vigfus  Sigurdsson.  Larus  J6hannesson  had 
then  just  taken  orders  and  become  curate  to  the  Rev.  Vigfus. 
The  Rev.  Larus  had  heard  about  Dreaming  Joe,  and  asked 
him  if  he  really  was  as  peculiar  as  he  was  said  to  be.  Joe 
replied  that  rumours  generally  exaggerated.  But  some  days 
later  the  Rev.  Larus  tried  Joe's  powers  in  the  following 
manner. 

II.  THE  CURATE'S  WHIP. 

(Recorded  by  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivertsen  in  1903  from 
Joe's  own  statement.) 

The  Rev.  Lams  was  summoned  to  the  farm  Lseknisstadir  to 
christen  a  child.  When  his  horse  had  been  saddled  he  said 
that  he  couldn't  find  his  whip,  which  was  quite  new  and  had 
been  made  by  the  silversmith  Bjorn  Palsson.  He  therefore  asked 
some  of  the  lads  to  lend  him  a  whip.  He  then  asked  Joe  to 
try  to  find  the  whip  for  him,  while  he  was  away.  Joe  was 
shy  with  the  clergyman,  and  made  no  reply.  The  curate  then 
asked  whether  Sveinn  J6nsson  [now  living  at  Nordfjordur]  might 
not  ask  Joe  about  it,  while  he  was  away.  Sveinn  J6nsson  was 
a  fellow-servant  of  Joe's,  and  Joe  gave  him  permission  to  try. 
During  the  night  Sveinn  asked  Joe  about  the  whip.  Joe  replied 
that  he  saw  the  whip,  but  he  would  not  tell  where.  Joe  did 
not  say  any  more  that  night.  Next  morning  Sveinn  told  him 
what  he  had  said,  and  was  vexed  with  him  for  not  telling  where 
the  whip  was.  Next  night  Sveinn  questioned  him  again,  but 
received  the  same  reply.  This  time  Joe  remembered  that  he 
dreamt  of  the  whip,  but  would  not  tell  Sveinn  where  he  had 
dreamt  it  was,  for  he  thought  he  might  be  mistaken.  He  there- 


1915-  An  Icelandic  Seer.  61 

fore  went  out  to  find  the  whip  himself,  according  to  his  dream. 
He  found  it  in  a  horse-stall  in  a  stable  in  the  home-field,  where 
it  lay  under  a  heap  of  refuse  of  hay.  Two  days  later  the  Rev. 
Larus  came  home  and  was  told  what  reply  Sveinn  had  received 
from  Joe  in  his  sleep.  He  then  wanted  to  question  Joe  once 
more.  But  that  evening  Joe  went  into  the  stable  and  took  the 
whip  and  removed  it  to  the  next  stall.  In  the  night  Joe  awoke, 
so  they  couldn't  question  him.  In  the  morning  the  curate 
asked  him  about  the  whip,  and  Joe  told  him  to  come  with 
him  down  to  the  stable ;  and  there  he  showed  him  the  whip 
and  told  him  that  he  had  removed  it  the  evening  before.  The 
Rev.  Larus  had  himself  hidden  the  whip  in  the  stable. 

Joe  told  me  this  summer  (1914)  that  he  remembers  all 
this  very  distinctly,  and  would  be  willing  to  swear  in  court 
to  its  truth,  except  the  item  that  he  removed  the  whip  to 
the  next  stall,  which  is  not  correct ;  he  says  that  he  only 
thought  of  doing  so,  for  he  thought  that  perhaps  Sveinn  had 
hidden  the  whip  to  fool  him.  Still  it  seemed  to  him  the 
first  night  that  he  saw  the  Rev.  Larus  go  into  the  stable 
with  the  whip,  but  he  could  not  believe  it  of  the  clergyman. 
It  was  rather  late  in  the  day  when  they  walked  down  towards 
the  stable,  and  when  Joe  was  going  in,  the  curate  asked : 
"  Are  you  going  in  there  ?  "  Joe  made  no  reply,  but  went 
in,  while  the  curate  remained  outside.  He  took  the  whip 
from  under  the  hay  and  brought  it  to  the  curate.  The 
Rev.  Larus  now  laughed  and  said :  "  Well,  you  certainly 
are  a  remarkable  man."  Then  the  curate  told  Joe  that  he 
had  hidden  the  whip  in  order  to  try  his  powers. 

The  Rev.  Larus  died  in  1888,  and  his  widow,  Mrs.  Gudrun, 
does  not  remember  anything  about  this  occurrence,  so  you 
cannot  get  any  first-hand  evidence  thereof.  Still,  I  have 
spoken  with  a  very  reliable  man,  Bjorn  Gudmundsson,  at 
Hallgilsstadir,  who  told  me  this  story  even  more  minutely 
than  Joe  had  done.  He  said  that  among  other  things  the 
clergyman  had  said  to  Joe :  "It  isn't  so  easy  to  steal  at 
Saudanes  now.  I  shouldn't  like  to  be  the  one  to  do  it." 
When  I  asked  Joe  about  this,  he  smiled  and  said  he  remem- 
bered these  words,  but  he  had  not  thought  it  befitting  to 
repeat  them  as  those  of  a  clergyman. 

From  Sveinn  Jonsson  I  have  received  the  following  statement : 


62  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APR. -MAT, 

NORDFJORDUR,  August  22,  1914. 

...  I  remember  that  the  Rev.  Larus  lost  a  whip  which  was 
found  according  to  the  direction  of  Dreaming  Joe.  I  am  sorry 
I  cannot  give  more  information  about  this  incident  as  I  have 
for  the  most  part  quite  forgotten  it. 

.  .  .  Dreaming  Joe  was  often  and  by  many  people  questioned 
in  his  sleep  about  all  kinds  of  things  which  they  desired  to  know 
something  about.  He  always  replied  promptly,  and  experience 
showed  that  his  answers  always  proved  reliable.  I  have  myself 
often  asked  Joe  in  his  sleep  about  many  things  and  could  always 
rely  on  his  answers. 

I  was  with  him  at  Saudanes  for  ten  years. 

SVEINN  J6NSSON. 

III.  SEES  FIFTY  SHEEP  AND  FINDS  THEM. 

(Recorded  by  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivertsen  in  1903  from 
Joe's  own  statement.) 

Once  fifty  sheep  were  missing  from  the  fold  at  Saudanes. 
They  were  searched  for  for  two  whole  days.  Then  the  Rev. 
Vigfus  asked  Joe  to  take  a  nap.  Joe  did  so,  and  the  clergyman 
tried  to  ask  him  about  the  sheep.  Joe  now  described  the  place 
where  the  sheep  were,  and  said  that  they  were  lying  together 
on  the  southern  slope  of  a  high  hill,  and  that  to  the  north  and 
north-east  of  this  place  there  was  a  barren  moor.  When  Joe 
awoke  he  remembered  plainly  that  he  had  dreamt  of  the  place 
where  the  sheep  were.  He  got  a  horse  to  ride  in  search  of  them. 
He  went  straight  to  a  hill  which  he  saw  was  just  like  the  one 
of  which  he  had  dreamt,  and  there  he  found  all  the  missing  sheep. 

When  asked  about  this  story  Joe  said  it  was  not  quite 
correct.  He  thought  there  had  only  been  about  thirty  sheep. 
He  says,  too,  that  the  Rev.  Vigfus  tried  to  question  him,  but 
did  not  succeed,  as  he  then  awoke.  But  still  he  requested 
him  to  go  and  look  for  the  sheep,  as  he  thought  that  he 
above  all  others  would  be  able  to  find  them.  The  clergy- 
man now  lent  him  his  own  horse.  Joe  started  off,  and 
when  he  was  out  in  the  open  field,  he  lay  down  and  dreamt 
of  the  sheep.  His  dream  was  just  as  is  stated  above,  and 
he  found  the  sheep  according  to  his  dream. 

I  have  not  been  able  to  obtain  any  further  evidence  of 
this  story ;  still,  I  think  it  worth  relating,  as  it  shows  how 


19!5-  A n  Icelandic  Seer.  63 

early  Joe  began  to  practise  a  method  he  has  especially  culti- 
vated in  his  later  years,  viz.  dreaming  for  himself,  when  other 
persons  either  are  not  able  or  not  allowed  to  question  him. 
There  are  many  other  stories  of  Joe's  finding  missing  sheep, 
which  could  be  verified. 

IV.  LITTLE  VIGFUS'S  PURSE. 

(Recorded  by  Mrs.  Gudrun  (see  p.  56)  in  1906.) 
One  evening  everybody  had  gone  to  bed  except  my  sister 
Halldora,  Metta  and  I.  Metta  went  upstairs  and  was  about 
to  go  to  bed,  when  she  heard  that  Joe  was  talking  in  his  sleep. 
He  said  it  was  too  bad  that  he  couldn't  tell  anyone  about  little 
Vigfus's  purse.  Vigfus  Thordarson  (a  nephew  of  the  Kev.  Vigfiis) 
had  lost  a  purse  and  had  begged  Joe  to  try  to  find  it  for  him. 
Then  Metta  asked  him  if  he  could  see  it.  Joe  replied  that  there 
was  a  purse  behind  the  stove  in  the  north-room,  but  it  was 
empty.  Metta  came  down  and  told  me  this.  I  went  into  the 
north-room  and  found  the  purse,  but  it  was  empty.  We  then 
went  upstairs  again  and  Metta  asked  Joe  where  the  money  was. 
He  said  that  little  Jonas  (a  lad  at  the  parsonage)  had  taken  it 
and  had  thrown  the  purse  there,  in  order  to  make  it  appear  as 
if  it  had  been  taken  by  some  of  the  people  who  came  to  church. 
He  added  that  little  Jonas  would  be  fortunate  if  he  didn't  get 
into  mischief  some  day.  He  said  that  the  money  was  wrapped 
up  in  a  rag  and  was  stuck  into  a  hole  in  the  wall  of  the  store- 
house. There  was  also  some  money  therein  that  did  not  belong 
to  Vigfus,  but  was  the  savings  of  Jonas  himself.  I  don't  re- 
member how  much  money  he  said  was  wrapped  up  in  the  rag, 
but  it  proved  to  be  just  as  he  said.  I  now  went  out  to  search 
for  it,  and  while  I  was  away  Joe  said  that  I  was  feeling  all 
over  the  wall  without  finding  the  right  place.  I  then  went 
in  again,  as  I  couldn't  find  the  money,  and  Metta  asked  him 
more  minutely  about  this.  He  then  said  there  were  two  holes 
in  the  wall  [the  wall  being  made  of  turf  and  stone]  near  the 
door  of  the  storehouse.  In  one  of  these  the  lads  always  kept 
the  wedge  with  which  they  split  the  fuel ;  but  in  the  other 
hole  was  the  rag  containing  the  money,  and  if  one  looked  care- 
fully, a  bit  of  the  rag  might  be  seen  sticking  out  of  the  hole. 
All  this  proved  just  as  Joe  said.  I  went  out  again  and  found 
the  hole  at  once,  for  on  looking  more  carefully,  I  saw  the  rag  sticking 
out  of  the  hole. 


(>4  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       APR. -MAY, 

Miss  Halldora,  Mrs.  Gudmn's  sister,  tells  this  story  in  exactly 
the  same  way  as  Mrs.  Gudrun,  although  they  have  not  for 
many  years  spoken  about  this  subject. 

Metta  has  emigrated  to  America.  I  have  written  to  her 
brother-in-law,  Jon  Jonsson,  from  Sledbrjot  (formerly  an  M.P. 
here),  who  also  is  living  in  America,  and  he  has  promised  me 
to  obtain  for  me  Mrs.  Metta's  evidence  concerning  this  case. 

The  owner  of  the  purse,  now  the  Eev.  Vigfus  Thordarson 
at  Hjaltastadur,  remembers  this  quite  well,  although  he  was 
very  young,  but  it  seems  to  him  that  he  himself  questioned 
Joe  and  found  the  purse,  which  can  hardly  be  true  against 
the  evidence  of  Mrs.  Gudrun  and  Miss  Halldora. 

Joe  himself  had  almost  forgotten  this  occurrence,  but  on 
being  reminded  of  it,  he  recollected  it  quite  well. 

V.  SEES  THE  KEV.  HALLDOR'S  PURSE. 

(a)  Statement  by  Mrs.  Gudrtin,  made  in  1906. 

The  last  winter  that  my  brother  Halld6r  was  at  Saudanes, 
he  lost  a  purse,  and  Joe  was  asked  about  it.  When  the  purse 
had  been  described  to  him,  Joe  said  that  such  a  purse  was  in 
the  pocket  of  a  jacket  which  was  hanging  in  the  house  at  Eld- 
jarnsstadir  (a  farm  in  the  parish  of  Saudanes)  and  that  the 
jacket  belonged  to  Hallgrimur.  The  next  time  Hallgrimur  came 
to  church  at  Saudanes,  Halld6r  asked  him  about  the  purse,  which 
he  then  produced,  taking  it  out  of  his  pocket. 

(6)  Statement  by  the  Eev.  Hallddr  Bjarnarson. 

REYKJAVIK,  July  4,  1914. 

In  the  spring  of  1885  I  was  at  Saudanes.  Joe  was  then  a 
servant  there.  The  previous  autumn  I  had  lost  a  purse,  which 
I  had  laid  in  the  window  of  the  north-room  at  Saudanes.  I 
asked  the  people  to  question  Joe  about  the  purse.  When  he 
was  asked  about  this,  he  first  replied  that  he  did  not  know  what 
this  purse  looked  like.  It  was  then  described  to  him.  It  had 
no  lock,  but  was  kept  closed  by  a  piece  of  elastic.  Then  Joe 
replied  that  there  was  a  purse  like  that  in  the  pocket  of  a  jacket 
at  Eldjarnsstadir.  The  jacket  was  hanging  in  the  room  under 
the  staircase  and  belonged  to  Hallgrimur,  who  had  been  a  servant 
at  Saudanes  the  year  before.  A  week  or  two  later  Hallgrimur 


1915-  An  Icelandic  Seer.  65 

came  to  church.  I  then  took  him  aside  and  told  him  that 
I  suspected  him  to  have  a  purse  which  I  had  lost  the  year 
before.  Thereupon  he  took  the  purse  out  of  his  pocket  and 
asked  me  if  that  was  mine.  I  recognized  it  at  once.  He  then 
told  me  that  he  had  found  it  under  the  wall  of  the  storehouse, 
and  said  he  was  very  sorry  he  had  spent  35  aur.  ( =5  pence) 
which  were  in  it.  I  said  that  it  did  not  matter  at  all,  as  I 
had  only  asked  about  the  purse  in  order  to  see  what  Joe  was 
able  to  do.  Some  of  the  children  had  evidently  taken  the  purse 
and  carried  it  out. 

HALLD6R  BJARNARSON. 

A  similar  story  is  told  in  the  article  on  Dreaming  Joe  in 
Heimskringla,  April  1,  1891,  where  the  main  facts  correspond 
with  what  is  related  above. 

Joe  himself  has  a  vague  recollection  of  this  story. 


VI.  SEES  THE  SHIP  "  KRISTINE." 
The  Rev.  Halldor  Bjarnarson  of  Prestholar  relates  the  following  : 

REYKJAVIK,  July  8,  1914. 

In  the  spring  of  1885,  I  was  one  evening  after  bedtime  standing 
with  my  brother-in-law,  the  late  Rev.  Larus,  on  the  stony  slope 
above  the  house  at  Saudanes.  We  then  saw  a  ship  which  was 
sailing  in,  and  was  already  inside  the  Brimnestangi.  We  at  once 
thought  that  it  was  the  ship  Kristine  belonging  to  the  "  Grana  " 
Trading  Company,  for  Joe  had  been  asked  about  it  the  preceding 
nights.  The  first  time  he  saw  it  to  the  south  of  Iceland,  and 
the  second  time  he  said  it  was  off  the  eastern  firths.  I  now 
went  in  and  upstairs.  Everybody  there  was  fast  asleep.  Joe 
slept  in  a  bed  under  the  sloping  ceiling,  but  I  stood  by  the 
gable  window,  facing  the  north,  and  could  from  there  see  the 
ship.  I  then  asked  Joe  if  he  could  tell  me  where  the  Kristine 
was  now.  He  mumbled  something  and  then  he  said  that  it  was 
in  the  bay,  opposite  to  the  Lambanes'  breakers,  and  was  sailing 
in.  I  saw  through  the  window  that  this  was  exactly  correct. 

HALLD6R  BJARX  ARSON. 

Joe   confirms  this  story.      He  remembers  being  asked  about 
Kristine  several  times. 
I    have   not    got   any   more   stories    of  Joe   from   his   second 


6G  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      A  PR. -MAT, 

stay  at  Saudanes.  The  following  three  stories  are  from  his 
second  stay  (1886-88)  at  Ytra-L6n. 

VII.  THE  EMBROIDERED  SUSPENDERS. 
(Statement  by  Mrs.  Gudrtin,  recorded  in  1906.) 

Bjorn  Gudmundsson  at  Hallgilsstadir  once  came  to  Saudanes 
on  his  way  to  Ytra-L6n.  Bjorn  had  with  him  a  pair  of  em- 
broidered suspenders,  which  he  had  been  asked  to  take  to  the 
saddle-maker  in  order  to  have  the  straps  put  on  them.  But 
Bjorn  lost  the  suspenders.  When  he  came  to  Ytra-L6n,  Joe 
was  asked  about  the  suspenders,  which  he  had  lost.  He  said 
that  Bjorn  had  left  them  at  the  bottom  of  a  barrel,  in  the 
north  storehouse  at  Saudanes,  and  that  Sigvaldi,  a  servant  at 
Saudanes,  would  find  them  and  return  them.  This  proved  as 
Joe  said. 

On  July  21,  1914,  I  spoke  to  Bjorn  at  Hallgilsstadir.  He 
remembered  this  incident  at  once,  and  added  that  he  went 
back  to  Saudanes,  and  when  he  came  there,  Sigvaldi  had 
not  yet  found  the  suspenders,  but  had  said  he  would  find 
them,  which  he  also  did  very  soon.  He  found  them  at  the 
bottom  of  a  barrel  in  the  storehouse. 

Sigvaldi  is  now  dead. 

Joe  says  that  this  story  is  quite  correct. 

VIII.  THE  HORSE  WITH  THE  CLEAN-SHAVEN  TAIL. 

(Statement  by  Mrs.  Gudrun,  recorded  in  1906.) 
Once   there   was  a   change   of  tenants   at   the   farm  of  Brimnes 
on    the    Langanes.      0 —        was    the    name    of    the    tenant    who 

surrendered   the    lease,    but    his   successor    was    called    S .     At 

the  time  of  this  story  0.  was  still  at  Brimnes,  and  the  two 
farmers  were  not  on  friendly  terms.  One  morning  when  the 
people  came  into  the  stable,  they  saw  that  the  tail  of  S.'s 
favourite  horse  had  been  very  closely  shaved.  S.  was  greatly 
grieved  at  this  offence,  and  had  some  one  ask  Joe  for  him  who 
had  done  this.  Joe  replied  that  he  supposed  0.  knew  some- 
thing about  it.  He  requested  this  to  be  kept  secret,  for  he 
did  not  wish  0.  to  hear  that  he  had  accused  him  of  doing  this. 
Nevertheless,  this  soon  came  to  O.'s  ears,  and  he  was  greatly 
enraged.  He  even  threatened  to  report  Joe  to  the  magistrate 


An  Icelandic  Seer.  <;? 


for  this.  Joe  then  told  him  he  might  do  as  he  liked  about 
that,  but  he  would  then  tell  where  he  had  hidden  the  horse-hair. 
0.  never  reported  the  case  to  the  magistrate.  But  Joe  said 
that  he  had  buried  the  horse-hair  on  the  beach,  and  there  it 
was  found. 

I  have  heard  this  story  from  different  people,  as  so  many 
know  it,  for  it  caused  some  sensation  in  its  time.  But  it 
was  especially  memorable  to  Joe,  on  account  of  the  fuss  that 
was  made  about  it  all  over  the  Langanes.  He  was  so  annoyed 
by  this,  that  after  this  he  was  very  reluctant  to  allow  people 
to  question  him  in  his  sleep,  unless  he  could  trust  their 
secrecy. 

Miss  Halldora  and  the  Rev.  Halldor  of  Prestholar  both 
confirm  this  story,  and  several  other  people  who  still  live 
on  the  Langanes. 

IX.  THE  STORY  OF  THE  NEEDLE-CASE. 
Mrs.  Gudrun  relates  the  following  : 

[Recorded  in  1906,  revised  in  1914.] 

When  I  left  Prestholar  (in  1895)  I  moved  to  Sigurdarstadir 
on  the  Melrakkasletta.  Joe  was  then  on  the  Langanes,  living 
at  his  farm,  'Assel,  more  than  a  day's  journey  from  Sigurdar- 
stadir. During  the  summer,  while  I  was  at  Sigurdarstadir,  I 
happened  to  lose  my  needle-case  and  couldn't  imagine  how  I 
had  lost  it.  I  always  used  to  carry  it  in  my  pocket,  and  from 
there  it  disappeared.  I  had  often  mentioned  how  sorry  I  was 
to  lose  that  needle-case,  for  I  had  had  it  so  long.  That  summer 
I  had  a  maidservant  who  later  took  service  at  Langanes.1  I 
don't  remember  how  long  a  time  passed  until  I  once  got  a  message 
[Mrs.  Gudrun  is  not  sure  it  was  a  letter]  from  her  saying  that 
she  had  asked  Dreaming  Joe  how  my  needle-case  had  been  lost, 
and  where  it  was  to  be  found.  He  had  told  her  in  his  sleep 
that  once  the  preceding  summer  I  had  gone  down  to  the  mouth 
of  the  river  at  Sigurdarstadir  to  drive  away  the  cows  from  Odds- 
stadir  [the  next  farm  to  the  west].  It  was  as  if  Joe  saw  it 
all  in  his  sleep,  although  it  had  happened  a  year  before,  for 
he  smiled  as  he  said  :  "  Well,  well,  the  way  Mrs.  Gudrun  bustles 

1  Mrs.  Gudrun  did  not  remember  her  name,  but  she  thought  it  was  Ingibjorg 
Arnadottir,  now  living  at  Seydisfjordur.—  Ag.  Bj. 


68          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        APK.-MAT, 

about.  There  she  is  running  after  the  cows,  and  there  the 
needle-case  falls  out  of  her  pocket,  as  she  holds  up  her  skirts." 
He  then  said  that  the  sea  took  the  needle-case,  but  that  it 
had  now  drifted  on  shore  again,  and  was  lying  by  a  stone  which 
stood  just  below  some  old  walls  on  the  gravel  plains.  I  found 
the  needle-case  at  once  according  to  this  description,  but  there 
was  a  rent  in  the  lid,  which  was  screwed  on,  and  the  end  of 
it  had  fallen  out.  But  I  have  had  the  lid  mended  and  the 
end  filled  up  with  cork.  More  than  a  year  had  passed  from 
the  time  I  lost  the  needle-case  until  I  found  it  again. 

Joe  denies  any  knowledge  of  this  incident,  and  says  :  "  This 
is  either  a  fib  invented  by  Mrs.  Gudrun  or  somebody  has 
asked  me  in  my  sleep  and  then  run  away  without  telling 
me  anything  about  it." 

I  have  myself  seen  Mrs.  Gudran's  needle-case,  which  is 
just  as  described  above,  and  am  personally  convinced  of  the 
truth  of  her  story,  as  she  is  a  most  trustworthy  person. 
Still,  I  have  met  with  the  greatest  difficulties  in  trying  to 
get  this  story  verified.  I  have  sought  all  the  way  from 
Husavik  to  Seydisfjdrdur  for  the  woman  Ingibjorg  Arnadottir, 
who — Mrs.  Gudrun  thought — was  the  servant  who  had 
questioned  Joe.  At  last  I  found  her  at  Seydisfjordur.  But 
she  said  she  knew  nothing  about  this,  and  that  it  could  not 
have  been  she  who  questioned  Joe,  for  she  had  gone  straight 
from  Raufarhofn  to  Seydisfjordur  and  had  never  stayed  on 
the  Langanes.  But  she  told  me  about  two  other  women, 
who  had  been  her  fellow-servants  at  Mrs.  Gudrun's,  Salgerd 
Sigurdardottir,  who  is  probably  dead  now,  and  Gudrun  Bald- 
vinsdottir  from  Fagranes  on  the  Langanes.  She  is  the  one 
most  likely  to  know  something  about  this,  and  if  she  does 
and  I  can  find  out  where  she  lives,  I  shall  soon  procure 
her  evidence.  But  this  will  take  some  time. 

X.  JON  SKINNI'S  TRUNK. 

(a)  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivertsen  recorded  this  story  in  1903 
as  told  to  him  by  Johann  Gunnlaugsson,  bailiff  at  Thorshofn  : 

Jon  "  Skinni "  Jonsson,  shoemaker  at  Thorshofn,  lost  a  trunk 
off  one  of  the  coasting  steamers.  Joe  dreamt  he  saw  the  trunk 
in  a  place  which  he  described  minutely,  although  he  said  he 
had  never  been  there.  He  also  described  the  trunk,  how  it 


An  Icelandic  Seer. 


looked  and  what  was  in  it.  Under  the  locker  he  said  there 
was  a  clock,  covered  over  by  a  pillow-case.  The  trunk  itself  was 
painted  yellow.  All  his  description  was  correct.  The  description 
he  gave  of  the  place  fitted  a  storehouse  at  Seydisfjordur,  in  which 
the  trunk  was  subsequently  found. 

When  Mr.  S.  P.  Sivertsen  asked  Joe  himself  about  this, 
he  remembered  Jon  Skinni's  trunk,  and  said  that  Jon  had 
thanked  him  for  helping  him  to  find  it,  and  had  said  he 
Avould  certainly  never  have  got  it  without  his  help. 

Jon  Skinni  died  shortly  after  1900. 

(6)  The  following  corroborative  evidence  has  been  received 
from  J.  J.  Dahlmann  : 

REYKJAVIK,  April  14,  1914. 

From  the  year  1892  to  1900  I  lived  at  Seydisfjordur.  In  the 
summer  of  1898  I  travelled  to  Thorshofn,  where  I  made  the 
Acquaintance  of  a  man  named  J6n  J6nsson,  generally  called 
"  Skinni,"  as  he  was  from  a  place  called  Skinnastadur.  This 
man  complained  that  his  wife  had  lost  a  trunk  which  she  had 
had  with  her  on  board  the  S.S.  H6lar.  He  said  that  her  initials 
and  the  name  of  the  town  of  Thorshofn  had  been  inscribed 
on  the  trunk  with  blue  crayon.  He  also  told  me  that  he  had 
consulted  Dreaming  Joe  [then  living  at  the  farm  of  'Assel]  and 
asked  him  to  try  to  look  for  the  trunk  in  a  dream.  Dreaming 
Joe  Avas  by  that  time  well  known  for  his  dream  visions.  Now 
Joe  tried  to  find  the  trunk  and  said  that  he  had  seen  it  among 
different  things,  in  a  certain  house,  the  walls  of  which  were  only 
about  two  feet  high,  and  which  had  a  sheet-iron  roof.  Just  below 
the  house  he  said  there  was  a  pier  ;  he  also  said  the  house  was 
standing  in  a  firth  which  he  described  quite  minutely.  Joe  was 
quite  unacquainted  with  the  firths  on  the  east  coast  for  he 
had  never  been  there  ;  but  still  he  said  he  was  pretty  sure  that 
the  firth  he  now  saw  was  Seydisfjordur.  I  also  recognized  the 
description  as  being  that  of  Seydisfjordur,  and  the  house  which 
Joe  had  mentioned  as  being  the  storehouse  of  the  United  Steamship 
€ompany. 

Jon  Skinni  now  asked  me  to  inquire  about  this  trunk  at  Seydis- 
fjordur. I  wrote  his  description  of  the  trunk  in  my  pocket-book, 
and  among  other  things  he  told  me  that  nearest  the  lid  there  were 
stockings  and  other  articles  of  dress.  The  note-book  with  the 
description  is  still  in  my  possession,  although  some  of  the  words 


70  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      APR. -MAT, 

are  so  faded  that  they  are  quite  illegible.     But  what  is  still  discernible 
is  thus  : 


"  A.J. 
Thorshom 


Oakpainted  .  .  .  with  a  black  stripe  .  .  .  brass 
tacks  on  the  lid  ...  dovetailed,  with  an  ivory 
keyplate." 

AVhen  I  came  to  Seydisfjordur  I  asked  the  United  Steamship 
Company's  agent,  Consul  Stefan  Jonsson,  about  this.  He  said 
that  it  was  not  very  probable  that  the  trunk  was  still  at  the  Com- 
pany's storehouse,  but  gave  me  permission  to  go  in  there  and 
look  for  it.  I  went  in  and  looked  for  the  trunk  for  some  time. 
At  last  I  found  it  in  a  corner,  under  a  heap  of  all  kinds  of 
goods.  This  trunk  corresponded  exactly  to  the  description  I 
had  of  Skinni's  trunk,  except  that  there  was  no  inscription  visible. 
I  then  went  back  to  the  Consul,  St.  J6nsson,  and  told  him  that 
I  had  found  the  trunk  in  the  storehouse,  and  described  it  to 
him.  He  then  said  that  the  trunk  I  have  found  belonged  to 
a  carpenter  up  in  the  country,  and  that  it  was  to  be  sent  along 
to  him  at  the  earliest  opportunity.  Thereupon  I  wrote  to  J6n  Skinni, 
telling  him  the  result  of  my  search. 

AVhen  I  came  again  to  Thorshofn  the  following  summer  (1899) 
I  asked  J6n  Skinni  whether  he  had  got  his  trunk,  to  which 
he  replied  that  he  had.  He  told  me  that  on  the  receipt  of 
my  letter,  he  had  written  to  the  steamship  company's  agent 
at  Seydisfjordur,  and  told  him  what  were  the  contents  of  his 
trunk,  and  sent  him  the  key,  so  that  he  could  open  it.  It 
then  appeared  that  the  trunk  was  the  one  that  his  wife  had 
lost,  and  it  was  sent  to  him  to  Thorshofn.  The  blue  inscription 
had  faded  off. 

J6N  J.  DAHLMANN. 

I  have  myself  seen  Mr.  Dahlmann's  note-book,  containing 
the  fragments  of  the  description,  cited  above.  The  copy  is 
correct,  but  there  is  no  date  to  this  memorandum. 

The  storehouse  at  Seydisfjordur  in  which  Joe  is  said  to  have 
seen  Jon  Skinni's  trunk,  is  quite  unique.  A  house  called 
"  Liverpool,"  belonging  to  a  mercantile  firm,  was  once  swept 
off  its  foundation  by  an  avalanche.  The  foundation,  which 
is  about  two  feet  high,  was  later  furnished  with  rafters  and 
covered  with  a  sheet-iron  roof,  and  used  by  the  steamship 
company  as  a  storehouse  in  and  about  1898. 

[Professor  Bjarnason  sent  us  two  photographs   of  the  store- 


19ir»-  An  Icelandic  Seer.  71 

house,    showing  the   very   low-pitched   roof  which   distinguishes 
it  from  neighbouring  storehouses.  H.  DE  G.  V.] 

I  spoke  to  Consul  St.  Th.  Jonsson  at  Seydisfjordur,  but 
he  had  only  a  vague  recollection  of  this  incident.  He  had 
Jon  Skinni's  letter  searched  for,  but  it  was  not  to  be  found. 
The  Consul  promised  me  to  ask  the  man  who  had  then 
had  on  hand  the  expedition  of  goods  at  the  storehouse  about 
this,  in  case  he  should  remember  it,  but  I  have  not  yet  heard 
from  him  concerning  this. 

The  merchant,  Mr.  Pall  Oddgeirsson,  Westman  islands,  has 
procured  for  me  the  following  statement  of  Jon  Skinni's 
widow,  Mrs.  Anna  Jonathansdottir,  and  their  daughter  Gud- 
bjorg  : 

VESTMANNEYJAR,  September  19,  19H. 

Jon  Jonsson  from  Skinnastad,  who  lost  the  trunk,  asked  Dream- 
ing Joe  to  try  to  dream  about  it.  The  result  was  as  follows : 
Joe  said  that  the  trunk  was  in  a  storehouse  at  Seydisfjordur 
[which  had  formerly  been  swept  away  by  an  avalanche].  He 
described  the  trunk  thus :  "  Oak  painted — yellow — with  a  bone 
keyplate,  and  no  inscription,  but  large  chalk  marks  on  the  bottom," 
but  Mrs.  Anna  does  not  remember  what  marks  he  said  they 
were.  In  the  trunk  he  said  there  was  a  small  clock  and  a 
chessboard,  and  these  things,  he  said,  were  lying  under  the 
locker.  The  key  was  sent  to  Seydisfjordur,  and  a  trunk  exactly 
corresponding  to  the  one  Joe  dreamt  of  was  found  in  the  store- 
house above  mentioned,  and  the  above-mentioned  articles  were 
found  under  the  locker.  Mrs.  Anna  and  her  daughter  both  assert 
that  this  is  irrefutably  true. 

XI.  PREDICTS  THE  ARRIVAL  OF  A  STEAMER. 

(a)  Doc.  theol.  S.  P.  Sivertsen  recorded  this  story,  in  1903, 
as  told  to  him  by  Joe  himself: 

In  the  autumn  of  1901,  many  people  from  Seydisfjordur  were 
waiting  for  the  S.S.  Mjolnir  at  Thorshofn.  Among  others  there 
were  Kristjan  Jonsson, ;  shipowner  from  Gunn61fsvik,  and  his 
servant  Gisli.  They  were  getting  tired  of  waiting,  as  a  whole 
week  had  passed  from  the  time  at  which  the  ship  was  expected. 
Kristjan  then  sent  Gisli  to  Joe  and  begged  him  to  allow  Gisli 
to  ask  him  in  his  sleep  about  the  ship.  Gisli  slept  with  Joe 
that  night,  and  asked  him  about  the  ship.  Joe  said  it  would 


72  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       APR.-MAY. 

arrive  the  following  day,  and,  if  that  did  not  come  true,  it  would 
not  be  of  any  use  for  them  to  wait  any  longer.  But  this  came 
true,  for  Mjolnir  arrived  that  day. 

(6)  On  July  25,  1914,  this  story  was  told  to  me  by  Mr. 
Kristjan  Jonsson,  shipowner  at  Gunnolfsvik,  thus  : 

In  the  year  1901  I  went  to  Thorshofn  in  order  to  catch  a 
steamer  there,  by  which  I  intended  to  take  my  workpeople  to 
Seydisfjordur.  The  Mjolnir  was  expected  to  touch  at  Thorshofn, 
although  it  was  not  bound  to  do  so,  as  Thorshofn  was  not  in- 
cluded in  its  route.  I  had  fourteen  people  with  me,  and  it 
was  therefore  very  important  for  me  to  get  some  information 
concerning  the  ship.  When  I  had  been  waiting  for  five  days, 

1  began   to   feel   uneasy   and  thought   that   perhaps   the   ship   had 
sailed  by  on  its  way  east.      I  then  decided  to  send  one  of  my 
fishermen,    Gisli    'Olafsson    Frejdendal   to    'Assel,  where    Joe  lived, 
with  a  message  asking  him  to  find  out  for  me  where  the  Mjolnir 
was  now.     Gisli  stayed  with  Joe  overnight,   but  came  to   Thors- 
hofn  between   9  and   10  o'clock  in   the    morning,   telling   me   not 
to    worry,    for   the    Mjolnir   would    arrive    at    Thorshofn    at    about 

2  o'clock  that  same  day.      Joe  had  seen  it  in  the  night,  sailing 
past  a  low  land.      He   said  there  had   been   a   man  standing  on 
the    bridge,    who    resembled    me    somewhat,    and    wore    his    beard 
the    same    way    as    I    did.      This    description    agreed    with    that 
of    the     captain     Endresen.      The    rest     also     proved    true.      The 
ship  arrived  at  Thorshofn  about  the  middle  of  the  day.      I  then 
went  on   board  and  asked  the   captain   whose   watch  it   had   been 
at   midnight,  to  which  he  replied :   "  It  was  I   who   was  then  on 
the    bridge."      "  Where    were    you    then  ?  "    I    asked.      "  I    was 
then  sailing  past  the  island  of  Flatey."     And  thus  this  all  agreed 

with  what  Joe  had  said. 

KRISTJAN  J6NSSON. 

(c)  Evidence   of  Gudm.    Finnbogason,    Ph.D.  : 

REYKJAVIK,  September  9,  1914. 

I  was  a  passenger  on  board  the  Mjolnir  in  the  autumn  of 
1901,  when  the  above  incident  took  place.  I  remember  that 
the  ship  was  about  a  week  behind  its  appointed  time.  I  went 
ashore  in  the  first  boat  together  with  Thorsteinn  Skaflason  from 
Seydisfjordur  and  some  others.  Th.  Skaflason  and  I  went  straight 
up  to  Snabjorn  Arnljotsson's  house,  where  we  had  breakfast. 
I  remember  that  Mr.  Sn.  Arnljotsson  told  us  when  we  came  that 


An  Icelandic  Seer.  T:{ 


he   had   known   that   the    Mjolnir   would   come   that   day,   as   Joe 
had  seen   it  passing  a   flat  island  in  the   night ,    I   think   he  said 
at  3  o'clock,  and  we  concluded  that  it  was  the  island  of  Hrwey.1 
This  is  all  I  remember  concerning  this. 

GUDM.   FlNNBOGASON,    Ph.D. 

I  have  not  yet  received  any  answer  to  my  letter  from  the 
other  witness,  Editor  Th.  Skaflason,  Seydisfjordur. 

I  have  neither  been  able  to  find  Gisli  0.  Frejdendal  nor 
the  captain  mentioned  in  this  story. 

XII.   THE  MISSING  PURSE  AT  THORSHOFN. 
(a)  Statement  by  Adalsteinn  Jdnasson,  farmer  at  Hvammur. 

HVAMMUR,  July  21,  1914. 

It  was  in  the  butchering  season,  in  the  end  of  September  or 
the  beginning  of  October,  1913,  that  I  employed  the  farmer  Vigfus 
Josefsson  of  Kiida  to  slaughter  sheep  for  me.  Early  in  the  day 
he  took  off  his  jacket  and  laid  it  on  the  wall,  and  in  his  jacket- 
pocket  was  a  purse  containing  17  crowns  (Danish)  and  10  ore. 
About  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  he  paid  a  man  1  cr.  out  of 
his  purse,  and  putting  the  purse  back  in  the  pocket  he  laid  the 
jacket  in  the  same  place.  In  the  evening  when  he  was  going  to 
take  his  jacket,  it  lay  flapping  on  the  wall,  and  the  purse  was 
gone.  Vigfus  came  home  and  complained  to  us  of  his  loss,  and 
we  went  out  with  a  lantern  and  searched  for  the  purse.  But  we 
could  not  find  it.  That  same  evening  I  applied  to  Joe.  He  said 
he  would  try  to  dream  about  the  purse,  although  he  thought  it 
was  not  of  much  use  and  that  it  would  be  better  for  me  to  try 
to  ask  him  in  his  sleep.  Joe  himself  had  been  absent  at  the 
time  of  the  disappearance  of  the  purse,  as  he  had  been  sent  to 
search  for  some  horses.2  As  I  lived  in  another  house,  I  asked  Joe 
if  he  would  not  rather  try  to  dream  about  the  purse.  In  the 
night  Joe  dreamt  about  the  purse  so  distinctly,  that  I  could  from 
what  he  told  me  give  an  accurate  description  of  it  to  the  owner, 
which  he  said  was  quite  right.  Joe  said  at  once  after  this  first 

1  It  is  more  probable  that  the  ship  was  sailing  past  Flatey.— Ag.  Bj. 

2  Asked  when  he  had  gone  to  fetch  the  horses,  Joe  replied  that  he  had 
gone  before  4  o'clock  and  did  not  return  before  the  sheep  slaughtering  WM 
over  and  the  men  were  carrying  home  the  meat. — Ag.  Bj. 


74  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        APR. -MAY, 

night  that  the  purse  would  be  found.  He  said  he  had  dreamt 
that  he  saw  a  man  take  the  purse  out  of  the  jacket  pocket  and 
hide  it  in  a  pile  of  clods  under  the  western  wall  of  the  so-called 
"ice-depot."  Joe  had  gone  there  pretty  early  in  the  morning, 
and  it  seemed  to  him  as  if  one  of  the  clods  had  been  displaced* 
but  he  did  not  find  the  purse.  The  next  night  Joe  dreamt  of  the 
purse  again,  and  when  I  asked  him  about  it  in  the  morning,  he 
said  he  had  dreamt  something  similar  to  what  he  had  dreamt  the 
night  before,  and  the  purse  would  be  found.  I  went  home  that 
day,  in  order  to  start  off  for  the  mountains  to  gather  the  sheep, 
and  I  asked  Joe  to  come  and  bring  me  the  purse,  if  it  should  be 
found.  In  the  afternoon  of  October  9  I  came  back  from  the 
mountains,  and  then  Joe  had  just  arrived.  He  brought  me  the 
purse,  from  which  nothing  had  been  taken.  He  then  told  me  that 
he  had  dreamt  of  the  purse  in  a  new  place  the  third  (or  fourth)  night. 
And  that  time  he  had  dreamt  of  it  outside  an  ice-house,  which  is 
just  by  the  ice-depot.  I  believe  he  told  me  that  he  dreamt  of  it 
there  under  a  slab x  of  stone.  He  had  gone  in  the  morning  and 
found  it  under  the  slab  of  stone.  I  then  kept  the  purse  for  about 
a  fortnight,  and  returned  it  to  the  bailiff,  Hjortur  at  'Aland, 
in  compliance  to  the  owner's  request. 

ANDALSTEINN  JONASSON. 

That  same  day  [July  21,  1914],  I  visited  the  bailiff,  Hjortur 
at  'Aland,  and  he  told  me  that  he  had  received  the  purse  and 
returned  it  to  the  owner,  Vigfus  at  Kuda. 

On  July  25  I  was  at  Thorshofn,  and  Joe  showed  me  the 
places  where  he  had  dreamt  of  the  purse.  The  pile  of  clods 
was  still  outside  the  "  ice-depot."  I  also  saw  the  ice-house, 
but  the  so-called  "  Ked  Shed  "  had  been  moved  off  its  founda- 
tion and  put  on  another.  Nor  did  I  see  any  stone  slab  to  the 
north  of  the  old  foundation.  But  it  might  easily  have  been 
removed  or  thrown  away,  while  the  shed  was  being  moved. 
Joe  took  no  witnesses  with  him  when  he  was  looking  for  the 
purse. 

1  On  being  asked,  Joe  told  me  that  he  dreamt  of  the  purse  outside  the 
ice-house  the  second  night.  Then  a  night  passed  in  which  he  either  did  not 
dream  of  the  purse  at  all  or  at  least  very  indistinctly.  The  fourth  night  he 
said  he  dreamt  that  the  purse  was  lying  under  a  large  slab  of  stone  beyond 
the  so-called  "  Red  Shed,"  but  not,  as  above  stated,  beyond  the  ice-house. 
There  he  dreamt  of  it  the  second  night.  He  found  it  after  the  fourth  night 
under  the  stone. — Ag.  Bj. 


i('i.\  An  Icelandic  Seer.  75 

(6)  The  Evidence  of  Vigfus  of  Kit,!". 

KtiDA,  September  17,  1914. 

I,  the  undersigned,  hereby  testify  that  the  puree  which  I  lost 
out  of  my  jacket-pocket,  September  30,  1913,  waa  found  by 
Johannes  J6nsson  at  Thorshofn,  containing  just  what  had  been 
in  it  when  it  was  lost. 

VlGFtfS  JOSEFSSON. 

This  last  story,  if  true  in  every  detail,  shows  that  Joe  has 
been  in  full  possession  of  his  remarkable  gift  as  late  as  in 
the  autumn  of  1913.  Since  that  he  has  not,  as  far  as  I  know, 
dreamt  anything  remarkable,  nor  has  he  been  asked  about 
anything  in  his  sleep,  until  in  the  summer  of  1914,  when  I 
tried  to  ask  him  about  several  things  for  three  nights,  at 
Vopnafjordur,  but  without  any  positive  result,  as  will  be  seen 
in  the  part  I  give  below  of  the  protocol  then  made. 

EXPERIMENTS  WITH  DREAMING  JOE. 

[Professor  Bjarnason  first  gives  an  account  of  an  experiment 
which  was  carried  out  in  1903  by  a  group  of  investigators,  to 
try  whether  Joe  could  perceive  clairvoyantly  some  names 
written  on  slips  of  paper  enclosed  in  sealed  envelopes.  Special 
conditions  were  devised  to  eliminate  thought-transference.  The 
result  of  the  experiment  was  not  recorded  in  detail,  but  so  far 
as  can  be  ascertained,  Joe  failed  to  read  any  of  the  slips. 
As  regards  clairvoyance,  therefore,  the  conclusion  to  be  drawn 
from  this  experiment  is  negative.  In  1914  Professor  Bjarnason 
tried  some  experiments  with  Joe  himself.  On  two  successive 
nights,  July  27  and  28,  1914,  he  arranged  with  a  friend  in 
Reykjavik,  Mr.  0.,  that  the  latter  should  perform  some  con- 
spicuous and  unusual  action,  whilst  Professor  Bjarnason,  who 
was  staying  with  Joe  at  Vopnafjordur,  should  question  him  in 
his  sleep  and  endeavour  to  obtain  some  account  of  what  Mr.  0. 
was  doing  at  Reykjavik.  In  this  case  also  the  result  of  the 
experiment  was  negative.  On  the  first  night  Professor  Bjarnason 
found  it  impossible  to  question  Joe,  because  his  sleep  was  so 
light  that  he  constantly  woke.  This  habit  of  waking  whenever 
he  is  addressed  has  for  some  time  been  a  serious  difficulty  in 
the  way  of  testing  Joe's  powers.  Professor  Bjarnason  ascribes 
it  chiefly  to  the  fact  that  Joe  suffers  much  from  rheumatism, 
which  makes  him  restless  at  night. 


76       Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    APR. -MAY,  1915. 

On  the  second  night  Joe  slept  more  deeply  and  it  was  possible 
to  question  him,  but  the  answers  he  gave  were  vague  and 
showed  no  connexion  with  the  subject  of  the  experiment. 
Towards  the  end  of  the  night  he  had  a  dream  about  a  town. 
But  his  description  of  it,  though  not  wholly  incorrect  as  applied 
to  Reykjavik,  was  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  be  evidential. 
The  third  experiment  on  July  29,  1914,  was  also  unsuccessful. 

H.  DE  G.  V.] 

Before  parting  from  Joe,  I  asked  him  to  try  to  dream  about 
different  things,  but  especially  about  a  gold  brooch  which  my 
wife  had  lost  some  months  before,  and  no  one  knew  what  had 
become  of  it.  I  also  asked  him  to  try  whether  he  could  not 
"  appear "  to  me  either  asleep  or  awake.  Up  to  the  present 
time  this  has  been  quite  without  any  result.  And  Joe  writes 
to  me  in  a  letter  dated  September  24,  1914  : 

"  I  have  been  very  unsuccessful  with  those  dreams.  I  have  done 
what  is  in  my  power  to  try  to  dream  something  of  significance, 
but  without  success.  For  this  I  blame  the  rheumatism  which  is 
just  going  to  do  away  with  me  in  the  night,  so  that  I  can 
hardly  ever  get  a  good  sound  sleep.  While  this  is  the  case,  there 
is  not  much  to  expect  from  my  dreams." 

Taking  everything  into  consideration,  my  impression  of 
Dreaming  Joe  is  this :  For  many  years,  especially  between 
20  and  30  years  of  age,  he  has  been  gifted  with  travelling 
clairvoyance  in  a  high  degree,  but  since  his  marriage  this  has 
gone  on  decreasing,  and  at  present  it  is  impossible  to  affirm 
whether  it  still  exists  or  not.  Still  this  gift  seems  to  have 
distinctly  revealed  itself  as  late  as  in  the  autumn  of  1913,  and 
perhaps  it  may  yet  manifest  itself. 

[To  be  concluded.] 


NOTICE. 

An  Associate  of  the  Society  wishes  to  dispose  of  some  books 
bearing  on  Psychical  Research,  including  a  complete  set  of  the 
Society's  Journal.  A  list  will  be  sent  on  application  to 

H.  V.  READE,  Esq., 
32  Palace  Gardens  Terrace,  Kensington, 
London,  W. 


No.  CCCXX.— VOL.  XVII.  jDNt    |fl,5 

JOURNAL 


OF  THE 


Society   for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

PAOI 

An  Icelandic  Seer.     Further  Comments  on  Professor  Bjarnason's   Report.    By 

Helen  de  O.  Verrall, 78 

Dr.  Hyslop  on  the  History  of  Marthe  Beraud.     By  H.  de  O.  Verrall,  82 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A   General   Meeting  of  the   Society 

WILL  BE  HELD  AT  THE  HOUSE  OK 

THE    ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF   MEDICINE 

(in  the  Robert  Barnes  Hall), 
i    WIMPOLE  STREET,  LONDON,  W. 

(Entrance  in  Henrietta  Street), 

On  FRIDA  Y,  JULY  gth,    1915,  at  5  p.m. 


WHEN 


A  Presidential  Address 

WILL   BE   DELIVERED    HY 

PROFESSOR   GILBERT    MURRAY,   LL.D.,  LITT.D. 


N.B.—  Members  and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  names 
at  the  door.  Visitors  will  be  admitted  on  the  production  of  an 
invitation  card  signed  by  a  Member  or  Associate.  Each  Member 
or  Associate  is  allowed  to  invite  ONE  friend. 


78  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research. 


AN  ICELANDIC  SEER. 
FURTHER  COMMENTS  ON   PROFESSOR    BJARNASOX  S    REPORT. 

BY  HELEN  DE  G.  VERRALL. 
(Continued  from  the  preceding  number  of  the  JOURNAL.) 

PROFESSOR  BJARNASON  concludes  his  report  on  Dreaming  Joe 
by  expressing  the  opinion  that  "  for  many  years,  especially 
between  20  and  30  years  of  age,  he  has  been  gifted  with  travel- 
ling clairvoyance  in  a  high  degree.'*  Now  Professor  Bjarnason 
has  the  advantage  of  a  first-hand  acquaintance  with  the  case,  he 
has  visited  most  of  the  places  to  which  his  report  refers  and  has 
cross-examined  many  of  the  witnesses.  His  opinion  therefore 
must  carry  considerable  weight.  Nevertheless  it  may  be  doubted 
whether,  as  the  case  now  stands,  the  evidence  will  support  his 
conclusion,  for  the  absence  of  contemporary  records  makes  it 
impossible  to  obtain  such  detailed  knowledge  of  the  circum- 
stances as  might  have  excluded  other  hypotheses.  Clairvoyance, 
or  telaesthesia,  is  "  a  perception  of  concealed  material  objects  or 
distant  scenes,"  to  be  distinguished  from  telepathy,  "  a  per- 
ception of  or  communion  with  the  thoughts  and  emotions  of 
other  minds."  It  is  clear  that  great  precision  of  evidence  will 
be  needed  before  we  can  determine  whether  a  phenomenon 
should  be  ascribed  to  telaesthesia  rather  than  telepathy,  to  say 
nothing  of  other  possible  contributory  causes,  such  as  sub- 
conscious observation  and  memory. 

In  order  to  show  how  these  difficulties  apply  to  the  present 
case,  it  is  worth  while  to  consider  a  few  of  the  stories  in 
detail,  especially  the  story  of  "  The  Missing  Purse  at  Thorshofn  " 
(see  Journal,  April-May,  1915,  p.  73),  which  is  much  more 
recent  than  any  other  recorded  instance  of  success  on  the  part 
of  Dreaming  Joe. 

In  the  first  place,  it  will  be  apparent  that  the  story  depends 
for  its  interest  entirely  on  Joe's  good  faith.  There  is  evidence 
to  show  that  he  did  not  take  the  purse  himself  or  actually 
see  it  taken,  because  he  was  absent  from  the  farm  at  the  time 
of  the  theft.  But  there  is  nothing  but  his  own  word  to  prove 


An  Icelandic  Seer.  79 

that  he  did  not  find  the  purse  by  some  normal  means,  since 
he  "took  no  witnesses  with  him  when  he  was  looking  for  the 
purse."  Professor  Bjarnason  has  expressed  his  strong  con- 
viction of  Joe's  complete  honesty  and  trustworthiness,  a  con- 
viction which  appears  to  be  shared  by  all  those  who  have  come 
into  contact  with  him,  and  is  borne  out  by  all  the  evidence 
which  Professor  Bjarnason  has  been  able  to  collect.  I  think, 
therefore,  that  we  may  with  some  confidence  dismiss  the 
hypothesis  of  conscious  and  deliberate  fraud,  and  we  may 
assume  that  in  the  main  Joe's  account  of  his  experience  in  this 
case  is  correct,  namely  that  he  had  some  dream-impression  in 
regard  to  the  whereabouts  of  the  lost  purse,  and  having  made 
search  in  accordance  with  this  impression,  eventually  found  the 
purse  in  a  position  corresponding  more  or  less  closely  with  his 
dream.  The  question  remains — how  far  do  these  facts  make  it 
necessary  to  assume  some  abnormal  power  on  the  part  of  the 
dreamer  ?  It  is  hardly  possible  to  give  a  complete  and  definite 
answer  to  this  question  on  the  available  evidence.  We  are 
not  told  at  all  precisely  the  relative  positions  of  the  place  from 
which  the  purse  was  stolen  and  the  place  at  which  it  was 
found,  but  it  may  be  that  Joe's  knowledge  of  the  topography  of 
the  farm  and  of  the  habits  of  those  who  frequented  it  might 
lead  him  to  conclude,  either  consciously  or  subconsciously,  that 
the  purse  was  likely  to  be  hidden  near  the  ice-depot.  Then, 
again,  it  should  be  noted  that  he  did  not  at  once  dream  of 
the  purse  in  the  right  place.  He  dreamt  that  it  was  "in  a 
pile  of  clods  under  the  western  wall  of  the  so-called  '  ice- 
depot,'  "  and  having  ascertained  next  day  that  the  purse  was 
not  under  the  clods,  he  thereby  narrowed  the  field  of  search. 
If  it  is  true  that  he  described  the  purse  accurately,  never 
having  seen  it  before,  the  evidence  for  powers  of  a  clairvoyant 
or  telepathic  nature  is  strengthened.  But  no  details  of  this 
incident  are  given,  nor  any  proof  that  he  may  not  have  seen 
the  purse  at  some  time.  It  should  be  noted  that  on  an  earlier 
occasion,  when  he  was  asked  to  find  a  lost  purse,  Joe  objected 
that  he  did  not  know  what  the  purse  looked  like,  and  a 
description  of  it  was  therefore  given  him.  (See  Journal,  April- 
May,  1915,  p.  64.) 

In  several  other  stories  also  there  are  points  in  the  evidence 
which  suggest  that  subconscious  observation  and  memory   may 


80  Jownal  of  Society  /or  Psychical  Research.  JUNK, 

have  contributed  to  the  result.  The  case  of  Little  Vigfus's 
Purse  may  be  quoted  as  an  example.  (See  Journal,  April-May, 
1915,  p.  63.)  In  the  first  place,  it  is  impossible  to  be  certain 
that  Joe  had  not  seen  the  purse  lying  behind  the  stove  in  the 
north-room  in  a  normal  way,  although  very  probably  the 
incident  had  made  no  impression  on  his  conscious  mind ;  in 
the  second  place,  it  will  be  noted  that  in  his  description  of 
the  place  where  the  money  would  be  found,  Joe  said  that  a 
bit  of  the  rag  containing  it  "  might  be  seen  sticking  out  of 
the  hole."  Mrs.  Gudrun  says  that  this  description  was  correct, 
because,  on  making  a  careful  search,  she  saw  the  rag  sticking 
out.  But  the  objection  at  once  occurs  that  what  was  visible 
to  Mrs.  Gudriin  was  visible  to  others,  and  what  certainty  have 
we  that  Joe  had  not  noticed  the  rag  himself  and  inferred  sub- 
consciously that  something  had  been  concealed  in  the  wall  ? 
Such  an  explanation  may  not  appear  probable,  but  these  flaws 
in  the  evidence  must  be  entirely  removed  (in  a  way  that  it  is 
not  now  possible  to  remove  them)  before  we  can  admit  that 
the  case  affords  a  proof,  or  even  a  strong  probability,  for  the 
hypothesis  of  clairvoyance. 

The  story  affording  the  strongest  prima  facie  support  for  this 
hypothesis  is  that  of  The  Needlecase  (see  Journal,  April-May, 
1915,  j).  67),  but  the  evidence  would  be  much  strengthened  by 
obtaining  the  testimony  of  the  servant  who  is  said  to  have 
questioned  Joe.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  may  yet  be 
done. 

In  addition  to  the  fact  that  the  evidence  in  favour  of  clair- 
voyance is  inconclusive,  there  is  a  certain  amount  of  negative 
evidence  against  it.  Allusion  has  already  been  made  to  the 
failure  of  the  experiment  in  1903.  (See  Journal,  April-May, 
1915,  p.  75.)  Moreover,  amongst  the  incidents  which  have  been 
omitted  from  the  published  report  there  are  three  cases  in 
which  Joe  was  asked  to  find  dead  bodies,  the  position  of  which 
was  not  known  to  any  living  person,  but  in  each  case  he  failed. 
Such  cases  are  especially  favourable  for  obtaining  proof  of 
clairvoyance,  since  telepathy  from  any  living  mind  is  ex  hypothesi 
excluded.  The  fact  that  in  each  of  these  three  instances  Joe 
failed  to  locate  the  body  is  evidence,  so  far  as  it  goes,  against 
his  possessing  clairvoyant  powers.  A  brief  report  of  one  of 
these  incidents  is  printed  below  as  a  specimen : 


1915-  -471  Icelandic  Seer.  81 

THE  SHEPHERD'S  BODY. 
(Statement  by  Gudm.  Vilhjdlmsson,  fanner  at  Sydra-Ldn.) 

July  24,  1914. 

One  Sunday  in  the  spring  of  1897  we  had  an  awful  northerly 
snowstorm.  In  the  morning  the  shepherd  at  Eldjarnsstadir  started 
off  for  the  sheep-cot,  at  some  distance  from  the  farm-house,  at  the 
usual  time  in  the  morning,  but  he  did  not  return  in  the  evening. 
At  about  noon  the  next  day  the  storm  abated,  and  men  from 
the  neighbouring  farms  went  to  search  for  him.  The  search  was 
continued  for  several  days  without  success.  Then  Joe  was  asked 
to  try  to  dream  where  the  man  was.  He  said  that  he  saw  the 
man,  and  he  was  buried  under  a  thick  heap  of  snow  beside  a 
big  hill  in  the  land  of  Hvammsstadir,  which  is  about  an  hour's 
walk  to  the  south  of  Eldjarnsstadir.  Joe  said,  moreover,  that  he 
had  been  alive  in  the  snow  for  three  days.  People  thought  Joe's 
account  very  probable,  but  as  there  is  in  this  place  which  Joe  described 
such  a  great  number  of  hills  all  resembling  each  other,  it  is  only 
possible  for  those  who  are  thoroughly  acquainted  with  the  place 
to  discern  them  from  each  other.  Therefore  no  attempts  were  made 
to  dig  for  the  body,  and  the  search  was  given  up  for  the  time. 
About  a  month  or  so  later  a  shepherd  from  Eldjarnsstadir  came 
upon  the  corpse  lying  on  a  level  field  about  half  an  hour's  walk 
to  the  east  of  Eldjarnsstadir.  Thus  all  that  Joe  had  said  about  this 
proved  sheer  nonsense. 


GUDM.  VILHJALMSSON. 


CONCLUSION. 


My  own  impression,  after  reading  the  whole  of  Professor 
Bjarnason's  clear  and  careful  record,1  is  that  we  have  in 
Dreaming  Joe  a  genuine  case  of  sensory  automatism,  spon- 
taneous in  its  origin  and  taking  the  form  of  visions  seen  in 
sleep,  or  in  a  condition  between  sleeping  and  waking.  These 
visions  can  be  influenced  by  the  waking  volition  of  the  dreamer 
or  by  questions  put  to  him  in  sleep.  There  is  little  doubt,  I 
think,  that  in  these  circumstances  knowledge  is  displayed 
which  the  dreamer  does  not  consciously  possess,  and  as  regards 
the  source  of  this  knowledge,  an  explanation  may  perhaps 
be  found  in  sub-conscious  observation  and  memory,  or  in 

1  About  a  third  of  the  report  has  been  printed  here,  the  remaining  stories 
being  of  the  same  general  type. 


82  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.          JINK, 

thought-transference.  In  some  cases  the  evidence  suggests 
powers  of  a  clairvoyant  kind,  but  owing  to  lapse  of  time 
the  records  are  not  sufficiently  precise  or  detailed  to  support 
any  certain  conclusion  on  this  point.  We  are  however  much 
indebted  to  Professor  Bjarnason  for  bringing  an  interesting 
case  to  our  notice,  and  for  the  care  and  trouble  he  has 
taken  in  collecting  and  sifting  all  available  testimony. 


DR.  HYSLOP  ON  THE  HISTORY  OF  MARTHE 
BY  H.  DE  G.  VEBKALL. 

THE  Journal  of  the  American  Society  for  Psychical  Research  for 
January,  1915,  contains  a  criticism  by  Dr.  Hyslop  of  my 
article  on  The  History  of  Marthe  Beraud,  published  in  Proc. 
S.P.R.,  Vol.  XXVII.,  p.  333  ff.  On  several  points  I  am  glad 
to  find  that  Dr.  Hyslop  and  I  are  in  agreement,  but  he  puts 
forward  two  objections  which  I  will  try  to  answer. 

(a)  Dr.  Hyslop  complains  that  in  considering  the  hypothesis 
of  fraud  I  make  no  attempt  to  determine  the  fundamental 
question  of  whether  the  medium  is  hysterical.  According  to  his 
opinion,  we  have  no  right  to  use  the  word  "  fraud  "  in  a  case 
of  hysteria.  "  Fraud,"  he  says,  "  is  a  state  of  mind.  It  is  not 
a  mode  of  action.  Fraud  is  a  conscious  attempt  to  deceive  and 
assumes  normal  mental  conditions." 

When  Dr.  Hyslop  says  that  fraud  is  conscious,  he  means 
presumably  that  it  is  "  potentially  memorable,"  according  to 
the  definition  given  by  Mr.  Myers  in  Human  Personality,  and, 
therefore,  that  before  imputing  fraud  we  must  ascertain  that 
there  is  no  dissociation  of  consciousness.  This  proposition  will  be 
generally  admitted,  if  our  object  be  to  make  a  psychological 
analysis  of  the  medium's  condition,  or  to  estimate  her  moral 
responsibility  for  her  actions.  But  Dr.  Hyslop  does  not  appear 
to  take  into  account  the  fact  that  in  writing  the  history  of 
Marthe  Beraud  I  was  primarily  concerned  to  determine  the 
objective  physical  nature  of  certain  observed  phenomena,  rather 
than  to  discuss  the  psychological  peculiarities  of  the  medium 
in  whose  presence  they  occur.  The  question  which  I  tried  to 
answer  was  not  so  much,  "  What  is  Marthe  Beraud's  state  of 
mind  when  these  phenomena  occur  ?  "  as  "In  what  do  the 


1915.          Dr.  Hyslop  on  the  History  of  Marthe  B6raud.        83 

phenomena  themselves  consist  ?  What  actually  happens  ?  " 
It  seems  to  me  that  we  are  not  likely  to  give  a  clear  answer 
to  either  of  these  questions,  unless  we  recognise  that  they  are 
distinct  one  from  another. 

We  recognise  the  distinction  clearly  enough  in  other  fields  of 
enquiry.  Suppose,  for  example,  that  a  solicitor  appropriates  to 
his  own  use  the  securities  entrusted  to  him,  his  clients  will 
assuredly  accuse  him  of  fraud,  and  he  cannot  escape  the  charge 
by  declaring  that  he  suffered  from  a  dissociation  of  consciousness 
and  thought  the  securities  were  his  own.  The  question  of 
whether  he  is  responsible  for  his  actions  has  nothing  whatever 
to  do  with  the  loss  to  his  clients,  although  it  may  affect  our 
moral  judgement  of  the  man  himself.  Similarly  in  the  case  of 
Marthe  Beraud,  we  have  first  to  consider  whether  there  is  any- 
thing deceptive  about  her  phenomena,  before  considering  the 
mental  or  moral  part  which  she  plays  in  their  production. 

Now,  various  observers  of  these  phenomena  have  put  forward 
the  theory  that  in  order  to  explain  them  we  must  have  recourse 
to  an  unknown  physical  law,  such,  for  instance,  as  Dr.  von 
Schrenck-Notzing's  theory  of  "  ideoplasma,"  and,  taken  at  their 
face  value,  the  phenomena  do  appear  to  require  some  hypothesis 
of  this  kind.  My  main  endeavour  therefore  was  to  analyse  the 
evidence  for  and  against  this  hypothesis — the  evidence,  in  fact, 
for  and  against  the  hypothesis  of  a  supernormal  agency  in  the 
case. 

I  will  not  quarrel  with  Dr.  Hyslop  over  the  use  of  a  particular 
word,  but  if  the  actual  character  of  a  phenomenon  is  concealed 
so  skilfully,  and  the  appearance  of  another  character  is  given 
so  exactly,  as  to  suggest,  almost  beyond  doubt,  that  these  two 
circumstances  are  purposive,  we  are  justified,  I  think,  in  saying 
that  there  is  simulation,  just  as  we  speak  of  simulation  in  the 
case  of  the  protective  colouring  of  certain  insects,  without  imply- 
ing any  moral  judgment.  In  the  case  of  Marthe  BSraud,  as  I 
said  in  my  report,  there  seems  evidence  that  the  simulation,  if 
not  conscious,  is  sometimes  deliberate,  in  the  sense  that  pre- 
parations are  made  beforehand  with  a  view  to  producing  a 
desired  effect. 

Briefly,  I  think  that  Dr.  Hyslop  confuses  the  issue  by  throwing 
so  much  emphasis  on  the  psychological  aspect  of  the  problem. 
I  maintain  that  in  such  cases  it  is  legitimate,  and  indeed  neces- 


84  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research    JUNK,  1915. 

sary,  before  we  turn  to  questions  of  psychology,  to  determine, 
if  we  can,  the  objective  physical  nature  of  the  phenomena 
concerned. 

(6)  The  second  criticism  which  Dr.  Hyslop  puts  forward  is 
that  whereas  I  reject  Dr.  von  Schrenck-Notzing's  theory  of 
"  ideoplasma,"  I  suggest  that  the  medium  may  have  some 
abnormal  power  of  bodily  secretion.  "  Now  I  should  like  to 
know,"  he  says,  "  what  difference  one  can  conceive,  or  is 
obliged  to  set  up,  between  '  ideoplasty '  and  an  '  abnormal 
power  of  bodily  secretion.' ' 

Admitting  that  one  is  not  "  obliged  to  set  up  "  any  difference 
between  ideoplasty  and  bodily  secretion,  since  Dr.  von  Schrenck- 
Notzing's  ideoplastic  creations  are  ex  hypothesi  secreted  from  the 
medium's  body,  I  yet  maintain  that  between  Dr.  von  Schrenck- 
Notzing's  theory  and  mine  there  is  a  marked  difference  of 
degree,  if  not  of  kind.  For  Dr.  von  Schrenck-Notzing  suggests, 
e.g.,  that  by  some  process  of  thought  the  medium  is  able  to 
create  from  her  body  a  material  object  having  the  appearance 
of  a  patched  and  torn,  but  recognisable  portrait  taken  from  an 
illustrated  paper  (see  Proc.,  Vol.  XXVII.,  p.  362  ff.).  But 
the  processes  of  bodily  secretion,  as  we  know  them,  present  no 
phenomenon  in  the  least  analogous  to  this.  When  I  suggested 
that  the  medium  might  possess  some  abnormal  power  of  secre- 
tion, I  had  in  view  secretions  analogous  to  those  which  exist 
in  normal  cases,  but  presenting  some  unusual  feature.  I 
referred,  as  an  instance  of  my  meaning,  to  Dr.  Kafka's  report, 
in  which  he  suggests  that  a  liquid  secretion  of  some  kind  issued 
from  the  medium's  breasts.  We  know  that  even  in  normal 
cases  secreta  of  various  kinds,  e.g.  the  sweat,  may  be  induced 
or  modified  by  suggestion,  and  the  theory  which  I  tentatively 
put  forward  was  that  in  Marthe  B6raud — an  abnormal  case — 
the  secreta  have  been  modified  or  increased  in  various  ways  to 
a  very  unusual  degree.  I  should,  on  this  hypothesis,  accept 
Dr.  Hyslop's  statement  as  to  "  the  ideas,  conscious  or  uncon- 
scious, of  the  medium  being  presumably  active  in  causing  the 
secretion  of  the  substance  necessary  to  simulate  materialisation," 
but  I  should  modify  this  statement  by  suggesting  that  this 
process  of  simulation  (it  will  be  noted  that  Dr.  Hyslop  himself 
admits  the  term  here)  is  frequently  assisted  by  methods  in 
which  bodily  secretions  play  no  part. 


No.  CCCXXI.-VoL.  XVII.  .1,IA,   ,,„.-. 

JOURNAL 

OF   THE 

Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

I-AUK 

A  Poltergeist  Case, ---85 

Alleged  Visions  on  the  Battlefield, -        95 

Contribution  to  the  Library, ...  -        95 

Supplementary  Library  Catalogue, 96 


The  Rooms  of  the  Society  at  20  Hanover  Square,  London,  W.,  will 
be  closed  during  August  and  September,  re-opening  on  Friday, 
October  1st. 

The  next  number  of  the  Journal  will  be  issued  in  October. 


A  POLTERGEIST  CASE. 

THE  following  case  was  sent  to  us  by  a  Member  of  the  Society, 
here  called  Mrs.  Hazell.  For  reasons  that  will  be  understood 
by  the  reader,  pseudonyms  are  substituted  for  the  names  and 
addresses  of  all  the  persons  concerned,  which  are  given  in  the 
original  documents  now  in  our  possession. 

The  incidents  were  of  the  usual  poltergeist  type,  the  dis- 
turbances centring  round  a  child  in  ill-health  at  the  time. 
Their  chief  interest  lies  in  the  rational  treatment  of  the  case, 
which  resulted  in  the  entire  disappearance  of  the  phenomena 
a  week  after  their  inception.  During  that  time  there  were 
indications  of  developments  conforming  to  type,  e.g.  raps  and 
vibrations  in  the  bed  where  the  child  was  lying  and,  according 
to  the  evidence  of  the  servant  (as  stated 'by  Mrs.  Hazell),  the 
opening  of  cupboard  doors.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  servant,  who 
was  much  alarmed  by  the  disturbances  and  suggested  that  they 
were  due  to  a  supernatural  agency,  was  frequently  with  the  child. 

The  witnesses  are  all  educated  persons :  Mr.  Hazell,  Mr. 
Jackson  and  Mr.  Shaw  are  masters  in  a  public  school,  and 
Mr.  Lambert  is  a  solicitor. 


86  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1915. 

Mrs.  Hazell  writes  : 

April  18,  1915. 

I  wonder  if  the  enclosed  experience  is  interesting  enough  for 
record  by  the  S.P.R.  ?  I  send  it  just  as  I  wrote  it  on  March 
19.  ...  I  have  leave  from  Mr.  and  Mrs.  [Jackson]  to  send  it 
you,  on  condition  that,  if  published,  names  of  places  and  people 
should  be  altered,  and  that  they  should  not  be  "  worried."  They 
are  naturally  anxious,  and  so  am  I,  that  their  little  daughter 
[Beatrice]  should  forget  all  about  it  as  soon  as  possible.  .  .  . 
[Beatrice]  is  a  very  nice  little  girl,  and  they  naturally  want  to 
check  this  development,  due  to  her  state  of  health,  as  speedily  as 
possible.  When  I  left  on  April  10  nothing  further  had  happened. 

The  account  enclosed  is  as  follows : 

March  19,  1915. 

On  Monday,  March  8,  1915,  in  the  afternoon;  Mrs.  W.  Jackson 
called  on  us  with  her  two  children,  Beatrice,  aged  fourteen,  and 
Marie,  aged  about  five,  to  tell  us  of  a  remarkable  noise  which  had 
suddenly  begun  to  make  itself  heard  in  their  house  in  the  evening, 
for  the  first  time  on  the  previous  Saturday,  March  6.  She 
described  it  as  a  sort  of  loud  and  rather  prolonged  grunt,  some- 
thing like  the  noise  that  might  be  made  by  a  pig  or  some  other 
animal  if  it  wasn't  feeling  quite  well,  and  it  sounded  apparently 
all  over  the  house  in  various  rooms,  upstairs  and  down,  and  on 
the  stairs,  etc.  It  had  occurred  again  on  Sunday  evening.  They 
were  all  very  puzzled  and  beginning  to  be  even  a  little  alarmed, 
and  their  servant  was  already  distinctly  frightened  by  the  mysterious 
sound.  Would  we  come  over  this  evening  and  see  if  we  could  hear 
it  and  could  suggest  an  explanation. 

We  agreed  to  go  over  about  nine  o'clock,  but  as  we  were  sitting 
at  dinner  soon  after  eight,  we  got  a  message  from  Mrs.  Jackson 
to  the  effect  that  the  noise  had  started  again  about  half-past 
six  and  had  been  going  on  at  intervals  ever  since,  and  would 
we  come  at  once,  if  we  could,  as  it  might  stop  later  on.  So  we 
finished  our  dinner  hurriedly  and  answered  the  summons.  For 
about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  after  we  got  to  the  house  we  heard 
nothing.  Mrs.  Jackson  and  my  husband  and  myself  were  all 
gathered  together  in  the  drawing-room,  with  the  doors  open,  and 
Beatrice  was  hovering  about  near  us,  sometimes  in  the  room 
with  us  and  sometimes  outside.  As  the  noise  had  now  apparently 
ceased  downstairs,  Mrs.  Jackson  and  I  went  to  the  landing 


JULY,  1915.  A  Poltergeist  Case.  87 

upstairs,  leaving  my  husband  to  smoke  and  listen  in  the  drawing- 
room.  We  stood  about  for  some  minutes  listening,  all  in  vain  ; 
when  suddenly  came  a  hail  from  my  husband  below — "  There  it  is. 
I  heard  it  then  ;  did  you  hear  it  ?  " — "  No,  where  was  it  ?  " 
He  indicated  the  direction  of  the  sound  (I  forget  exactly  where  he 
said  it  seemed  to  come  from),  and  said  he  had  been  standing 
alone  in  the  doorway  between  the  dining-room  and  drawing-room 
when  he  heard  it. 

In  a  few  minutes  it  occurred  again,  and  that  time  we  all  heard 
it.  Mrs.  Jackson  and  I  were  still  standing  on  the  landing  upstairs, 
and  the  sound  seemed  to  come  from  the  passage  below.  It  was 
quite  loud  and  unmistakable.  Beatrice  was  at  that  time  some- 
where downstairs.  Soon  we  heard  the  sound  again,  twice,  and 
then  it  seemed  to  me  to  issue  from  a  bedroom  behind  us,  in 
which  little  Marie  lay  in  her  cot,  listening  also  for  the  sound  and 
evidently  rather  excited,  but  apparently  not  alarmed.  She  also 
heard  it,  and  said  it  seemed  to  her  also  to  be  in  her  room,  but 
her  mother  said  it  sounded  to  her  as  if  it  came  from  upstairs, 
just  outside  the  child's  open  bedroom  door. 

I  forget  how  many  times  we  heard  it  that  evening — a  good 
many  times  altogether,  and  every  time  it  was  exceedingly  difficult 
to  locate  the  sound.  Beatrice  was  never  in  sight  when  we  heard 
it,  though  she  flitted  about  downstairs  and  up  at  intervals,  or 
called  up  to  us,  or  down  to  us,  to  ask  us  if  we  had  heard  it. 
Even  after  she  had  gone  upstairs  to  her  bath,  and  when  we  were 
downstairs,  we  heard  it  once  or  twice. 

By  this  time  Mr.  Jackson  had  come  in  and  corroborated  all  his 
wife  had  told  us. 

We  suggested  all  the  possibilities  we  could  think  of :  (1)  escaping 
air  from  some  old  gas  pipe  (it  is  an  old  house,  which  has  been 
much  altered  at  various  times)  ;  (2)  water  in  a  waste-pipe ;  (3) 
practical  joking  by  the  servant ;  (4)  a  noise  made  by  their  next- 
door  neighbours.  As  to  (1),  they  did  not  think  it  likely,  but 
admitted  that  the  sounds  never  came  till  after  the  gas  was  lighted, 
so  they  eventually  agreed  to  test  that  question  the  next  night  by 
not  lighting  the  gas.  As  to  (2),  there  appeared  to  be  no  con 
nection  with  any  water  arrangements,  as  the  sounds  seemed  to  go 
on  quite  independently  of  the  use  of  the  bathroom  or  other  pipes. 
But  the  bath-water  is  heated  by  a  geyser,  so  they  would  test 
that  too  the  next  night  by  not  heating  the  water  for  the  bath. 
As  to  (3),  they  had  had  the  servant  for  2£  years  and  nothing 


88  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1915. 

had  ever  happened  before,  and  she  was  obviously  frightened  and 
inclined  to  attribute  the  noise  to  some  supernatural  agency — 
asking  Beatrice,  for  instance,  whether  her  grandmother  was  quite 
well,  and  thus  hinting  at  a  possible  explanation  of  the  sound. 
As  to  (4),  the  walls  of  the  house  were  thick,  and  they  never 
heard  any  sound  at  all  from  their  neighbours. 

After  Beatrice  had  gone  upstairs  to  bed,  we  asked  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Jackson  to  tell  us  when  and  where  they  had  first  heard  the 
sound.  They  agreed  that  it  was  on  Saturday  evening  when  they 
were  sitting  in  the  drawing-room  and  Beatrice  was  in  the  passage 
just  outside,  with  the  door  half-open  between  them.  Suddenly 
the  sound  occurred,  and  Beatrice  exclaimed  in  a  startled  voice, 
"  Mummy,  did  you  hear  that  ?  What  is  it  ?  "  "  Why,  yes.  You 
did  it  yourself,  Beattie,"  they  both  replied.  "  No,  I  didn't, 
really.  I  don't  know  what  it  was."  That  was  the  beginning, 
and  both  evidently  thought  that  the  sound  proceeded  from  Beatrice, 
but  were  afterwards  shaken  in  their  conviction  by  the  child's 
denials,  and  by  the  odd  way  in  which  the  sound  seemed  to 
travel  all  over  the  house.  Mr.  Jackson,  however,  said  that  for  some 
time  at  first  he  thought  it  was  Beatrice  playing  a  practical  joke, 
but  he  had  given  up  that  theory  now.  Both  were  evidently 
utterly  puzzled,  and  Mrs.  Jackson  was  perturbed  both  for  the 
sake  of  the  children  and  for  the  effect  on  the  servant,  who  was 
already  frightened  and  would  be  sure  to  give  notice  presently  if 
the  noise  went  on.  Another  woman  who  was  in  the  house  as 
charwoman  was  also  alarmed. 

We  could  do  no  more  that  night,  so  we  went  home,  after 
having  urged  them  to  try  the  effect  of  doing  without  the  gas  and 
bath-water  the  next  night.  Mrs.  Jackson,  by  the  way,  had 
admitted  earlier  in  the  evening  that  the  noise  was  beginning  to 
get  on  her  nerves,  too,  a  little,  because  she  thought  now  that  it 
sounded  "  human,"  not  like  an  animal,  or  a  noise  made  by  a  gas 
or  water-pipe.  Secretly  we  agreed  with  her,  but  we  did  not  say 
so.  On  the  way  home  we  agreed  that  Beatrice  must  be  at  the 
bottom  of  the  trouble,  and  suggested  that  it  might  be  a  hysterical 
manifestation  of  some  sort,  knowing  that  such  things  were  possible, 
and  also  that  Beatrice  has  been  lately  in  a  highly  nervous  state 
of  health,  and  has  been  in  medical  hands  for  it.  We  agreed 
further  that  we  would  not  propound  this  theory  at  present  to  any 
one  else,  but  would  await  events  and  the  result  of  experiments 
with  the  gas  and  water,  etc.  I  said  that  if  it  really  was  Beatrice, 


UI-Y- I01i">-  A  Poltergeist  Case.  89 

presently    there    would    most    likely    occur    further,    and    possibly 
different,   manifestations. 

I  forgot  to  add  above  that  we,  of  course,  asked  both  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Jackson  if  it  was  possible  that  the  noise  came  from  outsi«l<- 
anywhere,  or  could  be  caused  by  rats  or  mice.  They  said  tli»-\ 
had  searched  outside  the  first  night  and  found  nothing,  that  they 
were  not  troubled  by  rats  or  mice,  and  that  in  any  case  the 
sound,  whatever  it  was,  was  inside  the  house.  Of  that  they  were 
sure,  and  for  that  matter,  so  were  we. 

The  next  day,  Tuesday,  March  9,  we  heard  nothing,  and  purposely 
did  not  go  down  to  inquire,  because  we  thought,  if  it  were  Beatrice's 
doing,  it  was  better  not  to  show  too  much  excitement  about  it. 

On  Wednesday  morning  (10th)  I  called  to  try  and  find  Mrs. 
Jackson  at  a  time  when  I  thought  Beatrice  would  probably  be 
out,  but  I  found  no  one  at  home,  except  the  servant,  of  whom 
I  asked  no  questions.  That  afternoon,  when  I  was  out  for  a 
walk  with  a  friend  .  .  .  who  had  arrived  at  tea-time  to  stay  with 
us,  we  met  Mr.  Jackson,  and  asked  him  for  news.  He  said  they 
had  tried  experimenting  the  night  before  with  both  gas  and  water, 
and  the  noise  had  gone  on  just  the  same,  and  they  were  as  far 
from  an  explanation  of  it  as  ever.  He  added  that  they  had 
asked  Mr.  Shaw,  the  science  master  here,  to  come  down  after  nine 
o'clock  this  (Wednesday)  evening  to  see  if  he  could  throw  any 
light  on  the  subject.  I  took  the  opportunity  of  suggesting, 

"  Ask  Dr.  B ;    perhaps  he  could  help,"  and  Mr.  Jackson  went 

off  saying,  yes,  it  might  be  a  good  thing  to  do  so.  I  knew  that 
Dr.  B—  -  had  been  attending  Beatrice  lately.  I  also  sent  a 
message  to  Mrs.  Jackson  by  her  husband  to  the  effect  that  I  would 
take  her  and  the  two  little  girls  in  to  sleep  in  our  house  for  a 
few  nights,  if  she  liked  to  let  me  know  in  good  time  the  next  day. 
Thursday  passed  (the  llth),  and  Mrs.  Jackson  sent  no  message,' 
so  I  concluded  she  did  not  want  to  come,  and  that  perhaps  Mr. 
Shaw  had  suggested  some  solution.  We  heard  nothing  more  that 
day,  but  on  Friday  afternoon  (the  12th)  Mrs.  Jackson  again 
called  on  us  at  tea-time,  this  time  alone.  Mrs.  Jackson  had 
tea  with  us,  and  said  she  had  come  again  about  the  noises, 
because  she  was  now  getting  seriously  perturbed.  Mr.  Shaw  had 
spent  part  of  Wednesday  evening  with  them  and  had  heard  the 
noises,  and  suggested  that  they  might  be  due  to  a  waste-pipe, 
and  asked  them  to  get  the  plumber  to  come  in  and  make  some 
alteration  to  the  "  trap  "  arrangements  of  the  pipe.  So  they  called 


00  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1916. 

in  Harding,  who  refused  to  alter  the  pipe,  saying  it  was  perfectly 
all  right,  and  that  if  he  made  the  desired  alteration  it  would 
only  make  the  pipe  dangerous  and  let  sewer-gas  into  the  house. 

While  he  was  in  the  house  he  heard  the  noise,  and  thought  it 
proceeded  from  Marie,  Mrs.  Jackson's  little  girl,  and  said  so. 
Mrs.  Jackson  said  no.  she  was  sure  it  was  not,  and  Harding 
stayed  for  some  time  on  the  stairs,  listening  for  the  noise  again. 

1  cannot  remember  whether  Mrs.  Jackson  said  he  did  hear  it   again 
or  not,   but  she  went   on  to  say  that  she  and   Mr.   Jackson  were 
now   coming   to   the   conclusion   that   the   noises   had   something   to 
do  with  Beatrice.      We  asked  why,  and  she  told  us  that  not  only 
were  the  old  noises  continuing,  but  there  were  fresh  developments. 
After    Beatrice   had   gone   to   bed   on    Thursday   night,    her    mother 
ran  upstairs  to  look  at  her  in  bed  and  see  that  she  was  sleeping 
quietly,  as  she  often  does.      She  found  her  apparently  asleep,  but 
restless.      Suddenly,   as  she  stood  looking  down   at  her,   a   clicking 
sound,  like  that  made  by  a  person  snapping  his  fingers,   appeared 
to   come   from   the   bedstead.      At   first   Mrs.    Jackson   thought   she 
must    be    imagining    it,    but    it    occurred    again,    and    she    put  her 
hands   on   the   bedstead   and   felt  it   vibrating.      She  sat   down   for 
some  time  by  the  bed  determined  to  wait  and  watch,   and   make 
sure    about    it.      The    noise    occurred    again,    Beatrice    apparently 
asleep   and   motionless,   and   she   again   felt   the   bedstead   vibrating 
and  heard  it  clicking,  even  while  she  held  one  of  Beatrice's  hands 
in  her   own.      Then   she  knocked   on   the  floor  as  a   signal  to   Mr. 
Jackson,   and  he  came  up  and  heard  the  sound  and  felt  the  bed 
vibrating  too.      They   roused   Beatrice   with   some  difficulty   out   of 
an  apparently  heavy  sleep,   and  after  she  woke  up  she  too  heard 
the  sound  and  asked  them  if  they  heard  it. 

Besides  this  bed -clicking  noise,  Mrs.  Jackson  said  they  had 
heard  at  least  once  (I  am  not  sure  if  she  said  oftener)  a  loud 
knocking  noise,  and  she  rapped  hard  four  times  on  the  table  to 
show  us  what  it  was  like.  Also  the  same  evening,  after  Beatrice 
was  in  bed,  they  had  heard  a  loud  noise,  I  think  she  said 
twice,  like  some  one  hitting  the  partition  wall  on  the  stairs  very 
hard  with  the  open  hand.  The  servant  was  by  this  time  so 
terrified  that  she  would  not  sleep  alone,  and  Beatrice  had  had 
at  first  to  sleep  with  her,  and  now  the  servant  was  sleeping  out, 
having  refused  to  sleep  in  the  house  any  longer.  The  noises  were 
getting  on  all  their  nerves,  and  Mrs  Jackson  said  she  was  getting 
very  worried  about  it,  and  did  not  know  what  to  do  for  the  best. 


JULY,  1015.  A  Poltertje/ist  Case.  !»! 

Now,  at  last,  as  she  had  said  herself  that  the  sounds  appeared 
to  be  connected  with  Beatrice,  I  told  her  something  of  what  I 
have  read  of  such  occurrences  and  urged  her  to  tell  Dr.  B — 
about  it,  because  if  it  was  Beatrice  doing  it,  it  was  due  to  her 
state  of  health  and  ought  to  be  checked  at  once.  It  was  quite 
a  new  idea  to  her  that  a  child,  or  any  person,  could  do  such 
things  and  be  apparently  unaware  that  she  was  doing  them,  and 
she  promised  to  see  Dr.  B —  -  and  get  him  to  come  round  that 
night  to  their  house.  It  was  too  late,  we  agreed,  for  her  to 
bring  the  children  to  us  that  evening,  and  I  also  wanted  her 
to  consult  Dr.  B —  -  first  and  see  if  he  thought  it  wise,  so  I 
said  I  would  take  them  in  on  Saturday  for  the  week-end,  or  a 
few  days,  if  necessary,  and  she  went  away. 

On  Saturday,  the  13th,  I  went  soon  after  breakfast  to  see 
Mrs.  Jackson  and  to  ask  her  if  they  wanted  to  come.  She  told 
me  she  was  in  a  state  of  great  indecision  as  to  what  she  ought 
to  do  ;  that  Dr.  B —  had  been  to  their  house  on  Friday  night 
for  a  short  time,  but  had  heard  no  noises;  and  had  promised  to 
return  later,  but  had  not  done  so ;  so  she  concluded  he  had  been 
prevented.  He  agreed  that  Beatrice  might  be  causing  the  sounds, 
and  said  that  if  it  turned  out  to  be  so,  it  would  be  a  good 
thing  to  take  her  up  to  London  to  see  a  specialist.  In  the 
mean  time  he  saw  no  objection  to  their  all  coming  over  to  stay 
with  me.  So  I  said  I  would  go  and  get  ready  for  them,  and 
asked  what  I  should  tell  our  servants  to  explain  their  sudden 
arrival.  This  led  to  a  further  discussion  of  all  the  little  difficult iea 
of  the  situation,  and  eventually  Mrs.  Jackson  decided  that  it  would 
be  better  to  take  the  children  away  somewhere  out  of  the  place, 

and  we  thought  of .      That  seemed  a  good  idea,  and  she  Mid 

she  would  go  that  afternoon  and  see  if  Mrs.  W—  -  could  take 
them  in.  In  the  course  of  this  conversation  Mrs.  Jackson  said, 
"  I  don't  know  if  I  was  wise,  but  I  told  Beatrice  that  I  thought 
she  was  making  these  noises  herself."  Beatrice  said,  "  How  could 
I,  Mother  ?  "  and  Mrs.  Jackson  explained  that  it  is  possible  for 
people  to  make  such  noises  and  not  know  that  they  did  it,  which 
apparently  surprised  Beatrice. 

After  this  we  heard  no  more  till  Monday,  the  15th,  when  I 
met  Beatrice  in  the  street,  and  she  told  me  that  they  were  all 

three  going  to that  afternoon  for  a  week.     I  congratulated  her, 

and  said  it  would  be  nice,  and  sent  my  love  to  her  mother  and  said 
no  more,  and  Beatrice  did  not  volunteer  a  word  about  the  noises. 


92          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        JULY,  1915. 

On  Monday  night,  after  they  had  gone,  Ernest  (my  husband) 
and  Mr.  Lambert  went  down  to  see  Mr.  Jackson  and  to  inquire 
how  things  were  going  on.  The  house  was  perfectly  quiet,  but 
Mr.  Jackson  said  it  had  been  so  since  Saturday.  The  noises  had 
ceased  on  Saturday  and  had  not  recurred.  On  Saturday  evening 
he  and  Mrs.  Jackson  had  kept  Beatrice  with  them  all  the  time 
till  she  went  to  bed,  and  nothing  had  happened,  and  when  she 
was  sent  up  to  bed,  Mrs.  Jackson  had  said,  "  Now,  Beattie— no 
noises,  mind  !  "  and  there  had  not  been  any. 

Mr.  Jackson  also  described  to  Ernest  and  Mr.  Lambert  the 
loud  noises  and  raps  they  had  heard,  and  gave  them  a  fuller 
description  of  what  happened  about  the  bed-clicking.  He  said 
that  he  felt  the  vibration  of  the  bed  very  distinctly  even  when 
he  lifted  it  up  in  his  hands  off  its  two  end-feet.  After  they 
roused  Beatrice  they  moved  her  into  another  bed  in  her  mother's 
room,  and  when  she  was  asleep  again  that  bed  started  the  same 
clicking  and  vibrating.  Mr.  Jackson  himself  took  the  original 
bed  to  pieces  to  see  if  he  could  find  any  screw  or  wire  loose 
anywhere,  then,  finding  it  all  right,  put  it  together  again  and 
slept  in  the  bed  himself,  and  it  was  quite  quiet. 

I  forgot  to  add  that,  when  I  was  talking  to  Mrs.  Jackson  on 
Saturday  morning,  she  described  how  she  had  sent  Beatrice  and 
the  maid  to  do  the  bedrooms  together,  because  the  maid  was 
afraid  to  go  alone,  and  that  Beatrice  also  helped  her  in  the 
kitchen  for  the  same  reason.  After  both  had  been  upstairs 
together  for  a  while,  both  declared  that  when  they  came  back 
to  the  kitchen  they  found  all  the  cupboard  doors  open  which 
they  had  left  shut  when  they  went  upstairs.  Mrs.  Jackson  said 
they  must  have  left  them  open,  but  they  declared  they  did  not. 
This,  I  think,  happened  on  Friday  evening,  or  it  might  have  been 
Thursday.  It  was  not  later. 

On  Tuesday,  the  16th,  we  heard  no  more,  but  on  Wednesday, 
the  17th,  I  met  Mrs.  Jackson  at  S —  -  station,  and  she  said  all 
had  been  quiet  at  -  -  and  there  had  been  no  disturbance  of 
any  kind. 

One  more  thing  I  forgot  to  add.  I  asked  Mrs.  Jackson  again  if 
she  were  quite  sure  the  noises  could  not  have  been  made  by  the 
servant  or  by  the  charwoman,  and  she  disposed  of  that  by  saying 
that  they  had  occurred  when  they  were  out  of  the  house,  as  well  as 
when  they  were  in  it. 

[Signed]    M.  HAZELL. 


ri,  I'.M:-.  A  Polferc/fiiat  (,W. 

To  this  account  Mr.  Ernest  Hazell  added  the  following  note  : 

March  19,  1915. 

This  is  perfectly  accurate  as  far  as  I  know.  It  omits,  however, 
one  curious  fact  told  to  me  by  Mr.  Jackson.  When  Beatrice 
was  sleeping  on  a  bed  in  her  mother's  room,  that  bed  also  began 
to  produce  the  clicking  sound.  When  Mr.  Jackson  first  entered 
the  room  the  sound  was  apparently  coming  from  the  head  of  the 
bed.  When  he  moved  there,  the  sound  also  moved  and  seemed 
to  come  from  the  foot  of  the  bed.  He  then  moved  there,  when 
the  sound  at  once  came  only  from  the  head  of  the  bed.  I  think 
he  tested  this  two  or  three  times,  the  result  always  being  the 
same,  i.e.  the  sound  always  came  from  that  part  of  the  bed 
from  which  he  was  furthest  off. 

[Signed]    E.  HAZELL. 

The  child's  father  and  Mr.  Lambert  also  endorse  Mrs.  Hazell 's 
account  as  follows  : 

May  11,  1915. 

This  is  an  accurate  account  of  what  Mr.  Jackson  told  me  when 
I  went  to  see  him  with  Mr.  Hazell. 

[Signed]    J.  J.  LAMBERT 

May  24,  1915. 

Found  quite  correct  in  every  way. 

[Signed]    W.  K.  JACKSON. 

Mr.  T.  A.  Shaw  makes  the  following  statement,  written  on 
May  24,  1915,  as  to  the  noises  in  Mr.  Jackson's  house  : 

Present  m  house,   Wednesday,  March  [10th],  9.30  p.m.-ll  p.m. 

9.30-10  p.m.,  in  drawing-room  with  doors  open.  Heard  unusual 
noise  twice,  best  described  as  a  sort  of  grunt.  As  the  sound  came 
through  open  door,  it  was  difficult  to  locate  exactly. 

10-10.30  p.m.  Stood  upstairs  at  junction  of  two  passages  ;  heard 
similar  noise  again  ;  this  proceeded  from  passage  at  end  of  which 
was  bedroom  occupied  by  the  child  Beatrice  Jackson,  the  door 
being  open.  Immediately  the  sound  ceased,  the  child  half  wakened 
up,  but  was  pacified  by  mother. 

10.30-11,  in  drawing-room ;  heard  similar  sound  again,  not  so 
violent  and  very  difficult  to  locate. 

Carefully  examined  water-pipes,  gas-meter,  drain -pipes,  etc., 
and  came  to  conclusion  that  it  was  impossible  for  sound  to  have 
proceeded  from  them. 


94  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1915. 

Mrs.  T.  A.  Shaw  writes  : 

May  25,  1915. 

I  went  to  Mrs.  Jackson's  at  8.30  the  same  evening  as  my  husband, 
and  heard  the  noises  three  times  before  he  came.  One  of  these 
times  it  was  most  distinct  and  prolonged,  and  seemed  to  be  just 
outside  the  drawing-room  door.  Beatrice  was  upstairs,  quite  away 
from  us,  but  she  called  down,  "  Did  you  hear  that,  Mother  ? " 
It  was  so  loud  and  certainly  sounded  in  a  different  part  of  the 
house  from  where  she  was.  The  other  two  were  fainter,  but 
distinct,  but  Beatrice  was  downstairs  then  and  nearer  to  where 
we  heard  them. 

And  later  : 

May  26,  1915. 

I  forgot  to  add  that  I  stayed  on  at  Mrs.  Jackson's  after  my 
husband  came,  and  agree  with  all  he  has  said. 

Mrs.  Jackson  has  kindly  added  the  following  statement : 

May  25,  1915. 

Mrs.  Hazell's  account  of  what  happened  in  our  house  and  what 
I  told  her  is  quite  correct. 

It  has  occurred  to  me  that  possibly  a  few  remarks  about  the  child 
herself  might  help  towards  an  explanation  of  things. 

I  should  like  to  state  that  neither  my  husband  nor  myself 
connected  the  noises  with  B.  up  to  the  very  last  night,  and 
to  this  day  we  have  no  definite  proof  of  her  having  caused  them. 
I  still  find  it  difficult  to  believe  that  she  could  have  made  those 
weird  sounds ;  indeed,  but  for  what  occurred  on  the  last  night, 
I  think  I  should  refuse  to  connect  her  with  them. 

Mrs.  Hazell  has  related  how,  on  that  night,  I  roused  B.  and 
sent  her  to  my  room,  because  her  bed  seemed  to  be  ticking  in 
a  strange  way  and  I  wanted  to  try  and  find  out  what  caused 
this.  I  was  just  outside  my  room  when  I  heard  a  loud,  distinct 
thumping  on  the  wall  (it  is  made  of  canvas  and  laths  just  there). 
I  went  straight  into  the  room,  to  find  B.  apparently  fast  asleep. 
When  roused,  she  denied  having  made  the  noise,  but  said  she  had 
heard  it.  I  mention  this  in  detail  again,  because  it  was  the 
first  intimation  we  had  that  the  child  was,  subconsciously,  "play- 
ing tricks  "  on  us.  There  was  no  possibility  of  any  other  person 
or  thing  having  caused  this  noise,  only  my  husband  and  self  and 
the  two  children  being  in  the  house  at  the  time  From  that 
moment  we  realised  that  B.'s  nervous  system  must  be  seriously 


JULY,  1915.  A  Poltergeist  Case. 


affected,  and  that  it  was  possible  that  she  might  have  been  at 
the  bottom  of  everything.  Nothing  further  happened,  and  there 
the  matter  rests. 

I  may  add  that  B.  is  a  lively  girl,  normal  in  every  way,  and  of 
average  intelligence,  though  not  gifted.  For  the  last  two  years 
.she  has  not  been  able  to  bear  any  mental  strain,  and  was  obliged 
to  leave  school  last  November  owing  to  a  complete  nervous  break- 
down, accompanied  by  nightmares  of  a  violent  character.  Her 
general  health,  however,  soon  improved  at  home  and,  except  for 
these  occurrences  in  March,  she  seemed  in  normal  health. 

GERTRUDE  JACKSON. 

ALLEGED  VISIONS  ON  THE  BATTLEFIELD. 

A  LARGE  number  of  enquiries  have  reached  us  as  to  the 
authenticity  of  the  alleged  visions  of  angels,  etc.,  seen  on  the 
battlefields  in  France,  and  in  many  cases  the  enquirers  have 
sent  us  copies  of  accounts  that  have  appeared  in  a  number  of 
newspapers,  parish  magazines,  etc. 

Practically  all  these  accounts  are  identical,  beginning  "  Last 
Sunday  I  met  Miss  M.,  daughter  of  the  well-known  Canon  M., 
and  she  told  me  she  knew  two  officers,  both  of  whom  had 
themselves  seen  the  angels.  ..." 

On  first  receiving  the  account,  we  wrote  to  Miss  M.,  asking  if 
she  could  put  us  into  communication  with  these  officers.  She 
replied,  "  I  cannot  give  you  the  names  of  the  men  referred  to 
in  your  letter  of  May  26  [1915],  as  the  story  I  heard  was  quite 
anonymous  and  I  do  not  know  who  they  were." 

It  thus  appears  that  the  account  was  repeated  and  circulated 
on  purely  hearsay  evidence ;  and  there  is  reason  for  believing 
that  it  was  founded  on  the  story  of  visionary  archers  led  by 
St.  George,  which  was  invented  by  a  journalist,  Mr.  Arthur 
Machen,  and  published  in  the  Evening  News. 

If,  however,  any  of  our  readers  can  obtain  first-hand  accounts 
from  the  witnesses  of  any  actual  apparitions,  we  should  be  very 
glad  to  receive  them. 

CONTRIBUTION  TO  THE  LIBRARY  OF  THE  SOCIETY. 

WE  are  greatly  indebted  to  Mr.  H.  V.  Reade,  an  Associate  of 
the  Society,  for  a  gift  of  books,  some  of  which  are  rare  and 


96  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JOLT,  1915. 

valuable,  to  the  Library.      The  books  are  included  and  specified 
in  the  Supplementary  Catalogue  printed  below. 


SUPPLEMENTARY  LIBRARY  CATALOGUE. 

Books  added  to  thf  Library  since  the  last  list,  JOURNAL,  April,  1914. 

[R]  *Agrippa  (Henry  Cornelius),  De  Vanitate  artium  et  scientiarum.    [n.d.] 
Alexandre-Bisson  (Juliette),  Les  Phenomenes  dits  de  Mat6rialisation. 

Paris,  1914. 

[R]  *Artemidorus.     De  Soraniorum  Interpretatione.  1544. 

*Bell  (Hesketh  J.),  Obeah.     Witchcraft  in  the  West  Indies.    London,  1893. 

^Bennetts  (Rev.  H.  J.  T.),  Visions  of  the  Unseen.  London,  1914. 

tBergson  (Professor  Henri),    Dreams.     Translated  from   the  French  by 

Edwin  E.  Slosson.  London,  1914. 

tBruce  (H.  Addington),  Adventurings  in  the  Psychical.  Boston,  1914. 

tCarrington  (Hereward),  Problems  of  Psychical  Research.       London,  1914. 

[R]*Casaubon    (Meric,    D.D.),    A    Treatise    proving    Spirits,    Witches    and 

Supernormal  Operations.  London,  1672. 

*Dee  (Dr.  John),  The  Private  Diary  of  Dr.  John  Dee.    Edited  by  J.  Orchard 

llalliwell,  F.R.S.  London,  1842. 

tFreud  (Dr.  Sigmund),  The  Psychopathology  of  Everyday  Life.     Translated 

by  A.  A.  Brill,  M.D.  London,  1914. 

**Hartmann  (Eduard  von),  Spiritism.    Translated  by  C.  C.  Massey. 

London  [n.d.] 

*Hutchmson  (Francis,  D.D.),  An  Historical  Essay  concerning  Witchcraft. 

2nd  edition.  London,  1720. 

*Jennings  (Hargrave),  The  Rosicrucians.    2  Vols.  London,  1887. 

[R]*Jurieu  (Pierre),   The  Reflections  of  Monsieur  Jurieu  upon  the  Strange 

and  Miraculous  Exstasies  of  Isabel  Vincent.  London,  1689. 

Maeterlinck  (Maurice),  Our  Eternity.     Translated  by  Alexander  Teixeira 

de  Mattos.  London,  1913. 

t The    Unknown    Guest.      Translated    by    Alexander   Teixeira    de 

Mattos.  London,  1914. 

f  Prince  (Morton,  M.D.),  The  Unconscious.  New  York,  1914. 

Schrenck-Notzing  (Dr.  Freiherr  von),  Der  Kampf  urn  die  Materialisations- 

Phanomene.  Munich,  1914. 

Seybert  Commission  on  Spiritualism  (Report  of).  Philadelphia,  1887. 

Spiritual  Healing.     Report  of  a  Clerical  and  Medical  Committee  of  Inquiry 

into  Spiritual,  Faith  and  Mental  Healing.  London,  1914. 

tStanton  (Horace  C.,  D.D.),  Telepathy  of  the  Celestial  World. 

New  York,  1913. 
[R]  *Truesdell  (John  W.),  The  Bottom  Facts  concerning  Spiritualism. 

New  York,  1884. . 

Turr6  (R.),  Les  Origines  de  la  Connaissance.  Paris,  1914. 

[R]*Wieri  (Joannis),  De  Praestigiis  Daemonum.  Basle,  1577. 

•Presented  by  H.  V.  Rcade,  Esq.  tPresented  by  the  Publisher. 

**  Presented  by  Mrs.  H.  Sidgwick.  [R]  indicates  for  reference  only. 


Nos.  CCCXXII-IIL—  VOL.  XVII.  OCTOBEE-NOVKMBKH,  1915. 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

PAOK 

New  Members  and  Associates, 98 

Meeting  of  the  Council, 98 

General  Meeting, 99 

"  A  Thinking  Dog," 99 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A   Private  Meeting  of  the  Society 

FOR 

MEMBERS   AND   ASSOCIATES    ONLY 

WILL  BE  HELD  IN 

THE   COUNCIL  CHAMBER, 
ON  THE  FIRST  FLOOR  OF  20  HANOVER  SQUARE,  LONDON,  W. 

On  MONDAY,  NOVEMBER  22nd,  1915,  at  5  p.m. 

WHEN   A   PAPER   ENTITLED 

"  Some  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  v 

WILL  BE  READ   BY 

THE  REV.  M.  A.   BAYFIELD. 


N.B.— No  Tickets  of  Admission  are  issued  for  this  Meeting.     Members 
and  Associates  will  be  asked  to  sign  their  names  on  entering. 


98  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       OCT. -Nov. 

[Owing  to  the  fact  that  public  interest  is  now  so  largely  centred 
upon  the  war,  it  has  proved  unusually  difficult  to  obtain  material 
for  the  Journal.  Hence  the  delay  in  its  appearance  and  the 
smallness  of  the  present  number.  Moreover,  a  case  which  we 
had  hoped  to  print  now  has  had  to  be  held  over  for  further 
investigation.'] 

NEW  MEMBEKS  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 

Buist,  Mrs.,  Swalcliffe  Lea,  Banbury,  Oxfordshire. 

Hamilton   and   Brandon,    The   Duchess   of,    Hamilton  Palace, 

Lanarkshire,  Scotland. 

Montague,  Mrs.,  Penton,  Crediton,  Devon. 
BOGARRDE,  L.  VAN  DBN,  c/o  Eastern  Extension  Telegraph  Company's 

Station,  Singapore,  Straits  Settlements. 
DUFF,  J.  R.  K.,  100  Sunningfields,  Hendon,  London,  N.W. 
GRKY,  ERNEST  H.,  261  Essex  Road,  Islington,  London,  N. 
HlLLSMlTH,   MRS.   MoNTFORD,   Ragged  Place,   South   Dan  bury,    New 

Hampshire,  U.S.A. 

LYALL,  MRS.,  6  York  Street  Chambers,  Bryanston  Square,  London,  W. 
SWEENEY,  H.  J.  P.,  16  Cromwell  Avenue,  Highgate,  London,  N. 


MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  135th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  July  9th,  1915,  at  6  p.m.  ; 
the  President,  PROFESSOR  GILBERT  MURRAY,  in  the  chair. 
There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  the  Right 
Hon.  G.  W.  Balfour,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield, 
Sir  William  Crookes,  The  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Sir  Oliver 
Lodge,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt, 
Dr.  F.  C.  S.  Schiller,  Mr.  Sydney  C.  Scott,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidg- 
wick,  and  Dr.  C.  Lloyd  Tuckey ;  also  Miss  Alice  Johnson, 
Research  Officer,  and  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 


1915-                            Meeting  of  the  Council.  99 

The  Minutes  of  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct.  Three  new  Members  and  six  new 

Associates  were  elected.  Their  names  and  addresses  are  given 
above. 

The  monthly  accounts  for  March,  April,  May,  and  June 
were  presented  and  taken  as  read. 


GENERAL  MEETING. 

THE  145th  General  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Robert  Barnes  Hall  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Medicine, 
1  Wimpole  Street,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  July  9th,  1915, 
at  5  p.m.,  the  President,  PROFESSOR  GILBERT  MURRAY,  in 
the  chair. 

THE  PRESIDENT  delivered  an  address,  which  will  be  published 
later  in  the  Proceedings. 


A  "THINKING  DOG." 

[WE  have  received  from  Mr.  J.  A.  Frostick,  of  Christchurch,  New 
Zealand,  an  Associate  of  this  Society,  an  interesting  account 
of  a  blind  dog  which  is  said  to  answer  questions  intelligently 
by  barking.  The  feats  of  this  dog  recall  those  of  the  "  think- 
ing horses  "  of  Elberfeld  (one  of  which,  it  will  be  remembered, 
was  also  blind),  and  of  the  "  thinking  dog  "  of  Mannheim. 

It  will  be  seen  that  in  the  case  here  reported,  the  evidence  is 
open  to  the  same  objections  as  were  raised  in  the  earlier  cases  : 
the  animal  usually  gives  his  answer  to  a  question  by  repeating 
some  simple  action,  such  as  stamping  the  foot  or  barking  a 
certain  number  of  times.  If,  therefore,  we  could  suppose 
that  a  signal  were  given  him  when  he  should  stop,  no  remark- 
able degree  of  intelligence  would  be  required  for  his  perfor- 
mance, but  only  keen  powers  of  observation.  We  need  not 
bring  the  bona  fides  of  the  experimenters  in  question  by 
supposing  that  the  signal  is  given  consciously,  since  there 
is  abundant  evidence— for  example,  in  muscle-reading  experi- 
ments— that  slight  indications  unconsciously  given  can  be 
readily  perceived. 


100         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        OCT. -Nov. 

In  the  case  of  the  Elberfeld  horses,  it  was  said  that  the 
animals  could  answer  questions  the  nature  of  which  was 
not  known  to  any  person  present.  That  is  not  alleged  in 
the  present  case ;  in  fact,  there  is  evidence  to  the  contrary. 
As  the  case  stands  at  present,  therefore,  the  dog's  performance 
can  be  explained  by  supposing  that  he  responds  to  some 
kind  of  indication  unconsciously  given.  Since  he  is  blind, 
this  indication  is  probably  auditory — perhaps  a  slight  change 
of  breathing — and  it  may  be  that  the  dog's  blindness  makes 
his  task  easier  by  saving  him  from  visual  distractions.  We 
have  written  to  Mr.  Frostick  suggesting  that  some  further 
experiments  should  be  tried  to  test  this  hypothesis.  But 
since  communication  with  New  Zealand  is  a  lengthy  process, 
we  have  decided  to  print  this  preliminary  report  while  awaiting 
further  developments.  In  addition  to  Mr.  Frostick's  report, 
we  also  publish  some  extracts  from  an  article  which  appeared 
in  a  New  Zealand  paper,  The  Lyttelton  Times,  giving  an 
account  of  a  public  performance  by  the  dog.  It  should  be 
said  that  his  owners  have  never  exhibited  him  for  money 
except  for  a  charitable  purpose. 

Members  of  the  Society  will  recollect  that  a  paper  on  the 
Elberfeld  horses  was  read  at  a  meeting  in  1913,  and  a  short 
report  of  it  was  published  in  the  Journal,  Vol.  XVI.,  p.  98  if. 
A  short  account  of  the  Mannheim  dog,  by  Dr.  F.  C.  S. 
Schiller,  also  appeared  in  the  Journal,  Vol.  XVI.,  p.  244  if. 
Any  further  investigation  into  either  of  these  cases  is  at 
present  precluded  by  the  war.  ED.] 

LETTER  FROM  MR.  J.  A.  FROSTICK. 

June  16,  1915. 

AT  the  request  of  one  of  our  Members,  Mr.  Richard  Thorp, 
of  Napier,  N.Z.,  I  herewith  send  you  particulars  of  the  powers 
possessed  by  a  most  remarkable  dog,  owned  by  Mr.  William 
Smith  McGibbon,  Kilmore  St.,  of  this  city. 

Accompanied  by  my  daughter,  I  visited  the  house  of  Mr. 
McGibbon  on  Saturday  evening  last,  June  12bh. 

The  dog  is  a  small  black  and  tan  terrier,  between  five 
and  six  years  old.  It  was-  found  by  its  present  owner  about 
five  years  ago  in  a  semi-starved  condition  and  was  taken  in 


1915.  A  "Thinking  Dog"  101 

and  cared  for.  Nothing  remarkable  was  noticed  for  about 
a  year,  when  it  gradually  went  blind,  and  has  been  for  years 
quite  sightless. 

It  always  had  the  habit  of  begging  for  food,  but  after 
it  went  blind  it  would  bark  for  a  piece — always  one  bark. 
One  day  the  owner  said,  "  Bark  twice,  Darkey,  and  you 
shall  have  two  pieces,"  which  he  immediately  did.  This  was 
considered  remarkable,  because  it  was  repeated  on  several 
occasions  and  under  different  conditions.  It  was  then  dis- 
covered that  the  dog  apparently  possessed  almost  human 
intelligence,  answering  questions  by  a  succession  of  short, 
sharp  and  decisive  barks. 

The  dog  sits  on  a  chair,  is  very  quiet,  and  somewhat  shy- 
sometimes  a  little  difficult  to  get  started  with  his  work, 
especially  when  strangers  are  present.  Occasionally  he  takes 
a  dislike  to  individuals,  and  if  so,  will  not  work  at  all,  but 
this  happens  very  seldom. 

Mr.  McGibbon  finds  it  best  to  ask  a  few  questions  that 
the  dog  has  answered  before.  It  appears  to  get  the  dog  quiet 
and  confident : 

"  How  many  feet  have  you  ?  "  -    (4) 

"  How  many  eyes  ?  "  -     (2) 

"  How  many  ears  ?  "  -    (2) 

All  these  he  answered  without  hesitation,  but  when  asked 
"  How  many  tails  ?  "  he  always  gives  two  barks. 

These  and  other  similar  questions  were  answered  instantly 
in  my  presence  : 

Divide  12  by  3  4  barks. 

Count  12      -  12      „ 

Take  2  from  12   -  10      „ 

Divide  100  by  25  4      „ 

Divide  1000  by  100     -  10      „ 

How  many  sixpences  in  half  a  crown  ?     5  barks. 

If  you  spent  one  sixpence  out  of  half  a  crown,  how  many 
sixpenny  pieces  would  you  bring  back  ?  4  barks. 

How  many  roods  in  one  acre  ?  How  many  furlongs  in 
one  mile  ?  How  many  ounces  in  one  pound  avoirdupois  ? 
How  many  troy  ounces  ?  How  many  Ibs.  in  one  stone  ? 
What  is  the  day  of  the  month  ?  What  is  the  month  of  the 


102          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       OCT. -Nov. 

year  ?     What    is    the    year    over    1900  ?     Every    answer    was 
promptly  and  correctly  given. 

Then  I  was  permitted  to  frame  the  questions  : 

How  many  letters  in  Frostick  ?     8  barks. 

What  is  the  time  by  Mr.  Frostick's  watch,  nearest  hour  ? 
9  barks. 

Is  the  minute  hand  before  9  or  past  9  ?     4  barks. 

How  much  past  ?  3  barks.  This  was  quite  correct.  My 
watch  was  exactly  9.3.  It  was  not  the  correct  time,  my 
watch  being  two  minutes  fast  of  town  time. 

I  then  asked  him,  "  What  is  my  age  over  50  ?"  He  gave 
8  barks,  which  is  correct. 

The  next  question :  If  you  wrote  down  one  million  in 
figures,  how  many  naughts  would  you  use  ?  (6.) 

Up  to  this  point  every  answer  (except  as  to  the  number 
of  tails)  was  correct,  but  at  this  stage  the  dog  commenced 
to  get  a  little  restless  and  excited,  and  made  quite  a  number 
of  mistakes. 

How  many  gas-brackets  in  the  room  ?    (4.)    The  number  was  3. 

What  is  the  age  of  this  lady  visitor  over  25  ?  (3.)  It  should 
have  been  6. 

How  many  coins  in  my  pocket  over  18  ?  (6.)  It  should  have 
been  8. 

How  many  buttons  on  the  lady's  boots  ?  (20.)  It  should 
have  been  22. 

At  this  stage  it  was  agreed  to  give  the  dog  a  rest. 

After  about  ten  minutes  we  started  again,  with  most  re- 
markable icsults.  I  took  from  my  pocket  a  bank-note,  which 
Mr.  McGibbon  did  not  handle,  neither  could  he  see  the  face 
of  it: 

Darkey,  Mr.  Frostick  has  a  bank-note.  What  is  it  worth 
in  pounds  sterling  ?  (1.) 

Spell  one.     (3.) 

What  is  the  number  of  the  note,  starting  with  the  unit 
figures  ?  The  dog  gave  the  barks,  6.  8.  10.  7.  5,  which  was 
exactly  right. 

The  next  question  was  :    add  4  to  6  and  take  off  8.    (2.) 

The  next  question :  Can  you  tell  us  how  many  letters  are 
required  to  spell  the  name  of  the  maker  of  Mr.  Frostick's 
watch  ?  (4.)  DENT  is  the  maker. 


A  "  Thinking  Dog."  103 


How  many  figures  are  there  on  the  works  of  the  watch  ?  (7.) 
This  was  not  quite  correct,  but  it  reads  :  No.  61152.  This 
totals  7.  When  asked  what  are  the  figures,  the  dog  remained 
perfectly  silent.  I  then  opened  '  the  works  and  looked  at 
the  number,  when  the  dog  at  once  gave  barks  in  the  following 
order,  commencing  at  the  unit  figure  :  61162.  He  was 
wrong  with  the  second  figure,  but  when  I  looked  at  it  I 
thought  it  was  6. 

This  ended  my  questions. 

The  owner  asked  the  dog  a  few  more  usual  questions,  such 
as  GOODBYE.  (7  barks.)  But,  says  Mr.  McGibbon,  GOOD  BYE 
is  two  words  ;  separate  them.  (4,  long  pause,  3.)  GOOD-NIGHT 
was  answered  in  the  same  way,  and  this  ended  the  questions. 

Mr.  McGibbon  says  if  he  concentrates  his  thoughts  the 
dog  can  answer  any  question,  if  the  answer  be  known  to 
Mr.  McGibbon. 

Mrs.  McGibbon,  Senr.,  can  also  get  the  dog  to  work,  but 
they  have  found  that  if  Mr.  McGibbon  says,  "  Don't  answer 
that  question,  Darkey,"  no  one  can  get  him  to  do  so. 

The  whole  exhibition  was  remarkable,  but  the  most  significant 
incident  in  my  opinion  was  the  watch.  I  knew  the  maker's 
name  was  DENT  ;  I  also  knew  that  there  were  two  letters 
and  five  figures,  indicating  the  maker's  number,  but  I  did 
not  know  the  number.  The  4  barks  for  the  name  and  the 
7  barks  for  the  number  were  instantly  given,  but  no  response 
as  to  the  figures  until  I  opened  the  case  and  read  them,  when 
he  seemed  agitated  and  could  scarcely  get  the  barks  out 
quickly  enough. 

I  leave  the  theory  for  the  Society  to  explain,  but  the  facts  are 
exactly  as  stated. 

To  show  you  that  public  interest  is  being  aroused,  I  send  you 
a  copy  of  a  local  newspaper  published  last  week.  .  .  . 

EXTRACTS  FROM  ARTICLE  IN  THE  Lyttelton  Times, 
June  12,  1915. 

.  .  .  Darkie  was  lifted  by  his  master  on  to  a  small  table, 
in  good  view,  and  petted  and  soothed  away  from  his  natural 
shyness.  .  .  .  We  were  informed  by  the  master  that  Darkie's 
remarkable  gift  of  intuition  or  understanding,  or  whatever  it  might 


104       Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  Ocr.-Nov.  1915. 

be  called,  was  discovered  quite  by  accident  in  the  family  to  which 
the  little  dog  belongs  ;  and  that  the  gift  had  only  been  cultivated 
since  that  remarkable  discovery.  Then  Darkie  was  put  through 
his  paces.  .  .  .  Darkie  answers  his  master's  questions  by  a  series  of 
short,  sharp  barks,  very  detached  and  distinct.  The  first  questions 
were  simple,  and  led  gradually  up  to  more  difficult  ones. 

"  Now,  Darkie,  count  three." 

"  Bow  !   wow  !   wow  !  " 

"  Four."  The  answer  was  correct.  From  that  various  numbers 
were  mentioned,  some  by  the  master,  and  some  by  members  of 
the  audience.  In  every  case  the  answers  were  right,  and  then 
the  master  proceeded  to  give  Darkie  small  sums  to  do,  such  as  : 

"  Six  and  four." 

"  Divide  that  by  five." 

"  Twice  eight.  How  much  more  is  that  than  ten  ?  "  "  Correct." 
"  Now  give  me  the  square  root  of  sixteen." 

"  Bow  !  wow  !    wow  !   wow  !  "  says  Darkie. 

"  Spell  good-night."  "  Bow  !  wow  !  wow  !  wow  !  wow  !  wow  ! 
wow  !  wow  !  wow  ! 

"  But  you  gave  me  that  all  in  one  word,"  says  the  master. 
"  Now  put  the  hyphen  in  the  right  place." 

Darkie  gives  his  little  short  barks  over  again,  pausing  after 
the  fourth  one. 

Now  comes  a  test  where  the  dog  has  no  words  to  guide  him. 

"  I  have  put  three  coins  on  the  table,"  says  the  master  to 
the  blind  dog.  "  Tell  me  how  many  shillings  they  make."  Darkie 
barks  five  times.  Sure  enough,  the  three  coins  were  a  florin, 
a  sixpence  and  half-a-crown. 

A  gentleman  in  the  audience  also  tries  this  test.  "  I  have 
three  coins  here,"  he  says.  "  How  much  do  they  make  in  shil- 
lings ?  "  Darkie  barks  twice,  and  the  coins  prove  to  be  a  shilling 
and  two  sixpences.  Another  gentleman  asks  the  date  on  a 
coin  in  his  hand.  "  How  many  more  years  than  1900  ?  "  Darkie 
gives  five  yaps.  The  date  is  1905.  .  .  . 

In  perhaps  one  case  out  of  ten  or  twenty,  Darkie  went  wrong 
in  his  answers.  But  when  his  master  would  say,  "  You  are  quite 
wrong,  Darkie,"  he  almost  invariably  gave  the  correct  answer  a 
second  time.  ...  So  quickly  did  he  reply  in  some  instances,  that 
the  questions  were  scarcely  out  of  the  interrogators'  mouths  before 
the  reply  was  forthcoming.  .  .  . 


No.  CCCXXIV.-VoL.  XVII.  DKCKMBER,  191.", 

JOURNAL 


OF    THE 


Society  for   Psychical   Research 


CONTENTS. 

PAOE 

New  Members  and  Associates, 195 

Meeting  of  the  Council,  --.- 10$ 

Private  Meeting, 10g 

An  Enquiry  concerning  "  The  Angels  at  Mons," 105 

Case, ...  us 

Correspondence, 128 


NEW  MEMBEES  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Lawson,  James  S.,  58  Howitt  Street,  Guelph,  Ontario,  Canada. 
Mendon$a,  Manuel  Santos  De,  Goldenhill,  Stoke-on-Trent. 
CAMPBELL,  C.  F.,  525  Seymour  Street,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia. 
DAWES,  MRS.  FRANK,  HA  Portland  Place,  London,  W. 
DEAN,  FRANK,  1  Langham  Street,  Portland  Place,  London,  W. 
EVANS,  MAURICE  S.,  Hillcrest,  Berea  Ridge,  Durban,  S.  Africa. 
GLIDDEN,  WALTER  S.,  13  Centre  Street,  Bath,  Maine,  U.S.A. 
GREEN,  MRS.,  Northcot,  Chesham  Bois,  Bucks. 
JOHNSON,  Miss  F.  C.,  26  York  Street  Chambers,  Bryanston  Square, 

London,  W. 

MORIER,  MRS.,  65  Hamilton  Terrace,  London,  N.W. 
MORTON,  Miss  MARY,  Acland  Hall,  The  College,  Bingley,  Yorks. 
PFAU,  ALBERT  R.,  Junior,  Mankato,  Minnesota,  U.S.A. 
POLLARD,    J.    ELLERY,    L.R.C.P.,    etc.,    7    Esme    Road, 

Birmingham. 
WAGNER,  W.  QUINN,  P.O.  Box  27,  Johannesburg,  S. 

ONTARIO 


106          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      DEC.,  1915. 


MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  136th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Monday,  November  22nd,  1915,  at 
4  p.m. ;  the  RIGHT  HON.  G.  W.  BALFOUR  in  the  chair. 
There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir  W.  F. 
Barrett,  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Captain  E.  N.  Bennett,  the  Hon. 
Everard  Feilding,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  Sydney  C.  Scott, 
Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick,  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith,  and  Mrs.  A.  W. 
Verrall ;  also  Miss  Alice  Johnson,  Research  Officer,  and  Miss 
Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read  and 
signed  as  correct.  Two  new  Members  and  twelve  new  Associ- 
ates were  elected.  Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  monthly  accounts  for  July,  August,  September,  and 
October  were  presented  and  taken  as  read. 


PRIVATE  MEETING  FOR  MEMBERS  AND  ASSOCIATES. 

THE  52nd  Private  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  Members  and 
Associates  only  was  held  in  the  Council  Chamber  at  20  Han- 
over Square,  London,  W.,  on  Monday,  November  22nd,  1915, 
at  5  p.m. ;  the  HON.  EVERARD  FEILDING  in  the  chair. 

The  REV.   M.   A.   BAYFIELD  read  a  paper  on  "  Some  Recent 
Cases  of  Premonition,"  which  it  is  hoped  will  be  printed  later. 


AN  ENQUIRY  CONCERNING  "  THE  ANGELS  AT  MONS." 
BY  MRS.  W.  H.  SALTER  (H.  DE  G.  VERRALL). 

[In  the  following  report  the  names  of  the  various  people  con- 
cerned have  usually  been  omitted  or  else  they  have  been  replaced 
by  pseudonyms  or  initials.  In  one  or  two  instances  this  has  been 
done  because  correspondents  asked  that  their  names  should  be 
withheld,  and  in  other  cases  the  identity  of  the  writer  being  a 
matter  of  no  moment  for  the  purpose  we  had  in  view,  we  have  not 
asked  permission  to  reveal  it.  We  take  this  opportunity  of  thank- 
ing all  those  who  have  assisted  us  in  our  enquiry,  and  especially 
the  Editor  of  "The  All  Saints'  Clifton  Parish  Magazine." — ED.] 
VERY  widespread  interest  has  been  aroused  by  the  stories 
current  during  the  past  year  of  "  visions "  seen  by  British 


DKC.,  1915.    An  Enquit^y  concerning  "  the  Angela  at  Mom."      107 

soldiers  during  the  retreat  from  Mons.  Many  enquiries  have 
reached  us  as  to  whether  we  have  received  any  first-hand 
evidence  of  these  visions,  and  it  seems  worth  while  to  go  into 
the  question  at  some  length,  not  only  with  a  view  to  deter- 
mining, so  far  as  is  possible,  what  is  the  truth  of  the  matter, 
but  also  because  the  whole  history  of  the  case  throws  an 
interesting  light  on  the  value  of  human  testimony  and  the 
growth  of  rumour.  These  points  are  of  particular  interest  to 
those  concerned  in  psychical  research,  because  it  is  upon 
human  testimony  that  their  conclusions  must  to  a  great  extent 
be  founded. 

The  tide  of  rumour  was  at  its  height  in  May  and  June  of 
this  year,  and  of  the  reports  which  reached  us  about  that 
time  a  large  number  can  be  directly  traced  to  an  article 
which  first  appeared  in  The  All  Saints'  Clifton  Parish  Magazine 
for  May,  1915,  and  was  there  reprinted  in  July. 

This  article  ran  as  follows  : 

Last  Sunday  I  met  Miss  M.,  daughter  of  the  well-known  Canon 
M.,  and  she  told  me  she  knew  two  officers  both  of  whom  had 
themselves  seen  the  angels  who  saved  our  left  wing  from  the 
Germans,  when  they  came  right  upon  them  during  the  retreat 
from  Mons. 

They  expected  annihilation,  as  they  were  almost  helpless,  when 
to  their  amazement  they  stood  like  dazed  men,  never  so  much  as 
touched  their  guns,  nor  stirred  till  we  had  turned  round  'and 
escaped  by  some  cross-roads.  One  of  Miss  M.'s  friends,  who  was 
not  a  religious  man,  told  her  that  he  saw  a  troop  of  angels 
between  us  and  the  enemy.  He  has  been  a  changed  man  ever 
since.  The  other  man  she  met  in  London.  She  asked  him  if  he 
had  heard  the  wonderful  stories  of  angels.  He  said  he  had  seen 
them  himself  and  under  the  following  circumstances. 

While  he  and  his  company  were  retreating,  they  heard  the 
German  cavalry  tearing  after  them.  They  saw  a  place  where  they 
thought  a  stand  might  be  made  with  sure  hope  of  safety ;  but, 
before  they  could  reach  it,  the  German  cavalry  were  upon  them. 
They  therefore  turned  round  and  faced  the  enemy,  expecting 
nothing  but  instant  death,  when  to  their  wonder  they  saw  between 
them  and  the  enemy  a  whole  troop  of  angels.  The  German 
horses  turned  round  terrified  and  regularly  stampeded.  The  men 
tugged  at  their  bridles,  while  the  poor  beasts  tore  away  in  every 
direction  from  our  men. 

A2 


108         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      DEC.,  1915. 

This  officer  swore  he  saw  the  angels,  which  the  horses  saw 
plainly  enough.  This  gave  them  time  to  reach  the  little  fort,  or 
whatever  it  was,  and  save  themselves. 

We  received  reports  almost  exactly  identical  with  the  above 
from  several  other  sources.  It  is  worth  noting  that  these 
statements  are  ascribed  to  various  authors,  but  taking  into 
account  the  fact  that,  save  for  a  word  here  and  there,  all  the 
statements  are  verbally  identical,  we  are  justified  in  assuming 
that  they  all  originate  from  one  source,  probably  the  All 
Saints'  Magazine. 

In  each  case  the  story  is  told  on  the  authority  of  Miss  M., 
who  is  said  to  have  known  personally  the  officers  concerned. 
Accordingly  we  wrote  to  Miss  M.  to  ask  whether  she  could 
corroborate  these  stories,  and  received  the  following  reply  : 

May  28,  1915. 

I  cannot  give  you  the  names  of  the  men  referred  to  in  your 
letter  of  May  26,  as  the  story  I  heard  was  quite  anonymous,  and 
I  do  not  know  who  they  were. 

It  will  be  seen,  therefore,  that  these  reports,  based  on  the 
authority  of  Miss  M.,  break  down  at  a  crucial  point.  They 
prove  to  be  no  more  than  rumours  which  it  is  impossible  to 
trace  to  their  original  source.  There  is  also  another  suggestive 
point  to  note  in  this  connexion. 

The  Vicar  of  All  Saints'  Parish,  Clifton,  when  he  sent  us  the 
statement,  which  had  appeared  in  his  parish  magazine  and  is 
printed  above,  sent  with  it  another  report,  attributed  to  a 
certain  Miss  E.  W.,  as  follows  : 

A  Hospital  Nurse,  who  has  been  attending  to  a  wounded  British 
Soldier,  said  to  him  the  other  day :  "  Do  you  believe  in  God  ?  " 
He  answered:  "  I  do  now,  but  I  used  not  to.  But  ever  since  the 
Battle  of  Mons  my  opinions  have  changed."  Proceeding,  he  said  : 
"  We  had  a  terrible  time  and  at  last  a  company  of  us  was 
hemmed  into  a  large  chalk  pit.  We  were  quite  powerless  and 
heard  the  German  cavalry  approaching.  Suddenly  I  looked  up  and 
encircling  the  top  of  the  pit  was  a  ring  of  shining  Angels.  As  the 
cavalry  rushed  up  the  horses  saw  them  and  there  was  a  general 
stampede.  Our  lives  were  saved  and  the  Germans  were  put  to 
confusion." 

Seven    soldiers    including    officers    saw    the    Angels.     The    soldier 


DEC.,  1915.     An  Enquiry  concerning  "  the  Angels  at  Mons."      109 

gave  the  names  and  addresses  and  the  nurse  wrote  and  had  the 
story  authenticated,  one  of  the  officers  writing :  "  It's  all  perfectly 
true,  but  it  is  too  sacred  to  put  in  a  paper,  so  it  must  not  be 
published." 

This  story  was  told  me  by  Miss  [Leonard],  of . 

E.W. 

We  have  also  received  through  a  member  of  the  Society, 
Mrs.  S.,  the  following  statement,  which  was  sent  to  her  by  a 
friend  : 

A  hospital  Nurse  who  has  been  attending  to  a  wounded  British 
Soldier  said  to  him  the  other  day :  "  Do  you  believe  in  God  ?  " 
He  answered :  "I  do  now,  but  I  used  not  to,  but  ever  since  the 
Battle  of  Mons  my  opinions  have  changed.  We  had  a  terrible 
time  and  at  last  a  company  of  us  was  hemmed  into  a  large  chalk 
pit.  We  were  quite  powerless  and  heard  the  German  cavalry 
approaching.  Suddenly  I  looked  up  and  encircling  the  top  of  the 
pit  was  a  ring  of  shining  Angels.  As  the  Cavalry  rushed  up  the 
horses  saw  them  and  there  was  a  general  stampede.  Our  lives 
were  saved  and  the  Germans  put  to  confusion.  Seven  soldiers 
including  an  officer  saw  the  Angels." 

The  Soldier  gave  the  names  and  addresses  and  the  Nurse  wrote 
to  them  and  the  story  was  authenticated ;  one  of  the  officers 
writing  says :  "Its  all  perfectly  true  but  it's  too  sacred  to  put  in  a 
paper."  One  of  the  officers  was  a  friend  of  Miss  M.,  Canon  M.'s 
daughter ;  he  was  not  a  religious  man  before,  but  has  been  a 
changed  man  ever  since. 

If  this  last  statement  is  compared  with  Miss  E.  W.'s  report 
and  the  report  in  the  All  Saints'  Parish  Magazine,  it  will  be 
seen  to  be  a  combination  of  the  two.  The  first  paragraph  and 
the  first  half  of  the  second  are  verbally  identical  with  Miss 
E.  W.'s  statement,  but  whereas  Miss  E.  W.  gives  Miss  Leonard 
as  her  authority,  in  the  account  sent  by  Mrs.  S.  Miss  M. 
appears  again  as  the  source  of  the  story. 

One  of  the  officers  was  a  friend  of  Miss  M.,  Canon  M.'s 
daughter;  he  was  not  a  religious  man  before,  but  has  been  a 
changed  man  ever  since. 

There  can  be  little  doubt  that  this  sentence  is  from  the 
same  source  as  one  which  occurred  in  the  All  Saints'  Magazine  : 

One  of  Miss  M.'s  friends,  who  was  not  a  religious  man,  told  her 


110         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       DKC,,  1915. 

that  he  saw  a  troop  of  angels  between  us  and  the  enemy.     He  has 
been  a  changed  man  ever  since. 

It  has  already  been  shown  that  Miss  M.  denies  having  any 
authority  in  this  matter.  As  regards  Miss  Leonard,  one  of  our 
members  wrote  to  ask  whether  she  could  substantiate  the  story 
attributed  to  her.  He  was  referred  by  Miss  Leonard  to  another 
lady,  to  whom  he  also  wrote  ;  but  so  far  he  has  received  no  reply. 

One  other  piece  of  alleged  evidence  in  support  of  the 
"  Angels  of  Mons "  may  be  briefly  dismissed.  In  the  Daily 
Mail  for  August  24,  1915,  there  appeared  a  communication 
from  Mr.  G.  S.  Hazlehurst  stating  that  a  certain  Private 
Robert  Cleaver,  1st  Cheshire  Regiment,  had  signed  an  affidavit 
in  his  presence  to  the  effect  that  he  "  personally  was  at  Mons 
and  saw  the  Vision  of  Angels  with  [his]  own  eyes."  Speaking 
of  his  interview  with  Private  Cleaver,  Mr.  Hazlehurst  said : 

When  I  saw  Private  Cleaver,  who  struck  me  as  being  a  very 
sound,  intelligent  man,  he  at  once  volunteered  his  statement  and 
had  no  objection  to  signing  an  affidavit  before  me  that  he  had 
seen  the  Angels  of  Mons. 

He  said  that  things  were  at  the  blackest  with  our  troops,  and 
if  it  had  not  been  for  the  supernatural  intervention  they  would 
have  been  annihilated.  The  men  were  in  retreat,  and  lying  down 
behind  small  tufts  of  grass  for  cover.  Suddenly  the  vision  came 
between  them  and  the  German  cavalry. 

He  described  it  as  a  "  flash  "...  The  cavalry  horses  rushed  in 
all  directions  and  were  disorganised. 

In  the  Daily  Mail  for  September  2,  1915,  there  appeared  a 
further  communication  from  Mr.  Hazlehurst  to  the  effect  that 
in  consequence  of  a  rumour  that  Private  Cleaver  was  not 
present  at  the  battle  of  Mons,  he  had  written  to  the  head- 
quarters at  Salisbury  for  information  as  to  his  movements,  and 
received  the  following  reply  : 

Records  Office,  Cheshire  Regiment. 
.  .  .  (10515  R.  Cleaver.)  .  .  . 

With  regard  to  your  enquiries  concerning  the  above  man,  the 
following  are  the  particulars  concerning  him.  He  mobilised  at 
Chester  on  August  22,  1914.  He  was  posted  out  to  the  1st 
Battalion,  Expeditionary  Force,  France,  with  a  draft  on  September 
6,  1914.  He  returned  to  England  on  December  14,  sick. 


DEC.,  1915.     An  Enquiry  concerning  "  the  Angela  at  Mons"      111 

Mr.  Hazlehurst  concludes : 

The  battle  of  Mons  was  in  August,  1914,  and  readers  will  draw 
their  own  conclusions.  Information  sworn  on  oath  is  usually 
regarded  as  sufficiently  trustworthy  for  publication,  but  apparently 
not  in  this  case.  .  .  . 

So  far,  therefore,  as  concerns  Private  Cleaver  and  the  other 
evidence    which    has    been    considered    up    to    this    point,    the 
legend  of  the  Angels  at  Mons  remains  insufficiently  corroborated, 
and  the  suggestion  has  even  been  made  that  it  owes  its  origin 
entirely  to  a  story  by  Mr.  Arthur  Machen,  called  The  Bowmen, 
which   first   appeared   in   the   Evening  News   of-  September   29, 
1914,   and,   as  its  author  himself  affirms,   was  purely  fictitious. 
Subsequently  The  Bowmen  was  published  in  book  form,  and  in 
his  preface  to  the  first  edition  Mr.   Machen  supports  the  con- 
tention that  the  source  from  which  the  legend  of  the  "  Angels 
of   Mons "    sprang    is    no    other    than    his     own    tale.    In    his 
preface,   however,  to  the  second  edition  he  says  that,  in  con- 
sequence  of  further   evidence   which   has   been   brought   to   his 
notice,  he  has  modified  this  opinion.     Apart  from  this  evidence, 
— which    will    be    considered    in    due    course, — one    would    have 
expected  that,  had  Mr.  Machen's  story  been  the  sole  origin  of 
the  legend,   the  various  versions  of  it  that  have  been  current 
would  have  borne  clearer  traces  of  their  origin.     Those  versions 
which  have  been  quoted  above  bear  hardly  any  resemblance  to 
Mr.  Machen's  tale  beyond  the  fact  that  the  central  incident  in 
each    case    is    a    supernatural    intervention    on    behalf    of    the 
British  army.     Shortly  after  the  publication  of  The  Bowmen  in 
book  form,   Mr.   Harold  Begbie  published  a  pamphlet  entitled 
On  the  Side  of  the  Angels,  in  which  he  set  out  to  refute  the 
assertion  that  Mr.  Machen  was  solely  responsible  for  the  reports 
concerning    the    Angels    at    Mons.    Mr.    Begbie's    object    is    to 
prove    "  not   that   Angels   appeared   at   Mons,    but   that   before 
Mr.   Machen  had  written  his  fiction  British  soldiers  in  France 
believed  that  Angels  had  appeared  to  them."     We  may  there- 
fore   expect    to    find,    as    we    in    fact    do,    that    Mr.     Begbie's 
evidence  is  not  such  as  to  throw  any  clear  light  on  the  precise 
nature    of    the    experiences    which    he    relates.     That    is   not 
primarily  his  purpose,   and  the  reports  which  he  has  collected 
are  in  some  cases  given  at  second  hand,  and  in  others  have 
been    described    by    the   percipients    only    after   an    interval    of 


112  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    DEC.,  1915. 

many  months  since  the  date  of  the  experience,  so  that  due 
allowance  must  be  made  for  inaccuracy  of  memory,  the  force 
of  suggestion,  and  other  common  sources  of  error.  We  have, 
however,  tried  to  get  further  particulars  in  all  cases  which 
seemed  likely  to  prove  interesting,  but  the .  result  has  hitherto 
been  small.  In  one  way  or  another  many  possible  witnesses 
have  passed  out  of  reach,  and  other  witnesses  do  not  feel 
themselves  able  to  assist  us.  It  may,  however,  be  of  interest 
to  quote  and  discuss  some  of  the  best  accredited  reports, 
together  with  such  additional  information  as  we  have  been 
able  to  obtain  about  them. 

In  the  Daily  Mail  of  August  12,  1915,  there  appeared  a 
report  of  an  interview  with  a  wounded  lance-corporal,  whose 
name  was  not  given.  His  statement — quoted  also  by  Mr. 
Begbie — was  as  follows  : 

I  was  with  my  battalion  in  the  retreat  from  Mons  on  or  about 
August  28.  The  German  cavalry  were  expected  to  make  a  charge, 
and  we  were  waiting  to  fire  and  scatter  them.  .  .  . 

The  weather  was  very  hot  and  clear,  and  between  eight  and 
nine  o'clock  in  the  evening  I  was  standing  with  a  party  of  nine 
other  men  on  duty,  and  some  distance  on  either  side  there  were 
parties  of  ten  on  guard.  ...  An  officer  suddenly  came  up  to  us 
in  a  state  of  great  anxiety  and  asked  us  if  we  had  seen  anything 
startling.  .  .  .  He  hurried  away  from  my  ten  to  the  next  party 
of  ten.  At  the  time  we  thought  that  the  officer  must  be  expecting 
a  surprise  attack. 

Immediately  afterwards  the  officer  came  back,  and  taking  me 
and  some  others  a  few  yards  away  showed  us  the  sky.  I  could 
see  quite  plainly  in  mid-air  a  strange  light  which  seemed  to  be 
quite  distinctly  outlined  and  was  not  a  reflection  of  the  moon, 
nor  were  there  any  clouds  in  the  neighbourhood.  The  light  became 
brighter  and  I  could  see  distinctly  three  shapes,  one  in  the  centre 
having  what  looked  like  outspread  wings ;  the  other  two  were  not 
so  large,  but  were  quite  plainly  distinct  from  the  centre  one. 
They  appeared  to  have  a  long  loose-hanging  garment  of  a  golden 
tint,  and  they  were  above  the  German  line  facing  us. 

We  stood  watching  them  for  about  three  quarters  of  an  hour. 
All  the  men  with  me  saw  them,  and  other  men  came  up  from 
other  groups  who  also  told  us  they  had  seen  the  same  thing.  .  .  . 

I   remember  the  day  because  it   was   a   day   of  terrible   anxiety 


DBO.,  1915.     An  Enquiry  concerning  "  the  Angels  at  Mon*."      113 

for  us.  That  morning  the  Munsters  had  a  bad  time  on  our  right, 
and  so  had  the  Scots  Guards.  We  managed  to  get  to  the  wood. 
.  .  .  Later  on  the  Uhlans  attacked  us  and  we  drove  them  back 
with  heavy  loss.  It  was  after  this  engagement,  when  we  were 
dog-tired,  that  the  vision  appeared  to  us. 

We  wrote  to  the  Lady  Superintendent  of  the  hospital  at 
which  the  man  had  been  treated,  to  whom  he  was  said  to 
have  told  his  experience  before  it  was  published,  and  asked  her 
whether  she  could  put  us  into  communication  with  him.  She 
replied  on  October  28,  1915  : 

The  man  about  whom  you  enquire  has  left  here  and  has  failed 
to  answer  my  letter  and  postcard.  I  do  not  therefore  know  his 
present  whereabouts.  When  I  hear  from  him  again  I  will  write 
to  you. 

We  have  heard  nothing  further,  and  up  to  the  present, 
therefore,  the  report,  having  reached  us  only  at  second  hand, 
does  not  conform  to  the  standard  of  evidence  which  any 
scientific  enquiry  demands.  But  assuming  for  the  moment  that 
this  report  gives  an  accurate  account  of  the  lance-corporal's 
experience,  it  would  be  a  weak  scaffolding  upon  which  to 
build  up  a  theory  of  supernatural  intervention. 

It  appears  that,  having  had  their  attention  directed  to  it  by 
an  officer  "  in  a  state  of  great  anxiety,"  the  lance-corporal  and 
some  of  his  companions  saw  a  light  in  the  sky,  divided  into 
three  parts,  of  which  the  central  part  resembled  a  figure  with 
outstretched  wings.  We  are  not  told  how,  or  by  whom,  this 
resemblance  was  first  observed,  and  nothing  is  easier  than  to 
interpret  a  vague  cloudlike  shape  according  to  one's  fancy. 
The  lance-corporal  tells  us  that  there  were  no  clouds  in  the 
sky  that  night,  but  tells  us  nothing  about  smoke.  It  seems  on 
the  face  of  it  not  improbable  that  a  bank  of  smoke,  which  was 
in  some  way  lit  up,  might  have  been  hanging  "above  the 
German  line,"  and  it  has  to  be  remembered  that  men  who  are 
"  dog-tired,"  who  have  just  repulsed  one  hostile  attack  and  are 
momentarily  expecting  another,  are  not  likely  to  be  in  a  state 
conducing  to  accurate  observation.  The  lance-corporal  told  the 
Lady  Superintendent  at  the  hospital  that  "under  the  feet 
of  the  three  figures  was  a  bright  star  and  that  when  the 
figures  disappeared,  the  star  remained."  It  was  in  fact  a 


114         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       DEC.,  1915. 

"  real "  star,  and  perhaps  constituted  the  point  de  reptre  of  the 
illusion. 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  with  the  lance-corporal's  state- 
ment the  following  report  in  the  Liverpool  Courier  (October  25, 
1915)  of  a  sermon  by  the  Rev.  C.  M.  Chavasse : 

He  had  never  yet  got  first-hand  evidence  on  the  subject,  but  he 
had  been  told  by  a  general,  a  brigadier,  who  was  far  from  super- 
stitious, that  a  captain  and  subaltern  serving  under  him  were 
certain  they  saw  something  at  Mons.  They  were  men  who  would 
never  dream  of  seeing  angels,  but  they  said  they  saw  something, 
some  bright  pulsating  light,  which  came  between  the  little  company 
of  Englishmen  and  a  troop  of  charging  Uhlans  on  their  horses, 
which  frightened  the  horses  so  that  they  scattered  and  bolted, 
while  a  little  further  along,  where  the  British  line  was  broken,  the 
German  troops  refused  to  advance,  saying  that  they  saw  so  many 
English  troops  there,  although  there  was  not  a  man  to  oppose  them. 

Mr.  Begbie  also  quotes  several  incidents  reported  by  Miss 
Phyllis  Campbell  in  an  article  in  the  August  number  of  the 
Occult  Review.  Miss  Campbell  was  working  at  a  hospital  in 
France  during  the  early  part  of  the  war,  and  she  says  that 
several  of  her  patients  told  her  of  the  "  visions "  they  had 
seen  on  the  battlefield.  We  wrote  some  time  ago  to  Miss 
Campbell  asking  whether  she  could  give  us  any  further 
information  or  put  us  in  touch  with  the  soldiers  to  whom 
these  experiences  had  come,  but  we  have  not  yet  heard  from 
her.  In  any  event,  it  does  not  seem  likely  that  we  should 
now  be  able  to  get  any  first-hand  knowledge  of  these  cases, 
and  without  this  we  cannot  judge  them. 

We  have  communicated  with  several  other  people  whom  Mr. 
Begbie  quotes  as  having  first-hand  information  on  the  subject 
of  these  visions. 

One  writes  that  he  is  "  not  able  to  help  us " ;  another 
refers  us  to  a  friend  as  the  chief  source  of  his  information. 
We  have  written  to  this  friend,  but  received  no  reply.  A 
third  correspondent  writes  that  she  is 

not  in  the  least  concerned  as  to  the  proofs.  ...  I  do  not 
really  think  it  is  the  smallest  use  trying  to  bring  these  things 
home  to  roost.  They  are  revealed  by  God  for  individual  need  and 
are  not  intended  to  become  the  talk  and  speculation  of  the 
market-place. 


DEC.,  1915.     An  Enquiry  concerning  "  the  Angels  at  Mons."      115 

Two  other  incidents  remain  which  are  worth  relating.  In 
September  of  this  year  Mr.  Machen  received  a  letter  from  a 
lieutenant-colonel  at  the  Front,  which  was  published  in  the 
Evening  News  of  September  14,  1915.  The  colonel's  statement 
was  as  follows : 

On  August  26,  1914,  was  fought  the  battle  of  Le  Gateau.  We 
came  into  action  at  dawn,  and  fought  till  dusk.  We  were  heavily 
shelled  by  the  German  artillery  during  the  day,  and  in  common 
with  the  rest  of  our  division  had  a  bad  time  of  it. 

Our  division  however  retired  in  good  order.  We  were  on  the 
march  all  night  of  the  26th  and  on  the  27th  with  only  about  two 
hours'  rest. 

The  brigade  to  which  I  belonged  was  rearguard  to  the  division, 
and  during  the  27th  we  took  up  a  great  many  different  positions 
to  cover  the  retirement  of  the  rest  of  the  division,  so  that  we  had 
very  hard  work  and  by  the  night  of  the  27th  we  were  all  abso- 
lutely worn  out  with  fatigue — both  bodily  and  mental  fatigue. 

No  doubt  we  also  suffered  to  a  certain  extent  from  shock ;  but 
the  retirement  still  continued  in  excellent  order,  and  I  feel  sure 
that  our  mental  faculties  were  still  ...  in  good  working  con- 
dition. 

On  the  night  of  the  27th  I  was  riding  along  in  the  column  with 
two  other  officers.  We  had  been  talking  and  doing  our  best  to 
keep  from  falling  asleep  on  our  horses. 

As  we  rode  along  I  became  conscious  of  the  fact  that,  in  the 
fields  on  both  sides  of  the  road  along  which  we  were  marching,  I 
could  see  a  very  large  body  of  horsemen. 

These  horsemen  had  the  appearance  of  squadrons  of  cavalry,  and 
they  seemed  to  be  riding  across  the  fields  and  going  in  the  same 
direction  as  we  were  going,  and  keeping  level  with  us.  ... 

I  did  not  say  a  word  about  it  at  first,  but  I  watched  them  for 
about  twenty  minutes.  The  other  two  officers  had  stopped  talking. 

At  last  one  of  them  asked  me  if  I  saw  anything  in  the  fields. 
I  then  told  him  what  I  had  seen.  The  third  officer  then  con- 
fessed that  he  too  had  been  watching  these  horsemen  for  the  past 
twenty  minutes. 

So  convinced  were  we  that  they  were  real  cavalry  that,  at  the 
next  halt,  one  of  the  officers  took  a  party  of  men  out  to  recon- 
noitre, and  found  no  one  there-  The  night  then  grew  darker,  and 
we  saw  no  more. 


116          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      DEC.,  1915. 

The  same  phenomenon  was  seen  by  many  men  in  our  column. 
Of  course,  we  were  all  dog-tired  and  overtaxed,  but  it  is  an 
extraordinary  thing  that  the  same  phenomenon  should  be  witnessed 
by  so  many  different  people. 

I  myself  am  absolutely  convinced  that  I  saw  these  horsemen  ; 
and  I  feel  sure  that  they  did  not  exist  only  in  my  imagination.  .  .  . 

It  is  interesting  to  compare  with  this  statement  a  letter 
from  Lance-Corporal  A.  Johnstone,  late  of  the  Royal  Engineers, 
which  was  published  in  the  Evening  News  of  August  11,  1915, 
as  follows  : 

We  had  almost  reached  the  end  of  the  retreat,  and,  after 
marching  a  whole  day  and  night  with  but  one  half-hour's  rest  in 
between,  we  found  ourselves  on  the  outskirts  of  Langy,  near 
Paris,  just  at  dawn,  and  as  the  day  broke  we  saw  in  front  of  us 
large  bodies  of  cavalry,  all  formed  up  into  squadrons — fine,  big 
men,  on  massive  chargers. 

I  remember  turning  to  my  chums  in  the  ranks  and  saying : 
"  Thank  God  !  We  are  not  far  off  Paris  now.  Look  at  the 
French  cavalry." 

They,  too,  saw  them  quite  plainly,  but  on  getting  closer,  to  our 
surprise  the  horsemen  vanished  and  gave  place  to  banks  of  white 
mist,  with  clumps  of  trees  and  bushes  dimly  showing  through 
them.  .  .  . 

When  I  tell  you  that  hardened  soldiers  who  had  been  through 
many  a  campaign  were  marching  quite  mechanically  along  the 
road  and  babbling  all  sorts  of  nonsense  in  sheer  delirium,  you  can 
well  believe  we  were  in  a  fit  state  to  take  a  row  of  beanstalks  for 
all  the  saints  in  the  Calendar. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  colonel's  experience  and  that  of 
Lance-Corporal  Johnstone  have  much  in  common,  but  whereas 
the  latter  finds  the  explanation  in  an  illusion  of  the  senses, 
due  mainly  to  physical  fatigue,  the  former  is  convinced  that  the 
horsemen  did  not  exist  only  in  his  imagination.  Although  it  is 
not  possible  to  prove  that  the  colonel  was  mistaken,  it  will, 
I  think,  be  generally  held  that  the  weight  of  probability  is 
against  him,  especially  in  view  of  his  admission  that  he  and 
his  companions  were  "  absolutely  worn  out  with  fatigue — both 
bodily  and  mental,"  and  that  some  effort  had  been  necessary 
"to  keep  from  falling  asleep  on  [their]  horses." 


DEC.,  1915.      An  Enquiry  concerning  "the  Angels  at  Monti."      \  17 

In  addition  to  the  enquiries  to  which  reference  has  been 
made  above,  we  have  also  written  to  a  considerable  number  of 
people  who  had  been  mentioned  to  us  as  possessing  first-hand 
information  on  the  subject  of  these  "  visions,"  but  in  no  case 
have  we  succeeded  in  obtaining  satisfactory  evidence.  Some- 
times our  letters  have  been  unanswered,  sometimes  it  has 
transpired  on  enquiry  that  a  story  purporting  to  be  at  first- 
hand was  in  reality  only  at  second  or  even  at  third-hand. 
The  following  is  a  typical  case.  Miss  R.  wrote  to  the  secretary 
as  follows  : 

The  day  after  I  saw  you  I  ...  saw  Mrs.  B.  When  talking  of  the 
story  of  Mons,  she  said  she  had  met  a  lady  who  told  her  she  knew  a 
man  who  had  seen  the  vision.  I  asked  her  to  send  me  his  name. 

Mrs.  B.,  on  being  asked  for  the  name  of  the  man,  replied : 

...  I  have  been  told  the  name  of  one  man  who  saw  it  [the 
vision],  but  it  was  given  me  under  strict  secrecy,  so  I  may  not 
tell  it ;  and  then,  again,  it  is  not  first-hand,  for  I  did  not  hear  it 
from  him.  .  .  . 

Another  correspondent,  in  reporting  to  us  his  unsuccessful 
efforts  to  track  down  a  story,  writes  that  "  somehow,  first-hand 
knowledge  seems  to  be  purposely  withheld,"  and  we  have 
certainly  found  it  very  elusive,  whether  "  purposely  "  so  or  not. 

Summing  up  the  evidence  at  our  disposal,  the  following 
conclusions  may  be  drawn  : 

(a)  Many  of  the  stories  which  have  been  current  during  the 
past  year  concerning  "  visions "  on  the  battlefield  prove  on 
investigation  to  be  founded  on  mere  rumour  and  cannot  be 
traced  to  any  authoritative  source. 

(6)  After  we  have  discounted  these  rumours,  we  are  left  with 
a  small  residue  of  evidence,  which  seems  to  indicate  that  a 
certain  number  of  men  who  took  part  in  the  retreat  from 
Mons  honestly  believe  themselves  to  have  had  at  that  time 
supernormal  experiences  of  a  remarkable  character.  The  best 
piece  of  evidence  of  this  kind  is  the  statement  of  the  colonel 
who  wrote  to  Mr.  Machen  (see  p.  115). 

(c)  When,  however,  we  turn  to  the  question  of  what  grounds 
there  are  for  assuming  that  these  experiences  were  in  fact 
supernormal,  it  must  be  admitted  that  these  grounds  are 


118  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     DEC.,  1915. 

slight.  In  the  last  of  the  three  narratives  printed  above,  the 
author  himself,  Lance-Corporal  A.  Johnstone,  puts  forward  the 
view  that  he  and  his  friends  were  subject  to  a  sensory  illusion 
due  to  extreme  fatigue.  When  we  remember  that  this  con- 
dition of  fatigue  was  also  present  in  the  other  two  cases,  it 
seems  not  unlikely  that  the  same  explanation  will  account  for 
them.  The  best  piece  of  evidence,  as  I  have  said,  is  that  of 
the  lieutenant-colonel,  and  it  may  be  that  we  have  here  a  case 
of  collective  hallucination  rather  than  illusion.  But  whether 
this  is  so,  and  whether  the  hallucination,  assuming  that  it 
occurred,  was  purely  subjective  or  due  to  any  external  cause, 
we  have  not  evidence  to  show,  nor  does  it  seem  likely  that  we 
shall  now  be  able  to  obtain  such  evidence. 

In  the  main,  therefore,  the  result  of  our  enquiry  is  negative, 
at  least  as  regards  the  question  of  whether  any  apparitions 
were  seen  on  the  battlefield,  either  at  Mons  or  elsewhere.  Of 
first-hand  testimony  we  have  received  none  at  all,  and  of 
testimony  at  second-hand  none  that  would  justify  us  in  assum- 
ing the  occurrence  of  any  supernormal  phenomenon.  For  we 
cannot  make  this  assumption,  until  we  have  established  at 
least  a  strong  probability  that  the  observed  effects  are  such  as 
only  a  supernormal  phenomenon  could  produce,  and  in  the 
present  instance,  as  I  have  tried  to  show,  all  our  efforts  to 
obtain  the  detailed  evidence  upon  which  an  enquiry  of  this 
kind  must  be  based  have  proved  unavailing. 


CASE. 

L.  1203.     COLLECTIVE  HALLUCINATION. 

THE  following  case,  which  appears  to  be  one  of  collective 
hallucination,  was  originally  brought  to  our  notice  by  Mr. 
E.  P.  Larken,  who  has  been  for  some  years  an  Associate 
of  this  Society.  Mr.  Larken  wrote  to  us  on  July  23  of  this 
year  telling  us  that  he  had  received  an  account  of  her  ex- 
perience from  one  of  the  percipients,  Miss  Ernestine  Anne, 
and  suggesting  that  we  should  obtain  further  information 
from  her.  We  wrote  accordingly  to  Miss  Anne,  who  sent 
us  in  reply  a  detailed  account  of  her  experience  and  corro- 
borative statements  from  the  three  persons  who  shared  it, 
her  father,  mother,  and  brother. 


DEC.,  1915. 


Case. 


119 


Since  the  experience  occurred  on  July  6,  1913,  the  four 
statements  which  we  print  below  were  all  made  about  two 
years  after  the  event,  but  Miss  Anne  also  sent  us  a  short 
paper  written  in  September,  1913,  that  is,  two  months  after 
the  event,  for  an  Essay  Club,  and  in  all  essential  particulars 
corresponding  to  the  later  account  which  we  print  here, 
because  its  form  is  better  suited  to  our  present  purpose. 

Miss  Anne's  account  is  as  follows  : 

July  28,  1915. 

I  visited  the  ruined  Abbey  of  Jumieges  on  the  first  Sunday 
of  July  in  1913  [July  6].  I  was  accompanied  by  my  father, 
mother  and  youngest  brother.  We  arrived  at  the  ruin  about 
3  p.m.,  and  we  proceeded  at  once  to  inspect  the  imposing-looking 
ruin  of  the  monastic  church,  called  "  1'Eglise  Notre  Dame."  It 
is  the  largest  and  most  impressive  example  of  Norman  ecclesiastical 
architecture  I  have  ever  seen.  It  was  built  cruciform,  and  the 
right-hand  "  arm  "  of  the  cross  joined  on  to  another  much  smaller 
church,  which  was  used  as  the  parish  church  and  goes  by  the 
name  of  "  1'Eglise  St.  Pierre."  The  walls  of  this  latter  church 
stand  more  or  less  intact,  but  only  the  nave  of  the  monastic 


Choir 


Notre  Dame 
Church  -» 


St.  Peter's 
s-  Church 


Notre  Dame 
Church  -*• 


Tower     Tower 

JUMIEGES   CHURCHES.      I. 


ittered 
,     Stonet,. 

'         X    ' 

Nave 

« 
• 

,     f-t 

U  L 

St.   Peter's 
t-  Church 


Tower    Tower 

JUMI&GKS  CB17RCHEH.      II. 


church  remains ;  and  a  small  number  of  scattered  stones  mark 
the  place  where  the  choir  was  once.  Trees  and  shrubs  cover 
the  spot  where  the  presbytery  once  stood.  After  we  had  spent 
some  time  in  the  Notre  Dame  ruin,  we  walked  on  into  the  Church 
of  "  St.  Pierre."  We  had  been  there  about  ten  minutes  admiring 
this  exquisite  fourteenth  century  Gothic  ruin,  and  I  then  wandered 
away  a  short  distance  from  my  companions  ;  I  suddenly  became 
aware  of  the  sound  of  a  large  number  of  men's  voices  which 
seemed  to  come  from  the  open  space  on  our  left  where  the 


120  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    DEC.,  1915. 

few  scattered  stones  marked  the  site  of  where  the  monastic 
choir  had  been.  The  singing  was  very  soft ;  the  air  was  quite 
familiar ;  I  remember  saying  to  myself  twice  :  "I  am  imagining 
this  !  I  am  imagining  this  !  "  and  then  the  music  "  left "  my 
attention  as  I  heard  my  father  exclaim :  u  Why,  there  are  the 
monks  singing  !  "  I  heard  no  more  singing  after  that,  so  I 
really  only  heard  it  for  a  few  seconds.  I  was  so  struck  with 
the  strangeness  of  the  thing  that  I  determined  to  pretend  I 
had  heard  nothing,  until  I  learnt  from  my  companions  if  their 
experience  had  been  the  same  as  my  own.  I  found  this  was 
the  case,  and  we  agreed  that  the  voices  were  chanting  "  Vespers  " 
— that  is  to  say,  they  were  chanting  a  psalm  in  Latin.  We 
tried  to  think  of  possible  "  natural  "  explanations,  but  the  present 
parish  church  was  a  kilometre  and  a  half  from  there — so  the 
caretaker  told  us — besides  which,  if  the  sound  had  come  from 
there,  we  should  have  heard  it  for  longer  than  a  few  seconds. 
It  was  a  very  fine  day,  and  I  do  not  remember  that  there  was 
any  wind.  We  spent  about  half  an  hour  longer  near  the  ruins 
without  hearing  anything  else  in  such  an  extraordinary  way. 
I  wrote  an  account  of  this  shortly  after  it  took  place,  which 
has  helped  me  to  remember  the  facts  very  well  indeed. 

ERNESTINE  ANNE. 

We  have  also  received  the  following  corroborative  accounts  : 

BURGHWALLIS    HALL, 
ASKERN,    NR.    DONCASTER,  July  28,    1915. 

One  Sunday  afternoon  about  the  beginning  of  July,  1913, 
a  party  of  us  motored  out  from  Rouen  to  view  the  ruins  of 
the  old  Benedictine  abbey  at  Jumieges. 

On  arriving  at  our  destination  we  found  the  small  village 
near  by  (and  in  fact  the  whole  countryside)  absolutely  deserted, 
the  entire  population  having  gone  to  a  Grand  Kegatta  Fete 
which  was  being  held  at  a  town  on  the  banks  of  the  Seine  three 
or  four  miles  away. 

Not  a  soul  was  to  be  seen  about,  beyond  the  concierge  at 
the  lodge  at  the  entrance  of  the  grounds  in  which  the  ruins 
stand.  We  wandered  around  a  bit  and  presently  entered  what 
might  have  been  the  chancel  of  the  church  in  happier  days. 
Now  there  was  nothing  but  bare  walls,  with  the  blue  sky  of 
the  heavens  for  a  roof.  We  had  not  been  there  many  seconds 
before  I  became  aware  of  the  beautiful  singing  which  appeared 


DEC..  1915.  Case.  121 

to  come  from  quite  close  to  where  we  stood,  and  about  half- 
way up  the  ruined,  blackened  wall  facing  us. 

It  was  as  a  choir  chanting  the  psalms  at  Vespers  in  exquisite 
harmony  and  softly.  I  could  almost  distinguish  the  very  words 
of  the  Latin. 

I  exclaimed  :  "  Hullo,  the  monks  are  singing  !  "  taking  it 
quite  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  forgetting  that  I  was  not  actually 
in  a  church  but  only  standing  amidst  the  ruins  of  what  had 
once  been  one.  Then  somebody  else  in  our  party  said  some- 
thing, and  the  singing  stopped  —  very  gently  and  very  softly  — 
as  it  had  begun.  Immediately  after,  we  explored  all  around, 
but  there  was  no  one  about.  Everything  was  deserted  and 
ourselves  the  only  people  near  the  place.  The  chanting,  whilst 
it  lasted,  was  very  superior  to  anything  that  I  have  ever  heard 
in  any  church,  especially  in  France.  ERNKST  L  g 


July  28,  1915. 

It  was  on  a  Sunday  in  July  in  1913.  We  motored  over  to 
Jumieges.  It  was  a  lovely  hot,  clear  summer's  day. 

We  went  into  the  ruins  of  the  abbey  by  the  west  entrance, 
and  passed  right  up  the  great  church  from  nave  into  choir  — 
then  turned  off  into  the  ruins  of  the  parish  church  of  St.  Peter's, 
which  adjoins  the  abbey. 

We  were  all  four  standing  a  few  paces  apart,  looking  at  the 
wonderful  ruin,  wlien  I  heard  —  very  distinctly  —  men's  voices 
singing  in  the  choir.  When  I  think  of  it,  I  can  hear  them  now  — 
trained  melodious  voices,  singing  in  harmony,  the  different  voices 
wonderfully  balanced  and  trained.  It  seemed  somehow  quite 
natural  ;  it  had  not  yet  dawned  on  me  that  it  was  super- 
natural. I  remained  for  some  seconds  held.  The  sounds  were 
just  those  of  a  choir  singing  under  a  vast  vaulted  roof. 

Then  my  husband  said  :  "  There  are  the  monks  singing  !  " 
Even  then  it  seemed  nothing  very  strange.  I  think  it  was  because 
we  felt  it  was  so  strange  that  we  spoke  so  little  about  it,  though 
we  must  have  uttered  exclamations  of  astonishment  and  ex- 
changed experiences  —  as  we  have  done  since. 

I  may  add  that  no  human  singing  in  the  neighbourhood  could 
have  conveyed  the  impression  of  what  I  heard,  which  was  the 
harmonies  at  the  end  of  a  plain  chant,  sung  by  a  well-balanced, 
perfectly  trained  choir  echoing  through  a  vast  vaulted  roof. 

EDITH  ANNK. 


122        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       DEC.,  1915. 

July  30,  1915. 

It  was  a  Sunday  in  July,  1913,  that  I  visited  the  ruins  of 
the  abbey  of  Jumieges,  with  my  mother,  father  and  sister. 

We  entered  the  ruins  by  the  west  doorway,  and  proceeded 
up  the  church  in  the  direction  of  the  choir.  On  reaching  the 
sanctuary,  or  rather  what  little  remains  of  it,  after  spending 
some  time  looking  at  the  ruins,  we  turned  through  the  south 
wall  into  the  smaller  parish  church  of  St.  Pierre,  which  is  alongside 
the  monastic  church. 

We  left  the  parish  church,  after  examining  it,  by  the  west 
door,  and  were  standing  in  the  garth  outside.  I  remember  that 
I  was  looking  into  some  ancient  graves  that  had  fallen  in.  I 
suddenly  became  aware  of  the  sound  of  chanting — as  of  a  choir 
of  monks.  One  of  the  party  exclaimed :  "  There  are  the  monks 
singing." 

There  were  no  other  persons  in  the  ruins  or  grounds  save 
the  members  of  our  party. 

There  was  no  evidence  of  any  church  near  by  which  could 
have  originated  the  sounds. 

The  singing  only  lasted  about  thirty  seconds  or  a  minute,  and 
as  we  spent  a  considerable  time  afterwards  in  the  ruins  and  the 
grounds,  we  should  have  heard  any  subsequent  sounds  had  there 

1)6611  an7-  E.  EDWARD  ANNE. 

It  is  evident  that  the  interpretation  to  be  placed  upon  the 
percipients'  experience  depends  upon  the  question  of  whether 
any  chanting,  such  as  was  heard,  is  likely  to  have  been 
actually  taking  place  at  the  time  within  a  sufficiently  short 
distance  to  be  audible.  The  time  of  day  at  which  the  ex- 
perience occurred — 3.30  p.m.  on  a  Sunday — rather  favours  this 
hypothesis,  since  it  is  a  likely  hour  for  the  chanting  of  Vespers. 
But  we  have  still  to  consider  by  whom  the  Office  might  have 
been  chanted,  and  where.  As  regards  the  present  Parish 
Church  of  Jumieges,  Miss  Anne  states,  on  the  authority  of  the 
caretaker  at  the  ruins,  that  it  was  nearly  a  mile  away,  a 
distance  at  which  it  is  hardly  possible  to  suppose  that  singing 
would  be  audible,  especially  on  a  day  when  there  was  no  wind 
to  carry  the  sound.  It  is  said,  however,  in  La  Grande  Encyclo- 
pe"die  (published  in  1887)  that  the  "  capitular  hall "  and  various 
other  accessory  buildings  at  Jumieges  are  still  almost  intact, 


DKO.,  1915.  Case.  I  -2:1 

and  that  "  a  community  of  Benedictine  monks  has  recently 
acquired  all  these  buildings  for  the  purpose  of  re-establishing 
an  abbey  in  them." 

In  reply  to  an  enquiry  as  to  whether  it  had  been  ascertained 
that  no  monks  were  in  residence  at  Jumieges  in  July,  1913, 

Miss  Anne  writes  : 

November  12,  1915. 

The  caretaker  at  Jumieges  certainly  said  nothing  about  there 
being  a  Benedictine  Community  living  at  Jumieges,  and  I  think 
she  would  have  done,  had  this  been  the  case,  when  we  questioned 
her.  She  said  the  whole  place  belongs  to  the  people  who  own  the 
chdteau  which  is  built  of  stones  from  the  ruin.  .  .  . 

I  think  myself  there  can  be  no  Benedictine  Community  there, 
as  all  the  French  Benedictine  monks  that  I  know  of,  were  turned 
out  of  France  ten  years  ago,  and  also  the  English  Benedictine 
Communities,  so  I  think  if  there  had  been  a  French  one  at 
Jumieges,  they  would  have  gone  too.  .  .  . 

As  the  evidence,  therefore,  stands  at  present,  it  appears 
unlikely  that  any  chanting  such  as  the  percipients  heard, 
should  have  been  actually  taking  place  at  the  time,  but  this 
point  cannot  be  considered  clearly  established,  and  the  fact 
that  the  sounds  were  heard  by  all  the  four  members  of  the 
party  is,  so  far  as  it  goes,  a  reason  for  supposing  that  these 
sounds  were  not  hallucinatory  in  character,  but  due  to  normal 
physical  causes.  If  any  of  our  members  have  information  as 
to  whether  (a)  there  were  any  monks  resident  at  Jumiegee 
Abbey  in  July,  1913,  or  (6)  there  is  in  the  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood of  the  Abbey  any  ecclesiastical  building  in  which 
chanting  is  likely  to  take  place,  we  should  be  much  obliged  if 
they  would  communicate  with  us. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 

WE  have  received  from  Dr.  F.  C.  S.  Schiller  the  following 
letter  concerning  the  report  on  "  A  Thinking  Dog "  which 
was  printed  in  the  preceding  number  of  the  Journal,  October- 
November,  1915  : 

To  the  Editor  of  the  Journal. 

It  is  perhaps  worth  pointing  out  that,  according  to  the  interesting 
account   given    in    the   Journal   of   last    October,    the    performances 


124         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       DEC.,  1915. 

of  the  New  Zealand  dog  "  Darkle "  differ  very  materially  from 
those  of  the  Mannheim  dog  "  Rolf."  In  the  lattej  case  the 
experiments  made  were  designed  to  bring  out  the  dog's  capacity 
to  think  independently,  and  there  was  no  suggestion  that  the 
animal  had  supernormal  powers  of  cognition.  Nor  were  questions 
involving  any  supernormal  powers  of  perception  put  to  him. 
But  "  Darkie "  appears  frequently  to  have  been  asked  questions 
which  could  not  be  answered  by  the  normal  powers  of  any 
intelligence,  and  it  is  definitely  suggested  that  he  answered  by 
tapping  telepathically  the  knowledge  of  his  master,  who,  "  if 
he  concentrates  his  thoughts,"  enables  the  dog  to  answer  any 
question  known  to  him  (p.  103).  Indeed  even  more  than  this 
is  involved  in  questions  asking  the  dog  to  tell  the  time  by  a 
particular  watch  (which  was  wrong),  and  the  numbers  on  a  bank- 
note and  a  watch,  which  were  presumably  unknown  to  the 
inquirer :  this  would  require  a  sort  of  clairvoyance,  though  the 
conditions  of  the  experiments  are  not  very  clearly  stated.  Of 
course,  M.  Maeterlinck's  theory  that  dogs  are  "  psychics "  who 
have  access  to  a  cosmic  reservoir  of  all  knowledge,  would  obtain 
support  from  the  experiments  if  the  animal's  knowledge  were 
found  both  to  go  beyond  that  possessed  by  any  human  mind, 
and  to  be  such  that  its  own  sense  perception  could  not  account 
for  it ;  but  until  it  is  made  clear  that  the  conditions  exclude 
both  this  and  telepathic  transfer  from  a  human  mind,  this  ex- 
planation can  hardly  be  entertained.  Indeed,  as  the  record 
stands,  it  can  hardly  be  said  that  the  most  obvious  interpretation 
of  all,  that  of  unconscious  signalling,  is  excluded,  though  no 
doubt  it  is  rendered  more  difficult  by  the  fact  that  "  Darkie, '*" 
like  the  Elberfeld  horse  "  Berto,"  is  blind. 

F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 


Nos.  CCCXXV.-VI.-VoL.  XVII.  JANUARY-FEBRUARY,  1916. 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

PAOB 

Notice  of  Meeting, 125 

Some  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy, 126 

Note  on  a  Current  Periodical, 147 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A  General   Meeting  of  the  Society 

WILL  BE  HELD  IN 

THE   COUNCIL   CHAMBER, 
ON  THE  FIRST  FLOOR  OF  20  HANOVER  SQUARE,  LONDON,  W. 

On    WEDNESDA  V,  FEBRUARY  23,  1916,  at  5  p.m. 


WHKN    A    PAl'ER    ON 


A  Series   of  Experiments  in  "  Guessing 
BY  MRS.  A.  W.  VERRALL 


Will,    HE    REAP. 


.B. Members  and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  Names 

at  the  door.  Visitors  will  be  admitted  on  the  production  of  an 
invitation  card  signed  by  a  Member  or  Associate.  Each  Member 
or  Associate  ii  alloived  to  invite  ONK  friend. 


126          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN. -FEB. 


SOME  RECENT  CASES  OF  PREMONITION 
AND  TELEPATHY.1 

BY  THE  REV.  M.  A.  BAYFIELD. 

SINCE  a  few  of  the  experiences  which  form  the  subject  of  this 
paper  are  without  corroboration,  it  seems  desirable  to  begin 
with  a  word  or  two  about  the  lady  to  whom  they  occurred, 
lest  you  should  regard  these  uncorroborated  incidents — or, 
indeed,  the  main  narrative — with  any  suspicion.  Of  course,  as 
our  experience  has  taught  us,  it  is  only  prudent,  in  the  case 
of  any  one  not  well  known  to  us,  to  receive  unsupported 
statements  on  the  subjects  with  which  the  Society  is  concerned 
with  a  certain  amount  of  reserve;  but  in  the  present  case  you 
will,  I  think,  agree  with  me  that  the  incidents  which  are 
confirmed  by  the  testimony  of  others  lend  full  credibility  to 
those  which  are  not  so  supported. 

This  lady,  who  belongs  to  a  family  well  known  in  North 
Devon — her  maiden  name  was  Chichester — has  been  known  to 
me  from  her  childhood  and  to  my  wife  from  her  birth  ;  indeed, 
our  families  are  connected  by  marriage.  Of  the  truthfulness  of 
her  statements  we  have  no  doubt,  and  I  have  myself  carefully 
cross-examined  her  on  each  of  the  incidents  that  are  now  to  be 
brought  before  you.  I  ought  further  to  state  that  those 
accounts  which  are  in  my  own  language,  and  which  form  the 
majority,  were  written  down  from  information  given  in  con- 
versation several  weeks  before  I  received  the  confirmations  of 
other  persons  concerned.  That  is  to  say,  my  account  of  any 
particular  incident  is  really  her  own  independent  account,  not 
a  story  put  together  by  me  upon  a  comparison  of  the  whole 
evidence.  She  signed  each  account  separately  when  I  had 
written  it,  and  has  since  read  and  signed  the  whole  paper  as 
correct.  Similarly,  her  written  accounts  were  given  to  me 
before  I  received  the  corroborations.  From  childhood,  as  she 
tells  me,  she  has  had  experiences  similar  to  those  recorded 
here,  but  until  the  occurrence  of  one  tragic  incident  which  I 
shall  have  to  relate,  attached  no  particular  importance  to 
them.  The  recent  experiences  were  first  brought  to  my  own 
notice  a  few  months  ago.  I  at  once  urged  her  to  make 

'This  paper  was  read  before  the  Society  on  November  22,  1915. 


1916.  Recent  Gases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  127 

contemporary  notes  of  all  such  premonitory  impressions,  but 
although  she  fortunately  did  so  in  two  subsequent  cases,  in 
three  others  the  good  intention  was  forgotten. 

In  1910  Miss  Chichester  married  Lieut.  George  Harley 
Pownall,  R.N.,  and  they  went  to  live  at  Harwich,  where  he 
was  in  command  of  a  submarine.  She  tells  me  that  when  they 
were  engaged  she  felt  convinced — it  seems  to  have  been  a 
settled  conviction  and  more  than  a  mere  fear — that  he  would 
not  live  long ;  but  admits  that  she  considered  the  submarine 
service  a  dangerous  one  even  in  time  of  peace.  We  may  see 
reason  to  think  that  this  opinion  was  perhaps  not  the  sole 
cause  of  the  presentiment.  Lieut.  Pownall  was  of  a  robust 
constitution  and  his  health  was  excellent. 

One  day  while  they  were  at  Harwich  she  saw,  or  thought 
she  saw,  through  a  window  that  looked  on  the  street,  her 
husband  come  up  on  his  bicycle,  get  off,  and  approach  the 
house.  She  then  heard  the  door  open  and  shut,  and  the  sound 
of  his  footsteps  in  the  hall.  As  he  did  not  come  into  the  room, 
she  went  out  but  found  no  one.  This  was  in  the  afternoon. 
Lieut.  Pownall,  who  had  not  been  near  the  house  at  that  time, 
returned  about  an  hour  later.1 

In  1913  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall  (he  had  been  promoted  in 
1911)  was  appointed  First  Lieutenant  of  the  Egmont,  depot- 
ship  of  the  submarines  at  Malta,  with  command  of  the  Sub- 
marine Flotilla  there.  Mrs.  Pownall  went  out  with  him. 

In  August  1914,  after  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  Mr.  R.  E. 
Knox,  R.N.,2  who  was  on  the  staff  of  Admiral  Garden,  Admiral 
Superintendent  of  the  Dockyard,  said  in  Mrs.  Pownall's  pre- 
sence, "  Anyhow  we  [meaning  the  Admiral  and  his  staff]  shall 
not  leave  Malta,  for  the  Admiral  has  just  received  an  extension 
of  his  appointment  "—or  words  to  that  effect.3  A  few  days 
later,  about  August  12,  on  coming  down  to  breakfast  Mrs. 

1  Some   ten    or   eleven   years   ago,   when   away   on   a   visit,   Miss   Chichester 
had   a   visual   hallucination    of   her   mother,   who,    being   then    at   home,    had 
endeavoured   (without   any   previous   arrangement)   to   make   herself  visible   to 
her  daughter.     She  had  previously  had  a  similar  hallucination  of  her  mother, 
but  without  intention  on  the  latter's  part. 

2  Not  the  real  name  or  initials. 

•There  was,  I  believe,  no  formal  "extension";  it  would  be  more  correct 
to  say  that  it  became  known  that  the  Admiral  was  not  to  be  relieved  M 
had  been  expected. 


128        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        JAN. -FEB. 

Pownall  said  she  had  dreamed  on  the  previous  night  that 
Admiral  Garden  was  going  to  have  command  of  a  fleet  at  sea, 
but  nowhere  near  England.  This  was  said  to  her  husband  and 
Mr.  Knox,  and  later  to  Captain  L.  T.  Esmond.1  Since  it  was 
then  common  knowledge  that  the  Admiral  was  not  to  be 
relieved,  her  friends  naturally  dismissed  the  dream  as  absurd. 
Some  five  weeks  after  this  (I  am  betraying  no  secret,  for  the 
fact  was  at  once  publicly  known)  Admiral  Garden  was  appointed 
Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Mediterranean  Fleet,  then  at  the 
Dardanelles. 

This  is  corroborated  by  Mr.  Knox  as  follows  : 

October,  1915. 

In  August  1914  I  was  [on  the  staff  of]  Admiral  Garden.  I 
remember  that  towards  the  end  of  the  month8  I  said  to  Mrs. 
Pownall  that  the  Admiral  and  his  staff  would  be  fixtures  at  Malta 
during  the  war,  as  the  appointment  of  the  Admiral  who  was  to 
relieve  him  had  been  cancelled.  I  remember  also  that  a  few  days 
later  Mrs.  Pownall  said  she  had  dreamed  that  Admiral  Garden  was 
in  command  of  a  Fleet  at  sea.  Lieut.-Commander  Pownall, 
Captain  [Esmond],  and  I  regarded  it  as  extremely  improbable  that 
he  would  leave  Malta  Dockyard. 

(Signed)  R.  E.  KNOX 

Captain  Esmond  writes  from  Malta  on  October  23,  1915 : 

Mrs.  Pownall  told  me  in  August  1914  that  she  had  dreamed 
that  Admiral  Garden  was  to  have  a  command  at  sea,  but  nowhere 
near  England.  This  was  generally  regarded  as  improbable,  in 
view  of  the  fact  that  the  Admiral  had  only  recently  received  an 
extension  of  the  appointment  he  then  held  at  Malta. 

Some  time  after  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  but  before  Sep- 
tember 7  of  last  year,  the  question  of  the  dispatch  of  sub- 
marines from  Malta  to  the  Dardanelles  was  discussed  among 
Mrs.  Pownall's  friends.  It  is  natural  to  surmise  that  the 
discussion  began  after  August  10,  and  that  it  arose  from  the 
fact  that  the  Goeben  and  Breslau  had  on  that  day  succeeded 
in  reaching  Constantinople.  The  naval  officers  were  of  opinion 

1  Not  the  real  name  or  initials. 

2  Since    sending    this    statement    Mr.    Knox    has    written    that    he    cannot 
clearly    recall    what    time    in    August    the    incident    happened.     Mrs.    Pownall 
fixes  the   date  as  being  a  few   days  after  August  8,   on  which  day  she  and 
her  husband  moved  into  the  house  in  which  the  dream  occurred. 


1916.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  129 

that  the  submarines  would  remain  at  Malta  for  the  defence  of 
the  island.  Mrs.  Pownall,  however,  constantly  affirmed  to  her 
husband  and  others  that  the  submarine  flotilla  would  be  sent 
to  the  Dardanelles  and  that  he  would  go  with  them.  She  will, 
I  am  sure,  not  quarrel  with  me  if  I  say  that  her  grasp  of 
naval  strategy  is  not  such  that  this  conviction,  opposed  as  it 
was  to  expert  opinion,  is  likely  to  have  been  based  on  reflec- 
tion and  judgment.  The  declaration  of  war  against  Turkey,  it 
will  be  remembered,  was  not  made  until  November  5,  1914. 
The  premonition  is  corroborated  by  Mr.  Knox  as  follows  : 

•  November  1,  1915. 

I  remember  Mrs.  George  Pownall  saying  in  August  1914  that  the 
Malta  submarines  would  be  sent  to  the  Dardanelles.  We  all 
considered  this  most  improbable. 

(Signed)        It.  E.  KNOX. 

Captain  Esmond  writes  under  date  October  23,  1915  : 

Before  the  Submarine  Flotilla  left  Malta  for  the  Dardanelles  it 
was  the  general  opinion  in  Naval  circles  that  it  would  not  be  so 
employed,  being  required  for  the  defence  of  the  island.  I  remem- 
ber that  Mrs.  George  Pownall  nevertheless  affirmed  more  than  once 
that  the  submarines  would  be  sent  to  the  Dardanelles.  This  took 
place. 

On  September  7,  1914,  Mrs.  Pownall  saw  her  husband  pass 
across  the  harbour  in  his  skiff.  She  had  frequently  seen  him 
do  so,  but  on  this  occasion  she  said  to  herself,  "  He  is  going 
to  the  Admiral  to  receive  orders  for  the  dispatch  of  the 
submarines  to  the  Dardanelles."  This  was  in  fact  the  case, 
and  the  flotilla  left  Malta  next  day.  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall 
made  the  voyage  in  the  Hindustani,  a  collier,  which  was 
afterwards  renamed  the  Hindukush  and  became  the  submarine 
depot-ship  at  the  Dardanelles.  He  remained  on  this  ship  until 
he  was  transferred  to  a  transport  on  some  day  between  the 
17th  and  25th  of  April,  1915. 

When  her  husband  parted  from  her,  Mrs.  Pownall  felt 
absolutely  sure  she  would  never  see  him  again,1  and  from  that 
day  onwards  she  always  felt  peculiarly  depressed  on  Sundays, 
and  mentioned  the  fact  in  letters  to  her  husband  many  times. 
On  Sunday,  April  25,  1915,  he  was  killed  by  a  bursting  shell 

1  Her  own  words  are  :  "  I  had  not  a  shadow  of  doubt  about  it." 


130         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        .1. \\.-FKB. 

while  in  charge  of  a  boat  taking  part  in  the  first  landing  on 
Gallipoli.  He  was  wounded  in  the  early  morning  and  died  at 
10.30  a.m. 

On  that  same  afternoon  at  Malta  Captain  Esmond  called  on 
Mrs.  Pownall  and  delivered  a  letter  written  to  her  by  her 
husband,  whose  letters  were  sent  that  way  by  private  arrange- 
ment— probably  for  greater  safety  or  more  rapid  delivery. 
After  giving  her  the  letter  Captain  Esmond  left  Mrs.  Pownall 
in  the  drawing-room,  saying  he  was  very  tired  and  would  go 
into  the  smoking-room  and  have  a  nap.  She  proceeded  to  read 
the  letter,  which  was  dated  the  17th  of  April,  and  when  about 
half  through  was  seized  with  an  overpowering  conviction  that 
the  landing  had  taken  place  and  that  her  husband  had  been 
killed.  The  conviction  was  so  strong  that  she  felt  impelled  to 
go  and  tell  Captain  Esmond  at  once,  but  refrained  from 
disturbing  him.  I  have  naturally  not  been  able  to  ask  to  see 
this  letter,  but  Mrs.  Pownall  assures  me  that  it  contained 
nothing  about  naval  matters  beyond  the  statement  that  her 
husband  was  going  on  to  a  transport. 

It  should  be  explained  that  the  officer  in  command  of  a 
submarine  flotilla  does  not  live  on  a  submarine,  but  on  what 
is  called  a  depot-ship,  which  may  be  any  ship  that  is  suitable 
for  the  purpose.  Lieut.-Commander  Pownall,  as  I  have  said, 
had  up  to  the  time  of  writing  been  on  the  collier  Hindubutk. 
When  Mrs.  Pownall  read  that  he  was  going  on  to  a  transport, 
she  wondered  why  this  was,  but  her  only  conclusion  was  that 
for  some  reason  he  was  to  be  temporarily  transferred  from  his 
submarine  duties.  No  doubt  the  removal  to  a  transport  might 
suggest  duties  in  connexion  with  the  troops,  and  as  I  have 
recently  learned,  this  was  in  fact  the  explanation,  for  the  naval 
officers  who  superintended  the  landing  were  all  placed  together 
on  an  empty  transport  in  order  to  make  the  necessary  arrange- 
ments. Mr.  Knox,  however,  writes  to  me  that  a  naval  officer 
would  not  necessarily  infer  from  the  change  even  a  relinquish- 
ment  of  the  submarine  duties  ;  "it  might  only  mean  that  a 
transport  was  being  used  as  a  Submarine  Parent  instead  of  the 
collier  which  had  hitherto  been  used."  We  shall  see  that  the 
transference  did  not  suggest  to  Captain  Esmond  any  partici- 
pation in  the  lauding.  He  had  peculiar  facilities  for  knowing 
all  that  was  to  be  known,  and  shortly  before  this  had  told 


191(5.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  131 

Mrs.  Pownall  that  the  landing  would  not  take  place  for  some 
little  time. 

Together  with  the  letter  from  her  husband,  Captain  Esmond 
had  brought  to  Mrs.  Pownall  a  letter  from  Mr.  Knox,  who  also 
was  at  the  Dardanelles.  She  does  not  remember  which  she 
opened  first.  Mr.  Knox's  letter  has  been  destroyed,  and  he 
has  no  recollection  of  its  contents.  Mrs.  Pownall,  however,  is 
sure  that  it  contained  no  reference  to  the  landing  of  the  troops ; 
and  we  may  take  it  for  certain  that,  even  if  anyone  had  known 
the  precise  day  of  the  landing  more  than  a  week  before,  Mr. 
Knox  would  not  have  divulged  so  vital  a  secret,  and  also  that 
he  would  certainly  not  have  said  a  word  about  Lieut. -Com- 
mander Pownall's  taking  part  in  the  operation,  even  if  he  had 
then  any  expectation  of  his  doing  so.  Before  Mr.  Knox  left, 
Mrs.  Pownall  had  obtained  from  him  a  promise  that  he  would 
send  to  Captain  Esmond  a  telegram  with  the  news  of  her 
husband's  death  whenever  it  should  happen  ;  she  says  she  did 
this  because  she  was  sure  he  would  be  killed.  This  telegram, 
as  we  shall  see,  Mr.  Knox  sent. 

To  continue  the  story.  When  after  about  an  hour  Captain 
Esmond  retuined  to  the  drawing-room,  Mrs.  Pownall  told  him 
she  was  sure  the  troops  had  landed  and  that  her  husband  had 
been  killed.  He  leplied  that  he  did  not  believe  it  for  a 
moment ;  firstly,  because  he  did  not  think  the  landing  would 
take  place  for  a  day  or  two,  and,  secondly,  because  whenever  it 
took  place,  it  was  most  unlikely  that  Lieut. -Commander 
Pownall  would  have  any  part  in  ib.  Apparently  nothing  that 
he  could  say  produced  any  effect,  and  she  replied  that  she  was 
sure  she  was  right.  So  sure  was  she,  that  she  asked  him  to 
promise  that  he  would  himself  bring  her  the  news  when  it  came, 
and  he  said  he  would  certainly  do  so  if  the  need  should  arise. 

I  now  give  Captain  Esmond's  account  of  this  interview, 
written  from  Malta  ;  it  confirms  Mrs.  Pownall's  account  with 
extraordinary  particularity. 

On  Sunday  April  25th  1915,  the  day  on  which  Lieut.  Coindr 
Pownall  was  killed,  I  took  to  Mrs.  Pownall  at  her  house  a  letter 
written  from  her  husband  to  her  and  sent  under  cover  to  me. 
After  giving  her  the  letter  I  went  into  the  smoking-room  and 
slept  for  an  hour.  On  my  return  to  the  drawing-room  Mrs. 
Pownall  told  me  she  was  sure  her  husband  had  taken  part  in  the 


l')2  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     JAN. -FEB. 

landing  and  been  killed.  I  was  not  aware  that  the  landing  had 
taken  place,  and  did  not  expect  the  attempt  to  be  made  for  2  or 
3  days.  That  Lieut.  Comdr  Pownall  would  land  seemed  to  me 
improbable,  as  he  was  O.C.  Submarines.  However,  I  had  heard 
that  he  had  received  some  appointment  other  than  that  of  O.C. 
Submarines.  In  reply  to  Mrs.  Pownall's  statements  I  said  that  it 
was  of  course  possible,  but  that  in  view  of  the  fact  that  10 
beachmasters  had  been  appointed  by  the  Admiralty,  whom  I  had 
seen  passing  through  only  3  or  4  days  previously,  I  did  not 
think  for  a  moment  that  a  valuable  submarine  officer  would  be 
taken  as  a  beachmaster.  This  was  my  honest  belief. 

Mrs.  Pownall  then  asked  me  to  bring  her  the  official  news  of 
her  husband's  death,  and  I  said  I  would  be  sure  to  do  so,  if  it 
came.  When  the  news  actually  arrived  I  was  unavoidably  pre- 
vented from  fulfilling  this  promise.  As  far  as  I  am  aware,  the 
only  news  Mrs.  Pownall  received  of  her  husband's  death  was  a 
private  telegram  from  Mr.  [Knox  .  .  .]  to  me.  When  I  received 
it  [this  was  on  the  Wednesday  after  the  death]  H.  E.  the  Gover- 
nor was  expected  and  I  could  not  leave  my  office,  and  my  tele- 
gram was  communicated  to  Mrs.  Pownall  by  Mrs.  Limpus,  wife  of 
the  Admiral  Superintendent.  On  my  arrival  at  2.0  p.m.  (2  hours 
after  receiving  the  telegram)  Mrs.  Pownall  was  quite  calm,  and 
told  me  that  as  soon  as  she  saw  Mrs.  Limpus  she  knew  she  had 
come  to  tell  her  her  husband  was  dead.  She  was  expecting  the 
news  hourly. 

Captain  Esmond  appends  the  following  note  to  his  accounts 
of  the  three  incidents  in  which  he  was  concerned  : 

October  23,  1915. 

The  facts  I  have  related  above  are  absolutely  true  and  I  am 
prepared  to  swear  to  them,  if  necessary. 

(Signed)        L.  T.  ESMOND,  Captain, . . . 

Some  account  of  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall  himself  is  desir- 
able for  a  complete  appreciation  of  this  incident,  and  it  will  be 
most  convenient  to  give  it  at  this  point.  He  was  an  excep- 
tionally talented  and  able  naval  officer,  and  so  far  as  it  can  be 
said  of  any  one  man  in  a  service  that  contains  so  many  men 
of  great  ability,  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  his  death  is  a 
serious  loss  to  the  Navy.  Not  only  was  he  a  master  of  his 
particular  business,  but  he  also  possessed  considerable  literary 
and  other  gifts,  and  was  a  most  agreeable  and  interesting 


luifi.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  133 

companion.     His    appointment    at    Malta    is    evidence    of    the 
estimate  which  the  Admiralty  had  formed  of  his  abilities. 

You  have  no  doubt  been  wondering  how  an  officer  so 
valuable  for  his  proper  and  most  important  duties  came  to  be 
engaged  in  one  of  the  landing  parties.  One  asks  with  some 
indignation  and  a  bitter  literalness,  Que  diable  allail-il  faire 
dans  cette  gatire  ?  No  authoritative  explanation  is  likely  to  be 
obtainable,  and  we  can  only  suppose  that  it  was  a  case  of 
sheer  necessity.  Similar  things  have  happened  before,  and  will, 
I  imagine,  happen  again.  It  is  small  comfort  for  those  who 
mourn  for  him,  though  it  says  much  for  our  Naval  Service, 
that,  as  is  shown  by  our  later  submaiine  successes  in  Turkish 
waters,  his  command  has  evidently  passed  into  no  less  able  hands. 

I  have  said  thus  much  of  this  officer — and  I  would  also 
remind  you  of  Captain  Esmond's  opinion  on  the  matter  and  of 
Mr.  Knox's  remark  on  the  removal  to  the  transport — in  order 
that  it  may  be  clearly  seen  how  little  reason,  humanly  speak- 
ing, Mrs.  Pownall  had  for  supposing  her  husband  would  be  in 
any  special  danger  at  the  Dardanelles,  and  how  she  was  least 
of  all  justified  by  any  ordinary  calculation  of  probabilities  in 
her  conviction  that  he  had  died  as  one  of  a  landing  party. 

We  have  now  to  return  to  Malta.  Mrs.  Pownall  spent  the 
earlier  part  of  the  evening  of  April  25  (the  day  of  the 
death  and  of  her  impression  concerning  it)  alone  in  the  house ; 
she  had  allowed  her  maids  to  go  out,  and  there  are  no 
children.  She  was  sometimes  on  the  first  floor  and  sometimes 
on  the  second,  but  on  whichever  floor  she  might  be,  she  heard 
from  time  to  time  footsteps  on  the  floor  below  ;  the  impression 
was  of  human  footsteps,  but  she  did  not  otherwise  distinguish 
them.  She  went  down  three  times  to  search,  but  found  no 
one.  Becoming  uneasy,  she  went  out  and  induced  a  friend, 
Mme.  Davie,  to  come  and  spend  the  evening  with  her.  She 
did  not  mention  the  footsteps  to  her,  nor  her  conviction  of  her 
husband's  death,  but  Mme.  Davie  also  heard  footsteps  and  also 
searched  twice  for  an  explanation  in  vain.  A  letter  has  been 
written  to  the  lady,  asking  for  her  confirmation  on  this  point, 
but  no  answer  has  been  received.  Mrs.  Pownall  thinks  she 
must  have  left  Malta. 

In  London  on  this  same  night  a  dream  was  dreamed  which 
only  perversity,  as  it  seems  to  me,  could  dissociate  from  Mrs. 


134         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.        JAN.-FKH. 

Pownall's  distress  at  her  husband's  death,  of  which  she  had 
become  so  strangely  convinced.  Before  relating  the  dream  I 
should  state  that  the  "  John  "  who  appears  in  it  is  a  brother 
of  Mrs.  Pownall  who  died  in  Sumatra  in  September,  1914.  In 
view  of  the  experiences  accumulated  in  this  paper,  it  is  some- 
what remarkable  that  Mrs.  Pownall  had  no  premonition  of  her 
brother's  death  nor  any  telepathic  impression  of  any  kind  in 
connexion  with  it,  although  he  was  her  favourite  brother  and 
there  was  a  strong  mutual  affection  between  them.  The  dream 
occurred  to  a  sister  of  Mrs.  Pownall,  Mrs.  Grenfell  White,  and 
the  following  is  her  account  of  it,  with  her  husband's  con- 
firmation. 

November  6,  1915. 

On  a  Sunday  night  last  April  I  dreamt  that  I  saw  Vera  [Mrs. 
George  Pownall]  crying  dreadfully,  and  I  saw  John  very  plainly, 
and  he  said  to  Vera,  '  I  wish  I  could  speak  to  you,  but  I  can't.' 
When  I  woke  up  I  said  to  my  husband,  '  I  know  something  has 
happened  to  George '  ;  and  I  then  went  on  to  urge  him  very 
strongly  to  remember  what  I  was  going  to  tell  him,  and  in 
particular  to  remember  that  I  had  told  him  before  we  had  any 
knowledge  that  my  forebodings  were  true.  I  then  told  him  my 
dream,  and  my  insistence  made  him  remember  the  circumstances 
clearly.  We  afterwards  learned  that  George  was  in  fact  killed  on 
that  Sunday.  I  had  not  previously  dreamt  about  John  since  his 
death  in  September  1914. 

(Signed;        THOMASINE  GRENFELL  WHITK. 

155  Sloane  St.,  London. 

November  6,  1915. 
The  above  is  a  true  account  of  what  occurred. 

(Signed)        W.  GRENFELL  WHITE. 

On  the  following  day,  Monday,  April  26,  although  Mrs. 
Pownall's  impression  of  her  husband's  death  was  less  painfully 
vivid,  the  conviction  was  as  strong  as  ever,  and  she  proceeded 
to  tear  up  papers  and  letters  and  do  other  things  which  she 
would  not  otherwise  have  done,  in  view  of  an  early  return  to 
England.  She  actually  told  her  maid  that  she  would  have  no 
further  need  of  her  services. 

On  the  next  night,  Tuesday,  somewhere  about  midnight  she 
suddenly  woke  up  in  bed,  and  after  a  few  minutes  heard 
footsteps  in  the  street  below.  Her  first  thought  was  that  it 


1916.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  135 

was  Captain  Esmond  bringing  her  the  news  as  he  had  promised, 
and  she  felt  relieved  when  the  steps  went  past  the  house. 
This  feeling,  however,  was  followed  by  the  thought,  "  He  will 
not  come ;  Mrs.  Limpus  [wife  of  Admiral  Limpus]  will  bring 
me  the  news." 

On  the  Wednesday  morning  Mrs.  Pownall  went  out  into  the 
town,  and  on  her  return  at  1  o'clock  found  Mrs.  Limpus 
waiting  for  her  with  a  telegram  confirming  all  this  sad  fore- 
knowledge. The  telegram  ran  as  follows :  "  Pownall  killed 
25th  beach  party.  [Knox.] "  Soon  after  this  she  received  a 
note  from  Captain  Esmond  saying  he  was  very  sorry  that  he 
had  been  unavoidably  prevented  from  fulfilling  his  promise  to 
bring  the  news  himself.  As  you  will  remember  from  his 
statement,  he  also  called  at  2  o'clock. 

Mrs.  Pownall  left  for  England  on  Monday,  May  3,  1915,  and 
there  was  a  curious  premonition  in  connexion  with  her  de- 
parture. The  boats,  which  go  weekly,  normally  come  into 
Malta  and  leave  again  after  a  stay  of  a  few  hours.  Mrs. 
Pownall  had  expected  to  leave  on  Tuesday,  May  4,  but  Captain 
Esmond  had  told  her  that  the  boat  had  been  delayed  and 
would  not  come  till  the  Thursday.  On  waking  on  Monday 
morning  at  about  7.30  she  felt  convinced  that  the  boat  would 
leave  at  11  o'clock  that  day,  and  at  once  got  up  and  made 
preparations  to  start.  She  usually  got  up  between  9  and  10, 
after  breakfasting  in  bed.  At  9.30  she  received  a  note  from 
Captain  Esmond  telling  her  that  the  boat  would  leave  at  11 
that  day,  and  she  started  by  it  at  that  hour.  In  peace  time 
the  boat  was  accustomed  to  leave  in  the  afternoon,  but  after 
the  outbreak  of  the  war,  according  to  Mrs.  Pownall 's  recol- 
lection, the  hour  varied.  I  do  not  know  at  what  hour  the 
boat  came  in  on  the  morning  in  question,  but  I  can  think  of 
no  normal  means  by  which  Mrs.  Pownall,  lying  in  bed  in  her 
house,  could  become  aware  of  its  arrival,  or  indeed  of  the 
arrival  of  any  ship.  Captain  Esmond  writes  to  me  that  he 
cannot  remember  anything  in  connexion  with  this  incident 
beyond  the  broad  fact  that  "the  boat  arrived  two  or  three 
days  before  she  was  expected  and  upset  all  the  arrangements." 
This,  however,  is  fortunately  all  the  corroboration  we  require. 

On  reaching  England,   Mrs.   Pownall  went  to  her  parents  in 
Devonshire,    and    stayed    with    them    for   about   ten    days.     At 


136          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN.-FKB. 

this  time  she  had  not  been  informed  whether  her  husband  had 
been  wounded  in  the  head  or  in  the  body,  nor  whether  he  had 
or  had  not  died  instantaneously ;  but  she  told  her  mother, 
while  on  this  visit,  that  she  was  sure  he  had  been  shot  in  the 
back  and  had  not  died  at  once.  Her  mother  has  only  a  vague 
recollection  of  this,  but  Mrs.  Pownall  is  positive  on  all  three 
points.  Some  time  in  June  she  received  a  letter,  dated  May 
31,  from  the  Chaplain  on  board  the  transport,  informing  her 
that  Lieut.-Commander  Pownall  had  been  wounded  in  the  back 
and  had  lingered  a  few  hours.  She  had  not  written  to  any  one 
for  information  on  the  point,  and  this  was  the  first  that  had 
reached  her.  Before  receiving  this  letter,  Mrs.  Pownall  had 
received  two  others  from  the  Dardanelles,  one  from  an  officer 
and  one  from  an  able  seaman,  but  neither  made  any  reference 
to  the  locality  of  the  wound. 

The  next  three  experiences  I  give  in  Mrs.  Pownall's  own 
words.  She  made  no  contemporary  notes,  but  says  that  her 
recollection  is  clear. 

October,  1915. 

In  July  1915  I  was  staying  at  Eastbourne  with  Miss  Bayfield, 
who  was  driving  a  motor  ambulance  in  the  neighbourhood.  Mr. 
[R.  E.  Knox]  was  also  there  on  leave,  expecting  a  fresh  appoint- 
ment. One  day  I  told  him  he  would  get  his  appointment  on  such 
and  such  a  day,  naming  a  day  of  the  week  four  days  ahead.  I 
remember  counting  the  days  as  they  went  by.  He  obtained  his 

appointment  on  the  day  I  named. 

(Signed)        VKRA  POWNALL. 

Mr.  Knox  has  sent  the  following  confirmation  of  this,  and 
fortunately  has  been  able  to  supply  the  dates  : 

In  July  1915  I  was  on  leave  at  Eastbourne  and  was  expecting 
an  appointment.  On  Friday  30th  July  Mrs.  Pownall  told  me  I 
should  be  appointed  on  the  following  Tuesday,  which  proved  true. 

(Signed)        R.  E.  KNOX. 

I  now  come  to  another  little  incident,  which  may  readily  be 
accepted,  though  from  the  nature  of  the  case  corroboration  is 
impossible. 

October,  1915. 

One  morning  in  October  1915  my  copy  of  the  Times  had  been 
brought  up  to  me  as  usual  while  I  was  in  bed,  and  was  lying 
near  me  where  the  maid  had  placed  it,  folded  as  it  always  is, 


1916.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  I:,  7 

with  the  front  page  outside.  I  had  not  myself  touched  it.  Juat 
as  I  was  about  to  take  it  up  I  had  the  impression  that  I  should 
find  among  the  casualties  the  name  of  Major  Ash,  of  the  Middle- 
sex Kegiment,  as  either  killed  or  wounded.  On  opening  the  paper 
and  looking  down  the  casualty  lists  I  found  his  name  among  the 
wounded.  I  did  not  know  Major  Ash  well,  having  only  met  him 
at  Malta  two  or  three  times,  and  I  had  no  particular  interest  in 
him,  though  I  knew  Mrs.  Ash  fairly  well  while  we  were  both  at 
Malta.  I  had  had  a  letter  from  her  some  three  months  before 
this.  I  had  not  been  thinking  of  Major  or  Mrs.  Ash,  and  I  did 
not  know  whether  he  was  on  the  Western  Front  or  at  the  Darda- 
nelles, or  indeed  where  he  was.  (Signed)  VERA  POWNALL. 

The  next  incident  also  occurred  last  month.  I  should  state 
that  my  daughter  has  for  the  last  two  months  been  tem- 
porarily living  with  Mrs.  Pownall  in  London.  I  give  the  story 
as  written  down  at  their  dictation,  beginning  with  Mrs. 
Pownall's  account  : 

At  about  7.15  p.m.  on  October  12,  1915,  at  my  flat  in  London, 
I  made  the  following  note  on  the  back  of  a  tradesman's  bill  : — 
'  I  feel  that  there  will  be  a  Zep.  raid  to-night  or  to-morrow  at 
9.45  p.m.  V.  Pownall.  Oct.  12.'  For  the  rest  of  that  day  the 
matter  was  entirely  absent  from  my  mind.  On  October  13  Miss 
Bayfield  and  Mr.  [J.  Knox,  Mr.  R.  E.  Knox's]  brother,  dined  with 
me  at  the  flat  at  7.15.  During  dinner  I  found  it  strangely 
difficult  to  collect  and  control  my  thoughts,  and  seemed  to  myself 
to  be  in  a  state  of  suppressed  excitement  and  expectancy,  but  I 
was  expecting  nothing  in  particular.  I  did  not  think  of  Zeppelins, 
and  I  had  entirely  forgotten  the  memorandum  written  on  the 
previous  evening.  No  thought  of  Zeppelins  occurred  to  me  until 
we  were  standing  outside  in  the  street  at  about  5  minutes  past  8, 
when  Miss  Bayfield  said,  '  What  a  lovely  night  for  Zeppelins  ! 
The  night  was  clear  and  still.  Even  then  I  did  not  think  of  my 
note.  When  we  heard  the  first  bomb  dropped  on  London  that 
evening  we  were  in  a  theatre  ;  I  at  once  remembered  my  memo- 
randum and  looked  at  my  watch,  which  gave  the  time  as  9.40. 
My  watch  loses  about  5  minutes  each  day,  and  I  regulate  it  every 
morning  at  about  9.30  by  the  clock  on  the  Great  Central  Hotel, 
which  I  can  see  from  my  windows.  I  do  not  remember  that  I 
was  ever  before  in  the  condition  described. 

(Signed)        VERA  POWNALL. 


138  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JAN. -FEB. 

My  daughter,  who  has  known  Mrs.  Pownall  intimately  for 
some  years,  and  spent  the  winter  of  1913  with  her  at  Malta, 
describes  what  happened  as  follows  : 

I  have  read  the  foregoing  statement,  and  testify  that  it  is 
correct  so  far  as  concerns  myself.  During  dinner  I  noticed  that 
Vera  seemed  extraordinarily  distraite  and  preoccupied.  More  than 
once  she  did  not  reply  when  we  spoke  to  her,  and  she  seemed  to 
pay  imperfect  attention  to  what  was  going  on.  Also  she  talked 
little.  All  this  was  quite  unusual  with  her,  especially  at  dinner 
and  when  entertaining  guests.  I  said  to  her  something  to  the 
following  effect,  '  What  is  the  matter  with  you  ?  I  never  knew 
you  so  vague  !  '  She  replied,  '  I  feel  something  is  going  to  happen. 
['  When  I  said  this  I  did  not  think  of  Zeppelins.'  Vera  Pownall.] 
I  said,  '  What  ?  '  She  answered  that  she  did  not  know.  I  then 
said,  '  To  whom  ?  '  and  she  said,  *  To  all  of  us.'  I  said,  '  When  ?  ' 
and  she  replied  '  Oh,  soon '  [meaning,  as  Mrs.  Pownall  has  ex- 
plained, within  a  day  or  so].  Then  she  apologised  for  being  '  so 
vague,'  and  we  all  laughed  about  it. 

After  dinner  we  were  going  to  a  theatre.  When  Mrs.  Pownall 
and  I  were  putting  on  our  things  I  said  to  her,  '  Is  it  going  to 
happen  to  you  or  me  ?  ',  and  she  replied,  '  Oh  no  ;  we  are  all  in 
it.'  Either  now  or  earlier  I  said  to  her,  '  Is  it  something  awful  ?  ', 
and  she  answered,  '  No.' 

While  we  were  at  the  theatre  we  heard  the  bombs,  and  at  the 
sound  of  the  first  or  second  Vera  said  to  me,  '  I  wrote  that  down 
yesterday  and  put  it  in  my  dressing-table  drawer.'  When  we  got 
home  she  at  once  went  to  her  bedroom  and  immediately  brought 
back  and  showed  me  the  paper  attached  to  this  statement. 

(Signed)        CYRILLE  BAYFIKLD. 

Mrs.  Pownall  adds  : 

I  have  read  Miss  Bayfield's  statement  and  declare  that  it  is  correct. 

(Signed)        VERA  POWNALL. 

The  original  of  the  memorandum  mentioned  has  been  identi- 
fied by  Miss  Bayfield,  and  is  in  the  Society's  possession, 
together  with  the  originals  of  the  statements  of  Captain 
Esmond,  Mr.  Knox,  and  Commander  Reinold,  furnished  in 
corroboration  of  other  incidents.  I  may  add  that  the  news- 
papers of  October  12,  1915,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  contained 
no  warning  of  a  Zeppelin  raid,  and  the  last  previous  raid — 


litiii.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  !:;'.» 

the  only  one  that  had  then  been  made  on  London — took  place 
more  than  a  month  before,  on  September  8. 

The  last  case  which  I  have  to  bring  before  you  occurred  ten 
days  ago.  The  following  is  Mrs.  Pownall's  account  of  it : 

November  13th,  1915. 

Yesterday  morning,  when  I  began  to  read  the  paper,  I  had  it 
fixed  in  my  mind  that  I  should  see  "  British  Submarine  Lost ", 
and  I  hunted  through  the  paper  expecting  to  see  something 
about  it,  but  found  nothing.  A  Commander  from  the  Admiralty 
came  to  luncheon,  and  at  lunch  I  said  to  Cyrille  and  him,  "  Did 
I  dream  it  or  did  I  see  in  yesterday's  or  to-day's  paper  that  a 
British  submarine  had  been  lost  ?  Was  it  in  any  paper  ?  "  The 
Commander  said,  "  No,"  and  also  Cyrille.  This  morning,  shortly 
after  12  o'clock,  I  saw  a  poster,  "  British  Submarine  Lost. 
Official."  We  bought  a  Pall  Mall  and  found  it  was  true. 

(Signed)        VKRA  POWNALL. 
Miss  Bayfield  writes  : 

November  13th,  1915. 

I  have  read  Mrs.  George  Pownall's  statement  about  the  British 
submarine,  the  loss  of  which  was  first  reported  in  to-day's  evening 
papers,  and  certify  that  it  is  a  true  statement  in  every  detail. 

(Signed)        CYRILLE  BAYFIELD. 

Commander  B.  E.  Remold,  R.N.,  writes  : 

November  17th,  1915. 

On  Friday  last,  November  12,  I  lunched  with  Mrs.  George 
Pownall  and  Miss  Bayfield  at  2m  Hyde  Park  Mansions,  and  I 
remember  that  at  lunch  Mrs.  Pownall  said  something  to  the 
following  effect : — "  Did  I  dream  it  or  did  I  see  it  in  yesterday's 
or  to-day's  paper  that  a  British  submarine  had  been  lost  ?  "  I 
also  remember  that  Miss  Bayfield  and  I  replied  that  there  had 
been  no  such  announcement  in  the  papers. 

(Signed)        B.  E.  REINOLD,  Comr.R.N. 

This  brings  me  to  the  end  of  my  story,  but  if  you  are  not 
already  wearied,  I  should  like  to  add  a  few  remarks  on  some 
of  the  incidents — offering,  perhaps,  by  the  way,  a  few  targets 
for  the  discussion  which  I  hope  will  follow. 

A  resolute  critic,  unconvinced  even  of  telepathy,  might 
dismiss  this  somewhat  remarkable  series  of  predictions  as 
merely  so  many  examples  of  chance  coincidence,  accounting 


140  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JAN. -FEB. 

perhaps  for  their  number  by  a  reference  to  the  extraordinary 
runs  on  the  red  or  the  black  at  Monte  Carlo,  and  to  other 
similar  phenomena.  I  must  confess  that  such  a  view  would 
seem  to  me  to  be  a  fresh  illustration  of  the  surprising  credulity 
of  the  incredulous,  who,  rather  than  accept  a  new  truth  which 
conflicts  with  their  prepossessions,  are  ready  to  believe  the 
incredible.  The  simplicity  which  would  believe  that  we  have 
here  to  do  with  nothing  but  chance,  would  appear  to  be 
capable  of  believing  anything.  This  explanation,  then,  I 
unhesitatingly  dismiss,  and  seek  further  afield. 

Several  of  the  incidents  are  obviously  explicable  by  telepathy 
between  the  living,  and  may  be  considered  to  strengthen  the 
evidence  foi1  it — perhaps  to  extend  our  conception  of  it.  Three 
others — Admiral  Garden's  appointment,  the  dispatch  of  the 
submarines,  and  the  Zeppelin  raid — may  be  so  explained,  if  we 
make  certain  assumptions ;  but  of  the  premonition  of  the 
visit  of  Mrs.  Limpus  and  some  points  of  detail  in  other  cases 
telepathy  seems  to  me  to  offer  no  explanation  at  all. 

To  take  first  the  hallucination  at  Harwich,  we  may  suppose 
that  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall,  being  compelled  to  leave  his 
newly  married  wife  alone  for  most  of  the  day,  was  always 
desirous  of  returning  home  as  soon  as  his  duties  permitted. 
He  might  often,  consciously  or  unconsciously,  while  in  the 
midst  of  his  work  picture  himself  so  returning.  On  this 
particular  afternoon  a  thought  of  the  kind — perhaps  a  "  high- 
explosive  "  one,  so  to  speak,  caused  by  an  apparent  chance  of 
an  early  return  afterwards  found  to  be  no  chance — may  have 
caught  Mrs.  Pownall  at  a  favourable  moment,  and  the  visual 
hallucination  was  the  result.  One  only  wonders  why  hallu- 
cinations of  this  kind  do  not  occur  more  often. 

Telepathy  will  explain  the  dream  about  Admiral  Garden's 
appointment,  if  we  make  a  wild  and  quite  gratuitous  assump- 
tion. The  dream,  you  remember,  occurred  about  August  12, 
1914.  Now,  the  Goeben  and  Breslau  reached  Constantinople 
on  August  10,  and  their  escape  caused  much  irritation  in  this 
country.  At  the  Admiralty  and  in  Government  circles  the 
irritation  was  no  doubt  acute.  It  is  conceivable — I  do  not 
venture  to  say  that  it  is  more  than  conceivable — that  someone 
then  in  high  office,  whose  name  I  forbear  even  to  guess,  under 
the  stimulus  of  this  irritating  disappointment,  flashed  out  a 


I9i«  Recent  Gases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  141 

very  highly  explosive  thought  the  impact  of  which  was  felt  as 
far  as  Malta— the  thought  being  something  like  this,  "  X. 
must  be  recalled,  and  Garden  must  have  the  Mediterranean 
command !  "  Whether  the  thought  was  justifiable  or  not  of 
course  I  do  not  discuss,  and  it  does  not  matter ;  nor  does  it 
matter  that  the  change  (which,  as  we  know,  was  actually  made) 
did  not  take  place  till  more  than  five  weeks  after  the  date  of 
the  dream.  This  audacious  suggestion  is,  of  course,  a  mere 
fancy,  but  it  is  the  best  I  can  myself  make  in  the  interests  of 
telepathy.  On  its  merits  I  attach  small  value  to  it,  and  I 
have  reasons  for  believing  it  to  be  improbable.  I  am  not  at 
liberty  to  impart  these  reasons,  but  those  of  you  who  have 
friends  in  naval  circles  will  perhaps  be  able  to  obtain  infor- 
mation from  which  you  can  foim  your  own  opinion  on  the 
matter. 

Similarly,  the  dispatch  of  the  submarines  could  be  explained 
by  telepathy  from  the  Admiralty,  if  the  step  was  decided  upon 
there  at  a  sufficiently  early  date.  Perhaps  we  may  some  day 
be  allowed  to  learn  how  this  was  ;  but  in  view  of  the  fact 
that  the  flotilla  was  ordered  to  leave  at  some  twenty-four 
hours'  notice,  it  does  not  seem  likely  that  the  matter  was 
discussed  and  decided  in  London  more  than  a  day  or  two 
before.  Otherwise  one  would  have  expected  longer  notice  to 
be  given. 

The  incidents  of  the  steamer,  the  wounding  of  Major  Ash, 
and  the  loss  of  the  British  submarine  obviously  suggest  a 
telepathic  explanation,  since  in  each  case  some  one  knew  the 
facts  before  they  reached  Mrs.  Pownall.  With  regard  to  Mr. 
Knox's  appointment  also,  it  is  possible  that  somebody  at  the 
Admiralty  thought  the  thought,  "  in  3  days'  time  we  shall 
send  Mr.  Knox  notice  of  his  appointment."  All  the  same, 
both  the  thought  itself  and  the  transference  of  just  that 
thought  on  a  trivial  matter  are  not  easy  to  explain.  As  to 
Mrs.  Grenfell  White's  dream,  which  is  veridical  on  the  only 
point  that  we  can  test — Mrs.  Pownall's  distress,  telepathy, 
while  it  accounts  for  the  knowledge  of  her  grief,  does  not 
account  for  the  presence  of  the  brother.  Nor  does  it  account 
for  the  mysterious  footsteps  heard  in  the  house  at  Malta  the 
same  evening,  which  in  view  of  the  dream,  it  does  not  seem 
merely  fanciful  to  connect  with  him — unless  we  are  to  connect 


142         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.         JAN. -FEB. 

them  with  the  husband.  I  do  not  mean  that  a  spirit's  foot- 
steps may  be  audible ;  but  I  can  imagine  that  if  my  sub- 
liminal consciousness  receives  the  impression  of  a  spirit's 
presence  or  influence  (I  do  not  know  what  word  to  use),  the 
impression  might  emerge  in  the  vague  form  of  an  hallucination 
of  the  sound  of  footsteps.1 

With  regard  to  the  Zeppelin  raid,  we  may  say,  if  we  like, 
that  Mrs.  Pownall  obtained  her  information  from  the  Germans 
in  Belgium  who  were  planning  it.  At  first  blush  that  may 
seem  easy ;  but  we  must  remember  that  the  only  rapport 
between  them  is  a  violent  mutual  repulsion,  and  the  pro- 
duction of  rapport  by  repulsion  seems  unlikely.  Moreover,  as 
these  Germans  presumably  thought  in  German  and  Mrs. 
Pownall's  knowledge  of  that  language  is  extremely  slight  and 
(as  I  have  proved  by  experiment)  quite  insufficient  to  under- 
stand such  a  message  as  might  be  presumed,2  one  must  ask 
how  it  came  to  be  so  conveniently  translated  in  transit.  Or 
can  such  a  thought  (all  the  concepts  which  it  embraces  being 
familiar  to  the  receiver)  be  transmitted  from  mind  to  mind, 
without  the  employment  of  language  ?  I  am  disposed  to  think 
that  this  may  be  so,  although,  so  far  as  I  am  aware,  we  have 
no  recorded  example  of  telepathy  between  people  who  do  not 
understand  each  other's  language.  Even  so,  however,  not  all 
our  difficulties  are  removed.  How  are  we  to  explain  Mrs. 
Pownall's  precise  knowledge  of  the  hour  of  the  raid  ?  On  the 
telepathic  hypothesis,  the  enemy  proposed  to  himself  to  drop 
his  first  bomb  on  London  at  9.45  ;  but  if  he  did,  we  know 
enough  of  aerial  navigation  to  be  able  to  say  that  he  was 

1  It  was  suggested   by  a  speaker  at  the  meeting  that  the  hearing  of  foot- 
steps   may    have    been    the    result    of  expectation,    but    the    suggestion    seems 
altogether    gratuitous.     Why    should  there    be    any    such    expectation  ?     Mrs. 
Pownall  had  never  before  had  this  hallucination,  though  she  had  frequently 
been   alone   in   the   house   in   the  evening,   and   convinced  as   she   was  of  her 
husband's   death,   one   would   suppose   that   the   last   thing   she   would   expect 
would    be    to    hear    his   footsteps ;     moreover,    she    did   not    distinguish    them 
as  a  man's  footsteps.     It  may  be  added  that  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall  had 
never  lived  in  this  house  ;    Mrs.   Pownall  moved  into  it  after  he  left  Malta. 
Mme   Davie   had   not   been   told   about   the   footsteps   before   sho   thought   she 
heard  them  herself,  so  that  in  her  case  it  is  equally  difficult  to  imagine  why 
she  should  expect  to  hear  them. 

2  In    the    following    sentence,    "  Ein    Viertel    vor    zehn,    werden    wir    Uber 
London  ankommen,"  the  only  word  translated  was  Uber. 


1910.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy. 

highly  unlikely  to  keep  to  his  time-table  with  such  astonishing 
precision.  In  this  case,  therefore,  telepathy  cannot,  I  think, 
be  lightly  allowed  to  have  the  last  word.1 

The  knowledge  of  her  husband's  death  may  well  have  been 
apprehended  by  Mrs.  Pownall  telepathically ;  the  impression 
may  have  been  subliminally  received  at  the  moment  of  death, 
to  emerge  in  some  mysterious  way  through  the  handling  of 
the  letter.  There  is,  however,  one  point  in  this  painful  episode 
which  telepathy  does  not  wholly  explain. 

Mrs.  Pownall  appears  to  have  known  for  many  months  that 
her  husband  would  be  killed  at  bhe  Dardanelles,  and  also,  as 
I  incline  to  think,  that  it  would  be  on  a  Sunday.  At  any 
rate,  she  was  possessed  by  an  unshakable  conviction  on  the 
former  point,  and  the  conviction  was  justified  by  the  event. 
She  did  not,  I  believe,  consciously  expect  that  he  would  die  on 
a  Sunday,  but  her  remarkable  depressions  on  Sundays  look 
like  the  formless  emergence  of  a  subliminal  impression  to  that 
effect.2  The  depressions  were  peculiarly  distressing  and  usually 
culminated  in  weeping.  They  began ,  when  she  woke  in  the 

1  An    article    in    the    Observer   of   October   3    contained    the    following    para- 
graph : 

"  Sunset  coming  earlier,  the  hours  of  the  possible  arrival  of  German 
airships  over  London  is  put  forward,  and  this  month  we  may  expect  them 
as  early  as  10  p.m.  In  November,  December,  and  January,  they  might  in 
certain  conditions  get  here  before  9.30  p.m.  ;  and,  other  things  being  equal, 
they  will  be  a  trifle  less  particular  about  the  amount  and  direction  of  the 
wind  during  the  winter,  for  they  will  have  a  greater  duration  of  dark  hours 
for  the  job."  Mrs.  Pownall  takes  the  Observer  and  it  must  therefore  be 
presumed  that  she  read  this  article  ;  but  even  so  we  are  not  much  helped. 
The  impression  was  not  received  until  10  days  later,  and  "  as  early  as 
10  p.m."  does  not  suggest  9.45. 

2  Dr.   Wingfield  once  told  me  of  a  patient,  a  young  lady,   who  for  a  long 
time   had  refused   to   go   out   of  the   house   for  fear  that   something  dreadful 
would  happen  to  her,  she  knew  not  what.     Suspecting  this  vague  fear  to  be 
the   emergence   of  something   more   definite   in   the   subliminal,   he   hypnotised 
her  and  told  her  to  dream  of  the  thing  she  was  afraid  of.     On  waking  her, 
he   bade   her   make   notes   of  her  dreams   and   bring   the   notes  to   him.     She 
brought  notes  of  some  half-dozen,  of  which  he  selected  one.     The  dream  was 
of  an  incident  in  a  story  she  had  read  when  a  child  :    a  girl,  whose  friemU 
wished  to  get  hold  of  her  money,   had  been  taken   out   and  driven  off  to  a 
lunatic   asylum.     Put  into  the  trance   again,   the   patient   now  confessed   that 
the  fear  that  this  might  happen  to  herself  was  the  cause  of  her  unwillingness 
to    go    out    of   doors.     With    this    knowledge    the    cure    was   simple    and    wa» 
immediately  effected. 


144  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JAN. -FEB. 

morning,  passed  off  towards  midday,  and  returned  about 
tea-time.  Nothing  at  all  like  them  occurred  on  other  days, 
and  during  the  week,  but  for  the  one  great  trouble,  Mrs. 
Pownall  preserved  her  normal  cheerfulness.  Of  course,  there 
are  countless  instances  of  people  saying  that  they  are  "  con- 
vinced "  they  will  never  again  see  someone  dear  to  them,  but 
they  do  not  mean  more  than  that  they  greatly  fear  it  will  be 
so.  Mrs.  Pownall's  other  veridical  predictions  seem  to  forbid 
us  to  regard  the  present  case  as  one  of  mere  foreboding,  and 
she  herself  absolutely  refuses  to  regard  it  as  such.  Every 
prediction  of  the  future  must  be  considered  on  its  merits  and 
in  its  own  setting,  and  having  regard  to  all  the  circumstances, 
I  cannot  persuade  myself  that  we  have  not  here  a  case  of 
actual  foreknowledge.  With  every  desire  to  show  common 
sense,  I  am  unable  to  accept  accidental  coincidence  as  a 
satisfactory  explanation  of  the  facts.  But  if  it  is  a  case  of 
foreknowledge,  how  are  we  to  account  for  it  ?  I  can  imagine 
three  possible  views,  and  someone  may  suggest  a  fourth  or 
more. 

Firstly,  we  may  suppose  the  information  to  have  been 
conveyed  by  a  spirit  who  had  knowledge  of  the  future. 
Secondly,  we  may  suppose  that  the  mind  can  of  itself,  and  on 
its  own  initiative,  travel  into  a  world  of  thought  where  there 
is  110  past  or  future — where  all  that  is,  all  that  has  been,  all 
that  is  to  be,  is  equally  known  and  knowable.  Thirdly,  there 
is  a  supposition  which  those  who  find  it  difficult  to  believe  that 
we  on  earth  ever  come  into  contact  with  a  spirit  world,  would 
perhaps  prefer  to  either  of  these  two.  We  may  suppose  that  a 
man  in  perfect  health  may  by  some  mysterious  means  come  to 
have,  consciously  or  subliminally,  a  foreknowledge  of  the  very 
day  of  his  death  many  months  before  it  takes  place — and  that, 
although  his  death  is  to  be  a  violent  one,  and  not  due  to  some 
disease  whose  rudimentary  existence  the  subliminal  may  be 
supposed  to  be  capable  of  noting,  while  it  is  also  able  to 
forecast  and  to  time  with  accuracy  its  fatal  development.  We 
may  suppose  that  Lieut. -Commander  Pownall  had  this  fore- 
knowledge and  was  unable  to  prevent  the  communication  of  it 
telepathically  to  his  wife.  This  idea  is  not  to  be  hastily 
rejected  ;  but  it  must  be  admitted  that  it  transcends  normal 
experience  quite  as  outrageously  as  does  the  idea  of  communi- 


*916.  Recent  Cases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  145 

cation  with  a  spirit  world,  or  that  of  our  ability  to  penetrate 
into  a  world  of  thought  such  as  I  have  suggested ;  moreover, 
it  lacks  at  present  any  substantial  support.  It  is,  however, 
the  explanation  offered  by  Professor  Flournoy  of  a  case  of 
foreknowledge  of  death  from  disease  described  in  his  book 
Esprits  et  Mediums.  That  case,  which  is  very  well  attested,  is 
so  remarkable  that  I  gave  a  summary  of  it  in  a  review  of  the 
book  in  Vol.  XXV.  of  the  Proceedings.  Since  it  may  be 
thought  to  lend  some  support  to  this  last  theory,  I  will  give 
a  bare  outline  of  the  story  here.  For  convenience,  I  accord  the 
dates  to  the  Russian  calendar,  which  is  twelve  days  behind  ours. 
A  certain  Mme  Buscarlet  of  Geneva,  after  acting  for  three 
years  as  governess  to  the  two  little  daughters  of  M.  and  Mme 
Moratief  at  Kasan  in  Russia,  returned  to  Geneva  in  August, 
1883.  At  Kasan  she  became  acquainted  with  a  Mme  Nitchinof 
and  a  Mile  Olga  Popo'i.  Mrae  Nitchinof  was  headmistress  of 
the  Institut  Imperial  at  Kasan,  a  school  which  Mme  Moratief's 
daughters  began  to  attend  after  Mme  Buscarlet's  departure,  and 
she  and  her  husband  were  intimate  friends  of  the  Moratiefs. 
On  December  10  (our  22nd)  Mme  Buscarlet  wrote  a  letter  to 
Mme  Moratief,  but  did  not  post  it  till  the  12th,  and  it  reached 
Kasan  on  the  20th.  Professor  Flournoy  saw  both  the  letter 
and  the  envelope  with  the  Geneva  and  Kasan  postmarks. 
After  about  a  page  of  Christmas  greetings,  the  letter  goes  on 
as  follows.  It  is  written  in  French,  but  I  translate,  omitting 
all  that  is  not  essential. 

Last  night  I  had  an  absurd  dream.  .  .  .  You  and  I  were  on  a 
country  road,  when  there  passed  in  front  of  us  a  carriage  from 
which  came  a  voice  calling  you.  When  we  got  to  the  carriage 
we  saw  Mile  Olga  Popoi  lying  stretched  across  it  inside,  dressed  in 
white  and  wearing  a  cap  trimmed  with  yellow  ribbons.  [Mme 
Buscarlet  told  Professor  Flournoy  that  the  cap  also  was  white, 
and  that  she  had  seen  the  body  of  a  lady  invested  for  burial  in 
this  manner  in  Russia.]  She  said  to  you,  '  I  have  called  you  in 
order  to  tell  you  that  Mme  Nitchinof  leaves  the  Institute  on  the 
17th.5  The  carriage  then  drove  on.  How  ludicrous  dreams  are 
sometimes. 

After  this  the  letter  turns  to  other  subjects. 

In  a  letter  written  in  reply  and  dated  Kasan,  December  20 
(the  day  on  which  Mme  Buscarlet's  letter  arrived),  M.  Moratief 


146  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     JAN. -FEB. 

wrote  to  Mme  Buscarlet  that  he  and  his  wife  had  dined  at 
Mme  Nitchinof's  house  on  the  13th,  which  was  four  days 
after  the  dream.  After  dinner  Mme  Nitchinof  felt  unwell,  but 
a  doctor  who  arrived  immediately  diagnosed  nothing  more  than 
an  ordinary  slight  sore- throat  (une  simple  et  Ug&re  angine).  On 
the  14th  and  15th  the  doctors,  three  in  number,  failed  to  find 
anything  alarming,  and  only  on  the  morning  of  the  16th  was 
the  illness  recognised  as  scarlet  fever.  At  5  p.m.  on  that  day 
the  patient  could  hardly  speak,  and  at  11.45  the  same  night 
she  died.  For  fear  of  infection,  the  body  was  removed  from 
the  school  to  a  neighbouring  chapel  at  2  a.m.  on  the  17th. 
Thus  Mme  Nitchinof  did  indeed  "  leave  the  Institute  "  on  the 
17th.  Mile  Olga  Popoi's  intrusion  into  the  dream  is  unex- 
plained. 

There  remains  one  final  puzzle.  If  Mrs.  Pownall  had  ex- 
pected that  official  news  of  her  husband's  death  would  be  sent 
to  Admiral  Limpus,  she  might  naturally  suppose  that  it  would 
be  brought  on  to  her  by  Mrs.  Limpus.  Questioned  on  this 
point  Mrs.  Pownall  wrote  :  "  I  could  not  possibly  have  expected 
Admiral  or  Mrs.  Limpus  to  bring  me  the  news.  Official  news 
of  the  death  of  a  Naval  officer  always  comes  straight  from  the 
Admiralty  to  the  wife  or  nearest  relative.  About  a  fortnight 
after  George  was  killed  I  had  a  letter  from  the  Admiralty 
telling  me  of  his  death.  I  arranged  with  Mr.  [Knox]  that, 
should  anything  happen  to  George,  he  was  to  send  a  telegram 
to  Captain  [Esmond]."  Now,  Mr.  Knox's  private  telegram  to 
Captain  Esmond  arrived  in  Malta  at  noon  on  the  Wednesday, 
and  until  a  few  minutes  after  that  no  one  on  earth  could 
know  by  any  normal  means,  nor  even  by  telepathy,  that  the 
news  would  be  brought  to  Mrs.  Pownall  by  Mrs.  Limpus. 
Her  intervention  was  the  outcome  of  an  accident  which  did  not 
happen  till  noon  on  that  day.  How,  then,  could  Mrs.  Pownall 
know  of  it  twelve  hours  before  ? 

The  following  considerations,  which  I  present  because  they 
occurred  to  me  and  might  be  thought  to  touch  the  point, 
really  afford  no  solution  of  the  mystery.  In  asking  Captain 
Esmond  to  "  bring  her  the  official  news "  Mrs.  Pownall  seems 
to  have  had  some  dim  notion  that  it  might  be  officially 
telegraphed  to  Malta  direct  from  the  Dardanelles,  though  on  a 
moment's  reflection  she  would  have  remembered  that  head- 


1916.  Recent  Gases  of  Premonition  and  Telepathy.  147 

quarters  authorities  communicate  casualties  only  to  the  Admir- 
alty or  the  War  Office.  She  was  well  aware  of  this.  Such  a 
telegram,  if  sent— though  passing,  as  did  all  official  telegrams, 
through  Captain  Esmond's  hands— would  have  been  addressed, 
she  thinks,  to  Admiral  Limpus.  She  tells  me  she  never  thought 
of  this  until  I  questioned  her  on  the  point ;  her  only  thought 
was  that  Captain  Esmond  was  always  the  first  recipient  of 
official  news,  and  she  had  forgotten  for  the  moment  her 
arrangement  with  Mr.  Knox.  Moreover,  even  if  it  had  occurred 
to  her  that  an  official  telegram  from  the  Dardanelles  would  be 
addressed  to  the  Admiral,  she  would  not  have  thought  of  Mrs. 
Limpus  as  a  possible  messenger ;  she  would  have  felt  sure  that 
Captain  Esmond,  when  forwarding  the  telegram  to  the  Admiral, 
would  at  the  same  time  inform  him  that  he  had  promised  to 
break  the  news  to  her  himself,  if  it  should  come. 

NOTE. 

November  22,  1915. 

I  have  read  Mr.   Bayfield's  paper,  and  declare  that  it  faith- 
fully   describes    my    experiences   and    the   facts   connected    with 

them-  (Signed)    VERA  POWNALL. 


NOTE  ON  A  CURRENT  PERIODICAL. 

THE  Journal  of  the  American  Society  for  Psychical  Research 
for  November,  1915,  contains  a  report  by  Dr.  Hyslop  on  some 
sittings  with  Mrs.  Chenoweth,  at  which  interesting  results  were 
obtained.  The  sittings  were  held  under  the  following  circumstances. 

A  lady  of  whom  Dr.  Hyslop  knew  nothing  wrote  to  him  from 
Germany  asking  if  he  could  recommend  a  "  psychic  "  to  her, 
as  she  had  recently  lost  her  husband  and  wished,  if  possible, 
to  get  into  communication  with  him.  Dr.  Hyslop  knew  of 
no  psychic  in  Germany,  and  the  lady,  Mrs.  Tausch,  was  unable 
to  come  to  America,  but  she  sent  an  article  which  had  belonged 
to  her  husband,  and  her  sister,  then  living  in  Boston,  had  some 
sittings  with  Mrs.  Chenoweth  on  her  behalf.  Mrs.  Tausch 's 
husband  had  been  professor  in  a  small  Western  University  in 
America,  and  had  returned  to  his  old  home  in  Germany  shortly 
before  his  death. 

Dr.  Hyslop  made  all  the  arrangements  for  the  sittings  himself, 
and  imposed,  he  says,  the  usual  conditions,  that  is  to  say,  he 
did  not  tell  the  sitter,  Mrs.  Tausch's  sister,  the  name  of  the 
medium  to  whom  he  was  proposing  to  take  her,  and  Mrs. 


148        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  JAN. -FEB.  1916. 

Chenoweth,   who    had    been    given    no    information    in    regard    to 
the   sitter,    was   entranced    before    the   latter   entered    the    room. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  first  sitting  a  sign  was  made  which 
in  Mrs.  Chenoweth's  automatic  writing  habitually  represents 
Professor  William  James,  and  in  reply  to  an  enquiry  it  was 
so  interpreted  here.  Subsequently  Jennie  P.,  one  of  Mrs. 
Chenoweth's  habitual  "  controls,"  enquired  whether  the  spirit 
who  wished  to  communicate  was  associated  with  any  one  called 
William.  Dr.  Hyslop  asked  her  whether  she  meant  William 
James,  and  she  said  she  did  not  know.  Later  on  again,  when 
Professor  Tausch  himself  was  purporting  to  communicate,  the 
following  dialogue  took  place : 

I  wish  to  prove  to  them  all  that  I  was  not  a  fool  to  be  interested  in  this 
belief  of  spirit ...  I  also  had  some  records  I  had  been  much  interested  in. 
(Yes,  do  you  mean  they  were  your  own  ?). 
No. 

(Whose?). 

Others.     My  personal  experience  was  limited. 
(Yes,  do  you  know  whose  records  they  were?). 
Yes,  J.  had  some. 

(Let  me  be  sure  what  the  J.  is  for.) 
My  friend  James. 

Commenting  on  this,  Dr.  Hyslop  says : 

Now  Professor  James  was  a  friend  of  the  communicator,  and  Mrs.  Tausch 
wrote  in  response  to  my  cn<|uirics  ilmt  Professor  .James  had  given  tlirin 
records  to  read  and  they  had  done  so.  Of  course  I  knew  nothing  of  this 
fact,  and  indeed  nothing  of  the  man  and  his  life. 

Previously  to  her  question  about  the  "  man  named  William," 
Jennie  P.,  on  being  asked  what  the  communicator's  work  had 
been,  said  that  it  was  "  philosophical  "  and  "  he  philosophized 
about  everything."  He  had  in  fact  been  a  professor  of  philosophy. 

Several  other  small  incidents  and  peculiarities  were  correctly 
described,  and  in  "  the  subliminal  stage  of  the  recovery  "  the 
letters  T  h  T  were  given.  They  were  interpreted  by  the 
"  subliminal  "  as  Theodore,  the  name  of  a  previous  communicator. 
Dr.  Hyslop  made  no  comment  on  this  beyond  saying  that  the 
name  Theodore  had  no  relevance.  At  the  second  sitting  "  without 
any  help  "  the  name  Tausch  was  given,  variously,  but  never  quite 
correctly  spelt.  It  should  be  noted  that  Tausch  was  not  the 
aitter's  name,  and  assuming,  as  Dr.  Hyslop  implies,  that  care 
was  taken  not  to  mention  the  name  in  the  medium's  presence, 
this  is  a  good  piece  of  evidence  for  knowledge  supernormally  acquired. 

In  conclusion,  Dr.  Hyslop  points  out  that  the  interest  of  the 
case  lies  especially  in  the  fact  that  the  communicator  made  several 
correct  and  distinctive  statements  about  himself  for  the  verification 
of  which  it  was  necessary  to  apply  to  Mrs.  Tausch  in  Gfermany,  as 
the  facts  were  unknown  either  to  Dr.  Hyslop  or  to  the  sitter. 

It  would  be  interesting  to  see  the  complete  record  of  these 
two  sittings,  and  perhaps  Dr.  Hyslop  will  give  us  this  opportunity 
later.  H.  de  G.  S. 


No.  OCCXXVII.-VOL.  XVII.  „,„.„.  ,„,„ 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 

CONTENTS. 

I'AOB 

New  Members  and  Associates, 149 

Annual  General  Meeting  of  Members, 150 

Meetings  of  the  Council, 

General  Meeting, 

Report  of  the  Council  for  the  year  1915, 152 

Account  of  Receipts  and  Expenditure  for  1915, 158 

Endowment  Fund  for  Psychical  Research,  Account  for  1915, 159 

A  Note  on  "  Some  Recent  Experiments  in  Telepathy,"        - 100 

Note  on  a  Current  Periodical, 162 


NEW  MEMBEES  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Aspinall,  Mrs.  John,  New  Hall,  Harlow,  Essex. 

Baddeley,   Colonel   C.   E.,   c/o   Miss    Baddeley,    Cathedral    House, 

Gloucester. 

Benton,  W.  E.,  18  Emanuel  Avenue,  Acton,  London,  W. 

Peters,  William  E.,  Sylvadene,  Cumberland  Road,  Bromley,  Kent. 

Wilson,  W.  E.,  45  Maiden  Road,  Kentish  Town,  London,  N.W. 

BARRETT,  LADY,  M.D.,  31  Devonshire  Place,  London,  W. 

BUTLER,  FREDERICK   W.,   1627   Silver  Street,  Jacksonville,  Florida, 

U.S.A. 

CHARLES,  CLIFFORD  P.,  M.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.,  Bancroft,  Hitchin. 
CORNISH,  J.  EASTON,  The  Water  Works,  Alexandria,  Egypt. 
DUFF,  The  LADY  JULIET,  16  Upper  Brook  Street,  London,  W. 
FAULDER,  MRS.,  37  Rutland  Court,  Knightsbridge,  London,  S.W. 
GREW,  J.  C.,  c/o  American  Embassy,  4  Grosvenor  Gardens,  London,  S.W. 
HARRIMAN,   T.  G.,   M.D.,   2291    East   Ocean  Avenue,   Long  Beach, 

Calif.,  U.S.A. 

HARTLEY,  ALFRED,  3  Macaulay  Road,  Clapham  Common,  London,  S.W. 
HOME,  Miss  GEORGINA,  17  Kildare  Gardens,  London,  W. 
LOCHORE,  The  REV.  GEORGE,  The  Manse,  Waihi,  New  Zealand. 


150        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MARCH,  1916. 

MATBAR,  H.  P.,  Petit  Mansion,  Sleater  Road,  Bombay,  India. 
SECRETARY,  Selskabet  for  Psykisk  Forskning,  Copenhagen. 
SIMMONS,  JUDGE  DANIEL  A.,  Jacksonville,  Florida,  U.S.A. 
STEVENSON,  A.  CREERY,  83  Camperdown  Koad,  Scotstoun,  Glasgow,  W. 
THORNLEY,  Miss  FLORENCE  J.,  36  Downleaze,  Stoke  Bishop,  Bristol. 
WALL,  PERRY  G.,  Tampa,  Florida,  U.S.A. 
WESTON,  Miss  LENA  E.,  Shipbourne  Grange,  Nr.  Tonbridge,  Kent. 


ANNUAL  GENERAL  MEETING  OF  MEMBERS. 

THE  Annual  General  Meeting  of  Members  of  the  Society  was 
held  at  20  Hanover  Square,  London,  W.,  on  Thursday,  January 
27th,  1916,  at  5  p.m.  ;  MR.  H.  ARTHUR  SMITH  in  the  chair. 
There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir  W.  F. 
Barrett,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Mr. 
Sydney  C.  Scott,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick  (and,  by  proxy :  The 
Right  Hon.  Gerald  W.  Balfour,  the  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield, 
Captain  E.  N.  Bennett,  Sir  William  Crookes,  Sir  Oliver  Lodge, 
Dr.  T.  W.  Mitchell,  and  Dr.  F.  C.  S.  Schiller)  ;  also  Miss 
Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Report  of  the  Council  for  the  year  1915  was  read,  and 
is  printed  below.  The  audited  account  of  income  and  expendi- 
ture for  the  year  1915  was  presented  and  taken  as  read,  and 
is  also  printed  below. 

The  Chairman  announced  that  the  six  retiring  Members  of 
the  Council  offered  themselves  for  re-election.  No  other  nomi- 
nations having  been  received,  the  following  were  declared  to  be 
duly  elected  Members  of  the  Council :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally, 
Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Lord  Rayleigh,  Mr.  Sydney  C. 
Scott,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick,  Dr.  C.  Lloyd  Tuckey. 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  137th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Thursday,  January  27th,  1916,  at 
4.30  p.m. ;  MR.  H.  ARTHUR  SMITH  in  the  chair.  There  were 
also  present :  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr. 
St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  and  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick ;  also  Miss 
Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Report  of  the  Council  was  considered  for  the  year  1915. 


MARCH,  1916.  Meetings  of  the  Council.  151 

The  138th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Thursday,  January  27th,  1916,  im- 
mediately after  the  Annual  General  Meeting ;  MR.  H.  ARTHUR 
SMITH  in  the  chair.  There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W. 
Baggally,  the  Right  Hon.  Gerald  W.  Balfour,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett, 
Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Mr.  Sydney  C. 
Scott,  and  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick ;  also  Miss  Isabel  Newton, 
Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

The  proceedings  of  the  Annual  General  Meeting  were  reported. 

Professor  Gilbert  Murray,  LL.D.,  was  re-elected  President  of 
the  Society  for  the  year  1916. 

Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith  was  re-elected  Hon.  Treasurer ;  Mrs. 
Henry  Sidgwick  and  the  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Hon.  Secre- 
taries ;  and  Mr.  Arthur  Miall,  Auditor,  for  the  current  year. 

The  following  were  co-opted  as  Members  of  the  Council  for 
the  year  1916 :  the  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield,  Mr.  G.  Lowes 
Dickinson,  Professor  L.  P.  Jacks,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Dr. 
T.  W.  Mitchell,  Mr.  A.  F.  Shand,  Dr.  V.  J.  Woolley,  and  Dr. 
M.  B.  Wright. 

Committees  were  elected  as  follows  : 

Committee  of  Reference  and  Publication :  The  Right  Hon. 
Gerald  W.  Balfour,  Miss  Jane  Barlow,  Sir  William  F.  Barrett, 
Sir  William  Crookes,  the  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Dr.  W.  Leaf, 
Sir  Oliver  Lodge,  Dr.  T.  W.  Mitchell,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington, 
Lord  Rayleigh,  Mrs.  H.  Sidgwick,  and  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall. 

Library  Committee :  The  Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Dr.  T.  W. 
Mitchell,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  and  Dr.  C.  Lloyd  Tuckey. 

House  and  Finance  Committee :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  the 
Hon.  Everard  Feilding,  Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  Sydney  C. 
Scott,  and  Mr.  H.  Arthur  Smith. 

Corresponding  Members  and  Honorary  Associates  were  elected 
for  the  year  1916,  the  names  of  Miss  H.  A.  Dallas  and  Mr. 
J.  Arthur  Hill  being  added  to  the  list  of  Honorary  Associates. 

Three  new  Members  and  thirteen  new  Associates  were 
elected.  Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 


The  139th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,    London,    W.,    on    Wednesday,  February   23rd,    1916,   at 


152         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MARCH,  1916. 

4  p.m.  ;  MR.  H.  ARTHUR  SMITH  in  the  chair.  There  were 
also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir  W.  F.  Barrett,  Rev. 
M.  A.  Bayfield,  Captain  E.  N.  Bennett,  Sir  Lawrence  J.  Jones, 
Mr.  J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  Sydney  C.  Scott,  and  Mrs.  Henry 
Sidgwick  ;  also  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

Two  new  Members  and  five  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 


GENERAL  MEETING. 

THE  146th  General  Meeting  of  the  Society  was  held  in  the 
Council  Chamber,  at  20  Hanover  Square,  London,  W.,  on 
Wednesday,  February  23rd,  1916,  at  5  p.m.  ;  SIR  LAWRENCE  J. 
JONES  in  the  chair. 

MRS.  W.  H.  SALTER  read  a  paper  by  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall 
on  A  Series  of  Experiments  in  "  Guessing,"  which  will  be 
published  later  in  the  Proceedings. 


REPORT  OF  THE  COUNCIL  FOR  THE  YEAR  1915. 

DURING  the  past  year,  as  might  be  expected,  the  Society 
has  again  felt  the  effect  of  the  war,  and  we  have  to  report 
a  further  decrease  in  membership. 

In  the  course  of  the  year  7  new  Members  were  elected, 
and  2  Associates  became  Members ;  34  new  Associates  were 
elected,  and  8  Members  became  Associates.  On  the  other 
hand,  the  total  loss  in  numbers,  from  resignations,  deaths 
and  other  causes,  was  24  Members  and  113  Associates,  making 
a  net  decrease  of  96. 

This  decrease  in  membership  is  due  to  a  diminution  in 
the  number  of  candidates  for  election  rather  than  to  an 
increase  in  the  number  of  resignations  ;  for  whereas  in  1915 
the  number  of  elections  was  41  (including  7  Members),  the 
average  number  for  the  five  years  preceding  the  war,  1909-1913, 
was  122  (including  21  Members),  and  on  the  other  hand  the 
number  of  resignations  in  1915  was  only  98,  as  against  an 
average  of  63  for  the  years  1909-1913.  We  think  that  under 
the  present  circumstances,  it  is  a  matter  for  congratulation 
that  the  increase  in  the  number  of  resignations  is  not  larger, 


MARCH,  lyiu.        Report  of  Council  far  the  Year  1915.  153 

and  we  are  glad  to  record  that  many  members,  when  writing 
to  resign,  have  expressed  their  appreciation  of  the  Society's 
work  and  their  hope  of  rejoining  later. 

The  total  membership  is  now  1116,  the  numbers  being 
distributed  as  follows  :  Members,  263  (including  27  Honorary 
and  Corresponding  Members);  Associates,  853  (including  11 
Honorary  Associates). 

We  drew  attention  last  year  to  the  marked  falling  off  in 
the  sale  of  publications  which  took  place  after  the  outbreak 
of  war,  and  the  sale  in  this  country  continues  to  be 
much  below  the  average.  The  amount  realised  during  1915 
by  the  sale  of  publications  to  members  at  the  Rooms  of 
the  Society  was  £19  10s.  6d.,  whereas  the  average  annual 
receipts  for  the  five  years  1909-1913  were  £46  lls.  Id.  ;  and 
the  amount  realised  in  1915  through  our  London  agent  by 
the  sale  of  publications  to  persons  who  are  not  members  of 
the  Society  was  £39  6s.  6d.,  whereas  the  average  for  the 
five  years  preceding  the  war  was  £82  Os.  7d.  In  each  case 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  receipts  last  year  were  less  than 
half  the  average.  On  the  other  hand,  the  amount  realised 
in  1915  by  the  sale  of  publications  in  America  was  £16  13s.  lid. 
the  average  for  the  years  1909-1913  being  £19  10s.  6d.  It 
will  be  seen  that  the  decrease  in  this  case  is  far  less  marked, 
and  this  strengthens  the  probability  that  the  decrease  in  the 
other  sales  is  due  to  the  war,  since  this  would  naturally  have 
less  effect  in  America  than  in  England. 

The  decrease  in  our  membership  and  in  the  sale  of  publica- 
tions, together  with  the  discontinuance  of  all  subscriptions 
from  hostile  countries,  has  inevitably  caused  a  considerable 
diminution  in  the  income  of  the  Society,  and  we  propose, 
if  necessary,  to  meet  this  diminution  by  using  part  of  the 
income  from  the  Endowment  Fund.  This  income  now  amounts 
to  about  £280  per  annum,  and  the  intention  had  been  that 
it  should  be  allowed  to  accumulate  longer. 

It  is  not  only  financially  that  the  Society  has  been  affected 
by  the  war.  Its  activities  have  been  to  some  extent  restricted 
by  the  fact  that  many  of  those  upon  whose  co-operation  we 
usually  reckon  are  now  engaged  in  war-work.  Thus,  Mr. 
Feilding  is  engaged  on  Government  work,  Dr.  M'Dougall  is 
in  charge  of  the  Neurological  Section  of  the  Royal  Victoria 


154        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     MARCH,  1916. 

Hospital,  Netley,  and  Dr.  Woolley  is  working  in  a  military 
hospital  at  Tooting.  The  majority,  in  fact,  of  our  medical 
members  are  now  working  in  war-hospitals.  Amongst  the 
cases  which  have  come  under  their  observation  are  some 
which  throw  an  interesting  light  on  the  problems  of  psycho- 
therapeutics,  cases,  for  example,  of  "  shell-shock,"  so  that 
although  the  energies  of  these  members  are  at  present  diverted 
from  psychical  research,  we  hope  that  our  Medical  Branch 
may  reap  the  benefit  of  their  experiences  when  the  war 
is  over. 

The  deflection  of  public  interest  into  other  channels  has 
been  shown  by  a  decrease  in  the  enquiries  and  correspondence 
received  by  the  Secretary,  and  by  the  smaller  number  of 
readers  in  the  Library. 

The  number  of  well-evidenced  spontaneous  cases  which 
we  receive  from  or  through  our  members  continues,  we  think, 
to  be  disappointing.  One  might  perhaps  have  expected  that 
the  war,  with  its  large  tale  of  casualties  and  with  the  in- 
creased emotional  tension  accompanying  it,  would  have  pro- 
duced a  number  of  interesting  experiences,  and  indeed  the 
important  paper  read  by  Mr.  Bayfield  at  the  meeting  on 
November  22nd,  does  deal  with  those  of  one  percipient.  But 
on  the  whole,  evidence  of  apparitions  at  the  time  of  death 
or  wounding  has  been  conspicuous  by  its  absence.  Such 
cases  have  doubtless  occurred,  but  practically  none  of  those 
which  have  reached  us  have  come  up  on  investigation  to 
the  standard  of  evidence  required.  There  was,  for  instance, 
one  where  the  parents  of  a  soldier  reported  that  they  had 
dreamt  of  him,  and  his  sister  that  she  had  seen  a  vision  of 
him,  on  the  night  he  was  killed.  But  no  first-hand  evidence 
of  their  having  mentioned  their  experiences  before  they  knew 
of  the  death  was  forthcoming.  Another  case  reporting  that 
a  vision  of  a  son  by  his  mother  had  occurred  at  the  time 
of  his  death,  turned  out  to  have  no  foundation  whatever. 
In  a  third  case  (not,  however,  a  war  case)  which  looked 
promising,  leave  to  publish  even  anonymously  has  been  refused 
on  religious  grounds. 

We  have  enquired,  so  far  as  was  possible,  into  two  matters 
connected  with  the  war  which  seemed  likely  to  be  of  some 
interest  to  the  Society. 


MARCH,  1916.      Report  of  the  Council  far  the  Year  1915.  155 

(a)  In  the  Journal  for  December,  1914,  we  inserted  a  notice 
asking  for  first-hand  information  concerning  the  alleged  passing 
of  Russian  troops  through  this  country  in  August,  1914. 
We  entered  into  this  enquiry  with  the  idea  that  if  the  reports 
about  these  troops  should  prove  entirely  without  foundation, 
the  case  would  be  psychologically  interesting  as  a  remarkable 
instance  of  the  speed  with  which  a  false  rumour  may  spread. 
We  did  not  receive  a  large  number  of  replies  to  our  enquiry, 
but  the  most  probable  conclusion  to  be  drawn  from  those 
that  were  sent  us  is  that  these  rumours,  like  many  others, 
were  composed  of  a  large  superstructure  of  fancy  built  on 
a  small  basis  of  fact. 

There  seems  to  be  little  doubt  that  Russian  soldiers  were 
actually  seen  in  this  country  during  August,  1914,  and  this 
can  be  accounted  for  by  the  fact  that  a  certain  number  of 
Russian  staff-officers  were  in  England  at  the  time,  accompanied 
by  their  orderlies.  The  belief  that  these  Russian  troops  were 
very  numerous  was  encouraged  by  the  accidental  circumstance 
that  just  at  that  date  large  numbers  of  Territorials  were 
being  moved  from  the  north  of  Scotland  southwards,  which 
accounts  for  the  numerous  reports  of  troop  trains  thundering 
all  night  through  junctions.  This  is  the  explanation  of  the 
"  Russian  myth "  which  was  quoted  in  the  Times  of  April 
29th,  1915,  on  the  authority  of  Mr.  H.  B.  Steele,  Hon.  Secre- 
tary of  the  Press  Representatives'  Committee  at  the  Press  * 
Bureau. 

From  several  statements  which  have  reached  us  it  seems 
likely  that  the  "  materialising  "  energy  of  these  Russian  ghosts 
was  further  increased  by  the  fact  that  during  this  same  month 
of  August,  1914,  a  substantial  body  of  Russian  reservists 
passed  through  this  country  on  their  way  home  from  America. 
These  men,  of  course,  were  not  in  uniform,  but  their  nationality 
was  likely  to  become  known  in  any  places  through  which 
they  passed,  and  so  the  tale  of  "  Russian  troops  in  England  " 
grew  yet  more. 

The  psychological  moral  to  be  drawn  from  this  incident  is 
that  human  testimony  is  of  very  little  scientific  value,  unless 
it  is  of  a  definite  character  and  given  at  first-hand — a  con- 
clusion often  suggested  by  our  investigations  and  still  further 
reinforced  by  another  recent  enquiry. 


156         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   MARCH,  1916. 

(6)  In  the  early  part  of  last  year  stories  began  to  be  widely 
prevalent  concerning  the  alleged  "  visions  of  angels "  on  the 
battlefields  in  France  and  Belgium.  In  the  July  Journal 
we  printed  a  notice  asking  our  readers  to  send  us,  if  they 
could,  first-hand  accounts  of  these  supposed  apparitions. 

The  correspondence  which  resulted  from  this  request  was 
voluminous,  and  a  report  upon  it  appeared  in  the  December 
Journal.  The  result  of  the  enquiry  was  in  the  main  negative. 
We  were  unable  to  obtain  any  satisfactory  evidence  at  first- 
hand, and  it  became  apparent  that  in  weighing  such  evidence 
as  was  available,  a  large  allowance  must  be  made  for  exaggera- 
tion and  inaccuracy. 

Attention  has  sometimes  been  drawn  to  the  fact  that  much 
of  the  best  evidence  for  experimental  telepathy  was  obtained 
in  the  early  days  of  the  Society,  and  that  there  has  been 
a  falling  off  in  this  respect  in  recent  years.  As  the  remedy 
for  this  would  be  that  more  people  should  interest  themselves 
in  the  subject  and  try  experiments,  a  notice  was  printed 
in  the  Journal  for  February  saying  that  the  Society  was 
anxious  to  try  some  further  experiments  in  telepathy  and 
inviting  members  and  their  friends  to  offer  themselves  as 
subjects.  Ten  members  responded  to  this  invitation,  with 
seven  of  whom  experiments  were  conducted  in  the  course 
of  the  spring  on  over  thirty  occasions.  The  number  of 
•experiments  which  took  place  on  each  occasion  ranged  from 
about  three  to  six,  and  two,  or  sometimes  three  persons  took 
part  in  each  experiment. 

The  conditions  of  these  experiments  varied ;  usually  both 
the  agent  and  the  percipient  were  at  the  Rooms  of  the  Society, 
but  in  one  instance  only  the  agent  was  there,  the  percipient 
being  at  a  distance.  In  three  cases  the  percipients  were 
hypnotised,  or  at  least  an  attempt  was  made  to  hypnotise 
them ;  with  the  other  four  percipients  hypnotism  was  not 
employed.  No  attempt  was  made  on  any  occasion  to  hypno- 
tise the  agent.  The  subjects  chosen  for  transmission  included, 
(a)  visual  images  of  various  kinds,  diagrams,  pictures,  etc., 
and  (b)  action. 

Except  in  the  case  of  one  percipient,  these  experiments  must 
he  reckoned  as  failures,  that  is  to  say,  the  degree  of  success 
was  never  beyond  what  might  be  accounted  for  by  chance- 


MARCH,  1916.      Report  of  the  Councillor  the  Year  19 1  :>.  I  .17 

coincidence.  As  regards  the  one  exception,  it  should  be  noted 
that  only  a  very  small  measure  of  success  was  obtained  as  long 
as  the  series  of  experiments  was  conducted  under  condition* 
similar  to  those  which  obtained  in  the  other  series.  Subse- 
quently, however,  it  was  arranged  that  the  percipient,  Mrs. 
Stuart  Wilson,  should  try  some  experiments  with  Mrs.  Salter1 
in  connection  with  Mrs.  Salter's  automatic  writing.  Interesting 
results  followed,  and  it  is  hoped  that  a  report  upon  them 
will  be  published  later. 

Some  of  our  members  are  inclined  to  complain  that  so 
much  attention  is  now  devoted  to  the  study  of  automatic 
writing,  and  we  may  therefore  observe  that  this  circumstance 
is  not  wholly  due  to  the  perversity  of  investigators. 

In  the  present  case  it  was  not  the  intention  of  those  who 
arranged  these  experiments  that  they  should  be  in  any  way 
concerned  with  automatic  writing,  but  the  fact  remains  that 
until  this  element  was  introduced  the  result  of  the  experiments 
was  of  very  little  interest. 

In  the  Lent  Term,  1915,  Mrs.  Salter  gave  a  course  of 
lectures  on  psychical  research  to  third-year  students  in  psycho- 
logy at  King's  College,  University  of  London.  Considerable 
interest  was  shown  in  the  subject,  and  Mrs.  Salter  was  asked 
to  repeat  the  course  in  the  following  October  Term.  This, 
however,  she  was  unable  to  do  on  account  of  her  marriage. 

An  interesting  Presidential  Address  was  delivered  in  July 
by  Professor  Gilbert  Murray,  and  we  hope  to  publish  it  later, 
together  with  a  detailed  report  on  some  experiments  in  thought- 
transference  carried  out  by  Professor  Murray  himself,  upon 
which  the  conclusions  suggested  in  his  address  were  largely 
based. 

We  have  to  record  with  regret  the  death,  as  a  result  of 
the  sinking  of  the  Lusitania,  of  Mr.  E.  W.  Friend,  who  was 
for  a  time  Assistant  Secretary  to  the  American  Society  for 
Psychical  Research,  and  had  already  published  several  in- 
teresting articles  in  the  American  Journal.  Mr.  Friend  was 
intending  to  devote  himself  to  psychical  research,  and  since 
he  was  well  qualified  for  this  work,  his  loss  is  serious. 

xThe  Assistant  Research  Officer,  Miss  H.  de  G.  Verrall,  was  married  in 
the  course  of  the  year  and  is  now  Mrs.  W.  H.  Salter.  For  the  present,  how- 
ever, she  is  continuing  her  work  for  the  Society. 


ooo          -  — 


OOOiA^*O^t*OOr»COOO3diMOOQLftOC'3 


^-00 
«-»r- 


.8888 


i  >~S?  •  ec  v 

iJlfi&iU&lJJSI 


cc 


0>  MO 


O-/-.0 

ooomo 

«»  — 

•I  -.— 

--;2^-- 

IH        «-l 

•»»•» 

--  -  :.-|- 

,  ,  t    2g» 

-5 

r- 

C5 

Pill   s= 


M       fl 


i  ov   t  -     o 


n 


d  jMiS 

S5    STJ  C02 

t=  ««  £  §    ^ 

PH    £  S  J^ 

£  a;  '•a  ~i 

3  *.*  C 
g£Q-° 

S  c^>»P»>jd 

I  |ll  I 

JS'3'*  j 

•S^Mo 

if  «  2-^ 

rrj^^    ° 

J-S-Sg 

T3     M     K    «8 
M    *    CS  -a 

Sawcc 


th  Stafford 
h  in  the  P 
Prescot  Ga 


h 
1 


£ 


Jl'u    • 
«2  5-g 

•^^5     » 

§   »32       .2 

gj-g  /s 

g  a  VM  a 
<D  <o  a  o  a 

-gUlJH 

|^Q^5 
®j^:l12 

5«??i5 

M.s  fe.-c|S 

llllil 

^3  bo-S  .2  o  «8 

|S5|>-OSq 

A  fl  _j — - ~  ^-^ 

Jr     a;     aHCT-*N-«M 

j®  j-  _*  W  IN  IN 


ri!5 


Oi 


CO 


1 


§ 


<  ^3 

PH     S    . 
><-£ 


§•1 

S.2 


<M  t- 

IO  OO 


J 

£  jf 
Sg 

QJ 

,  OD 


160        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MARCH,  1916. 

Two  Parts  of  Proceedings  have  been  published  during  the 
year ;  a  short  Part  (No.  LXX.)  in  May,  1915,  containing  a 
report  on  some  experiments  in  thought-transference  and  some 
further  discussion  of  automatic  scripts,  and  a  complete  Volume 
(Part  LXXI.)  in  December,  1915,  containing  a  report  by 
Mrs.  Sidgwick  on  the  psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  trance- 
phenomena. 

Four    meetings    of  the    Society    were    held    during   the    year. 

The   dates   and  subjects   of  the   papers   read   were   as   follows : 

*  January     29th.      "  Cross-Correspondences     of     a     Gallic 

Type,"   by   Mr.    J.   G.    Piddington.      (To   appear  later 

in  the  Proceedings.} 

March  23rd.  "  An  Icelandic  '  Seer,'  '  by  Miss  Helen 
de  G.  Verrall.  (Printed  in  the  Journals  for  April- 
June,  1915.) 

*July  9th.  "  Presidential  Address,"  by  Professor  Gilbert 
Murray.  (To  appear  in  the  next  Part  of  the  Pro- 
ceedings.} 

November  22nd.  "  Some  Recent  Cases  of  Premoni- 
tion and  Telepathy,"  by  the  Rev.  M.  A.  Bayfield. 
(Printed  in  the  Journal  for  January  and  February, 
1916.)  

A  NOTE  ON  "SOME  RECENT  EXPERIMENTS 
IN  TELEPATHY." 

BY  JAMES  H.  HYSLOP. 

THE  experiments  by  the  Misses  Tipping  and  Miss  Verrall  in 
Part  LXX.  of  the  Proceedings  will  usually  be  adjudged,  accord- 
ing to  the  title,  either  for  or  against  the  claims  made.  Those 
familiar  with  experiments  already  published  and  also  accepting 
the  hypothesis  will  not  raise  objections.  But  men  like  Dr. 
Ivor  Tuckett  will  make  a  wholesale  denial  probably  and 
sceptics  generally  will  probably  not  accept  their  evidential 
nature.  But  the  present  reviewer  accepts  them  as  very 
good  evidence  for  the  supernormal,  while  desiring  to  call 
attention  to  what  seems  to  him  to  be  the  fact  that  they 
do  not  decide  between  telepathy  and  another  interpretation 
of  them,  namely,  clairvoyance.  It  seems  to  the  present 

*  Those  marker!  with  an  asterisk  were  General  Meetings. 


,  I9io.  Note  on  Some  Recent  Experiments  in  Telepathy.   161 

writer  that  the  phenomena  can  better  be  referred  to  clair- 
voyance than  to  telepathy,  meaning  by  that  term  the  per- 
ception of  physical  objects  supernormally  and  independently 
of  mind-reading  or  telepathy.  He  may  be  wrong  in  so  regard- 
ing them,  but  it  is  worth  while  calling  attention  to  the 
possibility  that  the  fact  may  be  evidence  of  the  supernormal 
without  deciding  the  issue  between  two  types  of  it. 

The  ground  for  suspecting  clairvoyance  in  the  case  is  that 
in  nearly  all  cases  the  knowledge  of  the  percipient  was  rather 
of  the  physical  objects  in  the  environment  of  the  agent 
than  always  the  special  object  thought  of,  though  usually  the 
object  thought  of  was  also  evidently  in  the  mind  of  the 
percipient.  But  in  two  cases  the  intended  thought  of  the 
agent  was  not  received.  This  is  noticeable  especially  in  experi- 
ments 4  and  14.  In  the  first  of  these  two  the  intention  was 
to  communicate  the  idea  of  War,  and  the  physical  object 
placed  before  the  agent  was  a  map  of  Bulgaria.  Something 
square  and  dark  was  "  seen "  by  the  percipient,  but  no  hint 
of  the  idea  of  war.  In  the  fourteenth  experiment  the  object 
thought  of  was  a  Madonna  and  Child,  and  the  picture  was 
on  the  wall  of  the  room  where  the  agent  was  sitting.  But 
what  the  percipient  "  saw  "  was  a  coin  which  might  be  inter- 
preted as  an  obscure  perception  of  the  face  and  halo. 

In  the  other  instances,  at  least  all  but  one,  the  objects 
mentioned  by  the  percipient  could  have  been  perceptively 
"  seen "  and  not  telepathically  "  perceived."  If  the  experi- 
ments had  not  been  conducted  with  emphasis  on  external 
objects,  the  coincidence  between  telepathic  and  clairvoyant 
perception  could  not  have  been  observed.  It  seems  to  the 
present  writer  that  obscure  perception  of  the  objects  instead 
of  telepathic  access  to  the  agent's  mind  is  just  as  possible 
an  interpretation  as  the  telepathic  one. 

To  decide  the  issue  in  such  cases  something  should  be 
intently  thought  of  that  is  not  associated  with  the  objects 
before  the  agent,  and  if  those  thoughts  are  obtained,  the 
objection  from  clairvoyance  would  not  apply.  It  seems  that 
motions  and  physical  objects  are,  or  were  regarded  as  more 
or  less  necessary  to  success,  and  the  experiments  were  con- 
ducted under  that  view.  This  makes  no  difference  when 
you  are  testing  the  hypothesis  of  the  supernormal,  but  in  deciding 


162         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    MARCH,  1916. 

the  question  between  telepathy  and  clairvoyance,  we  should 
have  to  see  that  the  thought  to  be  conveyed  had  no  natural 
or  necessary  connection  with  the  objects  and  the  motions 
performed.  I  do  not  deny  the  possibility  of  giving  the  pheno- 
mena a  telepathic  interpretation,  but  it  is  just  as  possible 
to  give  them  a  clairvoyant  interpretation.  It  may  be  im- 
possible to  experiment  in  these  instances  without  resorting 
to  methods  that  threaten  these  two  separate  interpretations 
with  a  conflict,  but  it  might  be  well  to  try  a  series  in  the 
manner  suggested.  I  do  not  think  the  issue  of  the  super- 
normal is  involved  ;  for  I  think  the  coincidences  are  hardly 
due  to  chance.  But  the  interpretation  of  them  may  be  debated. 

JAMES  H.  HYSLOP. 


[The  December  number  of  the  Journal  of  the  American 
Society  for  Psychical  Research  contains  a  more  detailed  review 
by  Dr.  Hyslop  of  these  same  experiments.  In  this  review 
he  also  takes  into  account  some  earlier  experiments  by  the 
Misses  Tipping — not  published  in  our  Proceedings — which  he 
considers  as  strengthening  the  evidence  for  telepathy  against 
clairvoyance. 

It  should  be  noted  in  connexion  with  Dr.  Hyslop's  argument 
that  telepathy  can  only  be  eliminated  as  a  possible  cause 
by  eliminating  the  agent  altogether.  Experiments  on  these 
lines  have  been  tried,  but  with  scant  success,  and  the 
burden  of  proof  lies  therefore  with  the  advocates  of  clair- 
voyance. H.  DE  G.  S.] 


NOTE  ON  A  CURRENT  PERIODICAL. 

Archives  de  Psychologic,  Nos.  57-58,  May,  1915,  is  a  double  number 
of  224  pp.  devoted  to  a  masterly  study  of  '  A  Modern  Mystic ' 
by  Prof.  Flournoy,  which  is  of  the  greatest  importance  and 
interest  to  all  those  who  are  concerned  with  religion,  psychical 
research  and  individual  psychology.  It  is  naturally  impossible  to 
summarize  the  detail  of  so  elaborate  a  study  in  this  Journal,  but 
some  idea  may  be  given  of  its  contents.  The  mystic  in  question 
is  the  principal  of  a  flourishing  girls'  school  in  French  Switzerland, 
intelligent  and  educated,  energetic,  healthy  though  hard-worked, 
and  very  religious.  Nevertheless  she  had  inherited  from  her 


MARCH,  19K5.  Note  on  a  Current  Peiriodi«i/ 

mother's  side  a  certain  neuropathic  tendency  which  had  been 
developed  in  consequence  of  her  personal  experiences  into  painful 
obsessions,  to  be  relieved  of  which  she  had  appealed  to  Prof. 
Flournoy  in  December,  1910.  He  treated  her  (at  first)  by  hyp- 
notism and  suggestion,  and  the  revelations  contained  in  his  study 
are  an  eloquent  proof  of  how  completely  he  won  her  confidence. 
The  narrative  consists  largely  of  confidential  and  contemporaneous 
reports  of  her  experiences  to  her  spiritual  director  which  were 
written  without  any  suspicion  that  they  would  ever  be  published. 
In  the  autumn  of  1912  the  '  mystical '  developments  of  Mile 
'  Cecile  Ve"'s  '  psychic  life  began  by  her  feeling  conscious  from  time 
to  time  of  the  presence  of  an  invisible  Friend  or  Helper  who 
sympathized  with  her  troubles.  Prof.  Flournoy  compares  him  to 
the  '  Leopold '  of  '  Helene  Smith,'  but  the  religious  model  and 
inspiration  of  the  phenomenon  are  obvious.  After  being  consoled 
by  this  spiritual  visitor  for  six  months,  in  March,  1913,  '  Mile  Ye",' 
being  then  50  years  of  age,  had  her  first  taste  of  the  mystical 
experience  of  ecstasy.  Her  description  of  it  certainly  accords  very 
remarkably  with  those  which  Roman  Catholic  mystics  have  ren- 
dered classical,  and  the  confirmation  of  them  by  one  holding  very 
definitely  Protestant  views  seems  valuable  testimony  to  the  objec- 
tive reality  of  the  experience,  even  though  it  is  perhaps  unfor- 
tunate that  '  Mile  Ye"  '  appears  to  have  been  already  acquainted 
with  the  famous  account  of  mysticism  in  James's  Varieties  of 
Religious  Experience.  At  any  rate,  it  is  important  to  note  that 
though  she  was  irresistibly  impressed  with  her  experiences,  she 
never  became  incapable  of  a  certain  critical  reserve,  perhaps 
because  they  did  not  accord  with  her  spiritual  tastes.  The  God 
she  desired  was  a  personal  being ;  the  '  divine  '  she  encountered 
seemed  the  irruption  of  something  wholly  impersonal,  and  '  beyond 
good  and  evil  '  in  the  Nietzschean  phrase  she  unconsciously 
adopted,  a  manifestation  of  power,  not  of  love.  Moreover,  part  of 
the  price  paid  for  contact  with  it  was  the  total  extinction  of 
personal  being  ;  the  rest  was  made  up  of  anticipatory  fears  and 
hesitations  and  physical  pains  and  distresses  that  followed  upon 
the  ecstasy.  All  these  drawbacks  of  the  mystical  experience  are 
described  with  the  utmost  vividness  and  candour,  so  that  the 
critical  reader,  who  has  not  the  experience  but  only  descriptions 
of  it  to  go  upon,  cannot  but  feel  that  the  question  of  the  moral 
value  of  mysticism  will  sooner  or  later  have  to  be  raised.  And 
this  whether  the  phenomenon  is  regarded  as  merely  subjective 


164          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   MARCH,  1916. 

and  psychological  or  as  attesting  a  reality  that  transcends  the 
mystic's  personality.  After  all  the  experience  may  have  to  be 
regarded  as  emanating  from  something  diabolical  rather  than 
divine,  if  its  consequences  turn  out  to  be  predominantly  bad.  Or 
possibly,  if  moral  interpretations  are  ruled  out,  the  '  mystical ' 
experience  may  tell  us  what  death  feels  like.  However  this  may 
be,  it  should  be  noted  that  between  the  2nd  March,  1913,  and 
the  31st  July,  1914,  '  Mile  Ve  '  had  31  ecstasies.  Then  the  war 
came  and  upset  her  school,  and  imposed  on  her  fresh  demands  of 
social  service,  thus  switching  off  her  energies  from  preoccupation 
with  the  state  of  her  soul.  Few  will  contend  that  this  suppression 
of  '  Mile  Ve's '  mystical  experience  is  either  a  justification  or  a 
condemnation  of  the  war  ;  but  it  is  a  curious  fact.  At  any  rate, 
we  may  feel  that  the  subsequent  incidents  of  '  Mile  V6's '  spiritual 
career  are  sure  to  be  of  interest  to  psychologists,  and  psychical 
researchers  will  doubtless  note  also  that  in  Prof.  Flournoy's 
opinion  her  endowment  is  distinctly  '  mediumistic,'  and  that  she 
might  have  developed  into  a  good  '  medium  '  if  her  religious 
convictions  had  not  given  her  a  strong  prejudice  against  spiritism. 

F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 


No.  CCCXX VIII.— VOL.  XVII.  APRIL,  1016. 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTBN7TS. 

PAOB 

In  Memorial!)— Edwin  William  Friend, 166 

Correspondence, 170 

Review, 174 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


A   Private    Meeting   of  the    Society 

FOR 

MEMBERS    AND   ASSOCIATES   ONLY 

WILL  BE  HELD  IN 

THE   COUNCIL  CHAMBER, 
ON  THE  FIRST  FLOOR  OF  20  HANOVER  SQUARE,  LONDON,  W. 

On  FRIDA  Y,  APRIL   \^th,   1916,  at  4  p.m. 

WHEN   A   PAPER   ON 

"  A  New  Automatist ' 

WILL   BE   READ    BY 

MRS.  W.   H.  SALTER. 


.B. No  Tickets  of  Admission  are  issued  for  this  Meeting.     Members 

and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  names  at  the  door. 


166         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APHIL,  1916. 

IN  MEMORIAM— EDWIN  WILLIAM  FRIEND. 
BORN  Ji7NE  15,  1886— DIED  MAY  7,  1915. 

IN  this  period  of  flux,  when  we  of  America  are  perhaps  sun- 
dered more  completely  from  old  ideals  than  you  of  Europe  and 
even  less  advanced  towards  new,  a  pioneer  is  a  precious  man 
to  us.  When  that  man  is  a  scholar  trained,  his  value  is  more 
than  doubled,  and  his  loss  the  greater.  When  Edwin  Friend 
went  down  with  the  Lmitania  his  loss  was  more  than  a 
personal  matter,  for  he  was  one  of  the  few  who  combine  keen 
mind  with  deep  moral  purpose  and  bold  aspiration  in  philo- 
sophical research.  Like  many  a  young  thinker  he  felt  the 
stress  and  strain  of  our  industrialized  society,  saw  the  pro- 
gressive disintegration  of  our  applied  philosophies  of  life,  and 
deeply  deplored  the  almost  universal  tendency  to  materialism. 
Unlike  most,  however,  he  refused  to  stop  at  barren  discontent, 
but  spent  his  whole  energy  in  looking  for  the  promise  of  a 
cure. 

For  this  reason  there  was  in  his  interest  in  psychical  research 
a  determination,  unmixed  with  lax  mysticism,  to  plumb  those 
depths  of  our  existence  that  science  has  so  far  left  uncharted. 
Friend's  method  and  his  true  value  can  only  be  understood 
when  considered  in  the  light  of  his  training  and  development. 

Born  in  Indianapolis,  in  the  Middle  West,  he  grew  up  among 
"  practical  "  people,  pioneers  and  the  children  of  pioneers  who 
had  no  bent  for  speculation,  no  great  interest  in  education. 
His  own  father,  far  from  supporting  him  in  his  desire  to  learn, 
discouraged  him  from  any  ambition  but  the  accepted  business 
career.  But  it  chanced  that  he  and  two  or  three  companions, 
drawn  by  a  common  interest  or  curiosity  for  knowledge,  began 
to  study  and  experiment  in  the  exact  sciences  with  results 
which  carried  them  far  beyond  the  ordinary  preparatory  school 
work.  Thus  at  thirteen  or  fourteen  a  group  was  formed  so 
intimately  bound  by  a  spirit  of  research  that  through  the  later 
years  of  high-school  and  university  life  it  persisted. 

Young  Friend  was  most  active  in  his  studies  of  physics, 
chemistry,  biology,  geology  and  the  like.  But  the  breadth  of 
his  point  of  view  and  the  idealism  of  the  boy  are  well  shown 
in  a  paper  he  wrote  when  barely  fourteen,  in  which  he  de- 


APRIL,  1916.      In  Memoriam — Edwin  William  Friend.  1 67 

scribes  the  student  of  to-day,  the  investigator  in  new  fields,  as 
a  modern  knight-errant,  giving  his  life  to  a  glorious  journey 
through  science,  exploring  for  the  good  of  mankind.  Though  it 
is  written  in  the  florid  vocabulary  of  a  youngster  who  has  read 
almost  too  much  of  the  world  classics,  the  devotion  to  an 
ideal  which  dominated  his  later  life  is  already  revealed.  The 
boy  shows  the  aspirations  of  the  man. 

He  had  already  become  interested  in  modern  languages 
before  he  entered  Harvard  University,  and  this  interest  carried 
him,  before  he  left,  into  a  deep  study  of  Greek,  Latin  and 
Sanscrit.  He  acquired  languages  with  facility,  for  he  grasped 
so  completely  the  spirit  of  each  that  its  construction  and 
syntax  seemed  natural  and  easy.  French  and  German  he 
mastered  thoroughly  enough  to  pass  as  a  native  in  either 
country,  while  he  read  Italian,  Russian,  Swedish  and  Flemish 
without  difficulty.  This  linguistic  preparation,  which  would  have 
been  a  life  work  for  many  men,  was  merely  the  background 
and  the  tool  of  an  impelling  interest  in  philosophy  and  psycho- 
logy. This  greater  interest  of  his  which  we  have  seen  fore- 
shadowed by  the  childish  essays  of  years  before  was  matured 
by  the  lectures  of  such  men  as  Royce  and  James,  and  possibly 
even  more  by  wide  reading  coupled  with  a  constant  intellectual 
intercourse  with  friends.  The  early  Indianapolis  group,  far 
from  breaking  down,  was  a  dominating  influence  of  his  univer- 
sity career,  for  these  friends  had  gone  on  with  him  to  Harvard. 
These  men  lived  together,  studied  and  talked,  kept  their 
differentiating  interests  bound  by  a  common  breadth  of  view, 
and,  through  a  realization  of  the  larger  unity  of  their  lives, 
made  their  discussions  training-schools  of  thought. 

In  1908  Friend  received  his  Bachelor's  degree,  in  1909  his 
Master's  degree,  and  in  the  autumn  of  1910  he  left  for  Berlin 
on  a  travelling  fellowship  in  philosophy.  Knowing  the  language 
already  almost  perfectly,  he  met  no  barrier  in  his  effort  to  feel 
the  contact  of  German  thought.  The  lectures,  and,  even  more, 
the  exchange  of  ideas  with  German  students — for  his  very 
presence  bred  deep  discussion — were  doubtless  important  in 
giving  him  a  new  angle  in  his  point  of  view,  but  he  conceived 
a  distaste  for  what  he  felt  to  be  the  growing  materialism  of 
modern  Germany.  Like  many  other  foreign  students  there  who 
escape  the  lure  of  material  perfection,  he  was  repelled  by  the 


168         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APRIL,  1916. 

national  philosophy  of  the  relation  of  the  individual  to  the 
state. 

At  the  end  of  this  year  he  returned  to  the  United  States  to 
teach  Latin  and  Greek  at  Princeton  University.  There  ho 
remained  two  years,  making  warm  friends  particularly  among 
his  students.  His  ability  to  breed  interest  in  a  subject  from 
his  own  deep  interest,  to  make  the  past  vital  to  the  present, 
proved  him  an  admirable  teacher.  He  was  increasingly  con- 
scious, however,  that  not  even  his  deep  sympathy  for  the 
classics  could  reconcile  him  to  the  teaching  of  mere  language. 
For  this  reason  he  accepted  gladly  the  opportunity  which 
offered  itself  to  him  two  years  later,  to  go  to  Harvard  as 
assistant  in  philosophy.  There  the  time  was  passed  in  teaching 
and  in  further  study  on  his  own  part. 

This  slight  sketch  of  Edwin  Friend's  early  career  has, 
perhaps,  given  a  fairly  definite  indication  of  what  the  man's 
interests  were  to  become.  Grounded  early  in  science,  the  real 
tendency  of  his  mind  was  to  speculation.  The  vague  idealism 
of  the  fourteen-year-old  boy  had  become  passionate  interest 
in  philosophy  in  the  young  man.  But,  just  as  he  had  felt 
science  to  be  knight-errantry  in  the  service  of  mankind,  so  he 
deemed  philosophy  a  means  and  living  truth  the  end.  During 
his  college  course  he  had  come  upon  Myers's  great  book  on  the 
survival  of  human  personality,  and  this  was  probably  the 
turning-point  in  his  life,  the  event  that  formed  him.  He 
eagerly  consumed  the  two  volumes,  and,  fired  with  enthusiasm, 
read  long  passages  to  his  group  of  friends,  leading  tli'Mii  in 
long  discussions  which  were  to  result  in  moulding  once  for  all 
his  life  purpose. 

Through  the  rest  of  his  university  work,  through  his  years 
at  Berlin  and  Princeton,  his  deep  interest  in  psychical  research 
never  flagged.  James  had  said  to  him,  at  one  time,  that  he 
considered  psychical  research  the  most  important  scientific 
investigation  of  the  twentieth  century,  and  this  judgement 
Friend  took  to  himself.  When  in  the  spring  of  1914  he  was 
asked  to  become  the  assistant  secretary  of  the  American 
Society  for  Psychical  Research,  he  accepted  the  offer,  and  took 
up  the  double  task  of  editing  the  Journal  and  of  investigation. 

Not  the  least  of  Friend's  qualifications  for  this  work  was  his 
range  of  interests.  His  omnivorous  reading,  which  he  had 


APRIL,  1916.      In  Memoriam — Edwin  'William  Friend.  !<;!» 

carried  on  from  his  first  school-days,  and  of  late  years  in  three 
or  four  languages,  had  given  him  the  breadth  of  background 
necessary  to  a  man  who  would  face  the  world  with  an  un- 
popular new  hypothesis.  This,  with  his  philosophical  training 
and  his  inherent  feeling  for  logic  and  method,  led  him  to 
organize  in  his  mind  the  scattered  phenomena  of  the  great 
field  of  psychic  research.  He  died  too  soon  to  have  made 
more  than  the  merest  beginnings  of  this  synthesis,  but  those 
who  have  talked  with  him  or  who  have  read  his  few  articles 
are  aware  of  a  fluency  of  idea,  striking  in  logic  and  coherence. 

In  the  actual  routine  of  his  work,  if  one  may  speak  of  the 
routine  of  such  a  subject,  was  the  sympathetic  application  of 
modern  critical  methods  of  investigation.  His  wife,  whom  he 
married  in  the  early  summer  of  1914,  had  previously  done 
some  automatic  writing,  though  with  negligible  results.  She 
now  developed  into  an  automatist  of  considerable  power,  and 
it  was  largely  through  her  work  that  his  researches  were 
pursued. 

The  material  thus  obtained  was  largely  of  philosophic  nature. 
Friend  felt  keenly  the  significance  of  the  more  specific  evi- 
dential matter  which  goes  to  make  up  the  scientific  proof  of 
survival.  He  realized,  however,  that  in  the  case  under  his 
observation,  development  of  the  automatist  could  best  be 
furthered  by  careful  consideration  on  his  part  of  the  material 
which  offered  itself.  Thus,  thoroughly  alive  to  the  manifold 
difficulties  which  beset  such  work,  he  gave  much  time  and 
thought  to  discussion  in  the  sittings  of  the  ethical  implications 
of  survival,  and  its  relation  to  our  philosophic  conceptions.  It 
was  his  hope  to  carry  his  work  eventually  to  the  point  of 
evidence,  but  not  alone  to  the  evidence  shown  by  detailed 
allusion  to  obscure  fact.  He  felt  that  in  the  last  analysis  the 
only  evidence  which  can  carry  utter  conviction  to  thinking 
men  is  that  which  shows  development  as  well  as  continuing 
identity  of  the  purported  communicator.  He  felt  also  that 
proof  of  this  kind  can  only  be  made  clear  by  the  application 
of  pragmatic  tests  to  those  precepts  advocated  in  communi- 
cations. 

Myers,  James,  and  Hodgson,  aided  by  certain  individuals 
who,  as  in  the  Piper  case,  signed  themselves  with  Latin 
pseudonyms,  wrote  through  Mrs.  Friend.  We  cannot  here 


170          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APRIL,  1916. 

adequately  analyse  or  attempt  to  evaluate  the  results,  as  the 
record  covers  a  period  of  over  eight  months'  constant  work. 
In  style,  however,  in  intellectual  grasp,  and  in  philosophic 
content  they  are  vividly  characteristic. 

This  work  of  research,  which  was  carried  on  with  his  editing 
of  the  Journal,  was  interrupted  last  May  by  his  departure  for 
Europe.  There  had  been  some  internal  disagreement  in  the 
society  which  culminated  in  Friend's  resignation.  A  group  of 
those  interested  felt  that  it  would  be  worth  while  to  form  a 
sub-society  centering  at  Boston,  and  it  was  to  gain  the  co- 
operation of  the  English  S.P.R.  that  Friend  left  for  England. 
Miss  Pope  of  Farmington,  who  sailed  on  the  Lusitania  on  the 
same  errand,  brought  details  of  his  death.  Friend  had  faced 
the  crisis  with  all  the  strength  of  his  belief.  He  refused  to 
board  a  lifeboat  while  there  were  yet  women  and  children  to 
be  saved,  and  had  secured  life-belts  for  Miss  Pope  and  for  her 
maid.  Then  with  steady,  cheering  words  he  led  the  way  to 
the  side,  bade  them  follow  after  him,  and  leapt  from  the  fast 
sinking  ship  into  the  sea. 

Though  he  was  scarcely  twenty-eight,  and  had  begun  his 
life-work  less  than  a  year  before,  he  had  clearly  shown  his 
metal.  With  added  experience  and  maturity,  with  the  accumu- 
lation of  data,  and  with  the  aid  of  fellow  investigators,  he 
could  not  have  failed,  clear  of  mind  and  of  purpose  as  he  was, 
to  exert  a  very  great  influence  on  the  movement  towards 
psychical  research  and  on  modern  thought.  He  was  more  than 
a  student,  more  than  a  pioneer,  he  was  a  philosopher. 

NORMAN  PARKER. 


CORRESPONDENCE. 

"INFLUENCES"  AND   SURVIVAL. 
(To  the  Editor  of  the  S.P.R.  JOURNAL.) 

February  1st,  1916. 

THE  chapter  on  "  influences,"  in  Mrs.  Sidgwick's  admirable 
"Study  of  the  Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance  Phenomena,"  is  of 
special  interest  to  me.  This  part  of  the  subject  has  been  rather 
neglected,  I  think  ;  and  it  seems  worth  while  to  draw  attention  to 
it,  and  to  consider  certain  important  bearings  that  it  may  have 
on  the  question  of  survival. 


APRIL,  1916.  Correspondence.  171 

Mrs.  Sidgwick  refers,  with  characteristic  caution,  to  the  "sup- 
posed "  influence  of  these  rapport-objects,  and  remarks  that  "  one's 
first  impression  naturally  is  that  all  this  must  be  nonsense" 
(Proceedings,  Vol.  XXVIIL,  pp.  305-306),  going  on  to  say,  however, 
that  some  effect  does  seem  to  be  produced.  This,  to  me,  is  both 
amusing  and  instructive ;  amusing  because  it  seems  so  timorous 
about  something  that  I  am  quite  sure  of,  instructive  because  it 
illustrates  once  more  how  greatly  we  are  at  the  mercy  of  our  own 
personal  experience  in  investigation.  Mrs.  Sidgwick  accepts  tele- 
pathy with  ease,  and,  as  it  seems  to  me,  invokes  it  rashly ; 
while  she  hesitates  about  the  efficacy  of  "  influences."  I,  on  the 
other  hand,  am  convinced  of  the  latter — rashly  so,  as  it  will  no 
doubt  seem  to  her  ;  while  I  have  doubts  about  any  very  extensive 
telepathy.  The  explanation  lies,  I  suppose,  in  our  different 
experiences. 

My  own  experiences  with  a  local  trance-medium,  plus  knowledge 
of  the  experiences  of  intimate  friends  of  mine  with  the  same 
person,  leave  me  in  no  doubt  of  the  supernormality  of  some  of 
the  knowledge  shown  ;  and  I  am  fairly  sure  that  the  hypothesis 
of  telepathy  from  the  sitter's  normal  consciousness  is  insufficient. 
I  am  also  inclined  to  rule  out,  in  some  cases,  the  supposition  of 
telepathy  from  the  sitter's  subliminal  consciousness,  there  being 
no  evidence  to  suggest  that  the  knowledge  in  question  was  there. 
E.g.  when  a  sitter  received  a  correct  diagnosis  from  a  lock  of  hair 
without  knowing,  so  far  as  I  know  or  can  reasonably  infer, 
anything  about  the  distant  person's  ailment.  It  remains,  therefore, 
to  decide  whether  the  rapport-object  actually  carries  the  infor- 
mation in  some  unknown  way,  or  whether  it  estabb'shes  a  tele- 
pathic rapport  between  the  control  and  the  distant  patient.  And 
this  point  I  have  never  yet  been  able  to  decide  finally,  though  I 
now  lean  to  the  telepathic-rapport  theory  rather  than  to  psycho- 
metry.  One  thing  however  seems  indicated, — that  the  telepathy 
extends  to  the  patient's  subliminal,  if  it  is  telepathy  at  all ;  for 
in  two  striking  cases  known  to  me,  the  control's  diagnosis  was  in 
complete  disagreement  with  what  the  patient  and  (so  far  as  was 
known)  everybody  else  believed,  yet  the  control  turned  out  to  be 
right.  Of  course  this  idea  of  telepathy  from  a  subliminal  is  more 
or  less  hazardous,  and  some  may  favour  the  psychometric  notion  ; 
but  on  the  whole  there  seems  more  evidence  in  favour  of  the 
former.  And,  though  in  the  two  cases  the  knowledge  was  not 
possessed  by  any  normal  mind — though  indeed  it  might  exist  as  a 


172         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APRIL,  1916. 

guess — we  are  at  least  justified  in  supposing  that  a  patient's 
subliminal  knows  a  good  deal  more  about  his  bodily  state  than  his 
normal  consciousness  does  ;  for  it  knows  how  to  produce  blisters, 
stigmata,  and  how  to  effect  various  remedial  changes,  in  some 
hypnotised  subjects. 

On  the  whole,  then,  I  incline  to  think  that  a  rapport-object 
serves  as  a  link  between  mind  and  mind  and  not  as  an  actual 
carrier  of  information.  But  it  is  very  desirable  that  the  question 
should  be  further  cleared  up.  If  psychometry  of  the  sort  claimed 
in  old  books  like  Denton's  Soul  of  Things  and  new  books  like 
Hooper's  Spirit  Psychometry  is  a  real  fact,  much  of  the  Piper 
evidence  becomes  valueless  so  far  as  it  is  supposed  to  point  to 
survival ;  for  in  many  cases  an  "  influence  "  was  presented,  and 
on  the  psychometry  hypothesis  this  object  could  or  might  convey 
any  amount  of  information  about  its  former  owner,  whether  that 
owner  was  still  in  existence  on  the  other  side,  or  not.  If  on  the 
other  hand  psychometry  is  disproved  or  rendered  improbable,  the 
Piper  evidence  for  survival  remains  as  good — broadly  speaking — as 
Dr.  Hodgson  thought  it ;  the  "  influences "  being  regarded  as  links 
between  the  control  and  the  now  discarnate  owner  of  the  object. 

Concerning  presentation  of  "  influences "  of  dead  people,  my 
experience  has  not  been  wide,  but  I  have  just  lately  had  a  fair 
amount.  A  few  months  ago  there  died  a  dear  friend  of  mine 
with  whom  I  had  for  years  had  a  compact  that  the  one  to  go 
first  should  try  to  communicate  and  give  evidence  of  identity. 
She  sent  me  sealed  envelopes  containing  test-words,  also  a  number 
of  worn  gloves,  etc.,  which  she  herself  wrapped  up  carefully  in 
oiled  silk  (the  best  "  insulator,"  Hodgson  long  ago  told  me) 
during  the  last  weeks  of  her  illness.  I  presented  one  of  these  to 
a  psychic  friend — not  a  professional  medium — who  gets  automatic 
writing,  a  few  days  after  my  friend  died.  She  was  said  to  be 
"  sleeping  "  mostly,  and  no  evidence  was  forthcoming.  Three  days 
later  the  glove  was  presented  to  a  professional  trance-medium,  by 
a  sitter  who — it  was  purposely  arranged — knew  nothing  about  the 
dead  person  except  that  she  was  a  friend  of  mine  and  a  woman. 
Some  few  details  were  obtained,  such  as  that  death  had  taken 
place  recently  in  "  the  prime  of  her  life  "  and  that  the  disease  was 
of  a  certain  character  (all  correct)  and  the  first  two  letters  of  the 
surname  were  correctly  given.  But  there  was  nothing  evidential 
in  the  way  of  a  definite  message,  although  my  friend  purported 
to  be  presents — i.e.,  was  said  by  the  control  to  be  so.  About  the 


APRIL,  1916.  Correspondence.  1 73 

same  time  I  sent  another  glove  to  a  very  good  normal  clairvoyant 
near  here,  who  is  well  known  to  me,  and  he  got  correct  detail* 
about  the  illness,  but  felt  that  the  person  was  "  not  yet  awake." 
He  kept  the  glove,  at  my  request,  and  tried  on  many  occasions 
to  "  get  something "  from  it,  but  without  further  success.  On 
Jan.  19  I  had  a  personal  sitting  with  him,  and  he  handled  both 
the  glove  and  a  small  silver  box  which  had  belonged  to  the  same 
person  ;  but  he  got  nothing  except  an  impression  of  flowers  (she 
sent  me  more  flowers  during  my  own  illness  than  anybody  else, 
so  this  is  slightly  evidential)  although  he  proceeded  to  give  me  a 
large  amount  of  evidential  matter  about  other  deceased  people 
whom — so  far  as  I  know  and  believe — he  had  never  heard  of. 
Now,  if  psychometry  were  a  fact,  should  I  not  have  had  evidential 
facts  given  me  at  once,  from  the  handling  of  the  glove,  much 
more  extensively  than  was  the  case  ?  If  on  the  other  hand  it 
serves  only  as  a  telepathic  link,  naturally  I  shall  not  get  much 
evidence  until  the  mind  of  the  owner  wakes  up  from  the  recupera- 
tive sleep  which  is  supposed  to  follow  death.  It  may  of  course 
be  said  that  the  two  mediums  failed  to  get  much  evidence  because 
of  their  belief  in  this  post-mortem  sleep  ;  but  this  will  not  do, 
for  one  of  them  was  told  nothing  about  the  date  of  the  death — 
it  might  have  been  years  ago — and  the  other  could  not  have  been 
thus  influenced  on  Jan.  19,  for  he  believes  that  people  generally 
"  wake  up  "  within  a  few  days  of  death,  and  he  knew  that  my 
friend  died  over  two  months  before  the  sitting. 

But  if  my  friend  was  entirely  unconscious  and  unable  to  com- 
municate, how  came  it  that  both  mediums,  though  failing  to  get 
any  real  message,  nevertheless  got  evidential  details  about  the 
disease  from  which  she  suffered,  and  one  or  two  other  things  ? 
Perhaps,  after  all,  an  "  influence  "  bears  some  psychical  traces  of 
the  owner,  which  can  be  perceived  by  sensitives  without  any 
assisting  activity  of  that  owner's  mind ;  while  for  any  message 
involving  initiative,  the  awakened  mind  is  of  course  required.  But, 
if  so,  we  are  back  nearly  at  the  old  difficulty ;  for,  until  we 
know  the  extent  of  the  possibility  of  these  psychical  traces,  it 
will  be  impossible  to  infer  with  safety  the  activity  of  the  supposed 
discarnate  mind. 

And  there,  for  me,  the  matter  rests  at  present,  unsatisfactorily 
enough.  The  two  things  I  am  sure  of,  are,  that  "  influences " 
really  help  in  the  production  of  supernormal  phenomena  of  the 
class  indicated,  and  that  this  side  of  the  subject  deserves  more 


1 74        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      APRIL,  1916. 

attention  than  it  has  hitherto  received.  Perhaps  one  thing  remains 
to  be  said,  in  case  it  is  asked  how  I  know  that  the  information 
would  not  be  forthcoming  just  the  same,  without  any  object  being 
presented.  The  answer  is  :  Because  when  an  object  is  presented, 
the  supernormal  things  said  are  specially  relevant  thereto  ;  whereas, 
when  no  object  is  presented  at  all — as  in  most  of  my  own  sittings 
— though  I  usually  receive  evidence  of  various  sorts,  it  has  no 
perceptible  relation  to  what  I  am  expecting  or  thinking  about. 
Some  of  the  soi-disant  spirits  of  my  Jan.  19  sitting  were  people 
I  had  not  thought  of  for  months,  until  the  medium  gave  the 
name,  with  accompanying  detail.  I  think  this  justifies  me  in 
believing  that  the  efficacy  of  "  influences "  is  due  to  something 
more  than  the  medium's  self-suggestion,  though  of  course  I  do  not 
claim  that  it  "  proves "  it.  I  think  none  of  us  claims  that 
anything  "  proves  "  anything  in  psychical  research  ! 

J.  ARTHUR  HILL. 

Clarcmont,  Thornton, 

Bradford.  

REVIEW. 

THE  YOGA-SYSTEM  OF  PATANJALJ,  OR  THE  ANCIENT  HINDU  DOC- 
TRINE OF  CONCENTRATION  or  MIND,  embracing  the  Mnemonic 
Rules,  called  Yoga-Sutras,  of  Patanjali;  the  Comment,  called 
Yoga-Bhdshya,  attributed  to  Veda-Vydsa,  and  the  Explanation, 
called  Tattva-Vilic^iradl,  of  Vdchaspati-Mi$ra.  Translated  from 
the  original  Sanskrit  by  JAMES  HAUGHTON  WOODS.  (Harvard 
Oriental  Series,  Vol.  17.) 

FOR  many  centuries  past,  travellers  returning  from  India  have 
brought  back  with  them  marvellous  tales  of  holy  men  whom  they 
had  seen  practising  ingenious  and  terrible  forms  of  self-torture. 
These  sadhus  or  yogis,  as  they  were  called,  would  bury  themselves 
in  the  ground,  leaving  but  their  heads  emerging ;  sway  head 
downwards  over  a  slow  fire,  or  suspend  themselves  from  trees  by 
hooks  thrust  into  the  muscles  of  their  backs ;  crouch,  naked,  in 
the  full  heat  of  noon,  between  four  sacrificial  fires  ;  or,  with  eyes 
dazed  by  glare  and  madness,  stare  unceasingly  at  the  blazing 
circle  of  the  sun.  Thus  Yoga  has  come,  in  the  minds  of  many 
people,  to  mean  a  system  of  brutalizing  austerities,  fitter  for 
madmen  than  for  saints. 

Yoga,  however,  is  more  than  this — more,  and  less.     First  of  all, 
it   is   a   complete   system   of  philosophy.     And,   secondly,   it  is   the 


,,  i»iG.  Review.  175 

ancient  system  of  disciplining  the  mind,  whereby  the  Hindus,  and, 
following  them,  the  Buddhists,  sought  to  bring  the  consciousness 
into  that  state  which  they  call  Samadhi,  and  which  apparently 
corresponds  to  the  highest  "  degrees  of  orison "  and  "  infused 
contemplation  "  of  the  Western  mystic.  It  is  a  text-book  of  this 
science  of  menticulture  that  Professor  Woods  has  translated  for 
us,  in  the  seventeenth  volume  of  the  Harvard  Oriental  Series. 

Max  Miiller  distinguished  four  kinds  of  Yoga-processes,  viz. 
Hatha  Yoga  (physical  training),  Laya  Yoga  (concentration),  Raja 
or  "  Royal "  Yoga  (breathing  exercises),  and  Mantra  Yoga  (repe- 
tition of  sacred  sentences  or  Mantra). 

A  better  classification,  however,  would  seem  to  be  that  given 
by  Swami  Abhedananda,  viz.  Bhakti  Yoga  (union  by  love,  that 
is,  devotion  to  a  particular  god  or  aspect  of  the  Deity),  Karma 
Yoga  (union  by  works  or  good  deeds),  Jnana  Yoga  (union  by 
knowledge),  with  Raja  Yoga  (mind  discipline  and  concentration, 
sometimes  also  called  union  by  will),  and  its  essential  preliminary 
Hatha  Yoga. 

The  man  or  woman,  then — for  there  are  yoginis  as  well  as 
yogis — who  wishes  to  attain  Samadhi,  must  first  renounce  the 
world  and  go  far  away  from  the  haunts  of  men.  The  Swatmararn 
Swami,  a  modern  writer  on  Yoga,  recommends  a  small  cell 
"  situated  in  a  place  free  from  rocks,  water  and  fire;  of  the 
extent  of  a  bow's  length,  and  in  a  fertile  country  ruled  over  by 
a  virtuous  king."  Here  the  aspirant  must  study  the  Vedas  and 
put  himself  under  the  care  of  a  spiritual  director  or  Guru.  First, 
he  must  practise  the  eighty-four  chief  Asanas  Or  fixed  postures  of 
meditation,  and  learn  to  remain  in  any  one  of  them  for  hours 
together,  motionless.  Some,  as  for  example  the  "  padma-asana " 
or  lotus  posture,  have  alluring  names,  but  most  of  them  would  be 
impossible  to  a  European.  Mr.  R.  W.  Frazer,  in  Indian  Thought 
Past  and  Present,  sarcastically  describes  a  few  of  the  "  simpler  and 
milder  practices,"  one  of  which  Asanas  is  to  be  maintained,  he 
says,  for  twelve  years,  if  the  Yogi  would  gain  magic  powers  of 
body  and  mind. 

Pranayama,  or  regulating  of  the  breath,  is  an  important  part  of 
the  recluse's  training.  So,  too,  Pratyahara,  or  the  banishing  of 
intruding  thoughts.  But  the  chief  business  is  the  repetition  of  the 
Mantra ;  "  Om,"  "  Om  tat  sat  Om,"  and  the  great  Gayatri  Mantra 
being  the  most  usual.  Similarly,  Mohammedan  mystics  repeat  the 
Beautiful  Names  of  God  and  the  formula  "  La  illahe  ill'  Allah." 


176         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.     APRIL,  1916. 

Professor  Duncan  Macdonald  in  Religious  Attitude  and  Life  in 
Islam  gives  an  excellent  account,  drawn  from  Sufi  sources,  of  the 
method  in  which  a  sacred  sentence  is  to  be  used.  The  Hindus  hold 
that  something  of  the  religious  consciousness  of  the  Guru  passes  to 
his  Chela  with  the  giving  of  the  Mantra.  Finally,  the  seeker  will 
practise  the  concentration  of  his  attention  on  some  religious 
symbol,  as,  for  example,  one  of  the  five  Tattwas,  whose  immediate 
meanings  are  Earth,  Air,  Fire,  Water  and  Spirit ;  or  on  some  one 
idea ;  and  learn  "  The  restraint,"  as  Patanjali  puts  it,  of  the 
"  fluctuations  of  the  mind  stuff  "  (chitti). 

So,  then,  the  Yogi,  by  austerities,  by  physical  training,  by 
repetition  of  holy  words,  and  by  the  concentration  of  his  mind  on 
some  one  symbol  or  idea,  passes  through  the  three  stages  of 
consciousness  known  as  Dharana,  Dhyana  and  Samadhi.  Fully  to 
explain  these  terms  would  take  the  writing  of  volumes.  They  are 
usually  translated  as  Concentration,  Meditation  and — no,  there  is 
no  usual  translation  of  Samadhi.  Hindu  writers  distinguish  many 
different  kinds  of  Samadhi,  and,  according  to  Kern,  one  Maha- 
yanist  writer  gives  as  many  as  108. 

In  the  science  of  Yoga,  Patanjali  holds  much  the  same  place 
that  St.  Thomas  Aquinas  does  in  Scholastic  Theology.  Practically 
all  subsequent  teaching  has  his  Yoga-siitras,  or  mnemonic  sen- 
tences, as  its  text.  Voluminous  commentaries  have  been  written 
on  the  Sutras,  though  the  majority  of  the  teaching  has  always 
been  oral,  and  a  great  part  of  it  secret.  Two  translations  of  the 
Sutras,  as  far  as  I  know,  already  exist  in  English,  that  of  Swami 
Vivekananda,  with  its  naive  and  charming  comments,  and  the 
well-known  one  of  Rajendra  Lala  Mitra.  There  was  room,  how- 
ever, for  Professor  Woods'  scholarly  and  accurate  rendering.  It  is 
the  earnest  hope  of  the  present  writer  that  the  inclusion  of  this 
volume  in  The  Harvard  Oriental  Series  may  call  attention  to  the  wide 
field  of  possible  research  into  Hindu  psychology  and  spiritual  exercises, 
to  which  the  study  of  Patanjali  forms  so  attractive  a  prelude. 

Professor  Woods  has  enriched  his  book  with  a  full  bibliography 
and  with  a  valuable  introduction  on  the  authorship  of  the  Sutras, 
their  date  and  those  of  the  Commentary  and  Explanation.  In  the 
translation  itself  the  chapters  on  supernormal  powers,  such  as 
clairvoyance,  clairaudience,  levitation,  etc.,  will  possibly  be  of  most 
interest  to  the  members  of  the  S.P.R.,  but  the  whole  volume 
demands  the  serious  attention  of  all  students  of  Comparative 
Religion  and  of  Religious  Psychology.  AELFRIDA  TILLYARD. 


No.  CCCXXIX.-Voi,  XVII.  N,AV    |91<- 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

New  Members  and  Associates '^'7; 

Meeting  of  the  Council, 177 

Private  Meeting, !  7S 

Dramatic  Dreams, 173 

Notice  of  Current  Periodicals, .       .       .       .'      f jgs 


NEW  MEMBERS  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Girdlestone,  F.  Kenneth,  Rosendale,  Iffley,  Oxford. 

Gregson,  G.  E.,  12  Hesketh  Road,  Southport. 

MACKENZIE,    JAMES,    21st   Protection    Coy.,    Royal   Defence    Corps, 

Drill  Hall,  Newport,  Monmouthshire. 
WEBB,    MRS.    CURTIS,    48    The    Manor    House,    Marylebone    Road, 

London,  N.W. 

MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  140th  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  April  14th,  1916,  at  6  p.m.  ; 
SIR  WILLIAM  BARRETT  in  the  chair.  There  were  also  present : 
Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Mr.  St.  G.  L.  Fox  Pitt,  Dr.  F.  C.  S. 
Schiller,  and  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick ;  also  Miss  Isabel  Newton, 
Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

Two  new  Members  and  two  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  monthly  Accounts  for  January-February,  and  March, 
1916,  were  presented  and  taken  as  read. 


178         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       MAY,  1916. 


PRIVATE  MEETING  FOR  MEMBERS  AND 
ASSOCIATES. 

THE  53rd  Private  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  Members  and 
Associates  only  was  held  in  the  Council  Chamber  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  April  14th,  1916,  at  4  p.m.  ; 
SIR  LAWRENCE  JONES  in  the  chair. 

MRS.  W.  H.  SALTER  read  a  paper  on  "A  New  Automatist," 
which  it  is  hoped  will  be  published  later  with  additional 
material  on  the  same  subject. 


DRAMATIC  DREAMS:    AN  UNEXPLORED  FIELD  FOR 
PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH. 

BY  L.  P.  JACKS. 

THE  whole  subject  of  dreams  is  virtually  an  unexplored  terri- 
tory waiting  for  the  psychologist  who  will  make  it  his  province 
in  a  thoroughly  serious  spirit.  I  say  this  after  reading  as 
much  of  the  literature  of  dreams  as  I  could  lay  my  hands  on, 
including  the  work  of  Freud. 

I  have  frequently  expressed  this  opinion  to  friends  of  mine 
who  take  an  active  part  in  the  work  of  Psychical  Research. 
I  would  not  say  that  abnormal  or  supernormal  phenomena  like 
automatic  writing,  or  cross-correspondences,  or  haunted  houses, 
have  received  more  attention  than  they  deserve  :  but  I  do  say 
that  the  phenomena  of  dreams,  which  are  a  normal  experience, 
have  received  far  less  attention  than  they  deserve.  In  current 
psychology,  as  distinguished  from  Psychical  Research,  the 
neglect  of  them  is  disgraceful  and  astonishing.  They  are 
treated  as  a  negligible  side-show ;  or  as  belonging  to  some 
realm  of  nonsense  which  it  is  beneath  the  dignity  of  the 
psychologist  to  consider. 

I  think  it  a  pity  also  that  Psychical  Research,  when  it  has 
taken  up  the  subject  of  dreams,  has  concentrated  so  much  of 
its  thought  on  the  question  of  the  "  veridical  "  character  of  a 
certain  limited  class.  This,  no  doubt,  is  a  point  of  great 


MAT.  1916.  Dru/inif,,-  Dreania  17«j 

interest  and  worthy  of  due  consideration.  But  veridical 
dreams  are  exceptional,  at  all  event*,  and  not  one  whit  more 
"  mysterious "  than  many  other  classes  which  are  quite  com- 
mon, and  which  hardly  receive  an  allusion  in  the  literature 
of  the  subject.  Moreover,  while  so  little  is  understood  of  the 
psychology  of  common  dreams,  it  seems  futile  to  expect  much 
light  on  the  nature  of  the  "  queer  "  ones. 

In  order  to  limit  the  subject  I  will  here  call  attention  to 
only  one  class  of  common  dreams,  which,  for  want  of  a  better 
adjective,  I  call  "dramatic." 

By  a  dramatic  dream  I  mean  one  in  which  more  than  one 
person  play  distinct  and  yet  interdependent  parts,  whether  as 
actors  or  as  speakers,  and  in  which  the  action  leads  on  to  an 
issue  or  crisis  unforeseen  by  any  of  the  parties  to  its  develop- 
ment. To  make  this  clearer  I  will  quote  an  actual  case. 

In  my  dream  I  am  walking  in  an  unfamiliar  country  and 
realize  that  I  have  lost  my  way.  Presently  I  meet  a  stranger 
whose  appearance  greatly  puzzles  me,  for  he  is  clothed  in  a 
sun  helmet  and  white  ducks.  The  feeling  of  being  puzzled, 
the  knowledge  that  I  do  not  know  the  person  before  me  is, 
be  it  observed,  an  integral  part  of  the  dream.  I  then  ask 
him  to  tell  me  the  way  home  and  wait  for  hie  reply,  wondering 
what  it  will  be ;  the  waiting  and  the  wondering  being  also 
integral  parts  of  the  dream.  To  my  surprise  and  horror — all 
elements  of  the  dream — he  answers  that  I  may  give  up  all 
hope  of  finding  my  way  home,  for  I  am  in  China,  and  the 
nearest  city  is  Shanghai. 

The  problem  that  now  arises  is,  who  is  the  author  of  this 
stranger  and  of  the  part  he  plays,  and  of  the  effect  that  part 
has  upon  me  ?  Who  constructed  this  man  in  white  ducks, 
who  put  that  reply  in  his  mouth,  who  invented  my  surprise 
and  horror  when  I  heard  it  ?  Where  did  it  all  come  from  ? 

The  common  answer  is,  of  course,  that  the  mind  of  the 
dreamer  does  the  whole  thing.  At  some  time  or  another  I 
had  been  reading  about  China  and  people  in  white  ducks ; 
I  had  also  had  the  experience  of  losing  my  way,  and  out  of 
the  medley  of  images  stored  in  the  brain  my  mind  conslntcto 
these  groupings  and  works  them  up,  in  virtue  of  some 
mysterious  hanky-panky,  into  the  scene  described.  In  short, 
the  dream  is  simply  the  invention  of  the  dreamer. 


180         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       MAY,  1916. 

A  little  consideration  is  enough  to  show  that  this  kind  of 
explanation,  into  whatsoever  details  it  may  be  worked  out,  is 
sheer  nonsense. 

The  explanation  involves  three  agents.  The  dreamer  and 
two  dream  personalities  ;  one  of  whom  seems  to  be  the  original 
dreamer  himself  "  I  ",  and  the  other  a  second  and  distinct  individual 
(the  man  in  white  ducks).  These  two  last  and  all  that  they  say  or 
do  are  supposed  to  be  the  invention  of  the  first,  i.e.  the  dreamer 
invents  a  dream-image  of  himself  and  another  dream-image  of 
somebody  else. 

Up  to  that  point  the  explanation  presents  no  difficulties  on 
the  surface  (though  there  are  plenty  in  the  depths).  The 
constructive  imagination  of  the  novelist  or  dramatist  seems  to 
present  a  perfect  analogy.  Psychologically  the  dreamer  is  only 
doing  what  Defoe  did  when  he  constructed  the  character  of 
Robinson  Crusoe  (introduced  in  the  story  as  "  I  ")  and  of  Man 
Friday,  and  "  set  them  going  "  in  definite  dramatic  situations. 

But,  unfortunately,  this  analogy  stops  at  the  very  point 
which  most  challenges  an  explanation.  For  the  dream  includes 
not  only  the  presence,  actions  and  conversations  of  the  persons 
concerned,  but  the  whole  series  of  psychological  reactions 
caused  by  the  acts  done  and  the  things  said.  Now,  some  of 
these  are  of  such  a  kind  that  they  cannot  be  accounted  for  in 
the  way  supposed.  One  of  them,  for  example,  was  my  intense 
surprise  on  learning  that  I  was  in  China.  But  if  my  own 
mind  had  invented  the  notion  that  I  was  in  China,  it  would 
not  have  been  surprised  on  hearing  another  person  say  that  I 
was  there.  The  dream-person  was  surprised  and  intensely  so.  The 
surprise  was  not  acted  ;  it  was  the  real  thing.  Moreover,  there  was 
the  moment  when  he  was  waiting  for  the  reply  of  his  interlocutor, 
wondering  what  it  would  be — a  perfectly  definite  psychological 
state.  But  such  a  state  could  not  occur  if  the  fact  were  that 
I  had  the  reply  up  my  own  sleeve  all  the  time.  I  have 
myself  written  a  good  many  stories,  and  readily  admit  that 
when  a  writer  puts  a  remark  in  the  mouth  of  one  speaker  he 
doesn't  always  know  what  reply  he  will  invent  for  the  other 
speaker.  But  he  does  know  that  he  has  to  invent  the  reply, 
whatever  it  may  be ;  and  when  it  comes  he  recognizes  it  at 
once  as  his  own  invention.  Between  such  a  case  and  that  of 
the  dream  the  dirTerence  is  quite  distinct,  and  no  analogy  is 


MAY,  1916.  Dramatic  Dreams.  I  s  | 

possible.  I  grant  also  that  in  the  highest  artistic  invention 
the  creator  may  become  so  completely  identified  with  what  he 
is  creating  as  to  be  ignorant  that  he  is  creating  it,  and  to 
feel  some  of  the  surprise  at  the  result  which  he  would  have 
felt  had  he  been  a  mere  spectator  of  the  process.  But  hcr«- 
the  artist  and  the  dreamer  become  one,  and  the  process, 
instead  of  explaining  what  takes  place  in  dreams,  is  itself  tin- 
thing  to  be  explained.  And  even  in  this  case  there  is  an 
important  difference.  When  the  work  is  done,  the  great  artist 
has  plenty  of  evidence  that  his  own  mind  did  it.  However 
"  rapt "  Beethoven  may  have  been  in  composing  the  Ninth 
Symphony,  and  however  surprised  he  may  have  been  at  the 
result,  he  was  afterwards  fully  aware  of  his  own  responsibility 
for  its  creation  and  under  no  danger  of  attributing  it  to  Bach. 
But  this  is  the  very  point  on  which  evidence  is  lacking  in  the 
case  of  the  dream — the  very  point  in  dispute.  Here  the 
principal  evidence  is  my  surprise  on  learning  that  "  I  "  was  in 
China,  and  this  evidence,  so  far  as  it  goes,  indicates  that  the 
information  was  a  piece  of  genuine  news.  For  the  mind 
cannot  prepare  surprises  for  itself  any  more  than  a  man  can 
play  chess  with  himself. 

My  point  is,  then,  that  however  far  we  may  be  able  to  go 
in  explaining  the  situation  of  a  dramatic  dream  by  attributing 
it  to  the  mind  of  the  dreamer,  the  explanation  breaks  down 
utterly  when  we  come  to  the  psychological  reactions,  which 
are  just  as  much  a  part  of  the  dream  as  is  the  situation  from 
which  they  issue. 

By  way  of  emphasizing  the  point,  I  will  cite  another  instance 
of  a  dramatic  dream.  In  this  case  I  dreamt  that  I  was  fight- 
ing a  duel  with  rapiers  with  a  man  whom  I  seemed,  in  my 
dream,  to  know  quite  well,  but  who  was  and  is  a  perfect 
stranger  to  my  waking  life.  The  personality  of  my  antagonist 
and  the  surroundings  were  extraordinarily  distinct,  and  are 
clearly  remembered  now  after  an  interval  of  four  years.  I 
have  never  handled  a  rapier  in  my  life,  but  in  my  dream  I 
found  myself  skilled  in  its  use.  Nevertheless,  I  was  full  of 
anxiety  as  to  the  issue,  and  terribly  afraid  that  I  might  lose 
my  life.  I  offered  at  the  outset  to  shake  hands  with  my 
opponent,  and  asked  in  what  I  had  offended  him.  ''You  will 
find  that  out  in  another  world,"  he  answered,  "  for  I  am  going 


182          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       MAY,  1916. 

to  send  you  to  heaven."  I  remember  being  surprised  at  his 
answer,  for  I  expected  he  would  say  "  hell."  Then  the  duel 
began ;  and  a  more  "  real "  duel  was  never  fought.  My 
antagonist's  thrusts  and  parries  were  all  his  own  ;  they  baffled 
me  every  moment.  He  changed  his  tactics  incessantly,  and  I 
was  intensely  on  my  guard,  for  I  could  see  that  his  purpose 
was  to  take  me  unawares.  I  felt  all  the  tension  of  fighting 
for  my  life,  and  made  a  desperate  resolve  that  I  would  kill 
my  foe.  After  a  time  he  seemed  to  weaken,  and  I  made  sure 
that  I  should  win.  Then  he  suddenly  sprang  to  one  side  and, 
with  a  thrust  I  was  too  late  to  parry,  he  slit  my  cheek  from 
mouth  to  ear,  and  a  moment  afterwards  plunged  his  rapier 
through  my  body.  I  believe  I  awoke  at  the  same  moment. 

I  do  not  offer  this  as  a  "  wonderful "  dream,  but  as  a 
sample  of  a  large  class  of  dreams  which  has  never  been 
thoroughly  studied.  The  suggestion  I  make  is  this :  even 
allowing — what  is  very  difficult  to  allow — that  the  mind  of  the 
dreamer  accounts  for  the  part  played  in  this  dream  by  one 
of  the  actors  involved  (myself),  it  certainly  does  not  account 
for  the  part  played  by  the  other.  Nor  does  it  account  for  the 
psychological  reactions  on  either  side. 

Compare  with  this  the  duel  of  Hamlet  and  Laertes  as 
imagined  by  Shakespeare.  Here  the  mind  of  Shakespeare  is 
in  control.  To  each  of  the  imaged  personalities  he  assigns  his 
part  and  combines  them  both  to  a  foreseen  result.  They  do 
and  say  what  the  imagination  of  their  creator  makes  them 
do  and  say.  And  the  creator  knows  perfectly  well  that  he 
is  creating.  In  the  dream  the  consciously  creating  mind  is 
entirely  absent  and  consciousness  transferred  to  the  personalities 
created. 

The  dream-personalities,  then,  have  a  genuine  experience — at 
least  one  of  them  (myself)  has  it,  and  the  other  (my  antagonist) 
appears  to  have  it  also.  Each  has  a  mind  of  his  own  which 
determines  his  actions  in  relation  to  the  similarly  determined 
actions  of  the  other.  One  of  them  remembers  his  experience 
and  can  report  it  afterwards.  They  appear  to  be  independent 
of  any  third  mind  which  is  pulling  the  strings. 

Lastly,  compare  the  dream-duel  with  any  "  actual  "  duel  of 
history.  Are  there  any  tests  of  the  "  reality "  of  the  one 
which  are  not  equally  satisfied  by  the  other  ? 


MAY,  1916.  Dramatic  Dream*.  1  x:>, 

It  may  be  said  there  are  many.  For  example,  my  present 
body  bears  no  trace  of  the  wounds  received  in  the  dream-duel. 
But  this  objection  holds  only  if  we  assume  that  my  present 
body  and  my  dream  body,  which  was  pierced  by  a  rapier,  are 
the  same  body.  Why  make  that  assumption  ?  The  dream-body 
(or  its  owner)  certainly  felt  the  wounds,  and  bore  plain  traces 
of  them. 

Again,  my  antagonist  cannot  be  found  or  called  as  a  witness. 
This  assuredly  leaves  my  evidence  without  his  corroboration, 
but  does  not  affect  its  value  as  far.  as  it  goes.  It  is  a  diffi- 
culty, but  not  a  fatal  one.  For  the  fact  that  my  antagonist 
cannot  be  found  is  no  proof  that  he  never  existed. 

My  own  conclusion  is  that  the  dream-duel  actually  occurred 
in  the  same  sense  that  any  duel,  or  any  event,  actually  occurs. 
I  would  not  go  the  length  of  saying  that  it  occurred  to  me  : 
but  it  occurred  to  somebody.  Whatever  difficulties  may  beset 
this  conclusion — and  they  are  mainly  difficulties  of  exposition — 
they  are  less,  in  my  opinion,  than!  those  which  attach  to  any 
other  hypothesis  or  explanation. 

In  saying  this  I  do  not  overlook  the  circumstance  that  the 
conclusion  lacks  corroborative  evidence,  whether  of  my  "  anta- 
gonist "  or  anybody  else.  The  strength  of  the  conclusion  lies 
in  the  fact  (as  it  seems  to  me)  that  the  dream  cannot  be 
interpreted  in  any  other  way. 

The  main  difficulty  ot  exposition  is,  that  the  pronoun  "  I  " 
has  to  be  used  throughout  in  a  double  function ;  first,  to 
indicate  the  person  here  and  now  narrating  his  dream,  and 
secondly,  to  indicate  the  dream-personality  whose  experiences 
are  narrated.  A  single]  pronoun  being  used  for  both,  they 
appear  to  be  the  same  identical  "  I."  But  to  assume  their 
identity  is  to  beg  the  most  important  of  the  questions  at 
issue. 


NOTICE  OF  CURRENT  PERIODICALS. 

Archives  de  Psychologic,  No.  60,  Dec.  1915,  contains  some 
reflections  by  Prof.  H.  Delacroix  on  the  interesting  and  important 
case  of  the  '  Modern  Mystic  '  studied  by  Prof.  Flournoy  in  No.  58. 
(Cf.  this  Journal  for  March.)  While  disclaiming  the  ambition  of 
discussing  either  mystical  sensuality  or  the  mysticism  of  sensuality, 


184        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       MAY,  1916. 

he  concludes  with  a  suggestion  that  the  mystic  ecstasy  may  be  a 
purified  equivalent  or  sublimation  of  the  profoundest  life  of  the 
instincts.  The  number  contains  also  a  detailed  account  by  Prof. 
Flournoy  of  the  strange  case  of  '  Eva  C.,'  alias  Marthe  Beraud, 
in  the  shape  of  a  review  of  Madame  Bisson's  Phenomknes  de 
materialisation  (Paris,  Alcan,  1914),  one  of  the  chief,  and  the 
most  accessible,  of  the  books  reviewed  in  Miss  Verrall's  '  History 
of  Marthe  Beraud '  in  Proceedings,  Part  LXIX.  Prof.  Flournoy 
pleads  for  a  suspense  of  judgment,  and  Prof.  Claparede,  who 
appends  a  postscript  to  the  review,  states  that  he  was,  in  January 
1914,  present  at  two  sittings  which  presented  striking  spectacles, 
though,  as  he  could  not  experiment  freely,  he  hesitates  to  come 
to  a  conclusion.  p  Q  g  g 


No.  OCCXXX.-Voi..  XVII.  jVKKf  |9I6 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for   Psychical    Research. 


CONTENTS. 
War  Prophecies,         -        .  .       ..       


WAR  PROPHECIES. 
BY  F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 

IT  was  psychologically  to  be  expected  that  the  terrific  strain 
of  the  most  terrible  of  wars  should  produce  widespread  emo- 
tional disturbance  in  the  populations  subjected  to  it,  and  that 
this,  again,  should  lead  to  an  apparent  recrudescence  of  many 
primitive  beliefs  and  practices.  For  though  to  a  cursory 
inspection  these  might  seem  to  have  become  extinct,  they 
remained  deeply  ingrained  in  human  nature  and  had  only  been 
driven  underground ;  they  would,  therefore,  be  sure  to  be 
brought  to  the  surface  again  by  any  spiritual  convulsion.  So 
it  was  just  as  natural  that  the  allies  should  circulate  stories  of 
supernatural  interventions  on  behalf  of  their  just  cause  as  that 
the  Germans  should  revert  to  the  magical  practice  of  hammer- 
ing nails  into  images.  The  alleged  war-prophecies  plainly 
belong  to  the  same  stratum  of  beliefs  and  make  their  appeal 
to  the  same  condition  of  war-neurosis,  and  the  ordinary  sociolo- 
gist would  not  hesitate  to  dismiss  them  as  unworthy  of 
scientific  attention.  But  our  Society  exists  for  the  express 
purpose  of  raking  over  the  rubbish-heaps  of  orthodox  science, 
and  must  not  shrink  from  the  search  for  truth  in  unlikely 
places.  I  need  not  apologize,  therefore,  for  putting  on  record 
the  results  of  examining  a  number  of  prophecies  about  the  war 
which  have  been  in  circulation. 

The  material  placed  in  my  hands  by  the  office  of  the  S.P.R. 
is,  unfortunately,  far  from  complete.  It  is  composed  only  of 
matter  published  in  this  country  and  in  France,  and  so  throws 


186         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JUNK,  1916. 

no  light  on  the  doings  of  the  interpreters  of  prophecy  else- 
where. It  did  not,  moreover,  enable  me  to  trace  all  the 
documents  referred  to,  and  to  verify  such  assertions  as  seemed 
verifiable.  The  researches  necessary  for  this  purpose  would 
have  been  arduous  or  impossible  under  present  circumstances  ; 
still  it  might  have  been  our  duty  to  undertake  them,  if  the 
evidential  quality  of  the  material  had  been  such  as  to  con- 
stitute even  a  prima  facie  probability  that  the  results  of  such 
research  would  be  anything  but  negative.  As  a  matter  of  fact, 
it  must  be  confessed  that  the  evidence  was  so  bad  that  it 
did  not  seem  to  warrant  further  investigation.  The  bulk  of 
it  is  just  irresponsible,  unauthenticated,  unverifiable,  and  often 
anonymous,  hearsay.  Still  one  should  not,  even  so,  assert 
dogmatically  that  the  evidence,  where  it  has  not  been  possible 
to  test  it,  must  be  as  bad  as  where  it  has  been  tested  ;  only 
it  seems  fair  to  say  that  the  burden  of  proof  rests  on  those 
who  believe  it  to  be  better.  They  may  be  required  to  give 
definite  verifiable  references  for  the  authenticity  of  the  pro- 
phecies alleged ;  until  this  is  done,  their  inherent  improba- 
bility, their  anonymity,  and  vagueness  suffice  to  condemn  them. 

I  will  proceed  to  criticize  some  of  the  more  verifiable  cases. 
(1)  The  best  known  perhaps  is  that  about  some  arithmetical 

coincidences  in  the  life  of  William,  the  first  German  Emperor. 
It  has  the  merit  of  having  certainly  been  in  existence  before 
1914,  though  it  was  probably  not  invented  until  1888.  The 
story  goes  that  in  1849  Prince  William  of  Prussia  "  was 
wandering  incognito  in  the  Rhine  Provinces  attended  only  by 
an  aide-de-camp," l  and  wae  accosted  by  a  gipsy  (at  Mainz), 
who  hailed  him  as  '  Imperial  Majesty.'  "  Not  a  little  amused— 
for  at  that  moment  his  chance  of  succeeding  even  to  the 
throne  of  Prussia  seemed  slight — the  Prince  asked "  when  he 
would  be  emperor,  whereupon  the  gipsy  took  the  date  of  the 
year  and  added  to  it  the  figures  1+8+4+9,  thus  producing 
1871  (right).  A  further  inquiry  as  to  how  long  the  Prince 
would  reign  was  similarly  answered  by  1871+1+8+7+1  =  1888 
(right  again),  and  finally  the  end  of  the  German  Empire  was 

I 1  quote  from   Mr.   Ralph   Shirley's  pamphlet  on   Prophecies  and  Omens  of 
the  Great   War,  3rd  ed.   1915  (p.   11   foil.),  a  work  the  uncritical  character  of 
which  is  not  redeemed  by  the  fact  that  its  author  plainly  shows  how  little 
belief  he  himself  has  in  the  prophecies  he  retails. 


JUNE,  1916.  War  Prophfldt*.  187 

piophesied  for  1888  +  1+848+8  =  1913.  Now  even  in  1914  it 
had  to  be  explained  that  the  Kaiser  craftily  put  off  the 
beginning  of  the  war  in  order  to  defeat  (at  any  rate)  the 
prophetic  gipsy  :  by  1916  even  the  most  credulous  must  have 
become  sceptical  about  the  correctness  of  the  terminal  date. 

But  this  is  by  no  means  the  sole  flaw  in  the  story.  It  is 
not  historically  true  that  the  future  emperor  had  no  expecta- 
tion of  becoming  King  of  Prussia  :  in  1849  he  was  heir  pre- 
sumptive, and  his  brother's  marriage  had  remained  childless 
for  twenty-five  years.  Nor  can  the  alleged  prophecy  have  been 
made  to  him  in  exile ;  for  though  he  retired  from  Berlin  in 
March  1848,  he  was  back  again  in  June,  and  took  his  seat  in 
the  National  Assembly,  while  in  1849  he  was  commanding  the 
army  which  put  down  the  popular  risings  in  South  Germany.1 
Clearly,  then,  two  out  of  the  four  dates  in  the  story  are 
demonstrably  wrong.  If  a  prophecy  was  made  to  him  in 
exile,  it  must  have  been  in  1848,  not  in  1849.  But  if  we  take 
this  year  as  our  starting  point,  the  dates  for  the  establishment 
of  the  German  Empire  and  its  first  emperor's  death  go  wrong. 
1848+1+8+4+8  =  1869,  and  1869+1+8+6+9  =  1893.  The 
interpreters  of  prophecy  may  explain  this  by  saying  that  the 
Franco-German  War  should  have  come  in  1869,  and  that  the 
emperor  should  have  lived  to  be  96  ;  indeed,  they  had  better 
say  this,  for  if  they  persevere  they  will  be  rewarded  by  a  final 
gleam  of  success.  For  1893+1+8+9+3=1914,  which  is  (or 
may  be)  right.  But  with  this  mode  of  calculation  again  two 
(at  least)  of  the  four  dates  are  wrong. 

(2)  A  more  antique,  and  even  more  unfortunate,  appeal  to 
prophecy  is  presented  by  the  Prophecy  of  Lehnin,  which  has 
now  been  translated  into  English  for  the  first  time,  with  notes, 
by  '  Sepharial,'  and  is  published  as  a  sixpenny  pamphlet 
by  W.  Foul-sham  &  Co.  (an  ominous  name !).  This  prophecy 
"  prefiguring  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  Prussian  despotism  of 
Germany,"  as  the  title-page  avers,  is  ascribed  to  a  certain 
Arminius,  Prior  of  the  monastery  of  Lehnin  in  Brandenburg 
about  1240,  and  so  is  very  much  of  a  '  chestnut.'  It  is 
composed  of  a  hundred  (shockingly  bad)  Latin  verses,  and 
professes  to  foretell  the  fortunes  of  Brandenburg,  the  rise  of 
the  Hohenzollerns,  their  conversion  to  the  Lutheran  heresy,  and 

>Cf.   Enryc.   Brit.  «.r. 


188         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Rfiftearch.      JUNE,  191C. 

their  downfall,  in  a  thoroughly  monkish  spirit.  It  is  predicted 
that  with  the  eleventh  of  these  heretical  rulers  the  dynasty 
will  end,  Germany  will  recover  her  peace,  prosperity  and 
king,1  and  that  the  monastery  of  Lehnin  will  be  restored  to 
its  pristine  splendour.  In  view  of  this  conclusion  it  would 
seem  to  demand  some  audacity  to  interpret  the  prophecy  as 
heralding  the  overthrow  of  Germany.  However,  neither 
'  Sepharial  '  nor  Mr.  Shirley  are  abashed.  They  also  boldly 
assert  the  authenticity  of  the  prophecy's  alleged  date,  although 
it  appears  to  be  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  among  the 
learned  that  it  was  never  printed  before  1723,  and  cannot  be 
traced  back  beyond  1693.  Brockhaus's  Encyclopedia  says  curtly 
that  its  authenticity  has  been  convincingly  disproved,  that  it  was 
probably  concocted  by  Canon  Andreas  Fromm  about  1684,  and 
that  since  that  date  all  its  '  prophecies  '  have  gone  very  wide 
of  the  mark. 

The  most  insuperable  objection  to  the  claims  of  this  prophecy 
also  appears  to  be  arithmetical.  As  before,  the  interpreters 
come  to  grief  over  a  simple  sum  in  addition.  For  the  fact  is 
that  the  eleventh  Protestant  Hohenzollern  has  come  and  gone 
some  time  ago  :  his  name  was  Frederick  William  III.,  and  he 
died  in  1840 !  It  follows  that  William  II.  cannot  be  the 
eleventh  Protestant  Hohenzollern  to  rule  over  Brandenburg. 
He  is,  in  fact,  the  fifteenth.  This  unfortunate  discrepancy  has 
not  altogether  escaped  Mr.  Shirley  (I.e.  p.  57),  who  considers 
it  a  "  curiously  exact  "  fulfilment  of  prophecy  that  the  Catho- 
lics should  have  "  had  their  disabilities  removed  during  the 
reign  of  Frederick  IV.,  who,  though  the  twelfth  in  succession, 
represents  the  eleventh  generation,  Joachim  II.  succeeding  his 
brother  Joachim  I."  All  these  assertions  are  incorrect,  and 
even  if  they  were  not,  would  not  help  Mr.  Shirley.  For  on 
his  own  showing  Frederick  William  IV.  was  the  twelfth  Hohen- 
zollern. How,  then,  can  William  II.  be  the  eleventh  and  be 
identified  with  his  own  great-grandfather,  Frederick  William  III.? 

Mr.  Shirley's  interpretation  of  the  final  catastrophe  is  no 
less  curious.  The  prophecy  rims 

"  Tandem  sceptra  gerit  qui  stemmatis  ultimus  erit  (sic  !) 
Israel  infandum  scelus  audet  morte  piandum." 

1  Not  kings,  as  in  '  Sepharial's  '  translation. 


JUNK.  1910.  War  Prophecies. 

This  should  mean  that  the  last  Hohenzollern  will  be  mur- 
dered by  a  Jew.  But  Mr.  Shirley  interprets  "  presumably 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  Prior  of  Lehnin  '  Israel  '  is  a 
name  adopted  for  the  Christian  community  in  Brandenburg  "  ! 

(3)  An  article  by  Prof.  William  Gregory  in  BlackuxxxTs 
Magazine  for  May  1850  records  a  number  ol  popular 
prophecies  which  he  found  current  in  the  Lower  Rhine  country, 
and  which  seemed  to  him  to  agree  in  presaging  a  great  war 
with  a  terrific  final  battle  of  the  Birch-Tree,  near  Werl,  in 
Westphalia.  These  legends  have  now  apparently  wandered 
up  the  Rhine  and  yielded  the  material  which  has  been 
vamped  up  into  what  Mr.  Shirley  reports  as  "  the  Prophecy 
of  Mayence,"  so  called  after  an  (imaginary)  convent  of  St. 
Hildegard  near  this  city,  (I.e.  pp.  13-15)  and  dates  at  1854. 
He  gives  away  the  French  origin  of  its  present  form  by  leaving 
the  word  for  birch-tree  untranslated,  as  a  French  place-name 
in  the  middle  of  Germany.  There  are,  of  course,  other  differ- 
ences also.  In  Prof.  Gregory's  material  the  war  was  conceived 
as  being  between  the  north  and  the  east  (Russia,  Prussia) 
against  the  south  and  the  west  (Austria,  France)  which 
accorded  well  enough  with  the  circumstances  of  1849-50 ;  in 
the  '  prophecy '  of  Mayence  the  political  combinations  have 
been  brought  up  to  date.  Both  versions  agree  in  having  a 
strong  Catholic  bias. 

M.  de  Vesme,  the  editor  of  the  Annales  des  Sciences  Psy- 
chiqiies,  who  has  subjected  War  Prophecies  to  some  excellent 
criticism  and  very  damaging  research  in  his  issues  for  Oct. 
1915  and  Feb.  1916,  throws  some  light  on  these  discrepancies. 
It  appears  that  in  1909  (i.e.  during  the  first  Austro-Servian 
crisis),  the  Message*  d' Alsace  Lorraine  printed  a  tale  by  an 
ex-organist,  M.  Jecker  (now  dead)  who  professed  to  have  read 
this  prophecy  in  1866  in  an  old  book  (without  a  title-page) 
which  he  found  in  the  house  of  a  village  priest  (whose  hrirs 
destroyed  his  literary  remains).  He  learnt  it  by  heart  (!)  and 
told  it  to  500  persons  between  the  years  1866  and  1870, 
not  one  of  whom  is  now  producible.  In  1912,  after  tho 
Agadir  crisis  and  the  death  of  M.  Jecker,  the  Messager  pub- 
lished some  additions,  which  are  chiefly  interesting  as  pmlirting 
that  three  wars  would  be  waged  to  restore  the  Bourbon 
monarchy  in  France.  In  1914  another  and  extensively  fukwl 


190          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JUNK,  1916. 

version  was  issued.  In  this  the  clerical  and  Legitimist  passages 
were  cut  out,  including  the  picturesque  detail  that  the  '  young 
prince  of  the  old  blood  of  the  Caps  '  (Capets)  should  mount 
his  white  horse  from  the  left  side  because  his  right  leg  was 
lame.  The  number  of  the  Allies  was  increased  from  four 
(?  France,  Russia,  England,  Serbia)  to  seven,  and  the  ending 
was  greatly  altered,  the  promised  restoration  of  the  Pope's 
Temporal  Power  having  become  extremely  mal  &  propos. 
It  is  evident  that  every  editor  who  publishes  a  '  prophecy ' 
considers  it  his  duty  to  bring  his  material  up  to  date. 

(4)  A  French  Catholic  origin  may  similarly  be  ascribed  to 
the  prophecy  of  '  Brother  John  '  which  appeared  in  the  Paris 
Figaro,  and  is  wholly  unauthenticated.1  The  same  bias  runs 
through  the  Almanacks  of  Mme  de  Th6bes,  to  which  we  may 
noxt  turn.  Mme  de  Thebes  is  a  professional  prophetess  of 
Parisian  fame  who  combines  clairvoyance  with  astrological 
skill,  and  has  a  reputation  which  impresses  the  editor  of  the 
Occult  Review.  He  thinks  that  "  her  predictions  in  the  issues 
for  1912  and  1913  were  not  a  little  remarkable."  He  has, 
however,  finally  to  admit  that  "  the  Parisian  seeress  seems  to 
have  anticipated  that  the  struggle  would  begin  a  year  before 
it  actually  took  place  "  (Prophecies  and  Omens,  p.  41). 

Now  the  facts  about  '  Mme  de  Th&bes  '  (as  gathered  from  an 
examination  of  her  Almanacks  for  1912,  1914  and  1915)  appear 
to  be  these.  Like  all  '  prophets '  she  is  fond  of  predicting 
wars  and  catastrophes,  and  after  the  1911  crisis  it  would  have 
been  remarkable  if  she  had  refrained  from  doing  so,  especially 
as  political  circles  in  Paris,  with  which  she  appears  to  be  more 
or  less  in  touch  (probably  on  their  feminine  side),  seem  to 
have  been  far  more  conscious  of  the  critical  condition  of 
European  peace  than  those  in  London.  Her  prophecies,  however, 
are  mostly  couched  in  vague  general  terms,  and  she  often  '  hedges.' 
Moreover,  the  claims  to  a  '  fulfilment '  of  her  previous  pre- 
dictions which  she  annually  makes  are  frequently  very  'thin.' 

1  Mr.  Shirley's  comment  on  its  provenance  is  "  Monsieur  Peladan  states 
that  the  Latin  book "  (in  which  his  father  is  said  to  have  found  it)  "  is 
lost  and  that  his  translation  only  exists  in  the  handwriting  of  a  clerk  who 
copied  it.  He  has  not  even  produced  this  somewhat  inadequate  evidence 
in  confirmation  of  his  bona  fides "  (I.e.  p.  24).  But  it  was  M.  de  Vesme  who 
interviewed  M.  Peladan,  and  forced  him  to  own  that  "  unfortunately  I  possess 
no  proof  of  the  authenticity  of  this  document."  Verb.  Sap. 


JUNE,  1916.  War  Prophecies.  191 

She  also  makes  a  considerable  number  of  egregious  blunders. 
For  example,  both  in  the  1911  and  1912  issues  she  predict  .-d 
the  outbreak  of  the  Great  War  in  1913  (p.  28  and  p.  25), 
and  the  downfall  of  Germany  and  the  disappearance  of  her 
emperor  (p.  36  and  pp.  37,  44).  In  the  1912  issue  she  predicts 
also  an  earthquake  and  a  scarcity  of  milk  in  France  (pp.  25-6), 
an  attack  by  Italy  on  France  (p.  36),  the  success  of  the 
Duchess  of  Hohenberg's  l  plans  (p.  37),  a  civil  war  in  Belgium 
(predicted  also  in  1909),  which  might  well  set  Europe  ablaze, 
a  multitude  of  violent  deaths  and  a  possible  collapse  of  mon- 
archy in  England,  and  revolutions  in  Japan.  The  1914  issue 
contains  inter  alia  the  following  obvious  failures :  the  French 
army  on  the  frontiers  by  the  20th  March,  1914,  the  discovery 
of  great  mineral  wealth  in  Western  France  and  its  trans- 
formation into  an  industrial  district  (p.  53),  again  a  war  with 
Italy  (p.  54),  the  extinction  of  the  Belgian  monarchy  and  the 
subjection  of  Belgium  (p.  58),  external  and  internal  war  in 
England,  with  the  greatest  danger  of  a  complete  overthrow 
(p.  59).  On  the  other  hand,  the  prediction  of  a  new  Pope 
(p.  54)  would  be  a  palpable  hit,  if  it  had  not  been  known 
how  precarious  the  health  of  Pius  X.  had  been  getting.  The 
issue  for  1915  predicts  a  (victorious)  end  to  the  war  by  June 
1915  (p.  37),  a  revolution  in  Germany  and  the  Kaiser's  dis- 
appearance (p.  53),  the  death  of  the  '  sinister  old  man,'  the 
Emperor  of  Austria  (a  very  probable  prediction,  seeing  how 
often  the  newspapers  have  prepared  the  public  mind  for  it !) 
(p.  54),  the  destruction  of  Turkey  (p.  65),  and  an  apology  to 
Belgium  for  having  suspected  the  court  and  the  Flemings  of 
siding  with  Germany.  There  are  no  clear  successes  in  this 
issue  at  all ;  for  it  was  obvious  that  "  valiant  Servia  is  not 
at  an  end  of  its  warlike  destiny  "  and  probable  enough  that 
Bulgaria  would  be  involved  (side  not  stated). 

These  specimens  will  probably  suffice  to  show  what  clair- 
voyance and  astrology,,  can  do  inj  the  way  of  prediction.  A 
glance  at  the  efforts  of  astrology  pure,  simple  and  unaided 
may  fitly  conclude  our  study.  For  only  an  utterly  hard- 
hearted Psychical  Researcher  will  refrain  from  shedding  a 
sympathetic  tear  over  the  downfall  of  poor  *  Old  Moore.' 

1  The  consort  of  the  Archduke  Francis  Ferdinand,  who  was  murdered  with 

him  at  Serajevo. 


192         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JUNK,  1010. 

That  this  worthy's  Almanack  for  1914  should  have  failed  to 
read  the  doom  of  European  civilization  in  the  stars  may  be 
excused  perhaps  by  human  frailty  and  the  feebleness  of  man's 
vision  ;  but  one  would  have  expected  him  to  make  ample 
amends  at  any  rate  in  1915,  and  to  give  quite  as  authentic 
an  account  of  it  as  the  leading  newspapers.  To  our  astonish- 
ment, however,  we  find  nothing  at  all  that  can  be  interpreted 
as  a  recognition  by  the  astral  powers  of  the  troubles  of  the 
terrestrial  —  merely  conventional  remarks  that  at  such  and  such 
a  time  "  the  safety  of  the  Tsar  will  give  grave  reason  for 
anxiety  to  his  best  friends  "  in  the  police  !  It  is  rumoured 
that  the  explanation  is  simple.  Old  Moore's  "  genuine  Foul- 
sham  edition  "  for  1915  had  gone  to  press  before  the  end  of 
July  1914  !  It  will  not  do  for  a  prophet,  however,  to  be 
more  than  a  year  behind  the  times.  So  in  1916  Old  Moore 
does  discover  the  war.  In  fact  he  is  full  of  it,  full  also  of 
disasters,  victories,  defeats,  strikes  and  revolutions,  all  illus- 
trated with  the  most  lurid  woodcuts.  In  the  end  he  leaves 
the  war  going  strong  on  the  31st  of  December.  I  grieve  to 
say  '  Old  Moore  '  is  rather  a  pessimist,  who  ought  to  be 
suppressed  for  prejudicing  recruiting.  But  what  can  one 
expect  for  one  penny  ?  Let  those  who  desire  to  be  cheered, 
and  are  willing  to  spend  sixpence  on  the  lore  of  the  stars, 
betake  themselves  to  Zadkiel's  Almanack  for  1916,  and  believe 
(if  they  can)  that  the  war  will  be  brought  to  a  victorious 
conclusion  in  March. 

In  view  of  all  this  material,  it  certainly  does  not  become 
easier  to  believe  that  the  human  race  is  growing  in  enlighten- 
ment and  increasing  in  critical  intelligence.  We  still  have  no 
reply  to  traffickers  in  omens  and  dealers  in  prophecy  better 
than  that  which  Homer  of  old  put  into  the  mouth  of  Hector— 

ef?  oiwvos  apio-To?  a/uivvefrOui  Trepl 


1  Iliad,  12.  143.     "  One  omen  is  best,  to  defend  one's  fatherland." 


No.  CCCXXXL—  VOL.  XVII.  JULY,  1918. 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

PAOB 

Obituary  Notice, 198 

New  Members  and  Associates, 194 

Meeting  of  the  Council, 194 

Private  Meeting, •  194 

Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance,  -  186 

An  Authentic  Prophecy?-        -        -  19» 

Dreams  and  Psychology, 201 

Case, 204 

Notes  on  Current  Periodicals, •- 807 


The  Booms  of  the  Society  at  20  Hanover  Square,  London,  W.,  will 
be  closed  during  August  and  September,  re-opening  on  Monday, 
October  2nd. 

The  next  number  of  the  Journal  will  be  issued  in  October. 


OBITUARY. 

MRS.  A.  W.  VERRALL. 

WE  regret  to  have  to  announce  the  death  on  July  2nd 
at  her  residence  in  Cambridge  of  Mrs.  A.  W.  Verrall 
in  her  fifty-ninth  year,  after  several  months  of  illness. 
She  joined  the  Society  for  Psychical  Research  in 
January  1889,  and  had  been  a  member  of  the  Council 
since  1901.  She  was  one  of  the  most  active  workers 
in  the  Society,  and  while  herself  an  automatist,  was 
a  keen,  critical  and  indefatigable  investigator  to 
whom  much  of  the  progress  made  in  recent  years 
is  due.  A  fuller  notice  of  her  life  and  of  her  work 
in  Psychical  Research  will  be  published  in  the  next 
number  of  the  Proceedings. 


194          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  line. 


NEW  MEMBERS  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  pi'inted  in  Black  Type. 
Nantes  of  Associates  are  jninted  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Eckstein,  Mrs.,  18  Park  Lane,  London,  W. 

Patton,  Mrs.,  Stoke  Court,  near  Taunton. 

DARBYSHIRE,  REV.  H.  S.,  St.  Margaret's  Vicarage,  Methley,  Leeds. 

HAGGER,  REV.  J.  0.,  The  Manse,  Waterfoot,  Manchester. 

RAWLINSON,  REV.  G.  C.,  20  Holbein  House,  London,  S.W. 


MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  141st  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  June  23rd,  1916,  at  3.15  p.m.  ; 
MR.  H.  ARTHUR  SMITH  in  the  chair.  There  were  also  present : 
Mr.  \\.  \V.  Baggally,  Sir  William  Barrett,  Rev.  M.  A.  Bay- 
field,  Mr.  E.  N.  Bennett,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Mr.  J.  G. 
Piddington,  Mr.  St.  G.  L.  Fox  Pitt,  and  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick ; 
also,  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

Two  new  Members  and  three  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  Monthly  Accounts  for  April  and  May,  1916,  were 
presented  and  taken  as  read. 


PRIVATE  MEETING  FOR  MEMBERS  AND 
ASSOCIATES. 

THE  54th  Private  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  Members  and 
Associates  only  was  held  in  the  Council  Chamber  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Friday,  June  23rd,  1916,  at  4  p.m.  ; 
SIR  WILLIAM  BARRETT  in  the  chair. 

SIB  OLIVER  LODGE  read  a  paper  on  "  Recent  Evidence 
about  Prevision  and  Survival,"  which  will  be  published  in 
the  next  Part  of  the  Proceedings.  This  Part  will,  it  is  hoped, 
be  ready  for  circulation  in  October. 


JULY,  1916.  Psychology  of  Mrs.  Pipers  Trance.  195 

PSYCHOLOGY  OF  MRS.  PIPER'S  TRANCE. 
BY  F.  C.  CONSTABLE. 

IN  considering  this  subject  Mrs.  Sidgwick's  point  of  view 
is  so  neutral,  and  she  keeps  so  remarkably  free  from  all  pre- 
judice arising  from  the  personal  equation,  that  her  opinion 
must  have  great  weight.  The  following  paragraph  appears 
to  me  to  express  a  sound  theory,  so  perhaps  I  may  be  for- 
given for  paraphrazing  it  in  some  measure  : 

"  Of  course,  communication  with  the  dead,  when  it  occurs, 
must  imply  a  real  communicator  in  the  background,  but 
the  point  is  that  this  does  not  necessitate  either  the  dramatic 
communicator  or  the  control  being  other  than  phases  or 
elements  of  Mrs.  Piper,  nor  does  it  exclude  the  possibility 
that  the  dramatic  communicator  is  a  fiction,  or  a  dream, 
or  a  hallucination  of  the  control,  each  of  which  things  it 
appears  sometimes  to  be.  That  it  is  with  phases  or  elements 
— centres  of  consciousness — of  Mrs.  Piper,  and  not  with  entities 
independent  of  her,  that  the  sitter  is  in  direct  communication, 
seems  to  me  for  the  reasons  given  to  be  the  hypothesis  which 
best  fits  the  facts  so  far  as  we  know  them  :  that  under  which 
they  most  readily  fall  into  an  intelligible  order  and  are  most 
easily  interpreted.  And  it  is  also  a  hypothesis  against  which 
no  valid  arguments  have,  so  far  as  I  have  seen,  been 
adduced."  (p.  320.) 

I  agree  fully  with  what  is  above  stated.  Indeed,  I  would 
go  further, — I  suggest  that  where  there  is  a  real  communica- 
tion from  the  dead,  the  real  communicator  must  always  find 
his  greatest  stumbling-block  to  communication  in  the  always 
present  fact  of  the  dramatic  communicator. 

Now  we  are  all  self-conscious  subjects,  embodied  or  un- 
embodied.  Self-consciousness  is  a  thing  in  itself,  for  us. 
The  common  bond  of  union  between  us  is  in  Consciousness, 
and  from  this  bond  there  is  constant,  timeless,  communion. 
But  communication  infers  mental  operation  in  time. 

The  evidence  for  telepathy  between  the  living  is  found  in 
thought-transference ;  there  is  sympathy  or  rapport  between 
the  mental  operations  of  the  agent  and  percipient.  (Note. 
It  is  shown  in  '  Personality  and  Telepathy  '  that  there  is 
no  direct  transference  of  ideas ;  the  direct  bond  is  in  com- 


196          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1916. 

munion,  there  is  emergence  of  like  or  associated  ideas.)  But 
in  telepathy  between  the  living  and  the  dead  this  cannot 
be.  Imagination — as  Kant  says,  deep  buried  in  the  soul 
of  man — still  exists  for  the  dead,  but  the  inhibition  of  imagin- 
ation by  the  brain  for  the  production  of  thought  is  impossible 
for  the  dead :  the  dead  have  no  brains,  as  instruments  for 
thought.  There  are  but  the  brains  of  the  living  for  use, 
and  so,  in  any  particular  case,  the  brain  of  the  living  must 
be  used  by  the  dead  for  communication  with  the  living. 
Mark  the  distinction  made  between  communion  (which 
transcends  ideas)  and  communication. 

Mrs.  Piper  falls  into  hypnosis  under  the  impression  that 
another  personality  is  to  take  possession  of  her  organism. 
She  does  not  fall  into  that  deep  state  where  there  is  not 
only  full  inhibition  of  all  external  sensuous  effects,  but  full 
inhibition  of  personal  mental  operation.  (Note.  But  a  few 
contimious  records  of  communication  from  George  Pelham 
suggest  this  state.)  There  is  still,  for  her,  some  mental 
operation,  and  she  is  still  open,  in  some  measure,  to  external 
sensuous  effects. 

Mentally,  she  is  affected  by  her  impression  that  the  person- 
ality which  has  been  brought  to  her  attention  is  to  take 
possession  of  her  organism ;  she,  desiring  such  possession, 
naturally  dramatizes  this  personality.  I  write  '  naturally ' 
because  human  experience  informs  us  of  what  takes  place. 
We  all  of  us,  embodied,  live  in  dramatization.  I  am  I ; 
I  offer  to  the  world  but  a  dramatized  self;  each  one  of  us 
knows  he  is  not  that  self  published  to  the  world.  If  you 
who  read  try  to  worry  out  what  you  yourself  are  you  will 
find  you  exist  in  dreams :  you  exist  in  your  own  dreams, 
which  have  little  or  nothing  to  do  with  yourself  as  a  mere 
actor  manifest  on  the  world's  stage.  The  pleasures  of  love 
exist  largely  in  self-revelation  to  another — the  one  enjoys 
admitting  another  behind  the  scenes,  where  he  or  she  is 
dressing  up  for  appearance  before  the  footlights. 

If  we  say  that  the  communicator  suggested  to  and  desired 
by  Mrs.  Piper  is — to  take  one  instance — Julius  Caesar,  we 
encounter  no  difficulty  in  explanation  of  what  takes  place. 
Mrs.  Piper  dramatizes  Julius  Caesar.  No  matter  whether 
the  dramatization  be  successful  or  not  the  mental  process 


JULY.  1916.  Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance.  1<J7 

is  akin  to  that  of  Shakespeare  dramatizing  Hamlet,  or  Cer- 
vantes Don  Quixote.  We  have  nothing  before  us  but  a 
dramatized  communicator. 

It  is  when  a  dramatic  communicator  like  George  Pelharu 
comes  on  the  scene  that  our  difficulties  in  explanation  begin. 
That  George  Pelham  is  dramatized  as  a  communicator  is, 
I  think,  clear  from  the  fact  that,  ordinarily,  when  there 
is  manifest  consecutive  mental  operation  on  Mrs.  Piper's 
part  as  shown  by  her  speech  or  writing,  then  G.  P.  is 
dramatized.  But,  sometimes,  the  dramatic  communicator 
G.  P.  appears  to  give  us  communications  not  from  the 
actor  dressed  up  by  Mrs.  Piper  but  from  himself.  It  is 
true  that  when  he  gives  these  communications  he  gives  them 
through  himself  as  an  actor,  as  dressed  up,  but  the  communica- 
tions would  appear  to  be  from  himself  undramatized.  We 
have  some  analogy  from  Shakespeare :  Thackeray  gives  us 
a  very  clear  character  of  Shakespeare  himself,  though  we 
know  little  or  nothing  of  Shakespeare's  life,  apart  from  his 
characterizations  of  philosophers,  warriors,  cowards,  clowns, 
and  women.  Sterne,  in  the  pulpit,  is  said  to  have  once 
revealed  himself  by  taking  off  his  periwig  and  throwing  it  in 
the  face  of  the  congregation. 

Now  if  G.  P.  could,  without  impediment,  use  Mrs.  Piper's 
brain,  he  could  himself  communicate  directly  with  us.  But 
he  does  not  do  this :  the  information  we  get  from  him  is 
usually  'scrappy  and  imperfect.'  (p.  320.) 

If  Mrs.  Sidgwick's  theory  be  sound,  this  scrappiness  and 
imperfection  are  accounted  for.  For,  by  that  theory,  G.  P. 
finds  impediment  to  direct  communication  not  only  from 
Mrs.  Piper's  partial  personal  mental  activity  and  partial  open- 
ness to  external  sensuous  affections,  but  from  her  natural 
dramatization  of  G.  P.  as  a  communicator.  G.  P.  has  to 
4  seize '  moments  of  blankness  on  Mrs.  Piper's  part  in  mental 
activity  and  openness  to  sensuous  affections,  for  direct  com- 
munication. The  very  scrappiness  and  imperfections  of 
direct  information  from  G.  P.  are  what,  by  the  theory,  we 
should  expect — what  we  should  expect,  that  is,  if  G.  P.  be 
a  real  communicator. 

But  I  must  be  a  little  critical.  The  position  of  those  of 
us  who  are  outsiders  is  to  be  pitied.  The  best  evidence 


198         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1916. 

for  direct  communication  is  denied  us.  For  instance,  Mrs. 
Sidgwick  refers  to  a  '  dramatic  incident.'  On  turning  to 
the  account  of  this  dramatic  incident  (Vol.  XIII..  p.  321), 
we  find  that  it  consists  of  statements  of  private  matters 
made  privately  to  a  Mr.  Howard  by  G.  P.,  through  Mrs. 
Piper,  which  fully  convinced  Mr.  Howard  that  G.  P.  himself 
had  been  communicating  with  him.  But  neither  we — nor 
Hodgson  himself — are  told  what  was  communicated.  The 
above  is  not  the  only  instance  existing.  I  think  we  must 
not  quarrel  with  this  concealment  of  private  matters,  for 
the  concealment  is  on  its  face  natural  and  reasonable.  Even 
personally  I  admit  myself  particeps  criminis.  For  the  strongest 
instance  I  have  ever  had  of  communication  with  the  dead 
gave  me  information  that  no  one  else  living  will  ever  be  made 
aware  of.  But  all  such  instances  do  not  constitute  evidence 
of  any  kind,  unless  we  fall  back,  unreasonably,  on  the  accept- 
ance of  authority  for  belief  and  confuse  belief  with  evidence. 

Again,  when  direct  information  gets  through  from  a  real 
communicator,  I  think  it  should,  naturally,  be  marked  as 
diiferent  in  some  way  from  information  beginning  and  ending 
with  the  dramatized  communicator  ;  how  marked  it  is  difficult 
to  define.  But  as  to  this  I  may  use  analogy.  Like  other 
human  beings  I  dream,  and  in  the  twenty-five  thousand  days 
and  nights  of  my  passing  life  have  probably  dreamt,  by  day 
and  night,  millions  of  dreams.  All  have  past  from  immediate 
memory  :  all  but  three.  These  three  exist  always  present  to  me 
in  time — three  instances  of  communion  with  the  dead,  two  of  them 
followed  by  the  emergence  of  definite  ideas.  The  three  were 
markedly  different  in  impression  from  their  millions  of  fellows. 

Possibly  there  is  some  evidence  of  this  difference  in  the 
Piper  records.  There  are  a  few  abnormal  and  excited 
'  rushes '  at  her  waking  stages  which  appear  to  give  direct 
communication.  And,  where  the  communication  is  direct 
and  continuous,  the  record,  perhaps,  appears  marked  by  an 
absence  of  personal  mental  activity  on  Mrs.  Piper's  part. 

All  communications  revealing  what  personal  existence  is 
after  disembodiment  must,  I  think,  be  referred  to  as  begin- 
ning and  ending  with  dramatized  communicators. 

Thought  being  correlated  to  movement  of  the  material 
brain  exists  in  inhibition  of  imagination,  and  we  can  imagine 


JULY,  1916.  Psychology  of  Mrs.  Piper's  Trance.  1  M'j 

that  the  disembodied  may  be  able  to  use  the  brains  of  the 
embodied  for  the  inhibition  of  their  imagination.  But  we 
cannot  imagine  any  inhibition  of  imagination  opening  to  us 
the  wonders  of  free  imagination.  They  may  be  able  to  come 
to  us  on  our  limited  plane,  but  we  can  rise  to  them  on 
their  relatively  limitless  plane  only  in  extasy,  where  we  are 
free  from  the  limits  of  thoughts  and  ideas.  The  child  playing 
with  its  earthly  toys  is  apt  to  picture  for  itself  a  future 
life  where  toys  are  innumerable  and  unbreakable. 

AN  AUTHENTIC  PROPHECY? 

SINCE  writing  the  criticism  of  War  Prophecies  in  the  June 
Journal,  I  have  had  my  attention  called  to  a  Serbian  prophecy 
which  has  some  pretensions  to  authenticity,  and  certainly  has 
several  points  of  interest.  Not  only  is  it  claimed  that  it  has 
been  extensively  fulfilled  already,  but  some  of  its  fulfilment  is 
demonstrably  posterior  to  the  prediction ;  also  it  still  concerns 
the  future.  Moreover,  it  was  made  the  subject  of  a  contem- 
poraneous official  record,  and  has  had  considerable  political 
influence.  The  story  as  gathered  from  two  versions  in  M.  Chedo- 
mille  Mijatovich's  A  Royal  Tragedy,  published  in  London  in 
1906,  and  from  a  private  paper  contributed  by  him  to  the  records 
of  the  S.P.R.  in  July,  1903,  and  if  one  ignores  minor  dis- 
crepancies, runs  as  follows  : 

On  the  29th  (or  28th)  of  May,  1868,  a  peasant  named  Mata, 
from  the  neighbouring  village  of  Kremna,  began  to  cry  aloud 
in  the  principal  street  of  Ujitza,  a  town  in  western  Serbia,  that 
the  then  Prince  of  Serbia,  Michael  Obrenovich,  was  being  horribly 
murdered  and  '  slashed  with  yatagans.'  He  was  arrested  by  the 
police  as  causing  public  alarm,  but  in  the  evening  a  telegram 
arrived  announcing  the  correctness  of  his  vision.  The  Prefect 
of  Ujitza  then  interrogated  Mata  further,  and  found  that  he 
had  no  connexion  with  the  assassins,  but  had  had  other  visions 
about  the  future  of  Serbia,  and  put  his  predictions  on  record. 
The  document  containing  them  was  sent  to  Belgrade  and  kept 
in  the  Secret  Archives,  but  M.  Mijatovich,  though  he  professes 
to  have  watched  the  fulfilment  of  its  predictions  from  1875, 
when  he  first  heard  of  it,  and  was  told  in  1880  by  Milan  G. 
Milityevich  that  he  had  a  copy,  and  in  1889  by  Nicola  Christich, 
then  Prime  Minister,  that  he  had  read  the  original  document, 


200        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      JULY,  1916. 

does  not  himself  claim  ever  to  have  seen  it.  Anyhow,  the 
prophecies  of  Mata  are  said  to  have  predicted  the  events  of 
the  reigns  of  Milan  and  Alexander  with  great  exactitude,  including 
the  latter's  murder  and  the  extinction  of  the  Obrenovich  line. 
The  evidential  value  of  these  reports  it  will  be  possible  to  judge 
only  when  the  authentic  text  of  the  '  protocol '  is  published ; 
but  this  is  not  likely  to  happen,  as  the  Serbians  probably  destroyed 
all  their  secret  archives  before  evacuating  Belgrade.  We  are 
only  concerned  evidentially,  therefore,  with  those  parts  of  the 
story  which  referred  to  events  subsequent  to  1903. 

These  predict  (1)  the  succession  of  the  Karageorgeviches,  whose 
rule,  however,  is  to  be  short,  '  2  or  3  years,'  '  about  3  years,' 
'not  for  long,'  in  the  various  versions  given  by  M.  Mijatovich; 
(2)  a  foreign  conquest  leading  to  great  suffering  among  the  people, 
BO  that  they  will  envy  the  dead  in  the  churchyards.  This  will 
last  '  a  few  '  years  or  '  many.'  (3)  Then  there  will  arise  a  saviour 
among  the  people  who  will  deliver  them  from  their  oppressors 
and  unite  all  Serbians  happily  in  one  state.  (4)  This  liberator 
is  to  be  in  some  sense  a  descendant  of  the  Obrenoviches,  '  as 
though  an  oak  tree,  after  being  cut  down,  should  suddenly  send 
up  a  shoot  from  its  roots  at  some  distance  from  the  original  tree.' 

Now  it  is  evident  that  so  far  only  the  second  of  these  pre- 
dictions can  be  said  to  have  been  fulfilled,  and  that  not  very 
remarkably.  For  in  1868  the  position  of  Serbia  was  precarious 
enough  to  make  a  foreign  conquest  seem  quite  a  possible  eventua- 
lity. However,  Mata  would  be  more  likely  to  think  of  the  Turks 
than  of  the  Austrians  and  Bulgarians. 

The  first  point  cannot  be  said  to  have  come  true  literally, 
for  the  Karageorgevich  rule  would  have  lasted  a  dozen  years, 
even  if  it  were  not  destined  to  be  restored.  The  third  point 
merely  expresses  commonplaces  of  patriotic  aspiration  everywhere. 

The  fourth  point  is  certainly  remarkably  definite,  and  its 
fulfilment  would  go  far  to  place  Mata's  clairvoyance  beyond 
cavil.  At  the  same  time,  it  is  highly  improbable,  though  not 
wholly  impossible.  For  although  the  house  of  Obrenovich  is 
apparently  extinct,  it  is  understood  that  through  the  female  line 
its  claims  have  passed  to  a  grandson  of  King  Nicholas  of  Monte- 
negro, while  the  son  of  King  Milan  and  Mme.  Artemise  Christich 
is  still  alive.  While  therefore  its  further  fulfilment  seems  im- 
probable, it  is  perhaps  permissible  to  keep  an  eye  on  the  Black 
Prophecy  of  Mata  of  Kremna.  F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 


JULY,  1916.  Dreams  and  Psychology.  201 


DREAMS  AND  PSYCHOLOGY. 

THE  opinions  expressed  in  Dr.  Jacks's  charming  little  paper  in 
the  May  Journal  on  Dramatic  Dreams  so  entirely  accord  with 
beliefs  I  have  cherished  (with  very  little  social  encouragement) 
for  very  many  years,  that  I  cannot  refrain  from  seconding  his 
appeal  on  behalf  of  the  dream  life,  which  is  so  considerable  a 
portion  of  the  totality  of  human  experience.  In  particular,  I 
would  echo  his  complaint  about  the  neglect  of  dreams  by  pro- 
fessional psychologists.  Here  we  have  hundreds,  even  thousands, 
of  highly  selected,  trained  and  endowed  men  who  have  been 
spending  their  whole  time  on  researches  which  are  only  very 
remotely  connected  with  the  problems  of  concrete  minds,  and 
have  so  far  been  singularly  barren  of  applications,  and  they 
leave  utterly  unrecorded,  uninvesti gated  and  untouched  insistent 
phenomena  which  could  easily  be  experimented  with  and  about 
which  almost  nothing  is  definitely  known  !  We  are  all  dreamers, 
and  yet  we  have  never  tried  to  conquer  this  region  of  experience, 
to  discover  the  best  methods  of  dreaming  and  of  regulating  its 
apparent  madness.  There  ought  surely  to  be  a  Society  for  the  serious 
and  scientific  study  of  dreams,  which  would  co-operate  with  the  S.P.R. 
The  present  is  not,  however,  an  auspicious  time  for  inaugurating 
such  a  Society  ;  so  I  will  content  myself  with  suggesting  to  Dr. 
Jacks  that  he  ought  to  change  the  nomenclature  he  has  used 
for  the  several  characters  that  enter  into  the  problem  of  the 
dream.  He  distinguishes,  quite  rightly,  between  the  dream- 
personality  which  has  the  experience  and  the  '  I  '  which  narrates 
the  dream  when  awake.  But  he  calls  the  latter  '  the  dreamer,' 
and  this  is  surely  wrong.  The  '  dreamer  '  should  be  the  person- 
age who  actually  has  the  dream,  and  not  he  who  subsequently 
recalls  it,  often  imperfectly,  and  reflects  upon  it.  Moreover, 
Dr.  Jacks  appears  to  think  (p.  183)  that  the  chief  problem  about 
the  dream  is  to  explain  the  relations  of  these  two  personalities. 
But  this  is  surely  relatively  easy.  That  the  'dreamer'  is  a  'second- 
ary personality  '  of  the  waking  '  self '  is  attested  both  by  the 
differences  and  by  the  discontinuities  of  memory  between  them, 
coupled  with  the  fact  that  the  waking  self  can  '  appropriate  ' 
the  dream-experience.  The  source  of  the  dream,  however,  is  a 
real  mystery.  Dr.  Jacks  well  shows  that  neither  the  dreamer 
nor  the  waking  self  can  claim  to  create  the  dream  and  to  con- 
struct its  plot.  The  obvious  inference  is  that  there  exists  a 


202         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JULY,  1916. 

third  party,  whom  I  have  called  the  maker  of  the  dream,  and 
(tentatively)  identified  with  the  '  Sally  '  of  the  Beauchamp  Case. 
My  terminological  proposal,  therefore,  put  forward  most  recently 
in  the  review  of  Dr.  Morton  Prince's  Unconscious  (in  Proceed- 
ings, Pt.  LXX.  pp.  504-6), *  is  to  distinguish, — (1)  the  normal  waking 
self,  who  is  not  identical  with  the  dreamer  though  he  may  be 
affected  by  '  dreams  '  he  remembers,  or  even  (teste  Freud)  forgets; 

(2)  the   dreamer,    for   whom   the   dream  is   real   and   usually   forms 
the    real    world ;    (3)  the    maker    of    dreams,    who    victimizes    the 
dreamer.      I  trust  that  Dr.  Jacks  will  assent  to  this  classification, 
and    did    not    mean    to    play    upon    me    the    common    philosophic 
trick    which    consists    in    taking    a    technical    term    which    another 
philosopher  is  labouring  to  fix,  and  ruining  it  by  promptly  using 
it   in    a    second    sense   liable   to   be   confused   with    the   first.      For 
to    agree    upon    common    terms  for    what    we    wish    to    investigate 
is   the   first  step   towards   a   solution   of   the  problem  of  dreams. 

F.  C.  S.  SCHILLER. 

NOTE  BY  DR.  JACKS. 

I  HAVE  read  Dr.  Schiller's  note  and  appreciate  his  point.  In 
reply  I  have  to  say  that  I  find  it  extremely  difficult  to  choose 
a  nomenclature,  or  indeed  any  form  of  expression,  which  does 
not  beg  the  question  involved  in  the  identification  of  the  dream- 
personalities.  I  know  of  no  problem  in  philosophy  in  which 
it  is  at  once  so  vitally  essential  and  yet  so  difficult  to  free  theory 
from  the  misleading  of  language.  Let  me  try  to  be  more  explicit. 
Smith  dreams  he  is  fighting  a  duel.  Here,  I  think,  four  per- 
sonalities are  distinguished  in  ordinary  speech.  (1)  Smith1(  who 
remembers  and  narrates  the  dream,  (2)  Smith2,  asleep  and  dream- 
ing, (3)  Smith3,  fighting  the  dream-duel,  (4)  Smith's  antagonist — 
to  whom,  oddly  enough,  corresponding  personalities  to  (1),  (2), 

(3)  do .  not   appear   to   be   attached. 

Dr.  Schiller  contends  that  I  err  in  calling  Smithj  the  '  dreamer,' 
and  I  admit  the  justice  of  his  correction.  But  when  he  insists 
that  Smith2  (or  is  it  Smith3  ?)  is  the  dreamer  I  fail  to  follow 
him.  The  fact  is  exhausted  when  you  say  Smith3  fought  the 
duel  which  is  remembered  by  Smith ;  when  you  expand  this  and 
say  Smith3  dreamed  that  he  fought  the  duel  you  go  beyond  the 
fact  and  commit  yourself  to  a  theory  ;  indeed,  you  beg  the 
question.  For  the  question  to  my  mind  is  precisely  this — was 
1  Cf .  also  Humanism,  2nd  ed.,  pp.  266-7. 


JULY,  wir,.  Note  by  Dr.  Jack*.  _>.,;; 

the  duel  a  real  duel  (in  the  sense  that  any  historical  duel  ii 
real)  or  was  it  an  unreal  event,  an  event  that  never  hapjx-ned, 
an  event  concocted  or  made  up  by  a  peculiar  mental  procot 
which  goes  on  when  the  body  is  asleep  ? 

It  is  almost  impossible  to  use  ordinary  language  which  does 
not  adopt  the  second  of  these  alternatives,  thereby  clouding  the 
whole  issue  with  a  foregone  conclusion.  We  say  '  Smith  dreamed 
that  he  was  fighting  a  duel,'  and  this  implies  at  once  that  Smith 
performed  a  mental  process — his  mind  did  something  or  other — 
of  which  the  duel  was  the  product.  But  what  evidence  have 
we  that  Smith's  mind  did  (i.e.  concocted)  anything  at  all  ?  The 
evidence,  so  far  as  it  goes,  simply  records  that  a  duel  was  fought 
by  two  men,  neither  of  whom  appears  to  have  been  Smith,  and 
that  Smith  when  he  was  awake  could  narrate  the  experience  of 
one  of  them.  How  Smith  got  access  to  that  experience  as 
though  it  had  been  his  own  is  precisely  what  we  do  not 
know.  To  say  that  Smith  dreamed  the  experience  is  not  to 
solve  the  problem  but  to  restate  it  There  it  seems  to  me  that 
Dr.  Schiller,  like  myself  in  the  instance  for  which  he  properly 
corrects  me,  goes  beyond  the  evidence  by  introducing  the  'dreamer.' 
To  solve  the  mystery  it  may  be  necessary  to  get  rid  of  this 
personality  altogether.  I  do  not  pin  myself  to  this  solution  but 
I  do  say  that  if  the  inquiry  is  dominated  from  the  outset  by 
the  conception  of  a  '  dreamer  '  and  a  special  process  of  mental 
concoction  called  '  dreaming  '  we  are  going  beyond  the  facts. 
What  if  there  is  no  such  process  at  all,  and  no  such  person  ? 
Psychology  has  already  got  rid  of  a  good  many  fictitious 
*  mental  processes.'  What  if  '  dreaming  '  is  one  more  of  the 

same  class  ? 

Among  the  various  personalities  concerned  in  the  dream  under 
discussion  I  may  say  that  the  one  about  which  I  am  most  curious 
is  (4)— the  antagonist.  He  was  a  very  lively  gentleman  whom 
I  would  recognize  among  a  thousand  if  I  were  to  meet  him 
to-morrow.  Who,  in  heaven's  name,  was  he  ?  Dr.  Schiller's 
theory  leaves  him  wholly  unidentified.  And  what  an  i uteri-sting 
light  would  be  thrown  on  the  matter  if  it  should  turn  out 
that  at  the  very  time  that  '  I  '  dreamed  '  I  '  was  figh' 
'  him,'  somebody  else  dreamed  that  *  he  '  was  fighting  '  m,-.' 
When  the  matter  comes  to  be  fully  investigated  it  may  b« 
found  that  in  dreams  also  there  are  such  things  as  crc 
correspondences. 


204        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JULY,  1916. 

CASE. 

L.  1204.    COINCIDENTAL  HALLUCINATION. 

THE  following  case  of  a  coincidental  hallucination  was  first 
brought  to  our  notice  by  a  paragraph  in  the  daily  press  on 
June  6,  1916,  in  which  it  was  stated  that : 

The  sister  of  Seaman  George  William  Malpress,  of  Peterborough, 
one  of  the  men  who  went  down  with  the  '  Queen  Mary,'  had  a 
realistic  dream  last  Wednesday  [the  day  the  '  Queen  Mary '  was 
lost].  She  was  lying  ill  in  bed  when  she  thought  that  her  brother 
came  to  her  bedside,  and  although  she  spoke  to  him  repeatedly 
he  would  not  answer.  He  appeared  quite  well  and  happy. 

Subsequently,  in  reply  to  enquiries,  we  received  the  following 
account  from  the  percipient,  Mrs.  Baxter  : 

56  New  Rd.,  Peterboro',  June  19,  1916. 

...  in  reference  to  my  dream — as  it  was  published  in  the 
papers,  but  it  was  not  a  dream,  it  was  a  vision.  I  was  very  ill 
at  the  time.  It  was  the  afternoon  of  the  day  of  the  battle  that 
I  saw  my  brother.  I  was  taken  worse  and  thought  I  was  going 
to  die.  I  was  with  my  brother  on  his  ship  and  he  was  so  happy 
and  singing,  and  then  it  changed  and  he  was  at  home  on  leave. 
I  thought  I  repeatedly  spoke  to  him  each  time  but  he  did  not 
speak  to  me.  I  knew  I  was  ill,  and  thought  he  would  not 
speak  because  I  was  disfigured.  I  asked  my  mother  if  he  had 
gone  back  and  she  said  he  had  not  been  home.  I  said  I  knew 
he  had,  it  seemed  so  real.  I  was  very  much  upset  because  he 
would  not  speak  to  me.  I  did  not  hear  of  the  sinking  of  the 
'  Queen  Mary '  until  a  week  after,  as  I  was  too  ill  for  my  mother 
to  tell  me.  ...  It  would  be  just  about  the  time  when  the  ship 
went  down  that  I  saw  my  brother,  as  it  was  late  in  the  afternoon 
on  Wednesday,  May  31. 

F.  BAXTER. 

On  June  29,  1916,  the  Secretary  went  to  Peterborough  and 
called  upon  Mrs.  Baxter  and  her  mother,  Mrs.  Malpress,  who 
kindly  answered  all  the  questions  she  put  to  them.  Their 
evidence,  as  noted  and  summarised  by  the  Secretary  at  the 
time,  and  confirmed  by  their  signatures,  was  as  follows  : 

On  May  31  Mrs.  Baxter  was  suffering  from  erysipelas,  and  had 
been  ill  from  the  previous  Friday.  About  5  o'clock  in  the  after- 


,  1916.  Ca*e. 


noon  she  "felt  something  snap  inside  her,  and  part  of  herself 
seemed  to  have  gone  out  of  her;  she  thought  she  was  dying." 
Then  she  seemed  to  be  on  a  ship,  or  very  near  it;  she  could 
see  the  sailors  moving  about,  and  heard  them  singing  ;  they  were 
very  happy.  She  spoke  to  her  brother  on  the  ship  ;  he  wouldn't 
answer.  She  called  for  a  scarf  he  had  given  her,  so  that  she 
could  hide  her  face,  as  she  was  disfigured.  Then  the  scene 
changed,  she  was  at  home,  her  brother  was  at  home,  she  spoke 
to  him,  but  he  wouldn't  answer.  She  cried,  thinking  it  was 
because  she  was  disfigured.  The  vision  went.  She  was  still  very 
upset  because  he  wouldn't  speak  to  her.  She  asked  her  mother 
if  her  brother  had  gone  back. 

She  had  never  had  a  vision,  or  a  dream,  of  this  kind  before. 

(Signed)    FLORENCE  ETHEL  BAXTER. 
June  29,  1916. 

Mrs.  Malpress  said  that  her  daughter  had  been  "lightheaded 
on  and  off"  during  her  illness,  but  that  at  the  time  of  the 
vision  she  seemed  "listless  and  blank."  She  continued: 

When  she  had  this  kind  of  blank  feeling  come  over  her,  I  went 
down  to  find  some  one  to  fetch  the  doctor  as  I  thought  she  was 
dying.  When  I  went  up  again  she  was  crying,  and  seemed  very 
upset.  I  asked  her  what  was  the  matter.  She  said  Will  had 
been  to  see  her,  and  he  wouldn't  speak  to  her.  The  following 
morning  I  said,  "  How  did  Will  look  ?  "  "  Just  as  usual,"  she 
said  ;  "  I  thought  he  was  here  home  on  leave.  He  was  in  his 
uniform,  and  very  bright  and  happy." 

(Signed)    HANNAH  MALPRESS. 
June  29,  1916. 

The  news  of  the  Naval  Battle,  including  the  announcement 
of  the  loss  of  H.M.S.  '  Queen  Mary,'  was  published  on  Saturday 
morning,  June  3,  1916.  In  the  casualty  list,  which  appeared 
a  few  days  later  (our  reference  is  the  Daily  Telegraph,  June  8) 
the  name  of  G.  W.  Malpress,  A.B.,  was  included  in  the  crew 
of  the  '  Queen  Mary.' 

It  is  stated  in  Admiral  Sir  John  Jellicoe's  despatch  on  the 
battle,  published  in  the  press,  July  7,  1916,  that  the  action 
began  at  3.48  p.m.  (Greenwich  mean  time)  on  May  31  ;  and 
in  the  vaiious  reports  by  observers,  that  the  *  Queen  Mary  ' 
sank  soon  afterwards.  In  an  article  in  the  Daily  Telegraph  on 


200         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       JULY,  I9ie 

June  6,   Mr.   Hurd,   indicating  approximately  the  course  which 
the  battle  took,  says  : 

Quite  early  in  the  action  the  '  Queen  Mary,'  by  an  unfortunate 
mischance,  or  good  German  gunnery,  was  hit,  and  sank  in  a  few 
minutes.  ...  It  should  be  emphasised  that  this  misfortune 
occurred  almost  immediately  after  the  action  opened. 

Thus,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  coincidence  in  time 
between  the  hallucination,  which  occurred  about  5  p.m., 
summer  time,  and  the  death  of  Seaman  Gr.  W.  Malpress, 
which  occurred  soon  after  4.48,  summer  time,  was  very  close. 

It  is  chiefly  owing  to  this  coincidence  in  time  that  we  print 
the  case,  contrary  to  our  practice  of  excluding  hallucinations 
occurring  during  illness  where  delirium  is  present.  The  evidence 
is  further  strengthened  by  the  following  considerations  :  (1)  the 
hallucination  seems  to  have  been  the  only  one  which  assumed 
definite  form  during  the  illness  ;  (2)  it  was  certainly  the  only 
one  described  by  the  percipient  during  this  time  ;  and  (3)  it 
was  unique  in  her  experience. 

These  points  will  be  apparent  from  the  evidence  on  the 
medical  aspect  of  the  case,  kindly  contributed,  in  answer  to 
our  enquiries,  by  Dr.  H.  Latham,  of  Peterborough,  who  was 
attending  the  percipient.  The  questions  which  were  put  to  him 
are  given  below  in  square  brackets  : 

July  3,  1916. 

[How  long  was  the  percipient  delirious,  and  was  the  delirium 
intermittent  ?] 

From  Monday  night,  May  29,  until  the  end  of  the  week.  Yes  ; 
she  appeared  to  ramble  and  say  "  queer  things "  (the  mother's 
report  to  me)  only  at  night.  In  the  morning  or  afternoon  when 
I  saw  her  she  seemed  clear  in  her  mind. 

[Was  this  particular  hallucination  described  to  you  before  the 
news  of  the  Naval  Battle  on  May  31  was  known  to  the  public  ?] 

I  cannot  fix  the  day,  but  I  can  say  positively  that  I  was  told 
of  it,  both  by  Mrs.  Malpress  and  Mrs.  Baxter,  long  before  the 
latter  had  any  information  of  the  Naval  Battle  or  the  death  of 
young  Malpress.  Mrs.  Baxter  did  not  know  anything  about  the 
Naval  Battle,  etc.,  until  a  full  week  after  it  had  occurred,  as  I 
gave  strict  orders  that  she  was  not  to  be  told.  About  a  week 
after  the  Battle,  say  Wednesday,  June  7,  she  picked  up  a  paper 


JULY,  191K. 


._,,,- 


within  her  reach  and  saw  the  list  of  offices*  or  men  on  the 
'  Queen  Mary.'  It  was  many  days  before  this  that  1  wan  in- 
formed of  the  vision,  both  by  the  mother  and  Mrs.  Baxter. 

Later,  Dr.  Latham  wrote  as  follows  : 

July  15,  1916. 

My  distinct  impression  is  that  the  hallucination  was  mentioned 
to  Mrs.  Malpress  before  the  Naval  Battle  was  known  of.  But  I 
really  cannot  fix  the  date  when  it  was  told  to  me.  All  I  can 
say  is  that,  when  I  was  told  of  the  hallucination,  I  questioned 
Mrs.  Baxter,  and  she  told  me  quite  simply  that  she  had  Men 
her  brother  on  the  deck  of  his  ship,  that  he  looked  quite  as 
usual,  but  never  spoke  a  word.  She  told  me  this  many  days 
before  she  knew  of  the  B&ttle,  but  I  cannot  fix  the  date. 

[Were  any  other  hallucinations  described  to  you  during  the 
illness  ?  And  have  you  heard  of  any  experiences  of  the  same 
kind  that  Mrs.  Baxter  ever  had  ?] 

No,  only  that  she  said  such  "  queer  things." 

I  am  quite  sure  that  neither  Mrs.  Malpress  nor  Mrs.  Baxter 
have  ever  had  any  other  previous  experience  of  the  kind.  They 
took  no  interest  in  the  subject  when  I  was  first  informed  of  it, 
which  was  early,  and  long  before  anything  appeared  in  the  papers. 

(Signed)    H.  LATHAM,  M.B.  (Edin.),  f 


NOTES  ON  CURRENT  PERIODICALS. 

The  Unpopular  Review.  When  Mr.  Henry  Holt,  the  well- 
known  publisher  and  the  author  of  the  very  elaborate  summary 
of  the  results  of  Psychical  Research  entitled  On  the  Cosmic  Rela- 
tions, started  The  Unpopular  Review  in  Jan.  1914,  one  of  the 
unduly  unpopular  subjects  he  determined  to  popularize  was 
Psychical  Research.  His  Review  has  ever  since  had  articles 
bearing  on  this  topic  in  almost  every  number.  At  first  tln-e 
were  only  abstracts,  speculations  and  expositions  of  work  already 
done,  by  the  Editor,  Mr.  H.  A.  Bruce  and  Prof.  W.  R.  Newbold  ; 
latterly,  however,  fresh  evidence  has  been  presented.  The  July 
1915  number,  for  example,  has  an  account  by  Mr.  K.  W  Friend 
of  automatic  writings,  obtained  through  his  wife,  which  purported 
to  come  from  William  James.  Mr.  Friend,  as  readers  of  the 
obituary  note  in  this  Journal  for  April  1916  will  ivuM-mlnT.  was 
a  promising  American  scholar  who  was  proposing  to  A- 
his  life  to  Psychical  Research,  but  was  one  of  the  many  victims 


208  Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    JULY,  1916. 

of  the  Lusitania's  disaster.  In  printing  Mr.  Friend's  notes  the 
Editor  admits  that  they  are  not  evidential,  i.e.  that  they  do 
not  contain  information  about  James  which  was  unknown  to 
the  automatist,  but  both  he  and  Mr.  Friend  thought  that  the 
part  of  James  was  well  acted  and  that  many  of  the  answers 
were  characteristic  of  his  manner.  It  should  be  noted,  however, 
that  though  she  had  never  met  James  and  was  not  a  trained 
philosopher,  Mrs.  Friend  had  read  a  good  deal  in  his  books,  and 
also  a  little  Bergson.  It  seems  to  me  also  that  though  the 
remark  "  I  could  tear  up  some  of  my  Psychology,  but  not  a 
damn  word  of  Pragmatism  "  sounds  authentic,  the  other  passages 
quoted  as  characteristic  are  quite  unconvincing.  For  example, 
the  reply  to  the  question  '  What  do  you  think  now  of  the  moral 
equivalent  of  war  ?'  '  There  is  no  moral  equivalent  to  a  pro- 
ceeding so  barbarous,'  seems  entirely  oblivious  of  the  whole 
point  and  argument  of  James's  splendid  essay  with  this  title. 
Again,  I  grieve  to  say,  that  Mrs.  Friend's  '  James  '  has,  in  spite 
of  the  asseveration  quoted  above,  somewhat  forgotten  his  prag- 
matism. "  When  a  spirit  unhampered  by  material  mechanism 
calls  to  his  being  a  thought,  it  calls  to  him  the  whole  meaning 
of  the  subject  in  its  true  universal  relation  "  (p.  184)  is  certainly 
not  a  pragmatic  sentiment.  It  is  Platonic.  The  doctrine  that 
perceptions  are  '  separated  '  into  conceptions  for  practical  use  is 
distinctively  Bergsonian.  On  the  whole,  therefore,  it  will  be 
safer  to  return  a  verdict  of  '  not  proven.' 

The  number  for  Jan.  1916  contains  a  report  on  the  case  of 
"  Patience  Worth."  She  first  communicated  through  a  ouija  board 
controlled  by  Mrs.  J.  H.  Curran  of  St.  Louis  in  July  1913, 
and  her  records  already  amount  to  five  large  volumes  of  type- 
script. Mr.  Holt,  who  has  examined  these  and  the  manu- 
script of  a  then  forthcoming  book  by  Mr.  C.  S.  Yost,  the 
editor  of  the  St.  Louis  Globe- Democrat,  declares  that  "  very  little 
of  this  matter  is  the  frequent  trash  of  involuntary  writing. 
Nearly  all  of  it  is  to  be  taken  seriously  as  literature.  Much 
of  it  is  literature  of  a  high  order."  Certainly  '  Patience  Worth  ' 
writes  delightfully  sententious  and  pungent  Elizabethan  (or 
Jacobean)  English,  and  extemporizes  abundant  blank  verse  which 
has  strong  claims  to  be  ranked  as  poetry.  The  contrast  between 
her  language  and  the  colloquial  American  of  the  sitters  is  very 
striking  and  is  consistently  sustained.  But  of  course  it  is  not 
evidential.  '  Patience  Worth  '  has,  it  seems,  made  no  attempt 
to  authenticate  herself  as  a  historical  character.  She  has,  there- 
fore, so  far  to  be  treated  as  a  '  secondary  personality  '  of  Mrs. 
Curran.  But  she  bids  fair  to  enrich  the  records  of  automatism 
and  enlarge  our  knowledge  of  what  secondary  personality  really 
is  and  of  what  it  is  capable.  Mr.  Yost's  book  on  the  case 
has  now  been  published,  and  is  included  in  the  Library  of  the 

S-RR-  F.  C.  S.  S. 


No.  CCCXXXH.— Vui..   XVII.  O.T,.I.MC,  1910. 

JOURNAL 


OK   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

turn 

Notice  of  Meeting,     - 

Cases, tlO 


NOTICE   OF  MEETING. 


i 


A   Private    Meeting   of  the    Society 

WILL  BE  HELD  IN 

THE   COUNCIL   CHAMBER, 
ON  THE  FIRST  FLOOR  OF  20  HANOVER  SQUARE,  LONDON,  W. 

On   THURSDA  Y,  NOVEMBER  9///,  1916,  at  4  A'" 

WHEN   A    PAPER   BNTITLKU 

"  The   Ear  of  Dionysius," 

WILL    BK    READ    BY 

THE   RIGHT   HON.   G.   W.    BALFOUR. 


N  B  —No  Tickets  of  Admission  are  issued  for  this  Meeting. 
and  Associates  will  be  admitted  on  signing  their  names  at  the 


210        Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       OCT.,  1916. 

NOTICE. 

Owing  to  unavoidable  delay  the  next  Part  of  the  PROCEEDINGS,  which 
it  was  ho])ed  would  be  published  in  October,  will  not  appear  till  November. 
The  next  number  of  the  JOURNAL  will  be  issued  in  December,  and  will 
be  a  double  number. 


CASES. 
L.  1205.  I. 

THE  following  case  of  what  appears  to  be  a  telepathic  dream 
was  brought  to  our  notice  by  an  associate  of  the  Society, 
Mr.  Ben  Davies,  who  is  personally  acquainted  with  the  per- 
cipient, Mrs.  Phillips,  of  2lA  Dean  Road,  Cricklewood,  N.W. 

Mrs.  Phillips's  original  statement  was  as  follows  : 

June  5,  1916. 

On  the  morning  of  Thursday,  June  1st,  I  looked  at  my  watch 
and  found  it  was  5.30  a.m.  I  went  to  Bleep  again,  and  had  the 
following  dream : 

I  went  to  the  window  and  drew  aside  the  blind ;  in  the  distance 
(on  my  right)  I  saw  a  number  (9  or  12)  of  luminous  objects 
flying  in  an  aimless  way  in  a  circle.  Nearer  was  a  smaller  group. 
On  looking  closer  I  saw  they  were  dead  heads  with  small  wings 
on  the  side  of  the  head  (something  like  the  head  of  Hypnos  at 
the  British  Museum)  and  when  the  face  was  turned  away  the 
back  view  was  that  of  a  Union  Jack.  I  saw  the  colours  distinctly. 

One  of  the  nearer  group  came  wafting  toward  me,  not  using 
the  wings,  and  as  it  came  I  could  distinguish  the  features.  It 
was  a  man's  dead  face,  the  eyes  were  closed  and  [it]  was  unknown 
to  me.  It  came  close  to  my  window  and  knocked  up  against 
the  glass.  I  heard  the  sound  and  can  still  remember  it.  I 
tapped  the  pane  several  times  to  try  and  make  it  go  away,  and 
then  I  woke  up.  SYBIL  M.  PHILLIPS. 

Mrs.  Phillips's  statement  was  corroborated  by  her  husband 
and  two  neighbours,  as  follows  : 

(a)  2lA  Dean  Road,  Cricklewood,  N.W.     [June  5,  1916.] 

My  wife  related  her  dream,  as  contained  in  the  foregoing 
statement,  to  me  on  Thursday  afternoon,  June  1st.  No  rumours 
of  the  naval  engagement  of  the  previous  evening  were  known 
by  either  of  us  at  that  time.1  B.  E.  PHILLIPS. 

1  The  news  [of  the  battle  of  Jutland  was  first  published  in  the  evening 
papers  of  Friday,  June  2,  1916, 


OCT.,  iiM.;.  Cases.  211 

(6)       Bedford  House,  York  Place,  W.     [Received  June  9,  1916.] 
Mrs.    Phillips  told   me  the   foregoing  dream  on   the   morning  of 
Thursday,  June  1st.  M.  STURGEON. 

(c)      6  Hawke  Road,  Upper  Norwood.     [Received  June  9,  1916.] 
Mrs.   Phillips  told  me  this  dream  on  the  morning  of  Thursday 
last-  MARION  U.  EWKN. 

We  also  received  a  statement  from  Mr.  Davies  to  the  effect 
that  on  the  morning  of  Saturday,  June  3,  1916,  when  the 
news  had  come  of  the  naval  battle,  a  neighbour  to  whom 
Mrs.  Phillips  had  previously  related  the  dream  came  to  her 
and  suggested  that  it  should  be  interpreted  as  referring  to 
this  battle.  On  June  9,  1916,  we  therefore  wrote  to  Mrs. 
Phillips  to  ask  the  following  questions  : 

(i)  Was  the  neighbour  referred  to  in  Mr.  Davies's  statement 
one  of  those  whose  corroboration  we  had  received  ? 

(ii)  Did  Mrs.  Phillips  often  dream  ?  If  so,  had  she  ever 
before  had  any  veridical  dreams  ?  Was  there  anything  specially 
vivid  about  her  dream  on  June  1,  1916  ? 

To  these  enquiries  Mrs.  Phillips  replied  as  follows  : 

2U  Dean  Road,  Cricklewood,  N.W.    Sunday,  [June  11,  1916]. 
1    cannot    say    that    I    have    ever    had    a    dream    before    which 
was   so   vivid   and  impressed    me   so   much.      I   dream   very   often, 
almost   every   night,    but   these   dreams   are   of   a   scrappy   and  in- 
consequent nature  ;    often  I   cannot  recall  them.      You   may  judge 
how    much    this    dream    impressed    me    by    the    fact    that    I    told 
it   to    so    many   people.      I    think   the   fact   that    I    didn't   connect 
this    dream    with    the    naval    battle    immediately    was    because    I 
was    so    engrossed    with    the    battle    itself,    but    of    course   as   soon 
as   Mrs.    Ewen   suggested   the   connection   in  the   morning   (I   heard 
the   news   on   Friday   night)   I   knew   of  course   that   it   was   some- 
thing   of    the    kind    you    suggest.      Although    1    cannot    claim    to 
have    had    any    other    dream    which    exhibited    supernormal    know- 
ledge,   it    may    interest    you    to    know    that    my    mother    has    had 
many    such    dreams.      For   instance,    when    my    husband    had   sun- 
stroke   in    India,    we    found    she    (here    in    England)    had    dreamed 
on    or   about   the   same   date   that    he   was   so   hot   she   could   not 
come   near   to   him.      Perhaps    these   qualities   are   hereditary. 

S.  M.  PHILLIPS. 


212         Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       OCT.,  1916. 

Mrs.  Ewen's  corroboration  of  the  dream  was  received  first 
on  June  9,  1916  (see  above),  but  we  also  received  the  following 
statement  from  her  : 

6  Hawke  Road,  Upper  Norwood,  June  25.  1916. 
Mrs.  Phillips  told  her  dream  to  me  on  the  Thursday  morning 
[June  1,  1916],  and  I  was  under  the  impression  that  she  told 
me  that  the  dead  face  had  a  sailor's  cap  on.  Mrs.  Phillips  is 
quite  certain  that  she  did  not  say  so,  and  I  possess  a  rather 
vivid  imagination.  I  must  have  pictured  this  in  my  mind.  I 
asked  Mrs.  Phillips  at  the  time  if  she  had  any  friends  in  the 
Navy,  for  I  was  convinced  that  it  had  to  do  with  that.  1  cannot 
explain  this  at  all.  MARION  EVVEN. 

The  weak  point  about  Mrs.  Phillips 's  dream,  if  we  are  to 
interpret  it  as  relating  to  the  naval  battle  of  May  31,  1916, 
is  that  there  is  nothing  distinctively  naval  about  it ;  for  a 
Union  Jack  might  evidently  be  associated  with  any  one  who 
had  died  in  the  defence  of  this  country,  on  land  as  well  as 
on  sea.  It  may  be  slightly  in  favour  of  a  naval  interpretation 
that  Mrs.  Phillips  should  have  seen  heads  only  without  bodies, 
for  this  peculiarity  of  her  vision  has  no  obvious  association 
with  the  idea  of  corpses  on  a  field  of  battle,  whereas  any 
one,  picturing  to  themselves  a  sinking  ship,  is  likely  to  think 
of  the  drowning  men  in  the  water  with  only  their  heads 
visible.  This  perhaps  accounts  for  the  fact  that  Mrs.  Ewen, 
when  she  heard  the  dream,  seems  at  once  to  have  associated 
it  in  her  own  mind  with  some  naval  event. 

II. 

L.  1206. 

We  have  also  received  lately  through  Sir  Lawrence  Jones 
another  record  of  a  dream,  apparently  telepathic,  the  dreamer 
being  his  sister,  Mrs.  Fuller- Maitland.  Her  record  of  the 
dream  (contained  in  a  letter  to  Sir  L.  Jones)  is  as  follows  : 

Wood  Rising,  Rye,  Sussex,  April  25,  1916. 

Edward  [Mr.  Fuller-Maitland]  has  a  picture  in  [the]  R.A.  We 
heard  on  Saturday  morning  it  was  in.  On  Friday  afternoon 
[April  21,  1916]  I  was  very  tired  and  went  to  lie  down  about 
3.30.  I  fell  asleep  for  a  few  minutes,  and  as  I  woke  up  I  had 
a  distinct  vision  of  the  big  room  in  the  R.A.  and  Edward's 


OCT.,  I'.'i.,.  Cases. 

picture  hanging  on  the  left  of  the  door  as  you  go  in  from  the 
second  room.  I  came  down  and  said  to  E.,  "Your  putm.  i- 
in  and  is  hung  in  the  big  room  high  up  on  the  left  of  the  door. 
The  next  morning  he  got  his  in-notice,  and  yesterday  he  went 
up  for  varnishing  day  and  found  his  picture  in  the  big  room 
on  the  left  of  the  door  high  up  1  I  saw  the  room  as  plainly 
as  possible,  and  it  was  quite  empty,  two  or  three  men  in  it 
and  no  red  velvet  sofas.  Mr.  Powles  says  they  judge  the  pictim-.-* 
in  that  room  and  that  probably  the  sofas  are  removed.1 

Sir  Lawrence  Jones  corroborates  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland's 
statement,  as  follows  : 

39  Harrington  Gardens,  S.W.,  June  2,  1916. 

The  picture  is  hung  on  the  right  of  the  door  from  Room  No.  2, 
as  you  enter,  but  on  the  left  as  you  look  at  [it]  from  the  big 
room  itself.  My  sister  says  that  she  seemed  to  be  standing 
at  the  end  of  the  room  and  that  the  picture  seemed  to  her 
about  a  third  of  the  way  down  the  wall.  This  is  about  correct. 

LAWKENCE  J.  JOM  s 

We  also  wrote  to  Mr.  Fuller-Maitland  asking  for  a  corro- 
borative statement,  and  received  the  following  reply  : 

Wood  Rising,  Rye,  Sussex,  June  10,  1916. 

I  am  sending,  as  you  request,  an  independent  account  of  my 
wife's  veridical  dream.  On  Good  Friday  afternoon  [April  21, 
1916]  my  wife  told  me  that  she  had  just  had  a  vision  of  my 
larger  picture  (I  sent  another  which  was  also  kept  back  but 
not  hung)  hung  on  the  right  of  the  door  of  the  large  room,  as 
you  enter,  and  rather  high  up.  I  asked  her  to  put  her  impres- 
sions down  in  writing,  which  unfortunately  she  did  not  do,  but 
she  told  Mr.  Powles  in  my  presence.  It  was,  as  I  told  her 
at  the  time,  extremely  unlikely  that  1  should  be  hung  in  tin- 
coveted  large  room,  if  hung  at  all,  especially  as  the  picture  is 
relatively  small. 

The  following  morning  I  received  my  varnishing  ticket,  and 
on  Monday  went  straight  to  the  place  she  mentioned,  where 
I  saw  my  picture.  EDWAI:I>  FuhLEK-MAlTLAM-. 

On  June  5,  1916,  we  wrote  to  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  asking 
the  following  questions  : 

(a)  Whether  any  other  picture  of  Mr.  Fuller-Maitland's 
had,  on  a  previous  occasion,  been  hung  in  or  near  the  place 
which  figured  in  her  dream. 

1It  has  been  ascertained  that  this  conjecture  is  right. 


214          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.       OCT.,  1916 

(6)  If   she    expected    that    the   picture    (to   which   the   dream 
related)  would  be  hung. 
Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  replied  as  follows  : 

Wood  Rising,  Rye,  Sussex,  June  10,  1916. 

In  answer  to  your  questions  about  my  dream  on  Good  Friday, 
(a)  My  husband  has  never  before  had  a  picture  hung  in  the  big 
room  at  the  R.A.  (6)  I  did  not  expect  the  picture  to  be  hung, 
though  I  knew  it  had  a  chance.  Accepted  pictures  are  so  con- 
stantly crowded  out  that  till  the  varnishing  ticket  actually  arrives 
one  can  never  feel  the  least  certain. 

GERTRUDE  J.  FULLER-MAITLAND. 

The  following  corroborative  statement  was  also  received 
from  Mr.  Powles,  who  is  a  member  of  the  Society  : 

The  Highlands,  Rye,  Sussex,  June  11,  1916. 

I  do  not  remember  the  exact  date,  but  I  clearly  remember 
that  it  was  some  days  before  the  result  of  the  hanging  at  the 
R.A.  was  known  to  outsiders,  that  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  told 
me  of  a  vivid  dream  she  had  had,  in  which  she  saw  her  husband's 
picture  placed  rather  high  up  on  the  south  wall  of  Room  III. — 
not  quite  in  the  middle,  but  rather  nearer  the  entrance  from 
Room  II. 

Less  clearly  I  seem  to  remember  that  she  told  me  it  had 
originally  been  placed  farther  down  on  the  right  of  that  wall. 

L.  C.  POWLES. 

The  value  of  this  case  depends  to  a  considerable  extent 
on  the  question  of  how  exactly  the  position  of  the  picture 
in  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland's  dream  corresponded  with  its  actual 
position  on  the  wall  of  the  room  at  the  Royal  Academy. 
It  will  be  seen  that  there  is  an  apparent  discrepancy  between 
the  statements  made  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  as 
to  the  position  of  the  picture  in  the  dream.  Mrs.  Fuller- 
Maitland  in  her  letter  to  Sir  L.  Jones  says  that  she  saw  it 
"  hanging  on  the  left  of  the  door  as  you  go  in  from  the 
2nd  room "  ;  Mr.  Fuller-Maitland  says  that  in  his  wife's 
dream  the  picture  was  "  on  the  right  of  the  door  of  the 
large  room  as  you  enter."  Sir  Lawrence  Jones  explains  this 
discrepancy  (see  above)  and  says  that  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland 
imagined  herself  standing  "at  the  end  of  the  room,"  facing 
the  picture,  we  may  suppose.  Looked  at  from  that  position,  the 


OCT.,  1916.  Cases. 

picture   is    correctly   described    as    being    "on   the    left   of   t In- 
door "  leading  from  Room  II.   into  Room  III. 

Mrs.    Fuller-Maitland's    original    statement    that    the    j.i. 
was   "on  the   left   of  the   door   as  you   go   in   from  the   2nd 
room "    was    not    accurate,    but    Sir    L.    Jones's    interpret 
of   her    words    is    confirmed    by    Mr.    Powles's    statement    that 
"she    saw    her    husband's    picture    placed    rather    high    up    on 
the   South   Wall  of  Room  III.,   not  quite  in   the   middle,   but 
rather  nearer  the  entrance  from  Room  II." 


ROOM  II. 


S*L 


S.    Wall  Picture 


ROOM  III. 


Door- 


The  above  plan  (which  is  a  rough  sketch,  not  drawn  to 
scale)  makes  it  clear  that  a  picture  in  the  position  described 
by  Mr.  Powles  must  be  on  the  left  of  the  door  from  Room  II. 
from  the  point  of  view  of  a  spectator  facing  this  door. 

In  view,  however,  of  the  fact  that  no  written  record  was 
made  of  the  dream  until  after  its  confirmation,  it  will  be 
wiser  in  weighing  the  allowance  that  must  be  made  for  chance- 
coincidence  to  assume  only  that  Mrs.  Fuller-Mail  him!  was 
correct  as  to  the  wall  upon  which  the  picture  was  hung. 
Now  there  are  eight  rooms  at  the  Royal  Academy  in  which 
a  picture  of  the  size  of  Mr.  Fuller-Maitland's  might  be  placed 
and  four  walls  to  each  room.  Moreover,  the  picture  having 
been  accepted  as  doubtful,  the  chances  were  about  even 
whether  it  would  be  hung  or  not ;  for  of  accepted  pictures 
about  half  are  crowded  out.  This  would  make  the  odds  63  to 
1  against  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  being  correct  in  her  statement 
that  the  picture  would  be  hung  on  a  particular  wall.  Probably, 
however,  the  odds  may  be  reckoned  as  higher  than  this,  first 


216          Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.      OCT.,  1916. 

because  Mr.  Fuller-Maitland  had  another  picture  accepted 
as  doubtful,  about  which  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  might  have 
dreamt,  and  it  was  not  likely  that  both  pictures  would  be 
hung  on  the  same  wall  of  Room  III.  ;  and  secondly,  because 
there  is  reason  to  think  that  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland  was  approxi- 
mately right  as  to  the  position  of  the  picture  on  the  wall.1 

As  to  what  cause — other  than  chance — is  likely  to  have 
been  operative,  it  should  be  noted  that  the  picture  had  almost 
certainly  been  hung  at  the  time  of  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland's 
dream.  Its  position  was  therefore  known  to  several  people, 
and  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland's  impression  may  have  been  tele- 
pathically  derived. 

1 1  went  to  the  Royal  Academy  on  July  28.  I  chose  a  picture  which  I 
judged  to  occupy  the  position  described  by  Mrs.  Fuller-Maitland,  but  on 
referring  to  the  catalogue  I  found  that  the  picture  of  her  dream  was  about 
10  feet  further  to  the  right,  immediately  next  to  the  door  between  Room  II. 
and  Room  HI.— H.  DK  G.  S. 


No.  CCCXXXlJL-VoL.  XVII.  NOVBMBKR-DECIMBBB,  1916. 

JOURNAL 


OF   THE 


Society  for  Psychical   Research. 


CONTENTS. 

Now  Members  and  Associates, 217 

Meeting  of  Council, 218 

Private  Meeting, 819 

Changes  in  the  Staff, 219 

The  British  College  of  Psychic  Science, 219 

A  First  Kxpcriment  in  Suggestion, 220 

Cases, 230 

Review, 288 


NEW  MEMBEES  AND  ASSOCIATES. 


Names  of  Members  are  printed  in  Black  Type. 
Names  of  Associates  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Champion    de    Ciespigny,    Mrs.    Philip,    Artillery    Mansions, 
Westminster,  London,  S.W. 

Hall,   Miss   M.   Radclyffe,  22  Cadogan   Court,   Draycott   Avenue, 

Chelsea,  London,  S.W. 

King,  W.  A.  D.,  M.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.,    1   Bishop's  Place,  Paignton, 

Devon. 

Lorimer,  Miss  Emilia  S.,  45  Marston  Street,  Oxford. 
Metcalfe,  W.  John,  Dean  Court,  Pyrford,  Nr.  Woking,  Surrey. 
Salmon,  Mrs.  Spencer,  Crockham  Hill  Place,  Edenbridge,  Kent. 
Selborne,  The  Earl  of,  K.G.,  Blackmoor,  Liss,  Hants. 
Stobart,    Mrs.    St.    Clair,  7   Turner's   Wood,   Hampstead  Garden 

Suburb,  London,  N.W. 

Troubridge,  Mrs.,  13  Eoyal  Hospital  Road,  Chelsea,  London,  S.W, 
Waller-Sawyer,    Mrs.,   Moystown    House,    Belinont,   King's    Co. 

Ireland. 

BADDELEY,  Miss  FLORENCE  A.,  Cathedral  House,  Gloucester. 
KELLY,  Miss  ELEANOR  B.,  Sea  Craig,  Bognor,  Sussex. 
LODGE,  STEPHEN  B.,  16  Bankburn  Road,  Tue  Brook,  Liverpool. 
MACKENZIE,  Miss  MAUD  R.  R.,  27  Cheyne  Row,  Chelsea,  London,  S.W 


218      Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research^  NOV. -DEO.,  1916. 

OXENHAM,  MRS.,  3  Baring  Crescent,  Exeter, 
SALTKR,  W.  H.,  2  Campden  Hill  Gardens,  London,  W. 
SCHAUFFLER,  ROBERT  H.,  3  Spruce  Street,  Boston,  Mass.,  U.S.A. 
SRINIVASA  RAGHAVACHARIAR,  V.,  Chittoor,  Chittoor  District,  Madras 
Presidency,  India. 


MEETING  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 

THE  142nd  Meeting  of  the  Council  was  held  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Wednesday,  October  25th,  1916, 
at  4  p.m.  ;  THE  RIGHT  HON.  GERALD  W.  BALFOUR  in  the 
chair.  There  were  also  present :  Mr.  W.  W.  Baggally,  Sir 
W.  F.  Barrett,  Mr.  E.  N.  Bennett,  Sir  Lawrence  Jones,  Mr. 
J.  G.  Piddington,  Mr.  St.  G.  Lane  Fox  Pitt,  Dr.  F.  C.  S. 
Schiller,  Mr.  Sydney  C.  Scott,  Mrs.  Henry  Sidgwick,  and  Mr. 
H.  Arthur  Smith  ;  also,  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  Secretary. 

The  Minutes  of  the  last  Meeting  of  the  Council  were  read 
and  signed  as  correct. 

Ten  new  Members  and  eight  new  Associates  were  elected. 
Their  names  and  addresses  are  given  above. 

The  monthly  Accounts  for  June,  July,  August  and  September, 
1916,  were  presented  and  taken  as  read. 

The  Council  desire  to  put  on  record  their  sense  of  the 
great  loss  the  Society  has  sustained  in  the  death  of  Mrs. 
Verrall,  especially  as  a  scientific  worker,  but  also  as  a 
valued  member  of  the  Council. 

They  also  desire  to  express  their  appreciation  of  the  generous 
legacy  of  £500  bequeathed  to  the  Society  under  Mrs.  Verrall's 
will. 

A  letter  was  read  from  Miss  Alice  Johnson  resigning  the 
post  of  Research  Officer  and  Editor  to  the  Society,  on  account 
of  continued  bad  health. 

It  was  resolved :  "  That  Miss  Johnson's  resignation  be 
accepted  with  much  regret ;  and  that  the  Council  place  on 
record  their  high  appreciation  of  the  services  she  has  rendered 
the  Society  first  as  Secretary  and  later  as  Editor  and  Research 
Officer,  and  in  particular  their  recognition  of  the  success 
with  which  she  has  maintained  the  high  standard  of  accuracy 
of  the  Society's  Proceedings  and  Journal." 

Further    resolutions     were    unanimously     carried    that     Miss 


Nov. -DEC.,  1916.  Mcetin;/  of  (lie  Society.  219 

Johnson   be  asked   to  accept  a  retiring  pension,  and  that  she 

be  elected  an  Honorary  Member  of  the  Society. 

Mrs.   Salter  was  appointed  Editor  and  Hon.   Research   OfhY'-r 
Miss    Newton    was    appointed    Librarian,    in    addition    to    IMT 

present  office  of  Secretary  ! 

The    Council    filled    the    vacant    place    among    their    elected 

Members,    caused   by   the  death  of  Mrs.  Verrall,    by  appointing 

to  it  Professor  Gilbert  Murray,  hithertoTa  co-opted  Member. 


PRIVATE  MEETING  FOR  MEMBERS  AND 
ASSOCIATES. 

THE  55th  Private  Meeting  of  the  Society  for  Members  and 
Associates  only  was  held  in  the  Council  Chamber  at  20  Hanover 
Square,  London,  W.,  on  Thursday,  November  9th,  1916,  at 
4  p.m.,  SIR  LAWRENCE  JONES  in  the  chair. 

THE  RIGHT  HON.  GERALD  W.  BALFOUR  read  a  paper  entitled 
"  The  Ear  of  Dionysius,"  which  will  be  published  later  in  the 
Proceedings. 

CHANGES  IN  THE  STAFF  OF  THE  SOCIETY. 

MEMBERS  of  the  Society  will  learn  with  very  great  regret  that 
Miss  Alice  Johnson,  who  has  been  out  of  health  for  more 
than  a  year,  has  resigned  her  appointment  as  Research  Officer 
and  Editor.  The  Council  have  appointed,  as  Editor  and 
Honorary  Research  Officer,  Mrs.  Salter,  to  whom  all  editorial 
communications  should  therefore  be  addressed. 

It  is  suggested  that  any  one  wishing  to  see  Mrs.  Salter 
should,  if  possible,  write  beforehand  to  make  an  appointment. 

The  Secretary,  Miss  Isabel  Newton,  has  been  appointed 
Secretary  and  Librarian. 


THE  BRITISH  COLLEGE  OF  PSYCHIC  SCIENCE. 

Also  called 
THE  NATIONAL  INSTITUTE  OP  PSYCHIC  SCIENCE. 

Editorial  Note.  We  have  had  many  enquiries  lately 
from  Members  and  Associates  concerning  the  Society  which 
ib  is  proposed  to  establish  under  one  or  other  of  the  above 


220      Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  NOV. -DEC.,  1016. 

titles.  For  this  reason,  and  at  the  particular  suggestion  of 
some  Members  of  our  Council,  we  take  this  opportunity  of 
stating  that  the  Society  for  Psychical  Research  has  not  had 
any  connexion  with  either  the  National  Institute  or  the  British 
College  cf  Psychic  Science. 

We  understand  that  Sir  William  Barrett,  Sir  Oliver  Lodge, 
Dr.  Abraham  Wallace,  and  Mr.  J.  Arthur  Hill  do  not  wish 
their  names  to  be  used  in  connexion  with  the  proposed  Institu- 
tion. 

A  FIRST  EXPERIMENT  IN  SUGGESTION.1 
BY  F.  KENNETH  GIRDLESTONE. 

[The  author  of  this  paper  is  a  Member  of  this  Society. 
The  names  of  the  patient  and  of  the  doctors  who  attended 
the  case  have  been  given  to  us,  but  are  withheld  here  by 
request. — ED.] 

BEING  interested  in  Psychology,  I  very  naturally  accepted  a 
proposal  made  by  one  of  our  military  doctors  that  I  should 
visit  a  patient  of  his  who  had  been  found  wandering  in  our 
town  and  who  had  been  brought  by  the  police  to  the  hospital, 
where  he  was  found  to  be  suffering  from  complete  loss  of 
memory :  the  memory  of  events  both  near  and  remote  was 
obliterated  from  his  mind,  and  his  power  of  recognition  was 
gone ;  he  no  longer  knew  his  wife,  when  she  visited  him, 
nor  could  he  identify  himself.  He  had  not  lost  the  power 
of  speech,  but  I  understand  that  before  I  saw  him  he  made 
known  his  wants  by  other  signs  ;  indeed,  he  continued  acting 
thus  until  the  lost,  or  rather  dormant,  powers  of  which  I 
have  spoken  gradually,  and  at  first  almost  imperceptibly, 
returned. 

When  I  first  saw  him  I  was  unaware  of  the  length  of  time 
he  had  been  in  hospital.  I  learnt  later  that  he  had  been 
there  some  three  weeks,  and  that  he  had  remained  for  that 
period  in  a  dazed  kind  of  condition,  his  facial  expression 
being  at  times  that  of  a  man  bewildered  by  an  insoluble 
problem. 

My    knowledge    of   the    doctor's    patient,    whom    I    will    call 

1  The  method  adopted  for  inducing  hypnosis  was  acquired  by  the  writer's 
actual  experience  of  treatment  by  fully  qualified  medical  men. 


Nov. -DEC.,  1916.    A  First  Experiment  in  Suggestion.  -J2I 

my  pupil  for  reasons  that  will  soon  become  obvious,  wa» 
scanty.  His  history  as  far  as  I  knew  it  was  that  by  trade 
he  was  a  fitter,  that  he  had  an  accident  in  which  he  injured 
his  right  arm  seventeen  years  since,  that  he  was  for  a  short 
time  in  the  Police  Force,  had  joined  the  -  — shire  Regiment 
at  the  outbreak  of  the  war,  had  been  discharged  as  medically 
unfit  after  a  month's  service,  had  ze-enlisted  in  the  R.A.M.C., 
had  been  in  France  for  about  five  months,  where  he  was 
wounded  in  the  same  arm  that  had  been  previously  injured 
in  the  accident,  and  that  he  had  left  his  depot  on  his  return 
from  the  Front  and  had  been  found  as  I  have  already  de- 
scribed. I  also  knew  that  he  was  a  married  man  with  two 
children,  and  it  was  not  long  before  I  learnt  that  his  age, 
according  to  a  medical  report  hanging  beside  his  bed,  was 
six  and  forty. 

I  first  hypnotised  my  pupil  (January  28,  1916)  in  a  little 
room  which  I  was  assured  would  be  free  from  noise.  I 
asked  him  to  lie  in  an  easy  chair,  or  it  may  be  that  I  pointed 
to  it.  Anyhow  he  readily  did  so,  and  upon  my  resting  the 
palm  of  my  hand  across  his  forehead  and  suggesting  rest,  etc., 
he  fell  into  a  doze.  He  was  awakened  from  this  by  reason 
of  some  one  suddenly  bursting  open  the  door.  My  pupil 
immediately  moved  his  left  arm  upwards,  resting  his  head 
in  the  palm  of  bis  left  hand,  and  began  mumbling  something 
about  a  wall  4000  feet  high  and  later  about  "  Dr.  Jordan  .  .  . 
of  Brumagum  .  .  .  little  fellow."  To  my  question  as  to 
whether  he  had  ever  heard  of  Dr.  Jordan  he  replied  slowly 
that  he'd  heard  the  name. 

The  next  day  (January  29)  Ke  seemed  for  a  moment  to 
recognize  me,  but  upon  my  taking  a  chair  beside  his  bed 
(I  never  used  the  small  room  again,  as  I  found  that  it  was 
used  for  stores  which  might  be  wanted  at  any  moment)  he 
suddenly  named  all  the  days  of  the  week  in  French  several 
times.  I  now  began  instructing  him  as  if  he  were  a  child. 
I  brought  with  me  a  child's  ABC,  the  letters  being  large 
capitals,  coloured,  and  each  having  beside  it  an  animal,  also 
coloured,  its  name  beginning  with  the  letter  alongside  of 
which  it  lay.  He  soon  began  copying  these  letters.  With 
his  right  hand  he  generally  copied  them  correctly,  with  his 
left,  where  possible,  they  were  reversed,  so  that  E  became 

A2 


222     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   Nov. -DEC.,  1916, 

»3,  D  G,  etc.  There  was  also  a  strong  inclination  to  begin 
drawing  his  letters  from  right  to  left  instead  of  vice  versa. 
But  when  once  the  proper  method  was  pointed  out  to 
him  the  inclination  grew  less  and  less.  After  some  days 
it  disappeared  and  only  recurred  on  two  noteworthy 
occasions,  of  which  I  shall  speak  in  due  course.  He 
seemed  unable  to  copy  any  letters  beyond  K.  I  managed 
to  get  him  to  repeat  their  names  so  far  and  then  thought 
I  would  find  out  if  he  were  able  to  appreciate  numbers, 
He  had  the  greatest  difficulty  in  numbering  my  five  fingers, 
but  he  found  it  easier  to  count  the  letters  of  the  alphabet, 
not  because  the  alphabet  would  be  easier  to  count,  but  because 
once  again  familiar  with  the  numbers  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  they  would 
probably  flow  more  easily  a  second  time.  And  such  was 
the  case  ;  for  upon  my  saying  A,  B,  etc.,  he  articulated  1,  2, 
etc.  When  I  reached  G,  however,  he  was  unable  to  continue, 
so  I  did  so  for  him,  saying  G.  7,  H.  8,  I.  9,  J.  10.  He 
instantly  broke  in :  "  number  in  Police  Force,"  when  he 
heard  me  say  ten.  He  then  began  talking  about  a  bath,  and 
I  asked  him  what  water  was.  To  answer  this  required  a 
lot  of  thought.  At  length  he  replied  slowly  yet  decidedly, 
"  Something  that  makes  you  dry."  There  was  then  a  very 
long  pause,  during  which  he  was  no  doubt  trying  to  correct 
himself,  for  his  next  utterance  was,  "  Not  dry  but  wet." 
This  made  me  think  that  not  only  was  there  an  inclination 
to  invert  letters,  when  copying,  but  one  also  to  invert  ideas. 
It  must  be  remarked  that  he  talked  with  great  caution,  both 
now  and  for  some  time,  as  if  trying  his  best  to  correct  these 
inverted  ideas.  When  milk  was  brought  to  him,  and  I  pointed 
to  it,  he  called  it  du  lait.  He  asked  me  the  number  of  days  in 
the  week  and  the  number  of  weeks  in  the  year,  to  which 
queries  I  replied  respectively  7  and  52.  He  then  asked 
me  the  number  of  days  in  a  year,  and  I  naturally  replied 
365.  Almost  before  the  words  had  left  my  lips,  he  quietly 
but  decidedly  told  me  how  many  he  considered  the  correct 
number,  namely  364.  This  number  stood  out  clearly  before 
him,  he  said.  The  result  of  7  multiplied  by  52  had  flashed 
to  his  mind. 

The   third    day    (January    30)    I    again    hypnotised    him,    and 
I    may    mention    in    passing   that    he   always    appeared   to    lose 


NOV.-DKC.,  1016.     A  First  Experiment  in  ^  <>n.  223 

what  for  the  sake  of  convenience  I  will  call  ordinary  con- 
sciousness when  under  hypnosis,  although  when  awake  he 
seemed  to  be  living  in  a  dream.  Nevertheless  most  of  his 
questions  were  quite  sensible  ones.  For  instance,  he  asked 
where  Calcutta  was  and  how  much  it  would  cost  to  get 
there,  but  was  well  satisfied  when  I  showed  him  two  florins, 
three  coppers,  and  a  shilling.  His  train  of  thought  had  no 
doubt  suddenly  changed,  and  instead  of  the  coins  answering 
his  question,  they  brought  to  him  the  idea  of  moulding,  for 
he  proceeded  to  show  me  how  to  make  them.  He  then 
asked  me  what  compasses  are,  at  the  same  time  trying  to 
draw  imaginary  circles,  his  thumb  being  the  centre,  his  first 
finger  describing  the  circumference.  "  Can  you  measure  to 
1/1000  inch  ?  "  was  another  of  his  questions. 

On  the  next  day,  Monday,  January  31,  I  again  hypnotised 
him.  This  I  continued  to  do  daily,  at  first  merely  suggesting 
rest  and  quiet,  and  then  that  the  memory  should  gradually 
return.  On  the  Tuesday  he  asked  me  what  I  did.  I  said, 
"Writing."  fle  then  noticed  the  armlet  I  was  wearing  and 
was  able  to  distinguish  the  colours  and  to  name  them.  When 
I  showed  him  a  yellow  colour,  he  was  unable  to  say  what  it 
was,  but  he  struck  a  match,  blew  it  out,  and  then  asked 
me  where  the  flame  had  gone.  "  Like  life,"  he  remarked, 
"  goes  out  "  ;  this  before  I  had  time  to  frame  an  explanation. 
His  power  of  philosophical  speculation  did  not  seem  to  have 
been  impaired,  perhaps  it  was  even  stimulated. 

On  the  Wednesday  a  hazy  notion  as  to  what  time  is  became 
noticeable  in  his  remarks. 

"  I  saw  a  lady  this  morning  who  told  me  you  were  her 
son.  I  don't  believe  it,  she  looks  so  young."  (My  mother 
had  visited  him  the  previous  afternoon.  She  is  vivacious 
and  has  a  youthful  figure.) 

On  Thursday  he  showed  some  resistance  to  rest,  but  he 
yielded  after  a  little  persuasion.  He  did  a  Jig-Saw  puzzle 
and  moulded  coins,  etc.,  in  Plasticine.  He  now  knew  all 
the  capitals  with  the  exception  of  Z. 

On  the  following  day  (February  4)  I  gave  him  a  child's 
copy  book,  which  he  told  me  he  would  study  after  I  had 
gone.  I  also  began  teaching  him  the  small  letters 
printing,  and  gave  him  a  book  with  pictures  of  raa 


ONTARIO 


224     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  NOV. -DEC.,  1916. 

in  it.  I  wrote  to  his  wife,  and  told  my  pupil  that  I  had 
written  to  "Maggie"  in  answer  to  a  letter  she  had  sent  him. 
I  gave  him  typewritten  extracts  from  this  letter  so  that  he 
could  copy  the  letters. 

The  letter  referred  to  is  from  bury.  My  pupil  tells 

me  (Saturday,  February  5),  that  he  will  go  there  when 
they  let  him  out,  as  somebody  might  know  him  there.  In 
answer  to  my  question  whether  time  seems  longer  when  I  am 
absent  he  replies,  "  Yes."  He  now  recognizes  the  lady  who 
visits  him  three  times  a  week  (my  mother).  By  signal  he 
asks  me  to  bring  him  some  cigarettes.  He  can  now  read 
most  of  the  small  printed  letters.  He  has  done  some  copying, 
and  is  always  ready  to  show  me  how  he  progresses.  Writing 
comes  more  naturally  with  his  left  hand ;  with  the  right  he 
draws  the  letters  as  if  copying  pictures.  On  the  next  day, 
Sunday,  I  show  him  a  box.  He  draws  a  rectangle  and  writes 
BOX  on  it  at  my  suggestion.  I  get  him  to  do  the  same 
with  many  other  objects,  always  making  him  spell  the  word  ; 
then  I  pronounce  it  and  he  repeats  it.  He  writes  alternately 
with  the  right  and  left  hand,  with  one  until  tired,  then  with 
the  other.  I  have  forgotten  to  say  that  after  my  first  experi- 
ment I  always  visited  him  in  the  ward  where  there  are  some 
forty  patients. 

I  will  now  let  my  notes,  as  taken  day  by  day,  speak  for 
themselves  : 

Monday,  February  7.  Points  to  word  "  eggs "  in  copy-book, 
says  he  had  them  for  breakfast  (correct).  "  Have  anything 
else  ?  "  I  enquire.  "  Bread  and  butter,"  he  replies  (correct). 
Asks  if  malarial  fever  is  near  Singapore.  Gives  account  of  how 
he  will  live  with  "  that  girl."  (Has  already  told  me  that  having 
no  work  and  no  money  it  would  be  wrong  to  have  a  wife  yet.) 
Says  he  won't  give  her  any  money  when  he  gets  some,  but  will 
feed  her.  Parcel  arrives  by  post  from  his  wife.  Writes  a  post- 
card of  thanks  at  my  dictation.  Can  only  pronounce  small 
words.  Can't  send  love  because  he  hasn't  any. 

Tuesday,  February  8.  Has  copied  the  days  of  the  week  and 
put  a  cross  through  Sunday  and  Monday.  Proceeds  to  cross 
out  Tuesday,  as  now  that  I  have  come  another  day  has  gone. 
Says  he  cannot  draw  a  box  I  show  him  because  it  is  solid  and 
the  paper  is  flat.  He  draws  it,  making  the  sides  contiguous 


NOV.-DKC.,  191C.     A  First  Experiment  in  ,s'////</< -'/on.  225 

with    the    top  ;     there    is    no    knowledge    of    perspective.    Writes 

faster,  chiefly  using  his  left  hand. 

Wednesday,  February  9.  When  I  move  the  hands  of  my 
watch,  he  tells  me  they  must  be  on  different  shafts,  otherwise 
they  would  move  at  the  same  speed.  Readily  understands  the 
relation  between  the  movements  of  the  two  hands.  I  tell  him 
the  little  hand  moves  one  space  to  the  big  hand's  ten.  "Wrong," 
he  says.  When  I  say  1  to  12,  he  says  I  am  right.  He  draws 
shafts,  pulleys,  and  all  kinds  of  engines,  explaining  them  minutely- 
I  give  him  a  very  difficult  puzzle  involving  the  placing  together 
of  six  pieces  of  wood  so  as  to  make  a  Maltese  cross.  He  does 
it  with  ease.  I  give  him  a  calendar  from  which  he  can  tear 
off  each  day  as  it  passes. 

Thursday,  February  10.  I  have  not  hypnotised  him  for  two 
days,  but  now  do  so.  When  awake  he  asks  the  following  ques- 
tions : 

"  What's  the  place  where  (he  raises  his  hand  about  3  feet 
from  the  floor,  evidently  meaning  children)  go  ...  the  bell 
rings  .  .  .  there's  a  blackboard  ?  " 

"  School,"  I  reply. 

He  says  they  are  not  all  that  height  (lowers  and  raises  his 
hand)  and  one  is  bigger  than  all  (the  master). 

"  Was  it  before  I  came  here  that  I  went  there  .  .  .  and  have 
I  been  here  ever  since  ?  " 

I  answer  his  questions  and  tell  him  his  memory  is  returning 
and  that  he  will  soon  remember  what  he  did  between  leaving 
school  and  coming  here.  He  asks  about  Maggie,  and  says  that 
if  she  recognizes  him,  he'll  go  back  with  her  when  she  comes. 
He  is  beginning  to  read  short  words  aloud. 

Friday,  February  11.  I  hypnotise  him.  When  awake  he  asks 
me  if  when  "  they "  (children)  are  ten  they  work  in  cotton 
mills.  I  say  it's  rather  young  to  do  so,  but  he  insists  that 
they  can  go  to  school  half  a  day  and  work  the  rest.  He  writes 
several  words  without  my  dictating  them,  and  when  I  draw  a 
hammer  and  other  tools  he  is  able  to  spell  them  phonetically, 
likewise  a  number  of  words,  both  English  and  French,  such  as 
W ensday  and  Bon  swar,  not  taught  him  pictorially  or  otherwise 
by  me. 

Saturday,  February  12.  I  hypnotise  him.  When  awake  he 
asks  what  a  specialist  is,  and  mentions  Queen's  Hospital  and 
Dr.  Jordan  Lloyd  who  has  a  black  beard.  (This  I  now  know 


226      Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research,  NOV. -DEC.,  IOIG. 

is  the  doctor  who  saw  him  seventeen  years  ago  at  the  said 
Hospital.)  He  asks  what  excitement  is,  and  says  he  was  told  he 
mustn't  have  any.  He  points  at  the  figure  10  on  box  and  says 
he  had  that  number  on  his  neck.  "  When  you  were  a  police- 
man," I  say.  I  show  him  a  map  of  England  and  point  out 
his  home,  -  — bury,  and  other  places.  He  puts  his  finger  on 
Wolverhampton,  spells  it,  and  says  he  has  been  there.  He  can 
spell  equally  well  when  names  are  inverted. 

Sunday,  February  13.  He  shows  me  the  following  names  he 
has  written  down  :  JAMES  A.  JOHNSON,  FRANK  GIBSON,1 
LOWER  HOPTON  ROAD,  MIRFIELD.  He  tells  me  both  these 
live  at  Mirfield,  that  the  former  is  himself  (in  reality  a  brother), 
the  latter  his  sister  (in  reality  his  brother-in-law  and  his  address). 
He  writes  down  in  my  presence  treboR.  I  tell  him  he  has 
written  one  of  his  own  names  backwards.  He  then  writes 
ROBERT  (3)  JOHN(l)  JOHNSON1  (2),  in  the  order  indicated  by 
the  numbers,  his  own  name.  I  do  not  try  to  hypnotise  him. 

Monday,  February  15.  I  hypnotise  him.  On  his  awaking 
I  ask : 

"  Have  you  had  any  rest  ?  " 

"  No,"  he  answers. 

"  Would  you  like  to  go  to  sleep  ?  " 

"  I've  too  much  to  think  of." 

He  then  asks,  "  If  I  had  a  brother  and  he  was  4  years  younger 
than  me  and  was  born  in  '74,  when  was  I  born  ?  " 

I  answer,  "  In  '70." 

"  What  is  an  apprentice  ?  " 

I  tell  him,  and  he  then  slowly  unfolds  his  history. 

"  I  was  apprenticed  to  an  engineer  from  '84  to  '92.  Went 
to  Mirfield,  worked  in  Locomotive  Department  of  the  Lancashire 
and  Yorkshire  Railway  for  three  years.  (He  writes  down  '92-'95.) 
Then  went  to  Bombay,  Calcutta,  Singapore,  etc.,  working  for 
the  East  India  Government  Railway.  Had  malarial  fever.  Came 
back  to  Mirfield,  joined  Police  Force  at  Dewsbury.  In  1901 
(numbers  always  written  down)  was  invalided  out  with  pension 
of  10s.  a  week.  I  have  a  wife,  but  the  pension  is  sent  to  her 

mother.  In  March,  1902,  I  went  to  Asylum  as  attendant 

for  six  months.  In  1900  when  a  policeman  I  was  smashed 
up  in  a  riot,  and  was  for  twelve  months  in  hospital.  (He  then 
told  me  a  secret  which  I  promised  not  to  divulge.)  I  was 

1  Pseudonyms. 


NOV.-DEC.,  HUG.      A  First  Experiment  on.  HI 

married  in  November,  1903  ...  I  joined  the shire  11- 

I  was  a  good  shot.  One  of  the  doctors  at  the  depot  recognized 
me  and  I  was  discharged.  I'll  bet  my  missus  has  the  Discharge 
...  no,  here  it  is."  (He  produced  it.) 

Interspersed  with  and  following  this  narrative,  Pte.  Johnson  gave 
me  a  mass  of  information  concerning  machinery  with  whirh  his 
mind  seemed  flooded.  This  I  leave  unrecorded,  only  adding 
that  he  also  told  me  that  at  one  time  he  was  a  foreman  with 
twenty-two  men  under  him  in  an  engineering  workshop,  and 
that  his  mother  died  when  he  was  young. 

He  is  unable  to  tell  me  anything  about  himself  or  anyone  else, 
or  about  any  events,  since  his  re-enlistment  in  1914. 

I  have  seen  my  pupil  daily  since  the  above  note  was  written, 
but  I  have  been  unable  to  hypnotise  him  until  to-day,  a  week 
since.  The  memory  of  the  past  eighteen  months  is  very 
gradually  coming  back  to  his  mind,  for  he  has  mentioned  one 
or  two  places  in  France  where  he  has  been,  and  has  even 
been  able  to  describe  one.  I  have  got  corroboration  of  bis  state- 
ments and  I  find  him  substantially  correct.  He  now  writes 
with  his  right  hand  only,  and  writes  a  good  hand.  He  reads 
fluently.  Of  writing  with  his  left  hand  he  has  no  recollection, 
nor  can  he  remember  writing  in  the  copy  books.  He  is  quite 
unable  to  tell  me  the  days  of  the  week  in  French,  nor  does 
he  understand  my  meaning  when  I  wish  him  "  bon  soir." 

January-February,  1916. 

Medical  notes  on  the  case  by  the  doctor  in  charge,  taken 
at  the  patient's  bedside. 

Disease — Loss  of  Memory,   (old)   Dislocation   of  Head  of  Radius 

1210. 

-6.  1.  16.  Brought  up  to  Hospital  by  the  police,  who  found  him 
wandering  about  having  lost  his  memory.  He  can  remembrr 
nothing  of  his  past  life,  not  even  where  he  came  from  or 
was  going  to.  Has  deformity  in  the  region  of  the  head  of 
the  radius — enlargement  of  the  head  of  the  bone  with  a 
slight  creaking  in  passive  movement.  There  is  some  slight 
limitation  of  flexion,  extension  and  supination. 

X  ray  shows— Old  dislocation  of  head  of  radius  forwards 
with  osteoarthritic  changes  in  the  head,  and  the  formation 
of  a  fossa  in  the  external  epicondylar  ridge. 


228     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.    NOV.-DEC.,  IOIG. 

10.  1.  16.     His    memory   of  the  last   few  days   is   exceedingly  dim. 

He  does  not  remember  coming  into  Hospital. 

11.  1.  16.     He    tells    me    that    he   has    been    to    a    cricket    match 

while  it  was  dark.  He  has  been  trying  to  think  who 
has  been  playing.  Dr.  (consulting  neurologist)  has 

examined  him  at  my  request  and  reports — "  I  have  twice 
examined  Pte.  Johnson  and  find  him  suffering  from  complete 
loss  of  memory  both  recent  and  remote.  He  cannot 
remember  his  own  name  and  where  he  comes  from  ;  memory 
in  fact  for  past  events  is  completely  gone  with  the  exception 
that  he  informs  me  that  he  dreams  that  he  is  or  was  a 
Police  Officer  and  that  he  was  pensioned  for  injuries  to  the 
head  (this  may  be  a  partial  memory  and  may  be  correct). 
He  has  three  scars  on  the  scalp,  one  on  forehead  and  one 
on  left  eyebrow.  His  expression  is  anxious.  Pupils  are 
active  to  all  reactions.  Tongue  protruded  straight,  but  has 
slight  fine  tremor.  Tendon  reflexes  appear  normal.  No 
Babuiski.  No  sensory  changes. 

The    loss    of    memory    probably    may    be    due    either    to 
epilepsy  or  old  injury  to  head. 

The  man  complains  of  parietal  and  occipital  headache.    He 
ia  to  be  kept  under  observation." 

19.  1.  16.    Cannot  be  up  long,  as  he  gets  giddy. 

24.  1.  16.  His  wife  has  come  and  gives  the  following  report : 
They  have  been  married  12  years.  Some  3-5  years  before 
the  marriage  Johnson  had  a  very  serious  injury  to  his  bead 
(and  dislocation  of  his  elbow).  This  laid  him  up  for  a  long 
time  and  he  had  to  be  invalided  out  cf  the  Police  Force 
in  which  he  then  was.  He  became  a  fitter  in  a  machine 
shop.  He  was  employed  thus  until  the  war  broke  out 

in  Aug.,  1914.      He  joined  the  shires  on  the  third  day 

of  the  war,  but  in  September,  1914,  he  was  discharged  as 
*  medically  unfit.'  After  about  a  fortnight  he  re-enlisted, 
this  time  in  the  R.A.M.C.  in  Birmingham.  He  was  sent 
to  Aldershot,  and  in  April,  1915,  he  was  sent  to  France. 
He  was  sent  home  in  October,  1915,  with  an  injury  to  his 
right  elbow  (the  sits  of  the  old  dislocation)  which  Mrs.  Johnson 
thinks  was  a  shell  injury.  He  was  in  a  hospital  in  the 
north  for  a  month,  then  had  ten  days'  furlough,  then 
back  to  Aldershot,  but  on  January  1st  came  home  again. 
His  wife  found  out  he  had  no  pass  and  no  leave,  so  she 


NOV.-DEC.,  I'.IK;.     A  Fi,-st  A'.,/,,-, •;„„„/  ;„  .- 

persuaded  him  to  go  back  and  saw  him  off  at  Snow  Hill 
on  the  5th.  During  this  time  at  home  his  wife  noticed 
that  he  seemed  '  queer  altogether.' 

He  broke  his  right  forearm  12  years  ago.  This  seemed 
to  upset  his  head  again  and  he  was  laid  up  for  six  months, 
three  months  in  hospital,  and  for  three  months  afterwards 
his  head  was  queer.  Apart  from  his  accidents  his  head 
has  seemed  all  right  during  the  12  years  of  married  lift-, 
except  for  sleeplessness,  for  which  he  took  veronal. 

25.  1.  16.  Dr.  examined  this  man  again  yesterday  in  con- 
junction with  his  wife's  story.  There  is  still  almost 
complete  loss  of  recent  as  well  as  remote  memory.  The 
dreams  he  mentioned  of  having  been  in  the  Police  Force  and 
invalided  out  of  it  have  proved  a  product  of  memory.  A 
question  he  asked  as  to  shaft  revolutions  and  size  of 
pulleys  was  in  relation  to  his  past  work. 

There  was  on  one  occasion  a  false  memory.  He  stated 
that  be  had  spent  the  night  at  a  cricket  match. 

There  is  a  history  (from  his  wife)  that  if  he  took  any 
alcohol  his  memory  became  dazed. 

27.  1.  16.  Has  some  weakness  over  right  side  of  body,  especially 
arm.  Exaggerated  right  elbow  jerk,  right  wrist  jerk  and 
both  knees  jerk. 

Said  was  in  Queen's  Hospital,  Birmingham,  under  Jordan 
Lloyd. 

Under  suggestion  and  partial  hypnosis  gave  some  memories 
and  did  some  calculation. 
Recommend  Wassermann  iodides  and  continued  suggestion. 

29.  1.  16.    Wassermann  negative. 

2.  2.  16.  Memory  for  recent  events  is  coming  back.  He  re- 
members his  visitor  of  yesterday  and  what  she  said.  Iodides 
discontinued  as  produced  headaches. 

11.  2.  16.  Distinct  improvement  in  memory  and  in  subjective 
feeling.  He  remembers  something  of  school  and  thinks 
that  at  one  time  he  did  half  a  day's  schooling  and  worked 
half  a  day  in  a  cotton-mill. 

14.  2.  16.  He  now  remembers  his  past  life,  his  wife  and  children 
and  everything  but  the  last  eighteen  months. 

16.  2.  16.  Progress  maintained.  No  clear  recovery  of  last  eighteen 
months'  memory. 


230     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  NOV. -DEC.,  1916. 

21.  2.  16.     General     condition     very    good.      No     improvement     in 
lost  patch  of  memory. 

Recommending  for  invaliding. 
27.  2.  16.     Has  been  discharged.     To  go  home  on  the  30th. 


CASES. 
I. 

L.  1207.  APPARITION  OF  THE  DYING. 

THE  following  interesting  case  of  an  apparition  seen  at  the 
time  of  a  sudden,  critical  illness,  resulting  in  death,  has  been 
sent  to  us  through  Sir  George  Beilby,  a  member  of  this  Society, 
to  whom  we  are  much  indebted  for  the  care  with  which  all 
available  evidence  has  been  collected. 

The  percipient's  experience  took  place  on  April  4,  1913,  and 
her  account  of  it,  which  we  print  below,  was  given  in  a 
letter  to  Sir  George  Beilby,  written  three  years  and  a  half 
later,  as  follows  : 

October  4,  1916. 

I  will  write  out  the  incident  which,  if  you  remember,  I  told 
you  by  word  of  mouth  in  Glasgow  last  June — the  incident  of 
my  "  sight  "  or  vision  of  my  brother  in  Australia  shortly  after  he 
must  have  fallen  into  the  unconsciousness  which  lasted  till  his 
death  some  days  later. 

It  was  if  I  remember  rightly  on  the  Friday  evening  [April  4, 
1913],  and, — which  will  fix  the  date, — I  had  been  attending  a 
Committee  Meeting  called  on  that  evening  to  help  the  election 
of  the  Rev.  Joseph  Johnson,  minister  of  the  Park  Avenue  Con- 
gregational Church,  Ashton-on-Mersey,  to  the  Knutsford  Board 
of  Guardians.  The  election  was  to  take  place  on  the  following 
day.  We  had  an  animated  meeting,  and  with  my  thoughts  full 
of  this  I  left  before  its  close,  and  (alone)  turned  out  into  the 
brightly  lighted  and  bustling  thoroughfare  of  School  Road,  Sale. 

I  had  walked  but  a  few  paces  when  I  was  staggered  by  seeing, 
as  in  a  cinema  show,  reflected  in  the  air  in  front  of  me  a  clear-cut 
picture  of  my  brother  in  Australia,  lying  with  the  unmistakeably 
helpless  look  of  a  dead  or  unconscious  man  who  had  just  fallen. 
I  saw  his  pose,  his  clothes,  and  even  his  thick  curling  hair  as 
if  in  life  before  me. 

Mechanically  I  must  have  continued  walking  as  no  one  appeared 
to  notice  me  ;  but  I  felt  my  brother  was  dying  or  dead,  or  that 


NOV.-DKC.,  liin;.  <ftst 

something    tragic    was    happening    to    him,    and    I    began    at 
praying  for  him  in  an  agony  of  supplication.      The  picture  faded, 
and    I    hurried   on   out   of   the   light   of   the   shops   and   into   the 
darkness  of  Washway  Road. 

Suddenly,  when  halfway  along  the  road,  the  picture  shone  ««ut 
again  before  my  eyes,  this  time  against  the  dark  sky. 
I  saw  the  prone  helpless  figure,  the  colouring  of  clothes  and  hair, 
then  as  before  it  faded  quickly  away,  and  I  did  not  see  it  again. 
I  think  it  was  between  8  and  9.30  p.m.,  or  about  then,  that 
I  left  the  meeting.  I  remember  that  my  sister  had  not  been 
very  well,  and  that  she  was  in  bed.  When  I  reached  home  I 
ran  up  to  her  room  and  broke  down  in  telling  her  what  I  had 
just  seen,  saying  I  was  "sure  something  had  happened  to  Edgar." 
I  remember  she  tried  to  soothe  me  by  saying  I  was  simply 
overtired — that  I  should  get  away  to  bed  and  "  would  see  things 
would  be  all  right  in  the  morning."  I  tried  to  believe  this 
would  be  so,  but  all  the  Saturday  and  Sunday  following  I  kept 
thinking  of  my  brother  and  praying  constantly  for  him.  On  the 
Monday  morning  the  post  brought  a  nice  kind  letter  from  him 
written  from  Hobart  from  our  cousin's  home  there,  enclosing 
a  belated  birthday  gift  for  our  small  nephew,  dated  4th  March. 
We  were  so  glad  to  have  the  letter,  and  my  sister  said :  "  Now 
you  see  Edgar  is  all  right." 

On  the  Thursday  morning  (i.e.  April  10,  1913),  my  sister  being 
still  confined  to  bed,  I  sent  up  the  letters  to  her,  then  suddenly 
I  heard  her  cry  out,  and  I  rushed  upstairs  to  find  her  sitting 
up  with  a  scared  look  holding  out  the  (enclosed)  letter  from 
Mr.  Huie,  C.A.,  from  Edinburgh,  stating  that  he  had  just 
received  a  "  cablegram  from  Melbourne  "  announcing  "  the  death 
on  April  7th  of  our  brother  Mr.  J.  Edgar  Paterson. 

The  next  news  we  had  was  when  our  sister-in-law's  letter 
(enclosed)  arrived  telling  us  how  Edgar,  when  travelling  home 
from  New  Zealand  to  Melbourne,  had  suddenly  fallen  down 
unconscious  on  the  ship  when  nearing  Melbourne,  had  been 
carried  ashore  at  Melbourne  unconscious,  and  placed  in  Hospital 
there  (on  the  Saturday,  April  5th,  1913),  where  he  had  lingered 
without  regaining  consciousness  till  the  Monday,  April  7th,  when 

he  slipped  quietly  away. 

MARY  M.  PATERSON. 

We  have  received  the  following  corroborative  statement 
from  Miss  Paterson's  sister,  Mrs.  George  Francis,  to  whom, 


232     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   NOV.-DEC.,  1916. 

as  related  above,  she  described  her  experience  on  the  evening 
of  April  4,  1913,  before  she  knew  anything  of  her  brother's 
illness  : 

October  29«A,  1916. 

This  is  to  certify  that  what  my  sister,  Mary  M.  Paterson  has 
written  re  Friday,  April  4th,  1913,  and  her  experience  then 
regarding  her  sight  of  our  brother,  is  just  what  she  told  me  on  her 
return  from  the  Election  Meeting. 

I  perfectly  remember  the  occurrences  she  describes  in  her  accom- 
panying letter  to  Sir  George  Beilby.  EMILY  FRANCIS. 

According  to  Miss  Paterson's  clear  recollection,  confirmed  by 
Mrs.  Francis,  her  experience  took  place  when  she  was  on 
her  way  home  from  an  election  meeting  held  on  behalf  of 
the  Rev.  Joseph  Johnson.  As  to  the  date  of  this  meeting 
Mr.  Johnson  wrote  to  Miss  Paterson  as  follows  : 

August  23,  1916. 

We    were    glad    to    have    your    letter.      Mrs.    Johnson,    R , 

and  myself  remember  the  account  of  your  brother's  vision  ;  and 
when  we  get  back  I  think  I  can  verify  that  date  about  the 

Election  Committee.      I  know  it  was  in  April.  .  .  . 

J.  JOHNSON. 

(Note  by  Mr.   Johnson,  received  by  Miss  Paterson, 

October  28,  1916.) 
Election,  April  5,  1913.  J.  JOHNSON. 

The  meeting  which  Miss  Paterson  had  attended  took  place 
on  the  day  preceding  the  election,  and  we  have  therefore 
good  evidence  for  the  conclusion  that  Miss  Paterson  saw  the 
apparition  of  her  brother,  as  described  by  her,  on  Friday, 
April  4,  1913,  between  8  p.m.  and  9.30  p.m. 

With  regard  to  the  time  and  circumstances  of  Mr.  Edgar 
Paterson's  death,  we  have  received  the  following  evidence  : 

(Letter  to  Mrs.  Francis  from  Messrs.  Huie  and  Ramage. 

C.A.) 

EDINBURGH,  April  9,  1913. 

I  greatly  regret  to  intimate  to  you  that  I  have  been  informed 
by  cable  from  Melbourne  that  Mr.  Edgar  Paterson  died  suddenly 
there  on  7th  inst.  I  annex  a  copy  of  the  cable. 

Perhaps  you  will  be  so  good  as  to  inform  Miss  Paterson. 

DAVID  HUIE. 


NOV.-DEC.,  i-.tKi.  Cases.  L':;:; 

(Copy  of  Cablegram.) 
Melbourne  on  8th  12.30  p.m. 

Huie  Edin.gh. 

J.  Edgar  Paterson  died  suddenly  Melbourne  seventh.  Notify 
sisters 

(Extracts  from  Letters  written  by  Mr.   Paterson  8  widow 
Australia  to  Mrs.  Francis  and  Miss  Paterson.) 

1-  April  15,  [1913]. 

.  .  .  Since  I  wrote  you  last  week  a  friend  of  mine  has  called 
who  was  on  the  steamer  with  Edgar.  He  says  he  was  the 
life  of  the  boat,  as  he  always  was,  and  on  Thursday  night  [April 
3,  1913]  he  was  quite  bright  and  seemed  quite  well,  but  on 
Friday  morning  when  he  was  getting  up  he  broke  a  blood-vessel, 
caused  by  a  complication  of  liver  and  kidney  troubles.  .  .  .  Two 
doctors  stayed  with  him  constantly  from  when  he  took  ill  on 
Friday,  4th  inst.,  until  he  was  removed  to  the  Hospital,  5th  inst.  . .  . 

2.  May  U  [1913]. 

.  .  .  How  funny  Mary  for  you  to  have  had  that  experience  or 
presentiment  about  Edgar  on  the  Friday  night,  for  that  waa 
the  day  he  took  ill.  ...  Lily  says  he  must  have  been  thinking 
of  you  at  the  time.  .  .  . 

3.  June  24,  1913. 

.  .  .  One  of  my  brothers-in-law  saw  the  Captain  of  the  steamer 
Edgar  was  on.  He  took  ill  between  10  and  11  on  Friday 
morning  and  was  up  and  dressed.  He  went  unconscious  at  once. 
Two  doctors,  who  were  on  the  steamer  as  passengers,  stayed 
with  him  constantly,  then  a  specialist  was  called  on  the  steamer 
when  it  arrived  in  Melbourne  on  April  5th,  and  an  ambulance 
took  him  to  the  Hospital  and  they  wired  me.  .  .  . 

GEORGIE  PATERSOX. 

It  is  established  by  the  evidence  given  above  that  Mr. 
J.  Edgar  Paterson  was  taken  ill  quite  suddenly  on  board  ship, 
when  on  his  way  to  Melbourne,  between  10  and  11  a.m.  on 
Friday,  April  4,  1913  (Victoria  time),  that  he  became  uncon- 
scious at  once  and  died  in  hospital  in  Melbourne  on  April  7, 
1913.  By  Greenwich  mean  time,  therefore,  he  was  taken  ill 
between  midnight  and  1  a.m.  (approximately)  on  April  4, 
1913,1  and  he  had  been  unconscious  about  twenty  hours  when 

f,  1  "  Standard    time "    in    Victoria    is    ten    hours    in    advance    of    Greenwich 
mean  time. 


234     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   Nov. -DEC.,  1010. 

Miss   Paterson  saw   the  apparition  of  him  between   7  p.m.    and 
9.30  p.m.  on  that  day. 

Upon  the  evidence  of  this  and  the  many  other  recorded 
cases  of  a  similar  kind  most  investigators  will  be  ready  to 
assume  that  "  between  deaths  and  apparitions  of  the  dying 
person  a  connexion  exists  which  is  not  due  to  chance  alone."  1 
In  the  present  instance,  the  sudden  and  unexpected  nature 
of  Mr.  Paterson's  illness  precludes  the  idea  that  anxiety  on 
his  behalf  in  Miss  Paterson's  mind  could  have  been  a  contri- 
butory cause  of  her  experience.  Another  peculiarity  worth 
noting  is  the  great  distance  which  intervened  between  the 
dying  man  and  his  sister,  almost  the  greatest  distance  terres- 
trially possible.  We  thus  find  it  again  cogently  demonstrated 
that  whatever  the  means  of  communication  in  such  cases  may 
be,  it  is  one  which  distance  does  not  invalidate. 

In  Human  Personality,  Vol.  I.,  p.  245  if.,  Myers  discusses 
at  some  length  whether  apparitions  of  this  kind  can  always 
be  explained  by  "  telepathy  pure  and  simple,"  or  whether 
we  must  not  in  some  cases  assume  an  actual  "  modification 
of  space  "  caused  by  what  he  calls  a  "  psychorrhagic  "  faculty 
on  the  part  of  the  agent ;  for  the  details  of  the  argument 
readers  must  turn  to  Myers's  book.  In  the  particular  instance 
under  discussion  it  seems  likely  that  the  cause  of  Miss  Paberson's 
vision  was  a  telepathic  impression  received  by  her  mind  from 
the  mind  of  her  brother  and  externalised  by  the  same  mental 
mechanism  which  can  externalise,  as  an  hallucination,  sugges- 
tions given  in  hypnotic  trance. 

As  to  whether  this  impression  was  received  at  the  moment 
of  the  hallucination,  or  whether  it  had  been  received  earlier — 
perhaps  at  the  first  moment  of  Mr.  Paterson's  seizure — and  had 
lain  dormant  in  the  percipient's  mind,  waiting  an  opportunity 
to  rise  into  consciousness,  we  have  no  means  of  determining. 
One  point  may  be  noted  :  Miss  Paterson  has  said  that  she  saw 
the  figure  of  her  brother  lying  prone  with  his  clothes  on,  and 

1  Since  Mr.  Paterson  did  not  die  until  two  days  after  Miss  Paterson's  vision, 
the  case  cannot  be  reckoned  as  a  "  death-coincidence "  according  to  the 
definition  given  in  the  Report  on  the  Census  of  Hallucinations,  Proc.,  S.P.B., 
Vol.  X.,  p.  208,  but  this  circumstance  has  only  a  statistical  import  and 
does  not  detract  from  the  psychical  interest  of  the  case. 


Nov. -DEC.,  191G.  ft,,,  j;  ;, 

it  appears,  as  stated  by  Mrs.  J.  Edgar  Paterson  in  ln-r  l.-i 
June  24,  1913  (see  above),  that  Mr.  Patereon  was  "up  and 
dressed"  when  he  was  taken  ill,  so  that  in  its  main  features 
Miss  Paterson's  vision  seems  to  have  reproduced  a  scene  which 
actually  occurred.  The  scene  is  depicted  rather  as  it  might 
appear  to  a  spectator  than  from  the  standpoint  of  Mr.  Paterson 
himself,  from  whom  it  is  suggested  that  the  impression  came. 
But  this  should  perhaps  be  explained  by  supposing  that  the 
actual  mise  en  sc&ne  in  such  a  case  is  provided  by  the  drama- 
tising instinct  of  the  percipient's  mind. 

Miss  Paterson  informs  us  that,  so  far  as  she  is  aware,  she 
has  never  had  any  other  similar  experience. 

II. 

L.  1208. 

WE  have  received  the  following  case  of  what  seems  to  be  a 
telepathic  impression  from  Mr.  L.  C.  Powles,  a  member  of 
the  Society.  The  percipient  is  Mr.  James  W.  Sharpe,  late 
Fellow  of  Gonville  and  Caius  College,  Cambridge. 

Mr.  Powles 's  statement  of  the  case  is  as  follows  : 

The  Highlands,  Rye,  Sussex,  July  2,  1916- 

On  Aug.  4,  1913,  I  had  been  invited  by  a  friend,  Miss  B., 
living  in  the  neighbouring  town,  some  three  miles  off,  to  meet 
Mr.  James  W.  Sharpe.  On  the  afternoon  of  that  day,  therefore, 
I  rode  over  to  her  house,  leaving  my  wife,  who  was  not  well 
enough  to  accompany  me,  resting  by  herself. , 

At  tea-time  we  talked,  I  think,  entirely  upon  psychical  matters, 
and  I  remember  asking  Mr.  Sharpe  if  he  saw  '  auras '  round  people, 
and,  if  so,  what  he  saw  round  me.  At  first  he  saw  nothing, 
but  later  he  said  :  "  You  asked  me  to  tell  you ;  I  do  now  see 
something."  He  saw  two  things  behind  me.  (I  now  refer  to 
my  notes  made  the  same  evening  on  my  return.)  "  One,  a  dark, 
not  inimical,1  half -human  creature,  with  knotted  hands  placed 
upon  my  shoulders."  This  he  said  was  "  symbolical  of  illness 
near  at  hand — a  warning." 

Then  appeared  the  "  faint  slight  figure  of  a  young  woman 
with  oval  face,  etc."  (here  follow  some  details  which  very  \\vll 
apply  to  my  wife's  appearance).  She  "tried  to  avert  the  illness." 

When  I   came  home  towards  six  o'clock  my  wife  told  ms  she 

1  For  comment  on  this  word,  sec  below. 


236     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.   NOV. -DEC.,  1916. 

had  been  very  anxious  about  my  being  out  in  the  cold  wind  ; 
also — and  this  is  the  important  part  of  the  case — she  had  been 
quite  obsessed  by  a  somewhat  grotesque  story  of  a  man  dressed 
up  as  a  gorilla  who  comes  up  behind  the  master  of  the  house  and 
strangles  him  with  his  hands. 

L.  C.  POWLES. 

We   have    also    received    a    statement  from    Mrs.  Powles,    as 
follows  : 

July  2,  1916. 

1  remember  perfectly  my  husband  going  over  to  tea  on  Aug.  4, 
1913,  at  our  friend's  house,  Miss  B.'s,  and  my  being  unable  to 
go  with  him  that  day. 

I  was  anxious  about  him,  as  he  had  only  recently  recovered 
from  pneumonia,  and  there  was  a  very  cold  wind.  To  pass 
the  time  and  divert  my  thoughts  I  took  up  the  Strand  Magazine, 
and  became  absorbed  in  a  very  horrible  story  of  a  man  disguised 
as  a  gorilla  who  came  behind  his  enemy  and  broke  his  neck 
with  his  powerful  hands. 

I  have  always  had  a  great  horror  of  gorillas  from  childhood, 
and  far-fetched  as  it  was,  I  was  made  very  nervous  and  oppressed 
by  the  story  and  longed  for  my  husband's  return.  Immediately 
he  came,  I  told  him.  of  the  story  and  the  absurdly  nervous 
state  it  had  left  me  in.  This  interested  him  extremely,  and  he  then 
told  me  something  of  Mr.  Sharpe's  vision.  He  did  not  at  the 
time  describe  it  quite  fully  for  fear  of  alarming  me,  and  par- 
ticularly did  not  mention  that  Mr.  Sharpe  thought  it  might  be 
a  Health- warning.  ISABEL  G.  POWLES. 

It  will  be  observed  that  these  two  statements  were  written 
on  July  2,  1916,  nearly  three  years  after  the  occurrence  of 
the  incident  to  which  they  refer.  Mr.  Powles's  statement, 
however,  is  based  on  notes  made  within  a  few  hours  of  this 
incident,  and  we  have  been  able  to  obtain  further  corroborative 
evidence  in  the  form  of  a  statement  by  Miss  B.1  who  was 
present  when  the  percipient,  Mr.  Sharpe,  described  his  impres- 
sions, and  also  a  letter  written  by  Mr.  Powles  to  Miss  B. 
on  the  day  after  the  incident  occurred. 

Miss   B.'s    statement,   contained    in    a    letter    to    Mr.   Powles, 

1  This  lady's  name  and  address  are  known  to  us,  but  are  withheld  here 
at  her  request 


NOV. -DEO.,  1916.  Cases. 

which  was  written  in  reply  to  his  enquiry  wln-ther  she  roni.-rn 
bered  Mr.  Sharpe's  '  vision,'— is  as  follnv 

July  'J7.  L9U 

Certainly  I  remember  Mr.  Sharpe's  "vision"  on  tho  It',  ..f 
August,  1913,  and  that  you  wrote  to  me  on  the  following  day 
giving  me  what  you  felt  to  be  an  explanation  of  it. 

I  remember  that  Mr.  Sharpe  said  he  seemed  to  see  a  non-human 
creature  with  his  knotted  hands  on  your  shoulders,  and  that 
is  the  expression  you  used  in  your  letter  of  the  5th  of  Auj.'ii>t. 
1913,  ...  I  remember  that  Mr.  Sharpe  said  it  might  be  a  health- 
warning,  and  that  he  also  said  he  saw  a  young,  oval-faced  woman 
trying — as  you  say — to  avert  this  monster's  apparently  evil  intent. 
I  enclose  your  letter  to  me  of  the  5th  of  August,  1913  (which  I 
happened  to  keep),  which  gives  the  account  of  how  Mrs.  Powlea 
read  the  story  in  the  Strand  Magazine.  M.  B. 

Letter  from  Mr.  Powles  to  Miss  B. 

The  Highlands,  Rye,  Sussex,  August  5,  1913. 

With  regard  to  the  visions  Mr.  Sharp[e]  saw  behind  me  yester- 
day ... 

My  wife  was  thinking  much  about  my  health — hoping  I  was 
not  getting  tired  or  sitting  in  draughts,  but — and  this  is  still 
more  curious — she  was  also  reading  in  the  "  Strand  "  for  July 
a  horrible  story  about  a  man  dressed  as  a  gorilla  who  comes 
behind  the  master  of  the  house  and  breaks  his  neck  with  his 
hands  in  the  dark.  This  story  quite  oppressed  her  and  miizht 
easily  account  for  the  "  dark,  non-human,  creature  behind  mo 
with  his  knotted  hands  on  my  shoulder."  ...  L.  C.  IVwi.iv 

Mr.  Powles  has  informed  us  that  in  reply  to  an  enquiry 
addressed  to  Mr.  Sharpe,  asking  whether  he  remembered  the 
incident  described  above,  Mr.  Sharpe  wrote  that 

he  does  not  remember  the  actual  vision,  but  that  by  "  inimical  " 
(see  above,  p.  235)  he  meant  a  symbolical  Health  warning  or 
warning  of  trouble  to  come,  but  not  actively  hostile. 

The  "  health-warning  " — Mr.  Powles  tells  us — "  has  not 
proved  to  be  veridical,  as  I  have  not  been  ill  at  all  since. 
and  no  disaster  has  happened." 

Since  Mr.  Sharpe  does  not  clearly  remember  his  "vision" 
and  the  details  of  it  are  well  attested  by  the  evidence  of 
Miss  B.  and  by  Mr.  Powles 's  letter  of  August  5,  1913,  we 


238     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  Nov. -DEC.,  1916. 

have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  get  any  further  statement 
from  Mr.  Sharpe.  It  should  be  noted,  however,  that  he  himself 
interprets  the  vision  as  a  symbolic  and  presumably  subjective 
representation  of  an  impression  concerning  Mr.  Powles's  health  ; 
but  the  coincidence  between  the  form  assumed  by  this  sym- 
bolic image  and  Mrs.  Powles's  mental  pre-occupation  at  the 
time,  and  her  fears  about  her  husband,  is  curious,  and  suggests 
a  telepathic  origin  for  the  vision. 


KEVIEW. 

The  Quest  for  Dean  Bridgman  Conner.  By  Anthony  J.  Philpott. 
W.  Heinemann,  London. 

Those  who  have  read  my  paper  on  the  psychology  of  Mrs. 
Piper's  Trance  Phenomena  in  Proceedings,  Vol.  XXVIII.,  may 
possibly  remember  that  more  than  once,  but  especially  on  p.  112, 
the  futile  search  in  Mexico  for  a  boy  officially  reported  dead,  but 
believed  by  his  relatives  to  be  still  alive,  is  referred  to.  Mr. 
Philpott's  book  gives  a  lively  and  interesting  account  of  the 
case  by  one  of  those  who  conducted  the  search  and  concluded 
with  good  reason  that  the  boy,  or  rather  young  man,  was  really 
dead.  I  read  the  book  with  interest,  because  I  had  previously 
seen  no  written  record  of  the  case.  My  knowledge  of  it  was 
confined  to  unannotated  references  to  it  in  some  of  Mrs.  Piper's 
sittings,  and  rather  vague  recollections  of  what  Hodgson  had 
told  me  about  it  and  especially  about  the  failure  of  Mrs.  Piper's 
part  in  it.  The  case  is  an  instructive  one,  as  showing  how 
little  confidence  can  be  placed  in  the  statements  of  mediums 
pressed  into  a  quest  of  this  kind,  and  it  may  be  worth  giving  a 
brief  account  of  the  story  as  related  by  Mr.  Philpott. 

Conner  was  a  young  citizen  of  the  United  States  who  went 
to  the  city  of  Mexico  to  work  as  electrician  in  a  theatre,  but 
was  shortly  after  going  there  taken  ill  with  typhoid  fever  and 
removed  to  the  American  hospital,  where  he  died  in  the  spring  of 
1895.  An  official  account  of  his  death  and  burial  was  sent 
by  the  American  Consul- General  to  -his  father  in  Vermont.  A 
few  months  later  his  father  had  a  vivid  dream  in  which  his 
son  appeared  to  him  and  said  he  was  not  dead,  but  alive,  and 
held  a  captive  in  Mexico.  This  confirmed  certain  vague  doubts 
and  suspicions  entertained,  for  reasons  too  long  to  enter  into  here, 
by  the  young  man's  friends.  Through  the  advice  of  the  Kev. 


NOV.-DKC.,  i«.M  r,.  >ew. 

M.  J.  Savage,  they  consulted  Hodgson,  uud  through  him  Mrs. 
Piper.  Mrs.  Piper's  controls  confirmed  the  view  that  Conner 
was  alive.  "She  claimed,"  says  Mr.  Philpott,  "that  he  had 
been  taken  from  the  hospital  at  night  by  the  '  South  road '  and 
was  being  held  for  ransom  or  some  other  dark  purpose."  The 
controls  affirmed  that  the  body  of  another  patient  who  had  died 
was  dressed  in  his  clothes  and  buried  as  Conner. 

Thus  fortified  in  their  suspicions,  Conner's  friends  decided  that  a 
Mr.  Dodge,  who  knew  him  well,  should  go  to  Mexico  to  look 
for  him.  Mr.  Dodge  was  not  reassured  by  his  enquiries,  but 
ultimately  having  obtained  leave  to  have  the  body,  which  had 
now  been  buried  for  about  a  year,  exhumed,  he  "  was  pretty 
well  convinced  at  the  time  that  "  it  was  that  of  Conner.  Mrs. 
Piper's  controls  continued  to  assert,  on  the  contrary,  that  he 
had  been  taken  along  a  South  road, — to  a  country  house  said 
Phinuit,  to  Tuxedo  said  G.P.  Unfortunately,  when  Mr.  Dodge 
returned  home,  experts  in  Vermont  concluded  that  teeth  and 
hair  taken  from  the  skull  of  the  buried  body  were  not  those  of 
Conner.  The  grounds  on  which  they  formed  this  conclusion 
were  judged  by  Mr.  Philpott,  who  discussed  the  matter  with 
them  later,  to  be  insufficient ;  but  their  opinions  naturally  carried 
great  weight  at  the  time,  and  were  held  to  confirm  in  general 
the  statements  of  Mrs.  Piper's  controls. 

Mrs.  Piper  was  ill  and  unable  to  give  sittings  during  a  great 
part  of  1896.  When  she  resumed  in  October  of  that  year  Mr. 
Dodge  had  more  than  one  sitting  with  her,  in  the  course  of 
which  she  gave  a  lurid  account  of  Conner's  condition  at  or  near 
Puebla  (Puebla  being  now  substituted  for  Tuxedo)  in  some  sort 
of  lunatic  asylum  described  with  some  detail.  Mr.  Dodge  and 
a  friend  started  again  in  search,  and  while  they  were  searching 
directions  given  in  the  Piper  trance  were  telegraphed  to  them. 
The  controls  professed  exact  knowledge  of  their  whereabouts 
as  well  as  of  that  of  Conner,  and  described  them  sometimes 
as  near  or  actually  in  the  building  where  he  was  confined,  and 
so  forth ;  but  the  indications  given  were  always  incorrect  or 
inadequate,  and  they  returned  puzzled  and  disappointed. 

In  the  meanwhile  the  newspapers — or  rather  a  newspaper,  the 
Boston  Globe— took  the  matter  up,  and  early  in  1897,  after  Mr- 
Dodge's  return,  sent  Mr.  Philpott  to  carry  on  the  quest.  Mr. 
Philpott  ultimately  satisfied  himself  that  the  descriptions  given 
were  misleading;  that  it  was  impossible  that  Conner  could  be 


240     Journal  of  Society  for  Psychical  Research.  NOV. -DEC.,  1916. 

in  confinement  as  described  without  the  knowledge  of  the  Mexican 
authorities,  by  whom  at  that  time  the  reins  of  government  were 
firmly  held ;  and,  moreover,  that  there  could  have  been  no 
motive  for  kidnapping  him.  He  also  found  the  nurse,  previously 
lost  sight  of,  who  had  actually  seen  Conner  die,  and,  in  fine, 
practically  set  the  whole  question  at  rest. 

As  to  Mrs.  Piper,  what  apparently  happened  was  that  the 
enquiry  set  her  subliminal  imagination  to  work.  She  got  some 
things  right  according  to  the  ideas  of  Mr.  Dodge — perhaps  in 
part  by  thought-transference  from  him,  and  once  started  on  the 
wrong  line  embroidered  on  it  further.  According  to  Mr.  Philpott 
there  was  at  least  one  remarkable  incident,  which  he  attributes 
to  thought-transference.  A  certain  landscape  view  as  seen  from 
a  particular  identifiable  spot  at  Puebla  was  described  by  the 
controls  vividly  and  accurately.  This  was  after  the  second  return 
of  Mr.  Dodge,  who  had  seen  the  view,  and  in  his  presence.  The 
correspondence  of  the  description  with  the  original  was  verified 
by  Mr.  Philpott.  Certainly,  as  related,  this  would  seem  to  have 
been  a  remarkable  instance  of  telepathy  from  the  sitter.  I  do 
not  remember  hearing  from  Hcdgson  that  anything  so  striking 
had  occurred.  Perhaps  he  had  not  heard  of  the  impression  it 
produced  on  Mr.  Philpott. 

Mr.  Philpott's  story  of  his  quest  is  well  and  interestingly  told, 
and  gives  the  impression  of  sincerity.  His  discussion  of  psychical 
research,  however,  is  somewhat  shallow,  and  combines  a  too 
ready  credulity  with  a  want  of  understanding  of  the  attitude 
of  those  engaged  in  work  on  the  subject.  In  particular,  I  think 
he  misunderstands  the  attitude  of  Hodgson.  This  is  not  unnatural, 
for  Hodgson,  who  had  a  great  dislike  to  anything  concerning  Mrs. 
Piper  getting  into  the  newspapers,  and  therefore  disapproved 
of  Mr.  Philpott's  mission,  evidently  avoided  seeing  him  or  giving 
him  a  chance  of  sitting  with  Mrs.  Piper  before  he  went,  and 
probably  did  not  readily  accept  his  account  of  his  quest  after- 
wards. Prejudice  thus  apparently  exhibited  by  Hodgson  may 
well  have  engendered  prejudice  on  Mr.  Philpott's  side,  and  at 
any  rate  deprived  him  of  the  opportunity  of  judging  Hodgson 
and  his  methods  and  beliefs  at  first  hand.  Mr.  Philpott,  I  am 
glad  to  observe,  implies  that  they  made  it  up  later,  and  in  the 
end  I  do  not  think  they  substantially  differed  about  the  case. 

ELEANOR  MILDRED  SIDGWICK. 


BF  Jociety  for  Psychical  Research, 

1011  London 
364  Journal 

v.17 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY